# Slovak translation for ubuntu-docs
# Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2006.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-03-29 08:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-17 14:36+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Peter Mráz <Unknown>\n"
"Language-Team: Slovak <sk@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2010-04-17 14:52+0000\n"
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n"
"X-Poedit-Country: SLOVAKIA\n"
"X-Poedit-Bookmarks: 3084,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: Slovak\n"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:6(creator) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:7(maintainer)
msgid "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (Ubuntu Documentation Project)"
msgstr "ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com (Dokumentačný projekt Ubuntu)"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:8(title) serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:11(description) serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:13(title)
msgid "Ubuntu Server Guide"
msgstr "Príručka k správe Ubuntu servera"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide-C.omf:9(date)
msgid "2007-09-30"
msgstr "30. 9. 2007"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:13(title)
msgid "Windows Networking"
msgstr "Sieť Windows"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Computer networks are often comprised of diverse systems, and while "
"operating a network made up entirely of Ubuntu desktop and server computers "
"would certainly be fun, some network environments must consist of both "
"Ubuntu and <trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> systems working together in "
"harmony. This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide introduces "
"principles and tools used in configuring your Ubuntu Server for sharing "
"network resources with Windows computers."
msgstr ""
"Počítačové siete často pozostávajú z rozličných systémov a aj keď prevádzka "
"siete vytvorenej čisto z pracovných staních a serverov Ubuntu by bola isto "
"zábava, niektoré sieťové prostredia musia pozostávať aj zo systémov Ubuntu a "
"<trademark class=\"registered\">Microsoft</trademark><trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> spolupracujúcich v harmónii. Táto "
"časť príručky k správe <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> servera predstavuje princípy "
"a nástroje používané pri nastavovaní vášho Ubuntu servera na zdieľanie "
"sieťových zdrojov s počítačmi Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:25(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:402(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:354(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:22(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:20(title) serverguide/C/introduction.xml:13(title)
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Úvod"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Successfully networking your Ubuntu system with Windows clients involves "
"providing and integrating with services common to Windows environments. Such "
"services assist the sharing of data and information about the computers and "
"users involved in the network, and may be classified under three major "
"categories of functionality:"
msgstr ""
"Pre úspešné prepojenie s klientami Windows, Ubuntu zahrňuje poskytovanie a "
"integrovanie služieb, ktoré sú spoločné s rozhraním Windows. Služby na "
"zdieľanie dát a informácií o počítačoch a používateľoch pripojených do siete "
"môžeme rozdeliť do troch hlavných kategórií podľa funkcionality:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:35(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">File and Printer Sharing Services</emphasis>. Using "
"the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to facilitate the sharing of files, "
"folders, volumes, and the sharing of printers throughout the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Súborové a tlačové služby</emphasis>. Tieto služby "
"využívajú protokol Server Message Block (SMB) na zdieľanie súborov, "
"priečinkov, diskových zväzkov a tlačiarní v sieti."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Directory Services</emphasis>. Sharing vital "
"information about the computers and users of the network with such "
"technologies as the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and "
"Microsoft <trademark class=\"registered\">Active Directory</trademark>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adresárové služby</emphasis>. Zdieľanie dôležitých "
"informácii o počítačoch a používateľoch siete umožňujú technológie "
"Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) a <trademark "
"class=\"registered\">Microsoft Active Directory</trademark>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Authentication and Access</emphasis>. Establishing "
"the identity of a computer or user of the network and determining the "
"information the computer or user is authorized to access using such "
"principles and technologies as file permissions, group policies, and the "
"Kerberos authentication service."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentifikácia a prístup</emphasis>. Stanovenie "
"identity počítača a používateľov v sieti a určenie, či je počítač alebo "
"používateľ autorizovaný, sa používajú také princípy a technológie, akými sú "
"práva súborového systému, skupinová politika a autentifikačná služba "
"Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:56(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, your Ubuntu system may provide all such facilities to Windows "
"clients and share network resources among them. One of the principal pieces "
"of software your Ubuntu system includes for Windows networking is the Samba "
"suite of SMB server applications and tools."
msgstr ""
"Našťastie systém Ubuntu môže všetky tieto služby poskytnúť klientom so "
"systémom Windows a zdielať s nimi sieťové zdroje. Jednou z hlavných častí "
"softvéru, ktorý poskytuje systém Ubuntu pre sieť Windows, je systém Samba - "
"balík serverových aplikácií SMB a nástrojov."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server Guide will introduce some "
"of the common Samba use cases, and how to install and configure the "
"necessary packages. Additional detailed documentation and information on "
"Samba can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba "
"website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť príručky systému <phrase>Ubuntu</phrase> Server hovorí o "
"niektorých najčastejších spôsoboch využitia systému Samba, o inštalácii a "
"konfigurácii potrebných balíkov. Podrobnejšiu dokumentáciu a informácie o "
"systéme Samba nájdeme na stránke <ulink url=\"http://www.samba.org\">Samba "
"website</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:70(title)
msgid "Samba File Server"
msgstr "Samba ako súborový server"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common ways to network Ubuntu and Windows computers is to "
"configure Samba as a File Server. This section covers setting up a "
"<application>Samba</application> server to share files with Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"Jeden z najčastejších spôsobov, ako spolu zapojiť počítače so systémami "
"Ubuntu a Windows do jednej siete, je nastaviť systém Samba ako súborový "
"server. Táto časť hovorí o spôsobe, akým sa <application>Samba</application> "
"server nastaví tak, aby zdieľal súbory so stanicami so systémom Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"The server will be configured to share files with any client on the network "
"without prompting for a password. If your environment requires stricter "
"Access Controls see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Server nakonfigurujeme tak, aby zdieľal súbory so všetkými stanicami v sieti "
"bez toho, aby vyžadoval prístupové heslo. Keby sme potrebovali nastaviť "
"prísnejšie pravidlá pre prístup, návod nájdeme v časti <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"fileprint-security\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:83(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:287(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1302(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:41(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:675(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:816(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:940(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:33(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:62(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2014(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:28(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:86(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:405(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:52(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:233(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:937(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:52(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1581(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2092(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2483(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:42(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:428(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:674(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:823(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1315(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:287(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:13(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:957(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:347(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:462(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:23(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:40(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:164(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:37(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:593(title)
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Inštalácia"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the <application>samba</application> package. "
"From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nainštalujeme balík <application>samba</application>. V príkazovom "
"riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:90(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:299(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:93(para)
msgid ""
"That's all there is to it; you are now ready to configure Samba to share "
"files."
msgstr ""
"To je všetko, čo budeme potrebovať. Teraz môžeme nastaviť systém Samba tak, "
"aby zdieľal súbory."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:99(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:304(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:61(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:726(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:827(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:967(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1067(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:138(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2088(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:423(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:74(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:258(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:387(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:959(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2131(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2504(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:187(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:505(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:684(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:908(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1344(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:128(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:314(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:453(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:360(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:488(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:39(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:84(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:183(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:47(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:57(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:153(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:616(title)
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"The main Samba configuration file is located in "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. The default configuration file has "
"a significant amount of comments in order to document various configuration "
"directives."
msgstr ""
"Hlavný konfiguračný súbor systému Samba je "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Predvolený konfiguračný súbor "
"obsahuje veľké množstvo komentárov, ktoré popisujú jednotlivé nastavenia."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:106(para)
msgid ""
"Not all the available options are included in the default configuration "
"file. See the <filename>smb.conf</filename><application>man</application> "
"page or the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/\">Samba HOWTO Collection</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""
"V predvolenom konfiguračnom súbore sa nenachádzajú všetky nastavenia, ktoré "
"je možné použiť. Viac sa dozviete na <application>man</application> "
"stránkach <filename>smb.conf</filename> alebo na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"First, edit the following key/value pairs in the "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> section of "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nastavíme nasledujúce hodnoty nastavení v časti "
"<emphasis>[global]</emphasis> súboru "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:121(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:311(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:776(programlisting) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:990(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = user\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = NIECO\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = user\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> parameter is farther down in the [global] "
"section, and is commented by default. Also, change "
"<emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> to better match your environment."
msgstr ""
"Parameter <emphasis>security</emphasis> je takmer na konci časti [global] a "
"je v predvolenom stave zapoznámkovaný, preto ho odpoznámkujeme. Nastavenie "
"pracovnej skupiny <emphasis>EXAMPLE</emphasis> prispôsobíme nášmu prostrediu."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new section at the bottom of the file, or uncomment one of the "
"examples, for the directory to be shared:"
msgstr ""
"Vytvoríme novú časť na konci súboru alebo odkomentujeme jeden z existujúcich "
"príkladov zdieľaného priečinka:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:139(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Ubuntu File Server Share\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/share\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[share]\n"
"    comment = Zdieľanie súborového servera v Ubuntu\n"
"    path = /srv/samba/zdielanie\n"
"    browsable = yes\n"
"    guest ok = yes\n"
"    read only = no\n"
"    create mask = 0755\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>comment:</emphasis> a short description of the share. Adjust to "
"fit your needs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>comment::</emphasis> krátky popis zdieľania. Zmeňte ho podľa "
"potrieb."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:156(para)
msgid "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> the path to the directory to share."
msgstr "<emphasis>path:</emphasis> cesta k priečinku, ktorý chceme zdielať."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:159(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses <filename>/srv/samba/sharename</filename> because, "
"according to the <emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis>, "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is where site-"
"specific data should be served. Technically Samba shares can be placed "
"anywhere on the filesystem as long as the permissions are correct, but "
"adhering to standards is recommended."
msgstr ""
"V tomto príklade sme použili cestu v tvare "
"<filename>/srv/samba/zdielany_priecinok</filename>, pretože podľa štandardu "
"<emphasis>Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS)</emphasis> je priečinok <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> určený práve na "
"takýto typ dát. Technicky môže byť priečinok, ktorý chceme pomocou Samby "
"zdieľať, kdekoľvek v súborovom systéme za predpokladu, že sú správne "
"nastavené práva, ale odporúča sa dodržiavanie štandardov."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> enables Windows clients to browse the shared "
"directory using <application>Windows Explorer</application>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>browsable:</emphasis> povolí klientom Windows prehliadať obsah "
"zdielaného priečinka pomocou programu <application>Windows "
"Explorer</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to the share "
"without supplying a password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>guest ok:</emphasis> umožňuje klientom pripojiť sa bez zadania "
"hesla."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> determines if the share is read only or if "
"write privileges are granted. Write privileges are allowed only when the "
"value is <emphasis>no</emphasis>, as is seen in this example. If the value "
"is <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, then access to the share is read only."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>read only:</emphasis> určuje či je zdieľanie iba na čítanie alebo "
"či sa do neho dá aj zapisovať. Právo na zápis je povolené, iba ak je "
"nastavená hodnota <emphasis>no</emphasis>, tak ako je to v našom príklade. "
"Ak je hodnota <emphasis>yes</emphasis>, potom je zdieľanie určené iba na "
"čítanie."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> determines the permissions new files will "
"have when created."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>create mask:</emphasis> určuje práva na nové súbory, ktoré sa "
"nastavia pri ich vytvorení."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:193(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <application>Samba</application> is configured, the directory needs "
"to be created and the permissions changed. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz, keď je systém <application>Samba</application> nastavený, je potrebné "
"vytvoriť priečinok a nastaviť práva. V príkazovom riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:199(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/share"
msgstr "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/zdielanie"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:200(command)
msgid "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chown nobody.nogroup /srv/samba/zdielanie/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-p</emphasis> switch tells mkdir to create the entire "
"directory tree if it doesn't exist. Change the share name to fit your "
"environment."
msgstr ""
"Prepínač <emphasis>-p</emphasis> povie príkazu mkdir aby vytvoril všetky "
"priečinky na zadanej ceste, ak ešte nie sú vytvorené. Priečinok zdielanie "
"zmente podľa svojich potrieb."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart the <application>samba</application> services to enable the "
"new configuration:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec reštartujeme službu <application>samba</application>, aby sa "
"prejavila nová konfigurácia:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:218(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:331(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:468(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:567(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:937(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1047(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1162(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1860(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/samba restart"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, the above configuration gives all access to any client on the "
"local network. For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-"
"fileprint-security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Znova pripomíname, že predchádzajúca konfigurácia umožňuje prístup všetkým "
"klientom z lokálnej siete. Bezpečnejšiu konfiguráciu nájdete v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"From a Windows client you should now be able to browse to the Ubuntu file "
"server and see the shared directory. To check that everything is working try "
"creating a directory from Windows."
msgstr ""
"Klienti so systémom Windows sa teraz môžu pripojiť k súborovému serveru "
"Ubuntu a prehliadať zdieľané priečinky. Aby sme zistili, či všetko funguje "
"správne, môžeme zo systému Windows v zdieľanom priečinku vytvoriť "
"podpriečinok."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"To create additional shares simply create new <emphasis>[dir]</emphasis> "
"sections in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and restart "
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Just make sure that the directory you want to "
"share actually exists and the permissions are correct."
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme vytvoriť ďalšie zdieľania, vytvoríme novú časť "
"<emphasis>[priečinok]</emphasis> v "
"súbore<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> a reštartujeme systém "
"<emphasis>Samba</emphasis>. Nesmieme tiež zabudnúť vytvoriť priečinok a "
"nastaviť mu správne práva."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:243(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:341(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:696(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1066(title) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1273(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:366(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1168(title) serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:304(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:491(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:569(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:824(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1531(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1975(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2579(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3087(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:892(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1173(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:122(title) serverguide/C/databases.xml:273(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:855(title)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Zdroje"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:247(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:345(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:700(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1070(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth Samba configurations see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Podrobnejšie informácie o nastavení systému Samba sa nachádzajú na stránke "
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba "
"HOWTO Collection</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:253(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:351(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:706(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1076(para)
msgid ""
"The guide is also available in <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">printed "
"format</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Príručka je dostupná aj vo verzii <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/tg/detail/-/0131882228\">pre "
"tlač</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:259(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"another good reference."
msgstr ""
"Ďalším dobrým zdrojom je O'Reillyho <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:265(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:368(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:731(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1100(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1286(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu Wiki Samba "
"</ulink> page."
msgstr ""
"Tiež stránka <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Samba </ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:274(title)
msgid "Samba Print Server"
msgstr "Samba ako tlačový server"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"Another common use of Samba is to configure it to share printers installed, "
"either locally or over the network, on an Ubuntu server. Similar to <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> this section will configure Samba to allow "
"any client on the local network to use the installed printers without "
"prompting for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Iné často používané použitie systému Samba je konfigurácia a zdieľanie "
"tlačiarní v sieti lokálne nainštalovaných k serveru so systémom Ubuntu. "
"Podobne, ako v časti <xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/>, aj v tejto časti "
"nastavíme systém Samba tak, aby ktorýkoľvek klient lokálnej siete mohol "
"použiť nainštalované tlačiarne bez zadania používateľského mena a hesla."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"For a more secure configuration see <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácií o bezpečnejšom nastavení nájdeme v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileprint-security\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing and configuring Samba it is best to already have a working "
"<application>CUPS</application> installation. See <xref linkend=\"cups\"/> "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"Pred nainštalovaním a nastavením systému Samba je dobré, ak už máme funkčnú "
"inštaláciu systému <application>CUPS</application>. Viac informácií nájdeme "
"v časti <xref linkend=\"cups\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>samba</application> package, from a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Balík <application>samba</application> nainštalujeme zadaním príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"After installing samba edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Change "
"the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> attribute to what is appropriate for your "
"network, and change <emphasis>security</emphasis> to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Po nainštalovaní balíka samba upravíme konfiguráciu v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Zmeníme pracovnú skupinu "
"<emphasis>workgroup</emphasis>, tak aby zodpovedala nastaveniu našej siete a "
"zmeníme tiež parameter <emphasis>security</emphasis> na hodnotu <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">share</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"In the <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> section change the <emphasis>guest "
"ok</emphasis> option to <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"V časti <emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> zmeníme nastavenie <emphasis>guest "
"ok</emphasis> na <emphasis role=\"italic\">yes</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:321(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   browsable = yes\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   browsable = yes\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:326(para)
msgid "After editing <filename>smb.conf</filename> restart Samba:"
msgstr ""
"Po ukončení úprav konfiguračného súboru <filename>smb.conf</filename> "
"reštartujeme systém Samba:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The default Samba configuration will automatically share any printers "
"installed. Simply install the printer locally on your Windows clients."
msgstr ""
"Systém Samba je už nastavený tak, aby automaticky nazdieľal všetky "
"nainštalované tlačiarne. Stačí nainštalovať ovládač k zdieľanej tlačiarni na "
"staniciach so systémom Windows."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink> for "
"more information on configuring CUPS."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácií o nastavovaní systému CUPS nájdeme na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.cups.org/\">CUPS Website</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:377(title)
msgid "Securing a Samba File and Print Server"
msgstr "Zabezpečenie súborového a tlačového servera Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:380(title)
msgid "Samba Security Modes"
msgstr "Bezpečnostné režimy systému Samba"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"There are two security levels available to the Common Internet Filesystem "
"(CIFS) network protocol <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> and <emphasis>share-"
"level</emphasis>. Samba's <emphasis>security mode</emphasis> implementation "
"allows more flexibility, providing four ways of implementing user-level "
"security and one way to implement share-level:"
msgstr ""
"Existujú dve bezpečnostné úrovne dostupné pre sieťový protokol Common "
"Internet Filesystem (CIFS): <emphasis>user-level</emphasis> (používateľská "
"úroveň) a <emphasis>share-level</emphasis> (úroveň zdieľania). Implementácia "
"<emphasis>bezpečnostných režimov</emphasis> systému Samba umožňuje väčšiu "
"flexibilitu. Poskytuje štyri spôsoby používateľskej úrovne bezpečnosti a "
"jeden spôsob na implementáciu úrovne zdieľania:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> requires clients to supply a username "
"and password to connect to shares. Samba user accounts are separate from "
"system accounts, but the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package "
"will sync system users and passwords with the Samba user database."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = user:</emphasis> pri pripojení k zdieľanému prostriedku "
"vyžaduje od klientov, aby zadali používateľské meno a heslo. Používateľské "
"kontá v systéme Samba sú iné ako systémové kontá, ale pomocou balíka "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> sa dajú zosynchronizovať systémoví "
"používatelia a ich heslá s databázou používateľov systému Samba."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:398(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> this mode allows the Samba server to "
"appear to Windows clients as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Backup "
"Domain Controller (BDC), or a Domain Member Server (DMS). See <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-dc\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = domain:</emphasis> tento mód umožní serveru Samba, aby "
"sa pre klientov Windows javil ako primárny radič domény - Primary Domain "
"Controller (PDC), záložný radič domény - Backup Domain Controller (BDC) "
"alebo členský server domény - Domain Member Server (DMS). Viac informácii je "
"v časti <xref linkend=\"samba-dc\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> allows the Samba server to join an "
"Active Directory domain as a native member. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ad-"
"integration\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = ADS:</emphasis> umožňuje serveru Samba pripojiť sa do "
"domény Active Directory ako bežný člen. Viac informácii sa nachádza v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"samba-ad-integration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> this mode is left over from before "
"Samba could become a member server, and due to some security issues should "
"not be used. See the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink> section "
"of the Samba guide for more details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = server:</emphasis> tento mód zostal zo staršej verzie "
"systému Samba a umožňuje systému stať sa členským serverom. Kvôli "
"bezbečnostným problémom by nemal byť používaný. Viac informácii sa nachádza "
"na stránke <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/ServerType.html#id349531\">Server Security</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> allows clients to connect to shares "
"without supplying a username and password."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>security = share:</emphasis> umožňuje klientom, aby sa pripojili k "
"zdieľaným prostriedkom bez zadania používateľského mena a hesla."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"The security mode you choose will depend on your environment and what you "
"need the Samba server to accomplish."
msgstr ""
"Bezpečnostný mód, ktorý zvolíme, zavisí od prostredia a od toho, čo chceme "
"pomocou servera Samba dosiahnuť."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:432(title)
msgid "Security = User"
msgstr "Security = User"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:434(para)
msgid ""
"This section will reconfigure the Samba file and print server, from <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> and <xref linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/>, to "
"require authentication."
msgstr ""
"V tejto časti zmeníme konfiguráciu súborového a tlačového servera Samba, "
"ktorú sme uviedli v častiach <xref linkend=\"samba-fileserver\"/> a <xref "
"linkend=\"samba-printserver\"/> tak, aby vyžadoval autentifikáciu."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:439(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the <application>libpam-smbpass</application> package which "
"will sync the system users to the Samba user database:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nainštalujeme balík <application>libpam-smbpass</application>, ktorý "
"zosynchronizuje systémových používateľov s databázou používateľov systému "
"Samba:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:445(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:449(para)
msgid ""
"If you chose the <emphasis>Samba Server</emphasis> task during installation "
"<application>libpam-smbpass</application> is already installed."
msgstr ""
"Ak ste pri inštalácii systému Ubntu vybrali súčasť <emphasis>Samba "
"Server</emphasis>, balík <application>libpam-smbpass</application>  je už "
"nainštalovaný."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, and in the "
"<emphasis>[share]</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme konfiguračný súbor <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> a v "
"časti <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> zmeníme:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:459(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    guest ok = no\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    guest ok = no\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:463(para)
msgid "Finally, restart Samba for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec reštartujeme systém Samba, aby sa nové nastavenie prejavilo:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Now when connecting to the shared directories or printers you should be "
"prompted for a username and password."
msgstr ""
"Odteraz používateľ pri pokuse pripojiť sa k zdieľaným priečinkom alebo "
"tlačiarňam bude musieť zadať svoje používateľské meno a heslo."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to map a network drive to the share you can check the "
"<quote>Reconnect at Logon</quote> check box, which will require you to only "
"enter the username and password once, at least until the password changes."
msgstr ""
"Ak chcete pripojiť sieťovú jednotku natrvalo, môžete zaškrtnúť pole "
"<quote>Znovu pripojiť pri prihlásení</quote>. To zabezpečí, že používateľské "
"meno a heslo zadáte iba raz (ak sa heslo po čase nezmení)."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:484(title)
msgid "Share Security"
msgstr "Zabezpečenie zdieľaného prostriedku"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available to increase the security for each "
"individual shared directory. Using the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> example, "
"this section will cover some common options."
msgstr ""
"Existuje niekoľko možností, ako zvýšiť bezpečnosť pri jednotlivých "
"zdieľaných priečinkoch. Najčastejšie používané možnosti si ukážeme pomocou "
"časti <emphasis>[zdielanie]</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:492(title)
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Skupiny"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"Groups define a collection of computers or users which have a common level "
"of access to particular network resources and offer a level of granularity "
"in controlling access to such resources. For example, if a group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> is defined and contains the users <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">freda</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">rob</emphasis> and a second group <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> is defined and consists of users "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">jeremy</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis> then certain network resources configured "
"to allow access by the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group will "
"subsequently enable access by freda, danika, and rob, but not jeremy or "
"vincent. Since the user <emphasis role=\"italic\">danika</emphasis> belongs "
"to both the <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">support</emphasis> groups, she will be able to access "
"resources configured for access by both groups, whereas all other users will "
"have only access to resources explicitly allowing the group they are part of."
msgstr ""
"Skupina definuje skupinu počítačov alebo používateľov, ktorí majú rovnaké "
"prístupové práva k určitým sieťovým prostriedkom a umožňujú naraz riadiť "
"prístup k tomuto prostriedku. Napríklad ak zadefinujeme skupinu <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">zakaznici</emphasis>, a ktorá bude obsahovať používateľov "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">peter</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">danka</emphasis> a <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">robert</emphasis>, a druhú skupinu podpora, ktorá bude "
"obsahovať používateľov <emphasis role=\"italic\">danka</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">jurko</emphasis> a <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vinco</emphasis> a určitý sieťový prostriedok bude nastavený "
"tak aby umožňoval prístup skupine podpora, k prostriedku budú mať prístup "
"danka, jurko a vinco a používatelia peter, a robert k prostriedku prístup "
"mať nebudú. Pretože <emphasis role=\"italic\">danka</emphasis> je členom "
"oboch skupín, bude mať prístup k prostriedkom jednej skupiny aj k "
"prostriedkom druhej skupiny. Ostatný členovia skupín budú mať prístup iba k "
"prostriedkom svojej skupiny."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:508(para)
msgid ""
"By default Samba looks for the local system groups defined in "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename> to determine which users belong to which "
"groups. For more information on adding and removing users from groups see "
"<xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."
msgstr ""
"V predvolenom stave Samba hľadá definíciu skupín v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/group</filename>, podľa ktorého určí ktorý používatelia "
"patria do daných skupín. Viac informácií o pridávaní a odstraňovaní "
"používateľov sa nachádza v časti <xref linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:514(para)
msgid ""
"When defining groups in the Samba configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, the recognized syntax is to "
"preface the group name with an \"@\" symbol. For example, if you wished to "
"define a group named <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> in a "
"certain section of the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, you would "
"do so by entering the group name as <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Keď sa chceme niektorú skupinu použiť v konfiguračnom súbore systému Samba "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, aby sme odlíšili skupinu od "
"používateľov, vložíme pred názov skupiny znak \"@\". Napríklad ak chceme "
"použiť skupinu s názvom sysadmin v určitej časti súboru "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, zadáme názov skupiny <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">@sysadmin</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:523(title)
msgid "File Permissions"
msgstr "Oprávnenia k súborom"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:525(para)
msgid ""
"File Permissions define the explicit rights a computer or user has to a "
"particular directory, file, or set of files. Such permissions may be defined "
"by editing the <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file and specifying "
"the explicit permissions of a defined file share."
msgstr ""
"Oprávnenia k súborom definujú prístupové práva počítačov alebo používateľov "
"k jednotlivým zdielaným priečinkom a súborom. Tieto oprávnenia sa pre "
"jednotlivé priečinky dajú nastaviť v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you have defined a Samba share called "
"<emphasis>share</emphasis> and wish to give <emphasis role=\"italic\">read-"
"only</emphasis> permissions to the group of users known as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>, but wanted to allow writing to the share by "
"the group called <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> and the user "
"named <emphasis role=\"italic\">vincent</emphasis>, then you could edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following entries "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Napríklad ak sme definovali zdieľane s názvom <emphasis>zdielanie</emphasis> "
"a chceme skupine používateľov <emphasis role=\"italic\">zakaznici</emphasis> "
"umožniť iba čítanie ale súčasne chceme skupine <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> a používateľovi <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vinco</emphasis> povoliť aj právo na zápis, potom v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> pridáme do časti "
"<emphasis>[zdielanie]</emphasis> nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:540(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    read list = @qa\n"
"    write list = @sysadmin, vincent\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    read list = @zakaznici\n"
"    write list = @sysadmin, vinco\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:545(para)
msgid ""
"Another possible Samba permission is to declare "
"<emphasis>administrative</emphasis> permissions to a particular shared "
"resource. Users having administrative permissions may read, write, or modify "
"any information contained in the resource the user has been given explicit "
"administrative permissions to."
msgstr ""
"Iný spôsob nastavenia práv pre systém Samba je pridelenie "
"<emphasis>administrátorských</emphasis> oprávnení na jednotlivé zdieľané "
"zdroje. Používatelia, ktorí majú administrátorské oprávnenia môžu čítať, "
"zapisovať alebo modifikovať akékoľvek informácie, ktoré sa nachádzajú v "
"zdieľanom prostriedku, ku ktorému má pridelené práva administrátor."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:551(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if you wanted to give the user <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">melissa</emphasis> administrative permissions to the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">share</emphasis> example, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file, and add the following line "
"under the <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""
"Napríklad ak chceme prideliť používateľovi <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">maria</emphasis>, prideliť práva správcu k priečinku "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">zdielanie</emphasis> otvoríme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> file a pridáme nasledujúci riadok "
"do časti <emphasis>[zdielanie]</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:558(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    admin users = melissa\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"    admin users = maria\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:562(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>, restart Samba for "
"the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Po uložení súboru <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> reštartujeme "
"systém Samba, aby sa zmeny prejavili:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:571(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>read list</emphasis> and <emphasis>write list</emphasis> "
"to work the Samba security mode must <emphasis>not</emphasis> be set to "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Aby platili nastavenia <emphasis>read list</emphasis> a <emphasis>write "
"list</emphasis> bezpečnostný mód systému Samba <emphasis>nesmie</emphasis> "
"byť nastavený na <emphasis role=\"italic\">security = share</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:577(para)
msgid ""
"Now that Samba has been configured to limit which groups have access to the "
"shared directory, the filesystem permissions need to be updated."
msgstr ""
"Teraz keď sme systém Samba nastavili aby obmedzoval prístup jednotlivých "
"skupín a používateľov, je potrebné upraviť aj oprávnenia súborového systému."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:582(para)
msgid ""
"Traditional Linux file permissions do not map well to Windows NT Access "
"Control Lists (ACLs). Fortunately POSIX ACLs are available on Ubuntu servers "
"providing more fine grained control. For example, to enable ACLs on "
"<filename>/srv</filename> an EXT3 filesystem, edit "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> adding the <emphasis>acl</emphasis> option:"
msgstr ""
"Tradičné Linuxové nastavenie práv pre súborový systém nezodpovedá tzv. "
"Access Control Lists (ACLs) zoznamom na riadenie prístup pre systém Windows "
"NT. Našťastie POSIXové ACLs sú dostupné aj v systéme Ubuntu a poskytujú "
"jemnejšie nastavenia. Ak napríklad chceme povoliť ACLs pre diskový oddiel "
"pripojený do priečinka <filename>/srv</filename> so súborovým systémom EXT3, "
"otvoríme <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> a pridáme možnosť "
"<emphasis>acl</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:589(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv  ext3    noatime,relatime,acl "
"0       1\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UUID=66bcdd2e-8861-4fb0-b7e4-e61c569fe17d /srv  ext3    noatime,relatime,acl "
"0       1\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:593(para)
msgid "Then remount the partition:"
msgstr "Potom znova pripojíme diskový oddiel:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:598(command)
msgid "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"
msgstr "sudo mount -v -o remount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes <filename>/srv</filename> on a separate partition. "
"If <filename>/srv</filename>, or wherever you have configured your share "
"path, is part of the <filename>/</filename> partition a reboot may be "
"required."
msgstr ""
"Predchádzajúci príklad predpokladá, že k <filename>/srv</filename> je "
"pripojený samostatný diskový oddiel. Keby bol priečinok "
"<filename>/srv</filename> iba jedným z priečinkov v súborovom systéme "
"<filename>/</filename>, bolo by potrebné reštartovať celý systém."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
"To match the Samba configuration above the <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> "
"group will be given read, write, and execute permissions to "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename>, the <emphasis>qa</emphasis> group "
"will be given read and execute permissions, and the files will be owned by "
"the username <emphasis>melissa</emphasis>. Enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Aby sa nastavenie systému Samba zhodovalo s nastaveniami, ktoré sme doteraz "
"vykonali, t.j. aby skupina <emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> mala právo na "
"čítanie, zápis a spúšťanie súborov v priečinku "
"<filename>/srv/samba/zdielanie</filename>, skupina "
"<emphasis>zakaznici</emphasis> mala právo iba na čítanie a spúšťanie súborov "
"a aby bol vlastníkom priečinka používateľ <emphasis>maria</emphasis>, zadáme "
"nasledujúce príkazy do príkazového riadku:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:617(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R melissa /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chown -R maria /srv/samba/zdielanie/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:618(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo chgrp -R sysadmin /srv/samba/zdielanie/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:619(command)
msgid "sudo setfacl -R -m g:qa:rx /srv/samba/share/"
msgstr "sudo setfacl -R -m g:zakaznici:rx /srv/samba/zdielanie/"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:623(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>setfacl</application> command above gives "
"<emphasis>execute</emphasis> permissions to all files in the "
"<filename>/srv/samba/share</filename> directory, which you may or may not "
"want."
msgstr ""
"Príkaz <application>setfacl</application> pridelí právo na "
"<emphasis>spúšťanie</emphasis> súborov na všetky súbory v priečinku "
"<filename>/srv/samba/zdielanie</filename>, čo môžete ale nemusíte chcieť "
"použiť."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:629(para)
msgid ""
"Now from a Windows client you should notice the new file permissions are "
"implemented. See the <application>acl</application> and "
"<application>setfacl</application> man pages for more information on POSIX "
"ACLs."
msgstr ""
"Odteraz bude pre klientov systému Windows platiť nové nastavenie oprávnení. "
"Viac informácií o POSIXových ACLs sa dozviete na man stránkach pre príkazy "
"<application>acl</application> a <application>setfacl</application>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:637(title)
msgid "Samba AppArmor Profile"
msgstr "Samba profil pre AppArmor"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:639(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with the <application>AppArmor</application> security module, "
"which provides mandatory access controls. The default AppArmor profile for "
"Samba will need to be adapted to your configuration. For more details on "
"using AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu obsahuje aj bezpečnostný modul <application>AppArmor</application>, "
"ktorý obmedzuje prístup jednotlivých programov systému do vymedzených "
"priečinkov. Predvolený profil systému AppArmor pre systém Samba je potrebné "
"prispôsobiť našej konfigurácii. Viac informácii sa dozvieme v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"There are default AppArmor profiles for <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> "
"and <filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, the Samba daemon binaries, as part "
"of the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> packages. To install the "
"package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Predvolené profily AppArmor pre súbory <filename>/usr/sbin/smbd</filename> a "
"<filename>/usr/sbin/nmbd</filename>, ktoré sú démonmi systému Samba, sú "
"súčasťou balíka <application>apparmor-profiles</application>. Nainštalujeme "
"ho zadaním nasledujúceho príkazu do príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:652(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:925(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apparmor-profiles"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:656(para)
msgid "This package contains profiles for several other binaries."
msgstr "Tento balík obsahuje profily aj pre niekoľko ďalších programov."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"By default the profiles for <application>smbd</application> and "
"<application>nmbd</application> are in <emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode "
"allowing Samba to work without modifying the profile, and only logging "
"errors. To place the <application>smbd</application> profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode, and have Samba work as expected, the "
"profile will need to be modified to reflect any directories that are shared."
msgstr ""
"V predvolenom stave sú profily pre <application>smbd</application> a "
"<application>nmbd</application> v tzv. <emphasis>upozorňovacom</emphasis> "
"režime ktorý systému Samba umožňuje správne pracovať bez potreby meniť "
"profil a neoprávnený prístup neblokuje ale iba zaznamená. Ak chceme profil "
"pre <application>smbd</application> prepnúť do tzv. "
"<emphasis>prinucovacieho</emphasis> režimu a súčasne chceme aby systém Samba "
"pracoval tak, ako to od neho očakávame, je potrebné upraviť nastavenie "
"priečinkov tak, aby zodpovedali zdieľaným priečinkom."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> adding information "
"for <emphasis>[share]</emphasis> from the file server example:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd</filename> a pridáme "
"informácie o priečinku <emphasis>[zdielanie]</emphasis>, ktorý sme použili v "
"našom príklade:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:673(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/share/** rwkix,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"  /srv/samba/zdielanie/ r,\n"
"  /srv/samba/zdielanie/** rwkix,\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"Now place the profile into <emphasis>enforce</emphasis> and reload it:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz umiestnime profil medzi <emphasis>vynucujúce</emphasis> a nanovo ho "
"načítame:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:683(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"
msgstr "sudo aa-enforce /usr/sbin/smbd"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:684(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.smbd | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:687(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to read, write, and execute files in the shared "
"directory as normal, and the <application>smbd</application> binary will "
"have access to only the configured files and directories. Be sure to add "
"entries for each directory you configure Samba to share. Also, any errors "
"will be logged to <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sa do priečinka malo dať zapisovať, čítať a spúšťať v ňom súbory, a "
"démon <application>smbd</application> bude mať prístup iba k tomuto "
"priečinku a súborom, ktoré sú v ňom. Rovnaký záznam je potrebné vytvoriť pre "
"každý zdieľaný priečinok, ktorý je nakonfigurovaný v systéme Samba. Všetky "
"pokusy o neoprávnený prístup budú zaznamenané v súbore "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:712(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1082(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink> is "
"also a good reference."
msgstr ""
"Ďalším dobrým zdrojom je O'Reillyho <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/9780596007690/\">Using Samba</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:718(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
"samba.html\">Chapter 18</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection is devoted to "
"security."
msgstr ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/securing-"
"samba.html\">Kapitola 18</ulink> zo Samba HOWTO Collection je zameraná na "
"bezpečnosť."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on Samba and ACLs see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs page </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácií o systéme Samba a riadení prístupov sa môžeme dozvedieť na "
"stránke <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/AccessControls.html#id397568\">Samba ACLs page </ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:740(title)
msgid "Samba as a Domain Controller"
msgstr "Samba ako radič domény"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:742(para)
msgid ""
"Although it cannot act as an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller "
"(PDC), a Samba server can be configured to appear as a Windows NT4-style "
"domain controller. A major advantage of this configuration is the ability to "
"centralize user and machine credentials. Samba can also use multiple "
"backends to store the user information."
msgstr ""
"Aj keď sa samba nedá použiť ako primárny radič domény v Active Directory – "
"Active Directory Primary Domain Controller (PDC), Samba server môže byť "
"nakonfigurovaná tak, aby sa tváril ako radič domény systému Windows NT4. "
"Hlavná výhoda takejto konfigurácie je schopnosť centrálne spravovať "
"prihlasovacie údaje všetkých používateľov a počítačov. Samba dokáže na "
"uchovávanie informácií o používateľoch použiť viacero systémov."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:749(title)
msgid "Primary Domain Controller"
msgstr "Primárny radič domény"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:751(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Samba as a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) "
"using the default smbpasswd backend."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o nastavení systému Samba tak, aby sa tváril ako primárny "
"radič domény (PDC), pričom na uchovávanie informácií o používateľoch "
"použijeme predvolený systém smbpasswd."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:758(para)
msgid ""
"First, install Samba, and <application>libpam-smbpass</application> to sync "
"the user accounts, by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nainštalujeme systém Samba a balík <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application>, ktorý slúži na synchronizáciu používateľov. Do "
"príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:764(command) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:980(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba libpam-smbpass"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure Samba by editing <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. "
"The <emphasis>security</emphasis> mode should be set to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis>, and the <emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> "
"should relate to your organization:"
msgstr ""
"Ďalej otvoríme konfiguračný súbor systému Samba "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>. Bezpečnostný režim "
"<emphasis>security</emphasis> nastavíme na hodnotu <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">user</emphasis> a pracovnú skupinu "
"<emphasis>workgroup</emphasis> nastavíme podľa názvu našej organizácie:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:785(para)
msgid ""
"In the commented <quote>Domains</quote> section add or uncomment the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"V zapoznámkovanej časti <quote>Domains</quote> odpoznámkujeme nasledujúce "
"riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:789(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
"   logon drive = H:\n"
"   logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
"   logon script = logon.cmd\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   logon path = \\\\%N\\%U\\profile\n"
"   logon drive = H:\n"
"   logon home = \\\\%N\\%U\n"
"   logon script = logon.cmd\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/useradd -N -g machines -c Machine -d "
"/var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u\n"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:800(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> provides the netlogon service causing "
"Samba to act as a domain controller."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>domain logons:</emphasis> spôsobí, že sa Samba bude pri "
"prihlasovaní tváriť ako radič domény."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:805(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon path:</emphasis> places the user's Windows profile into "
"their home directory. It is also possible to configure a "
"<emphasis>[profiles]</emphasis> share placing all profiles under a single "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:811(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon drive:</emphasis> specifies the home directory local path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:816(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon home:</emphasis> specifies the home directory location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>logon script:</emphasis> determines the script to be run locally "
"once a user has logged in. The script needs to be placed in the "
"<emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> share."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>add machine script:</emphasis> a script that will automatically "
"create the <emphasis>Machine Trust Account</emphasis> needed for a "
"workstation to join the domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:831(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the <emphasis>machines</emphasis> group will need to be "
"created using the <application>addgroup</application> utility see <xref "
"linkend=\"adding-deleting-users\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:839(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to not use <emphasis>Roaming Profiles</emphasis> leave the "
"<emphasis>logon home</emphasis> and <emphasis>logon path</emphasis> options "
"commented."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:848(para)
msgid ""
"Uncomment the <emphasis>[homes]</emphasis> share to allow the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">logon home</emphasis> to be mapped:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:853(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[homes]\n"
"   comment = Home Directories\n"
"   browseable = no\n"
"   read only = no\n"
"   create mask = 0700\n"
"   directory mask = 0700\n"
"   valid users = %S\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:866(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a domain controller a <emphasis>[netlogon]</emphasis> "
"share needs to be configured. To enable the share, uncomment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:871(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[netlogon]\n"
"   comment = Network Logon Service\n"
"   path = /srv/samba/netlogon\n"
"   guest ok = yes\n"
"   read only = yes\n"
"   share modes = no\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:881(para)
msgid ""
"The original <emphasis>netlogon</emphasis> share path is "
"<filename>/home/samba/netlogon</filename>, but according to the Filesystem "
"Hierarchy Standard (FHS), <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/pub/fhs-"
"2.3.html#SRVDATAFORSERVICESPROVIDEDBYSYSTEM\">/srv</ulink> is the correct "
"location for site-specific data provided by the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:892(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the <filename role=\"directory\">netlogon</filename> directory, "
"and an empty (for now) <filename>logon.cmd</filename> script file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:898(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir -p /srv/samba/netlogon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:899(command)
msgid "sudo touch /srv/samba/netlogon/logon.cmd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"You can enter any normal Windows logon script commands in "
"<filename>logon.cmd</filename> to customize the client's environment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:910(para)
msgid ""
"With <emphasis>root</emphasis> being disabled by default, in order to join a "
"workstation to the domain, a system group needs to be mapped to the Windows "
"<emphasis>Domain Admins</emphasis> group. Using the "
"<application>net</application> utility, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:917(command)
msgid ""
"sudo net groupmap add ntgroup=\"Domain Admins\" unixgroup=sysadmin rid=512 "
"type=d"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis role=\"italic\">sysadmin</emphasis> to whichever group you "
"prefer. Also, the user used to join the domain needs to be a member of the "
"<emphasis>sysadmin</emphasis> group, as well as a member of the system "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group. The <emphasis>admin</emphasis> group "
"allows <application>sudo</application> use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:932(para)
msgid "Finally, restart Samba to enable the new domain controller:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:943(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to join Windows clients to the Domain in the same "
"manner as joining them to an NT4 domain running on a Windows server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:953(title)
msgid "Backup Domain Controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:955(para)
msgid ""
"With a Primary Domain Controller (PDC) on the network it is best to have a "
"Backup Domain Controller (BDC) as well. This will allow clients to "
"authenticate in case the PDC becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"When configuring Samba as a BDC you need a way to sync account information "
"with the PDC. There are multiple ways of accomplishing this "
"<application>scp</application>, <application>rsync</application>, or by "
"using <application>LDAP</application> as the <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:966(para)
msgid ""
"Using LDAP is the most robust way to sync account information, because both "
"domain controllers can use the same information in real time. However, "
"setting up a LDAP server may be overly complicated for a small number of "
"user and computer accounts. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:975(para)
msgid ""
"First, install <application>samba</application> and <application>libpam-"
"smbpass</application>. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:986(para)
msgid ""
"Now, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> and uncomment the "
"following in the <emphasis>[global]</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:999(para)
msgid "In the commented <emphasis>Domains</emphasis> uncomment or add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1003(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   domain logons = yes\n"
"   domain master = no\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1011(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure a user has rights to read the files in "
"<filename>/var/lib/samba</filename>. For example, to allow users in the "
"<emphasis>admin</emphasis> group to <application>scp</application> the "
"files, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1017(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R admin /var/lib/samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1023(para)
msgid ""
"Next, sync the user accounts, using <application>scp</application> to copy "
"the <filename>/var/lib/samba</filename> directory from the PDC:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1029(command)
msgid "sudo scp -r username@pdc:/var/lib/samba /var/lib"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1033(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a valid username and "
"<emphasis>pdc</emphasis> with the hostname or IP Address of your actual PDC."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1042(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>samba</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1053(para)
msgid ""
"You can test that your Backup Domain controller is working by stopping the "
"Samba daemon on the PDC, then trying to login to a Windows client joined to "
"the domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1058(para)
msgid ""
"Another thing to keep in mind is if you have configured the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> option as a directory on the PDC, and the PDC becomes "
"unavailable, access to the user's <emphasis>Home</emphasis> drive will also "
"be unavailable. For this reason it is best to configure the <emphasis>logon "
"home</emphasis> to reside on a separate file server from the PDC and BDC."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1088(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/samba-"
"pdc.html\">Chapter 4</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection explains setting "
"up a Primary Domain Controller."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1094(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://us3.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-"
"Collection/samba-bdc.html\">Chapter 5</ulink> of the Samba HOWTO Collection "
"explains setting up a Backup Domain Controller."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1109(title)
msgid "Samba Active Directory Integration"
msgstr "Integrácia Samby do Active Directory"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1112(title)
msgid "Accessing a Samba Share"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"Another, use for Samba is to integrate into an existing Windows network. "
"Once part of an Active Directory domain, Samba can provide file and print "
"services to AD users."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1119(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way to join an AD domain is to use <application>Likewise-"
"open</application>. For detailed instructions see <xref linkend=\"likewise-"
"open\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1124(para)
msgid ""
"Once part of the domain, enter the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1129(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba smbfs smbclient"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"Since the <application>likewise-open</application> and "
"<application>samba</application> packages use separate "
"<filename>secrets.tdb</filename> files, a symlink will need to be created in "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/var/lib/samba</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1138(command)
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba/secrets.tdb.orig"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1139(command)
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/samba/secrets.tdb /var/lib/samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1142(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1146(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   workgroup = EXAMPLE\n"
"   ...\n"
"   security = ads\n"
"   realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"   ...\n"
"   idmap backend = lwopen\n"
"   idmap uid = 50-9999999999\n"
"   idmap gid = 50-9999999999\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1157(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>samba</application> for the new settings to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1165(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to access any <application>Samba</application> shares "
"from a Windows client. However, be sure to give the appropriate AD users or "
"groups access to the share directory. See <xref linkend=\"samba-fileprint-"
"security\"/> for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1173(title)
msgid "Accessing a Windows Share"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1175(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the Samba server is part of the Active Directory domain you can "
"access any Windows server shares:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1182(para)
msgid ""
"To mount a Windows file share enter the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1186(command)
msgid "mount.cifs //fs01.example.com/share mount_point"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1189(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to access shares on computers not part of an AD domain, "
"but a username and password will need to be provided."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1197(para)
msgid ""
"To mount the share during boot place an entry in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, for example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1201(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"//192.168.0.5/share /mnt/windows cifs auto,username=steve,password=secret,rw "
"0        0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1208(para)
msgid ""
"Another way to copy files from a Windows server is to use the "
"<application>smbclient</application> utility. To list the files in a Windows "
"share:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1214(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"ls\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1220(para)
msgid "To copy a file from the share, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1225(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"get file.txt\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1228(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>file.txt</filename> into the current directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1235(para)
msgid "And to copy a file to the share:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1240(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k -c \"put /etc/hosts hosts\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1243(para)
msgid ""
"This will copy the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> to "
"<filename>//fs01.example.com/share/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1250(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-c</emphasis> option used above allows you to execute the "
"<application>smbclient</application> command all at once. This is useful for "
"scripting and minor file operations. To enter the <emphasis>smb: \\"
"&gt;</emphasis> prompt, a FTP like prompt where you can execute normal file "
"and directory commands, simply execute:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1257(command)
msgid "smbclient //fs01.example.com/share -k"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"Replace all instances of <emphasis>fs01.example.com/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>//192.168.0.5/share</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>username=steve,password=secret</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>file.txt</emphasis> with your server's IP, hostname, share name, "
"file name, and an actual username and password with rights to the share."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>smbclient</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man smbclient</command>, also available <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/smbclient.1.html\">on"
"line</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mount.cifs</application><ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/mount.cifs.8.html\">m"
"an page</ulink> is also useful for more detailed information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1293(title)
msgid "Likewise Open"
msgstr "Likewise Open"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1295(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Likewise Open</application> simplifies the necessary "
"configuration needed to authenticate a Linux machine to an Active Directory "
"domain. Based on <application>winbind</application>, the "
"<application>likewise-open</application> package takes the pain out of "
"integrating Ubuntu authentication into an existing Windows network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1304(para)
msgid ""
"There are two ways to use Likewise Open, <application>likewise-"
"open</application> the command line utility and <application>likewise-open-"
"gui</application>. This section focuses on the command line utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>likewise-open</application> package, open a "
"terminal prompt and enter:"
msgstr ""
"Na inštaláciu balíku <application>likewise-open</application>, otvorte "
"terminál a zadajte:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1314(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install likewise-open"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1319(title)
msgid "Joining a Domain"
msgstr "Pripájam sa na doménu"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1321(para)
msgid ""
"The main executable file of the <application>likewise-open</application> "
"package is <filename>/usr/bin/domainjoin-cli</filename>, which is used to "
"join your computer to the domain. Before you join a domain you will need to "
"make sure you have:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"Access to an Active Directory user with appropriate rights to join the "
"domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1334(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Fully Qualified Domain Name</emphasis> (FQDN) of the domain "
"you want to join. If your AD domain does not match a valid domain such as "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, it is likely that it has "
"the form of <emphasis>domainname.local</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1341(para)
msgid ""
"DNS for the domain setup properly. In a production AD environment this "
"should be the case. Proper Microsoft DNS is needed so that client "
"workstations can determine the Active Directory domain is available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1345(para)
msgid ""
"If you don't have a Windows DNS server on your network, see <xref "
"linkend=\"likewise-open-ms-dns\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1352(para)
msgid "To join a domain, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Ak sa chcete pripojiť na doménu, zadajte v termináli:"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1357(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli join example.com Administrator"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1361(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> with your domain name, and "
"<emphasis>Administrator</emphasis> with the appropriate user name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1367(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for the user's password. If all goes well a "
"<emphasis>SUCCESS</emphasis> message should be printed to the console."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1373(para)
msgid ""
"After joining the domain, it is necessary to reboot before attempting to "
"authenticate against the domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"After successfully joining an Ubuntu machine to an Active Directory domain "
"you can authenticate using any valid AD user. To login you will need to "
"enter the user name as 'domain\\username'. For example to ssh to a server "
"joined to the domain enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1386(command)
msgid "ssh 'example\\steve'@hostname"
msgstr "ssh 'example\\steve'@hostname"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1390(para)
msgid ""
"If configuring a Desktop the user name will need to be prefixed with "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">domain\\</emphasis> in the graphical logon as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1396(para)
msgid ""
"To make likewise-open use a default domain, you can add the following "
"statement to <filename>/etc/samba/lwiauthd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1400(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"winbind use default domain = yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1404(para)
msgid "Then restart the <application>likewise-open</application> daemons:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1409(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/likewise-open restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1413(para)
msgid ""
"Once configured for a <emphasis>default domain</emphasis> the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">'domain\\'</emphasis> is no longer required, users can login "
"using only their username."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1419(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility can also be used to "
"leave the domain. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1424(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"
msgstr "sudo domainjoin-cli leave"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1429(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1777(title)
msgid "Other Utilities"
msgstr "Ostatné pomôcky"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1431(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>likewise-open</application> package comes with a few other "
"utilities that may be useful for gathering information about the Active "
"Directory environment. These utilities are used to join the machine to the "
"domain, and are the same as those available in the <application>samba-"
"common</application> and <application>winbind</application> packages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1440(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwinet</application>: Returns information about the network and "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
"<application>lwinet</application>: Vráti informácie o sieti a doméne."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1445(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwimsg</application>: Allows interaction with the "
"<application>likewise-winbindd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1450(para)
msgid ""
"<application>lwiinfo</application>: Displays information about various parts "
"of the Domain."
msgstr ""
"<application>lwiinfo</application>: Zobrazí informácie o rôznych častiach "
"domény."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1456(para)
msgid "Please refer to each utility's man page specific for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1462(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:351(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1598(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:338(title)
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Riešenie problémov"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1466(para)
msgid ""
"If the client has trouble joining the domain, double check that the "
"Microsoft DNS is listed first in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1471(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1476(para)
msgid ""
"For more information when joining a domain, use the <emphasis>--loglevel "
"verbose</emphasis> or <emphasis>--advanced</emphasis> option of the "
"<application>domainjoin-cli</application> utility:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1482(command)
msgid "sudo domainjoin-cli --loglevel verbose join example.com Administrator"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1486(para)
msgid ""
"If an Active Directory user has trouble logging in, check the "
"<filename>/var/log/auth.log</filename> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1491(para)
msgid ""
"When joining an Ubuntu Desktop workstation to a domain, you may need to edit "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> if your AD domain uses the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">.local</emphasis> syntax. In order to join the domain the "
"<emphasis>\"mdns4\"</emphasis> entry should be removed from the "
"<emphasis>hosts</emphasis> option. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1497(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts: files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1501(para)
msgid "Change the above to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1505(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts: files dns [NOTFOUND=return]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1509(para)
msgid "Then restart networking by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1514(command) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:559(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/networking restart"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1517(para)
msgid "You should now be able to join the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1525(title)
msgid "Microsoft DNS"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1527(para)
msgid ""
"The following are instructions for installing DNS on an Active Directory "
"domain controller running Windows Server 2003, but the instructions should "
"be similar for other versions:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1536(para)
msgid ""
"Click "
"<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Start</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Administrative Tools"
"</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Manage Your Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "
"This will open the <application>Server Role Mangement</application> utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1544(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Add or remove a role</guilabel>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1545(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1547(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1550(para)
msgid "Click Next"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1546(para)
msgid "Select \"DNS Server\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1548(para)
msgid "Click Next again to proceed"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1549(para)
msgid "Select \"Create a forward lookup zone\" if it is not selected."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1551(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure \"This server maintains the zone\" is selected and click Next."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1552(para)
msgid "Enter your domain name and click Next"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1553(para)
msgid "Click Next to \"Allow only secure dynamic updates\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1555(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the IP for DNS servers to forward queries to, or Select \"No, it "
"should not forward queries\" and click Next."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1559(para) serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1560(para)
msgid "Click Finish"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1562(para)
msgid ""
"DNS is now installed and can be further configured using the "
"<application>Microsoft Management Console</application> DNS snap-in."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1570(para)
msgid "Click Start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1571(para)
msgid "Control Panel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1572(para)
msgid "Network Connections"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1573(para)
msgid "Right Click \"Local Area Connection\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1574(para)
msgid "Click Properties"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1575(para)
msgid "Double click \"Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1576(para)
msgid "Enter the Server's IP Address as the \"Preferred DNS server\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1577(para)
msgid "Click Ok"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1578(para)
msgid "Click Ok again to save the settings"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1567(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the Server to use itself for DNS queries: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1585(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:624(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:772(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:922(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1017(title) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1239(title) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:303(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1840(title) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2165(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:539(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:877(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1211(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1626(title) serverguide/C/security.xml:1817(title) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:203(title) serverguide/C/package-management.xml:454(title) serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:330(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1006(title) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1107(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:391(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:527(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:459(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:643(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:795(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1217(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1646(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:259(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:388(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:496(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:284(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:436(title) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:619(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:572(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:234(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:107(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:221(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:297(title)
msgid "References"
msgstr "Zdroje"

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1587(para)
msgid ""
"Please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> home page for "
"further information."
msgstr ""
"Pozrite si prosím <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.likewisesoftware.com/\">Likewise</ulink> domovskú stránku "
"pre ďalšie informácie."

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1591(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>domainjoin-cli</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man domainjoin-cli</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/windows-networking.xml:1595(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LikewiseOpen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"LikewiseOpen</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:13(title)
msgid "Web Servers"
msgstr "Webové servery"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"A Web server is a software responsible for accepting HTTP requests from "
"clients, which are known as Web browsers, and serving them HTTP responses "
"along with optional data contents, which usually are Web pages such as HTML "
"documents and linked objects (images, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:19(title)
msgid "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Server"
msgstr "HTTPD - Apache2 Web Server"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"Apache is the most commonly used Web Server on Linux systems. Web Servers "
"are used to serve Web Pages requested by client computers. Clients typically "
"request and view Web Pages using Web Browser applications such as "
"<application>Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>, or "
"<application>Mozilla</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"Users enter a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) to point to a Web server by "
"means of its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) and a path to the required "
"resource. For example, to view the home page of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu Web site</ulink> a user will enter only "
"the FQDN. To request specific information about <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/paid\">paid support</ulink>, a user will "
"enter the FQDN followed by a path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"The most common protocol used to transfer Web pages is the Hyper Text "
"Transfer Protocol (HTTP). Protocols such as Hyper Text Transfer Protocol "
"over Secure Sockets Layer (HTTPS), and File Transfer Protocol (FTP), a "
"protocol for uploading and downloading files, are also supported."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Web Servers are often used in combination with the "
"<application>MySQL</application> database engine, the HyperText Preprocessor "
"(<application>PHP</application>) scripting language, and other popular "
"scripting languages such as <application>Python</application> and "
"<application>Perl</application>. This configuration is termed LAMP (Linux, "
"Apache, MySQL and Perl/Python/PHP) and forms a powerful and robust platform "
"for the development and deployment of Web-based applications."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:42(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>Apache2</application> web server is available in Ubuntu "
"Linux. To install Apache2:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:48(para)
msgid "At a terminal prompt enter the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:53(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apache2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is configured by placing <emphasis>directives</emphasis> in plain "
"text configuration files. These <emphasis>directives</emphasis> are "
"separated between the following files and directories:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>apache2.conf:</emphasis> the main Apache2 configuration file. "
"Contains settings that are <emphasis>global</emphasis> to Apache2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>conf.d:</emphasis> contains configuration files which apply "
"<emphasis>globally</emphasis> to Apache2. Other packages that use Apache2 to "
"serve content may add files, or symlinks, to this directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>envvars:</emphasis> file where Apache2 "
"<emphasis>environment</emphasis> variables are set."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>httpd.conf:</emphasis> historically the main Apache2 configuration "
"file, named after the <application>httpd</application> daemon. The file can "
"be used for <emphasis>user specific</emphasis> configuration options that "
"globally effect Apache2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-available:</emphasis> this directory contains configuration "
"files to both load <emphasis>modules</emphasis> and configure them. Not all "
"modules will have specific configuration files, however."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:101(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mods-enabled:</emphasis> holds <emphasis>symlinks</emphasis> to "
"the files in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename>. When a module "
"configuration file is symlinked it will be enabled the next time "
"<application>apache2</application> is restarted."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ports.conf:</emphasis> houses the directives that determine which "
"TCP ports Apache2 is listening on."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-available:</emphasis> this directory has configuration files "
"for Apache2 <emphasis>Virtual Hosts</emphasis>. Virtual Hosts allow Apache2 "
"to be configured for multiple sites that have separate configurations."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>sites-enabled:</emphasis> like mods-enabled, <filename "
"role=\"directory\">sites-enabled</filename> contains symlinks to the "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available</filename> directory. Similarly when "
"a configuration file in sites-available is symlinked, the site configured by "
"it will be active once Apache2 is restarted."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"In addition, other configuration files may be added using the "
"<emphasis>Include</emphasis> directive, and wildcards can be used to include "
"many configuration files. Any directive may be placed in any of these "
"configuration files. Changes to the main configuration files are only "
"recognized by Apache2 when it is started or restarted."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"The server also reads a file containing mime document types; the filename is "
"set by the <emphasis>TypesConfig</emphasis> directive, and is "
"<filename>/etc/mime.types</filename> by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:141(title)
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr "Základné nastavenia"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:142(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains Apache2 server essential configuration parameters. "
"Refer to the <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 ships with a virtual-host-friendly default configuration. That is, "
"it is configured with a single default virtual host (using the "
"<emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> directive) which can modified or used as-is "
"if you have a single site, or used as a template for additional virtual "
"hosts if you have multiple sites. If left alone, the default virtual host "
"will serve as your default site, or the site users will see if the URL they "
"enter does not match the <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of any of "
"your custom sites. To modify the default virtual host, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"The directives set for a virtual host only apply to that particular virtual "
"host. If a directive is set server-wide and not defined within the virtual "
"host settings, the default setting is used. For example, you can define a "
"Webmaster email address and not define individual email addresses for each "
"virtual host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to configure a new virtual host or site, copy that file into the "
"same directory with a name you choose. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:177(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/apache2/sites-available/default /etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new file to configure the new site using some of the directives "
"described below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerAdmin</emphasis> directive specifies the email address "
"to be advertised for the server's administrator. The default value is "
"webmaster@localhost. This should be changed to an email address that is "
"delivered to you (if you are the server's administrator). If your website "
"has a problem, Apache2 will display an error message containing this email "
"address to report the problem to. Find this directive in your site's "
"configuration file in /etc/apache2/sites-available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Listen</emphasis> directive specifies the port, and optionally "
"the IP address, Apache2 should listen on. If the IP address is not "
"specified, Apache2 will listen on all IP addresses assigned to the machine "
"it runs on. The default value for the Listen directive is 80. Change this to "
"127.0.0.1:80 to cause Apache2 to listen only on your loopback interface so "
"that it will not be available to the Internet, to (for example) 81 to change "
"the port that it listens on, or leave it as is for normal operation. This "
"directive can be found and changed in its own file, "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/ports.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive is optional and specifies what "
"FQDN your site should answer to. The default virtual host has no ServerName "
"directive specified, so it will respond to all requests that do not match a "
"ServerName directive in another virtual host. If you have just acquired the "
"domain name ubunturocks.com and wish to host it on your Ubuntu server, the "
"value of the ServerName directive in your virtual host configuration file "
"should be ubunturocks.com. Add this directive to the new virtual host file "
"you created earlier (<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mynewsite</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want your site to respond to www.ubunturocks.com, since many "
"users will assume the www prefix is appropriate. Use the "
"<emphasis>ServerAlias</emphasis> directive for this. You may also use "
"wildcards in the ServerAlias directive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:230(para)
msgid ""
"For example, the following configuration will cause your site to respond to "
"any domain request ending in <emphasis>.ubunturocks.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:236(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAlias *.ubunturocks.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive specifies where Apache2 "
"should look for the files that make up the site. The default value is "
"/var/www. No site is configured there, but if you uncomment the "
"<emphasis>RedirectMatch</emphasis> directive in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> requests will be redirected "
"to /var/www/apache2-default where the default Apache2 site awaits. Change "
"this value in your site's virtual host file, and remember to create that "
"directory if necessary!"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"The /etc/apache2/sites-available directory is <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
"not</emphasis> parsed by Apache2. Symbolic links in /etc/apache2/sites-"
"enabled point to \"available\" sites."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Enable the new <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> using the "
"<application>a2ensite</application> utility and restart Apache2:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:266(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mynewsite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:267(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:285(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:538(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:547(command) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:606(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:932(command) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:228(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>mynewsite</emphasis> with a more descriptive "
"name for the VirtualHost. One method is to name the file after the "
"<emphasis>ServerName</emphasis> directive of the VirtualHost."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, use the <application>a2dissite</application> utility to disable "
"sites. This is can be useful when troubleshooting configuration problems "
"with multiple VirtualHosts:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:284(command)
msgid "sudo a2dissite mynewsite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:290(title)
msgid "Default Settings"
msgstr "Východzie nastavenia"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains configuration of the Apache2 server default settings. "
"For example, if you add a virtual host, the settings you configure for the "
"virtual host take precedence for that virtual host. For a directive not "
"defined within the virtual host settings, the default value is used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> is the default page served by the "
"server when a user requests an index of a directory by specifying a forward "
"slash (/) at the end of the directory name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"For example, when a user requests the page "
"http://www.example.com/this_directory/, he or she will get either the "
"DirectoryIndex page if it exists, a server-generated directory list if it "
"does not and the Indexes option is specified, or a Permission Denied page if "
"neither is true. The server will try to find one of the files listed in the "
"DirectoryIndex directive and will return the first one it finds. If it does "
"not find any of these files and if <emphasis>Options Indexes</emphasis> is "
"set for that directory, the server will generate and return a list, in HTML "
"format, of the subdirectories and files in the directory. The default value, "
"found in <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available/dir.conf</filename> is "
"\"index.html index.cgi index.pl index.php index.xhtml index.htm\". Thus, if "
"Apache2 finds a file in a requested directory matching any of these names, "
"the first will be displayed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>ErrorDocument</emphasis> directive allows you to specify a "
"file for Apache2 to use for specific error events. For example, if a user "
"requests a resource that does not exist, a 404 error will occur, and per "
"Apache2's default configuration, the file "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var </filename> will "
"be displayed. That file is not in the server's DocumentRoot, but there is an "
"Alias directive in <filename>/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> that "
"redirects requests to the /error directory to "
"<filename>/usr/share/apache2/error/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"To see a list of the default ErrorDocument directives, use this command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:350(command)
msgid "grep ErrorDocument /etc/apache2/apache2.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the server writes the transfer log to the file "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/access.log</filename>. You can change this on a "
"per-site basis in your virtual host configuration files with the "
"<emphasis>CustomLog</emphasis> directive, or omit it to accept the default, "
"specified in <filename> /etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename>. You may also "
"specify the file to which errors are logged, via the "
"<emphasis>ErrorLog</emphasis> directive, whose default is "
"<filename>/var/log/apache2/error.log</filename>. These are kept separate "
"from the transfer logs to aid in troubleshooting problems with your Apache2 "
"server. You may also specify the <emphasis>LogLevel</emphasis> (the default "
"value is \"warn\") and the <emphasis>LogFormat</emphasis> (see <filename> "
"/etc/apache2/apache2.conf</filename> for the default value)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"Some options are specified on a per-directory basis rather than per-server. "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> is one of these directives. A Directory stanza "
"is enclosed in XML-like tags, like so:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:376(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory /var/www/mynewsite&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Options</emphasis> directive within a Directory stanza accepts "
"one or more of the following values (among others), separated by spaces:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:394(para)
msgid ""
"Most files should not be executed as CGI scripts. This would be very "
"dangerous. CGI scripts should kept in a directory separate from and outside "
"your DocumentRoot, and only this directory should have the ExecCGI option "
"set. This is the default, and the default location for CGI scripts is "
"<filename>/usr/lib/cgi-bin</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ExecCGI</emphasis> - Allow execution of CGI scripts. "
"CGI scripts are not executed if this option is not chosen. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Includes</emphasis> - Allow server-side includes. "
"Server-side includes allow an HTML file to <emphasis> include</emphasis> "
"other files. This is not a common option. See <ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/ssi.html\">the Apache2 SSI "
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IncludesNOEXEC</emphasis> - Allow server-side "
"includes, but disable the <emphasis>#exec</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#include</emphasis> commands in CGI scripts."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, this should usually not be set, and certainly should "
"not be set on your DocumentRoot directory. Enable this option carefully on a "
"per-directory basis only if you are certain you want users to see the entire "
"contents of the directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:421(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Indexes</emphasis> - Display a formatted list of the "
"directory's contents, if no <emphasis>DirectoryIndex</emphasis> (such as "
"index.html) exists in the requested directory. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiview</emphasis> - Support content-negotiated "
"multiviews; this option is disabled by default for security reasons. See the "
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/mod_negotiation.html#multiviews\">"
"Apache2 documentation on this option</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</emphasis> - Only follow "
"symbolic links if the target file or directory has the same owner as the "
"link."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:456(title)
msgid "httpd Settings"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains some basic <application>httpd</application> daemon "
"configuration settings."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:462(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LockFile</emphasis> - The LockFile directive sets "
"the path to the lockfile used when the server is compiled with either "
"USE_FCNTL_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT or USE_FLOCK_SERIALIZED_ACCEPT. It must be "
"stored on the local disk. It should be left to the default value unless the "
"logs directory is located on an NFS share. If this is the case, the default "
"value should be changed to a location on the local disk and to a directory "
"that is readable only by root."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">PidFile</emphasis> - The PidFile directive sets the "
"file in which the server records its process ID (pid). This file should only "
"be readable by root. In most cases, it should be left to the default value."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">User</emphasis> - The User directive sets the userid "
"used by the server to answer requests. This setting determines the server's "
"access. Any files inaccessible to this user will also be inaccessible to "
"your website's visitors. The default value for User is www-data."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:484(para)
msgid ""
"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, do not set the User directive to "
"root. Using root as the User will create large security holes for your Web "
"server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:490(para)
msgid ""
"The Group directive is similar to the User directive. Group sets the group "
"under which the server will answer requests. The default group is also www-"
"data."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:496(title)
msgid "Apache2 Modules"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:498(para)
msgid ""
"Apache2 is a modular server. This implies that only the most basic "
"functionality is included in the core server. Extended features are "
"available through modules which can be loaded into Apache2. By default, a "
"base set of modules is included in the server at compile-time. If the server "
"is compiled to use dynamically loaded modules, then modules can be compiled "
"separately, and added at any time using the LoadModule directive. Otherwise, "
"Apache2 must be recompiled to add or remove modules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:510(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu compiles Apache2 to allow the dynamic loading of modules. "
"Configuration directives may be conditionally included on the presence of a "
"particular module by enclosing them in an "
"<emphasis>&lt;IfModule&gt;</emphasis> block."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:517(para)
msgid ""
"You can install additional Apache2 modules and use them with your Web "
"server. For example, run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"install the <emphasis>MySQL Authentication</emphasis> module:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:524(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libapache2-mod-auth-mysql"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"See the <filename>/etc/apache2/mods-available</filename> directory, for "
"additional modules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>a2enmod</application> utility to enable a module:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:537(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod auth_mysql"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:541(para)
msgid "Similarly, <application>a2dismod</application> will disable a module:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:546(command)
msgid "sudo a2dismod auth_mysql"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:553(title)
msgid "HTTPS Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:555(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module adds an important feature to "
"the Apache2 server - the ability to encrypt communications. Thus, when your "
"browser is communicating using SSL, the https:// prefix is used at the "
"beginning of the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) in the browser navigation "
"bar."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:564(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mod_ssl</application> module is available in "
"<application>apache2-common</application> package. Execute the following "
"command from a terminal prompt to enable the "
"<application>mod_ssl</application> module:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:571(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod ssl"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:574(para)
msgid ""
"There is a default HTTPS configuration file in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default-ssl</filename>. In order for "
"<application>Apache2</application> to provide HTTPS, a "
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and <emphasis>key</emphasis> file are also "
"needed. The default HTTPS configuration will use a certificate and key "
"generated by the <application>ssl-cert</application> package. They are good "
"for testing, but the auto-generated certificate and key should be replaced "
"by a certificate specific to the site or server. For information on "
"generating a key and obtaining a certificate see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:584(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Apache2</application> for HTTPS, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:589(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite default-ssl"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:593(para)
msgid ""
"The directories <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename> are the default locations. If you "
"install the certificate and key in another directory make sure to change "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateFile</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>SSLCertificateKeyFile</emphasis> appropriately."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:600(para)
msgid ""
"With Apache2 now configured for HTTPS, restart the service to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:611(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on how you obtained your certificate you may need to enter a "
"passphrase when <application>Apache2</application> starts."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:617(para)
msgid ""
"You can access the secure server pages by typing https://your_hostname/url/ "
"in your browser address bar."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/\">Apache2 "
"Documentation</ulink> contains in depth information on Apache2 configuration "
"directives. Also, see the <application>apache2-doc</application> package for "
"the official Apache2 docs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:635(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/\">Mod SSL "
"Documentation</ulink> site for more SSL related information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596001919/\">Apache "
"Cookbook</ulink> is a good resource for accomplishing specific Apache2 "
"configurations."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"For Ubuntu specific Apache2 questions, ask in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"Usually integrated with PHP and MySQL the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:664(title)
msgid "PHP5 - Scripting Language"
msgstr "PHP5 - Skriptovací jazyk"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:665(para)
msgid ""
"PHP is a general-purpose scripting language suited for Web development. The "
"PHP script can be embedded into HTML. This section explains how to install "
"and configure PHP5 in Ubuntu System with Apache2 and MySQL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:669(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have installed and configured Apache2 Web Server "
"and MySQL Database Server. You can refer to Apache2 section and MySQL "
"sections in this document to install and configure Apache2 and MySQL "
"respectively."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:676(para)
msgid "The PHP5 is available in Ubuntu Linux."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:678(para)
msgid ""
"To install PHP5 you can enter the following command in the terminal prompt: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5 libapache2-mod-php5</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:687(para)
msgid ""
"You can run PHP5 scripts from command line. To run PHP5 scripts from command "
"line you should install <application>php5-cli</application> package. To "
"install <application>php5-cli</application> you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cli</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:696(para)
msgid ""
"You can also execute PHP5 scripts without installing PHP5 Apache module. To "
"accomplish this, you should install <application>php5-cgi</application> "
"package. You can run the following command in a terminal prompt to install "
"<application>php5-cgi</application> package: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-cgi</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:706(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>MySQL</application> with PHP5 you should install "
"<application>php5-mysql</application> package. To install <application>php5-"
"mysql</application> you can enter the following command in the terminal "
"prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-mysql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:714(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, to use <application>PostgreSQL</application> with PHP5 you should "
"install <application>php5-pgsql</application> package. To install "
"<application>php5-pgsql</application> you can enter the following command in "
"the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install php5-pgsql</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:727(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5, you can run PHP5 scripts from your web browser. If "
"you have installed <application>php5-cli</application> package, you can run "
"PHP5 scripts from your command prompt."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:734(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the Apache 2 Web server is configured to run PHP5 scripts. In "
"other words, the PHP5 module is enabled in Apache2 Web server automatically "
"when you install the module. Please verify if the files "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.conf</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/mods-enabled/php5.load</filename> exist. If they do "
"not exists, you can enable the module using <command>a2enmod</command> "
"command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:745(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install PHP5 related packages and enabled PHP5 Apache 2 module, you "
"should restart Apache2 Web server to run PHP5 scripts. You can run the "
"following command at a terminal prompt to restart your web server: "
"<screen><command>sudo /etc/init.d/apache2 restart</command> </screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:753(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:320(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1569(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:343(title) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:184(title)
msgid "Testing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:754(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your installation, you can run following PHP5 phpinfo script:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:757(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;?php\n"
"  phpinfo();\n"
"?&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:762(para)
msgid ""
"You can save the content in a file <filename>phpinfo.php</filename> and "
"place it under <command>DocumentRoot</command> directory of Apache2 Web "
"server. When point your browser to "
"<filename>http://hostname/phpinfo.php</filename>, it would display values of "
"various PHP5 configuration parameters."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:776(para)
msgid ""
"For more in depth information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.php.net/docs.php\">php.net</ulink> documentation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:781(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of books on PHP. Two good books from O'Reilly are "
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596005603/\">Learning PHP "
"5</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9781565926813/\">PHP Cook Book</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:788(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache MySQL PHP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:799(title)
msgid "Squid - Proxy Server"
msgstr "Squid - Proxy Server"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:800(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is a full-featured web proxy cache server application which provides "
"proxy and cache services for Hyper Text Transport Protocol (HTTP), File "
"Transfer Protocol (FTP), and other popular network protocols. Squid can "
"implement caching and proxying of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) requests and "
"caching of Domain Name Server (DNS) lookups, and perform transparent "
"caching. Squid also supports a wide variety of caching protocols, such as "
"Internet Cache Protocol, (ICP) the Hyper Text Caching Protocol, (HTCP) the "
"Cache Array Routing Protocol (CARP), and the Web Cache Coordination "
"Protocol. (WCCP)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:808(para)
msgid ""
"The Squid proxy cache server is an excellent solution to a variety of proxy "
"and caching server needs, and scales from the branch office to enterprise "
"level networks while providing extensive, granular access control mechanisms "
"and monitoring of critical parameters via the Simple Network Management "
"Protocol (SNMP). When selecting a computer system for use as a dedicated "
"Squid proxy, or caching servers, ensure your system is configured with a "
"large amount of physical memory, as Squid maintains an in-memory cache for "
"increased performance."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:817(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install the Squid "
"server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:822(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install squid"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:828(para)
msgid ""
"Squid is configured by editing the directives contained within the "
"<filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> configuration file. The following "
"examples illustrate some of the directives which may be modified to affect "
"the behavior of the Squid server. For more in-depth configuration of Squid, "
"see the References section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:834(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to re-use as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:837(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands entered at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:842(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/squid/squid.conf /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:843(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/squid/squid.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:849(para)
msgid ""
"To set your Squid server to listen on TCP port 8888 instead of the default "
"TCP port 3128, change the http_port directive as such:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:853(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_port 8888\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"Change the visible_hostname directive in order to give the Squid server a "
"specific hostname. This hostname does not necessarily need to be the "
"computer's hostname. In this example it is set to <emphasis>weezie</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:862(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"visible_hostname weezie\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:867(para)
msgid ""
"Using Squid's access control, you may configure use of Internet services "
"proxied by Squid to be available only users with certain Internet Protocol "
"(IP) addresses. For example, we will illustrate access by users of the "
"192.168.42.0/24 subnetwork only:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:872(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:892(para)
msgid ""
"Add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">bottom</emphasis> of the "
"ACL section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:875(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl fortytwo_network src 192.168.42.0/24\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:878(para) serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:899(para)
msgid ""
"Then, add the following to the <emphasis role=\"bold\">top</emphasis> of the "
"http_access section of your <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:882(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow fortytwo_network\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:887(para)
msgid ""
"Using the excellent access control features of Squid, you may configure use "
"of Internet services proxied by Squid to be available only during normal "
"business hours. For example, we'll illustrate access by employees of a "
"business which is operating between 9:00AM and 5:00PM, Monday through "
"Friday, and which uses the 10.1.42.0/42 subnetwork:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:895(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"acl biz_network src 10.1.42.0/24\n"
"acl biz_hours time M T W T F 9:00-17:00\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:903(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http_access allow biz_network biz_hours\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:910(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/squid/squid.conf</filename> file, "
"save the file and restart the <application>squid</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command entered at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:917(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/squid restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:924(ulink)
msgid "Squid Website"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:926(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Squid\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Squid</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:933(title)
msgid "Ruby on Rails"
msgstr "Ruby on Rails"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:934(para)
msgid ""
"Ruby on Rails is an open source web framework for developing database backed "
"web applications. It is optimized for sustainable productivity of the "
"programmer since it lets the programmer to write code by favouring "
"convention over configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:941(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Rails</application> you should install "
"<application>Apache</application> and <application>MySQL</application>. To "
"install the <application>Apache</application> package, please refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>. For instructions on installing "
"<application>MySQL</application> refer to <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Apache</application> and "
"<application>MySQL</application> packages installed, you are ready to "
"install <application>Ruby on Rails</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:956(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>Ruby</application> base packages and "
"<application>Ruby on Rails</application>, you can enter the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:962(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install rails"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"Modify the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename> "
"configuration file to setup your domains."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:972(para)
msgid ""
"The first thing to change is the <emphasis>DocumentRoot</emphasis> directive:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:976(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DocumentRoot /path/to/rails/application/public\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:979(para)
msgid ""
"Next, change the &lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt; "
"directive:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:983(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"/path/to/rails/application/public\"&gt;\n"
"        Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews ExecCGI\n"
"        AllowOverride All\n"
"        Order allow,deny\n"
"        allow from all\n"
"        AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"You should also enable the <application>mod_rewrite</application> module for "
"Apache. To enable <application>mod_rewrite</application> module, please "
"enter the following command in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:999(command)
msgid "sudo a2enmod rewrite"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1002(para)
msgid ""
"Finally you will need to change the ownership of the "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/public</filename> and "
"<filename>/path/to/rails/application/tmp</filename> directories to the user "
"used to run the <application>Apache</application> process:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1008(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/public"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1009(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/rails/application/tmp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1012(para)
msgid ""
"That's it! Now you have your Server ready for your <application>Ruby on "
"Rails</application> applications."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://rubyonrails.org/\">Ruby on Rails</ulink> website "
"for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1026(para)
msgid ""
"Also <ulink url=\"http://pragprog.com/titles/rails3/agile-web-development-"
"with-rails-third-edition\">Agile Development with Rails</ulink> is a great "
"resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1032(para)
msgid ""
"Another place for more information is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RubyOnRails\">Ruby on Rails Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1043(title)
msgid "Apache Tomcat"
msgstr "Apache Tomcat"

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1044(para)
msgid ""
"Apache Tomcat is a web container that allows you to serve Java Servlets and "
"JSP (Java Server Pages) web applications."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1046(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>Tomcat 6.0</application> packages in Ubuntu support two "
"different ways of running Tomcat. You can install them as a classic unique "
"system-wide instance, that will be started at boot time and will run as the "
"tomcat6 unpriviledged user. But you can also deploy private instances that "
"will run with your own user rights, and that you should start and stop by "
"yourself. This second way is particularly useful in a development server "
"context where multiple users need to test on their own private Tomcat "
"instances."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1056(title)
msgid "System-wide installation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1057(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>Tomcat</application> server, you can enter the "
"following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1060(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"This will install a Tomcat server with just a default ROOT webapp that "
"displays a minimal \"It works\" page by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1068(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat configuration files can be found in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename>. Only a few common configuration tweaks "
"will be described here, please see <ulink "
"url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/tomcat-6.0-doc/index.html\">Tomcat 6.0 "
"documentation</ulink> for more."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1074(title)
msgid "Changing default ports"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1075(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat 6.0 runs a HTTP connector on port 8080 and an AJP "
"connector on port 8009. You might want to change those default ports to "
"avoid conflict with another server on the system. This is done by changing "
"the following lines in <filename>/etc/tomcat6/server.xml</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1080(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8080\" protocol=\"HTTP/1.1\" \n"
"               connectionTimeout=\"20000\" \n"
"               redirectPort=\"8443\" /&gt;\n"
"...\n"
"&lt;Connector port=\"8009\" protocol=\"AJP/1.3\" redirectPort=\"8443\" "
"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1089(title)
msgid "Changing JVM used"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1090(para)
msgid ""
"By default Tomcat will run preferably with OpenJDK-6, then try Sun's JVM, "
"then try some other JVMs. If you have various JVMs installed, you can set "
"which should be used by setting JAVA_HOME in "
"<filename>/etc/default/tomcat6</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1094(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-6-sun\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1099(title)
msgid "Declaring users and roles"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"Usernames, passwords and roles (groups) can be defined centrally in a "
"Servlet container. In Tomcat 6.0 this is done in the "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;role rolename=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
"&lt;user username=\"tomcat\" password=\"s3cret\" roles=\"admin\"/&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1111(title)
msgid "Using Tomcat standard webapps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1112(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is shipped with webapps that you can install for documentation, "
"administration or demo purposes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1115(title)
msgid "Tomcat documentation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1116(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-docs</application> package contains Tomcat 6.0 "
"documentation, packaged as a webapp that you can access by default at "
"http://yourserver:8080/docs. You can install it by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1121(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-docs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1125(title)
msgid "Tomcat administration webapps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-admin</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to administer the Tomcat server using a web interface. You "
"can install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1131(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-admin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"The first one is the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> webapp, which you can "
"access by default at http://yourserver:8080/manager/html. It is primarily "
"used to get server status and restart webapps."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1136(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>manager</emphasis> application is protected by "
"default: you need to define a user with the role \"manager\" in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1140(para)
msgid ""
"The second one is the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> webapp, which you "
"can access by default at http://yourserver:8080/host-manager/html. It can be "
"used to create virtual hosts dynamically."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1144(para)
msgid ""
"Access to the <emphasis>host-manager</emphasis> application is also "
"protected by default: you need to define a user with the role \"admin\" in "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6/tomcat-users.xml</filename> before you can access it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1149(para)
msgid ""
"For security reasons, the tomcat6 user cannot write to the "
"<filename>/etc/tomcat6</filename> directory by default. Some features in "
"these admin webapps (application deployment, virtual host creation) need "
"write access to that directory. If you want to use these features execute "
"the following, to give users in the tomcat6 group the necessary rights:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1156(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp -R tomcat6 /etc/tomcat6"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1157(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R g+w /etc/tomcat6"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1162(title)
msgid "Tomcat examples webapps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1163(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tomcat6-examples</application> package contains two webapps "
"that can be used to test or demonstrate Servlets and JSP features, which you "
"can access them by default at http://yourserver:8080/examples. You can "
"install them by entering the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1169(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-examples"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1175(title)
msgid "Using private instances"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1176(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat is heavily used in development and testing scenarios where using a "
"single system-wide instance doesn't meet the requirements of multiple users "
"on a single system. The Tomcat 6.0 packages in Ubuntu come with tools to "
"help deploy your own user-oriented instances, allowing every user on a "
"system to run (without root rights) separate private instances while still "
"using the system-installed libraries."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1183(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to run the system-wide instance and the private instances in "
"parallel, as long as they do not use the same TCP ports."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1187(title)
msgid "Installing private instance support"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1188(para)
msgid ""
"You can install everything necessary to run private instances by entering "
"the following command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1191(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install tomcat6-user"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1195(title)
msgid "Creating a private instance"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1196(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a private instance directory by entering the following "
"command in the terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1199(command)
msgid "tomcat6-instance-create my-instance"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a new <filename>my-instance</filename> directory with all "
"the necessary subdirectories and scripts. You can for example install your "
"common libraries in the <filename>lib/</filename> subdirectory and deploy "
"your webapps in the <filename>webapps/</filename> subdirectory. No webapps "
"are deployed by default."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1209(title)
msgid "Configuring your private instance"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1210(para)
msgid ""
"You will find the classic Tomcat configuration files for your private "
"instance in the <filename>conf/</filename> subdirectory. You should for "
"example certainly edit the <filename>conf/server.xml</filename> file to "
"change the default ports used by your private Tomcat instance to avoid "
"conflict with other instances that might be running."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1218(title)
msgid "Starting/stopping your private instance"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1219(para)
msgid ""
"You can start your private instance by entering the following command in the "
"terminal prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1223(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/startup.sh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1225(para)
msgid ""
"You should check the <filename>logs/</filename> subdirectory for any error. "
"If you have a <emphasis>java.net.BindException: Address already in "
"use&lt;null&gt;:8080</emphasis> error, it means that the port you're using "
"is already taken and that you should change it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1230(para)
msgid ""
"You can stop your instance by entering the following command in the terminal "
"prompt (supposing your instance is located in the <filename>my-"
"instance</filename> directory):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1234(command)
msgid "my-instance/bin/shutdown.sh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1243(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tomcat.apache.org/\">Apache Tomcat</ulink> "
"website for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1248(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596003180/\">Tomcat: The "
"Definitive Guide</ulink> is a good resource for building web applications "
"with Tomcat."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1254(para)
msgid ""
"For additional books see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.apache.org/tomcat/Tomcat/Books\">Tomcat Books</ulink> list "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/web-servers.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the<ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheTomcat5\">Ubuntu Wiki Apache "
"Tomcat</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:13(title)
msgid "VPN"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"A Virtual Private Network, or <emphasis>VPN</emphasis>, is an encrypted "
"network connection between two or more networks. There are several ways to "
"create a VPN using software as well as dedicated hardware appliances. This "
"chapter will cover installing and configuring "
"<application>OpenVPN</application> to create a VPN between two servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:23(title)
msgid "OpenVPN"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"OpenVPN uses Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to encrypt VPN traffic between "
"nodes. A simple way of setting up a VPN with OpenVPN is to connect the "
"clients through a bridge interface on the VPN server. This guide will assume "
"that one VPN node, the server in this case, has a bridge interface "
"configured. For more information on setting up a bridge see <xref "
"linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:35(para)
msgid "To install <application>openvpn</application> in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:41(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:257(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openvpn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:45(title)
msgid "Server Certificates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the <application>openvpn</application> package is installed, the "
"certificates for the VPN server need to be created."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"First, copy the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn</filename>. This will ensure that any changes to the "
"scripts will not be lost when the package is updated. You will also need to "
"adjust permissions in the <filename>easy-rsa</filename> directory to allow "
"the current user permission to create files. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:59(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:60(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp -r /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/easy-rsa/2.0/* /etc/openvpn/easy-"
"rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:61(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R $USER /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:64(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/vars</filename> adjusting the "
"following to your environment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:68(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"export KEY_COUNTRY=\"US\"\n"
"export KEY_PROVINCE=\"NC\"\n"
"export KEY_CITY=\"Winston-Salem\"\n"
"export KEY_ORG=\"Example Company\"\n"
"export KEY_EMAIL=\"steve@example.com\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:76(para)
msgid "Enter the following to create the server certificates:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:81(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:102(command)
msgid "cd /etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:82(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:103(command)
msgid "source vars"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:83(command)
msgid "./clean-all"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:84(command)
msgid "./build-dh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:85(command)
msgid "./pkitool --initca"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:86(command)
msgid "./pkitool --server server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:87(command)
msgid "cd keys"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:88(command)
msgid "openvpn --genkey --secret ta.key"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:89(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.crt server.key ca.crt dh1024.pem ta.key /etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:94(title)
msgid "Client Certificates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"The VPN client will also need a certificate to authenticate itself to the "
"server. To create the certificate, enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:104(command)
msgid "./pkitool hostname"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> with the actual hostname of the "
"machine connecting to the VPN."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:113(para)
msgid "Copy the following files to the client:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:118(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ca.crt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:119(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.crt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:120(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/easy-rsa/keys/hostname.key"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:121(para)
msgid "/etc/openvpn/ta.key"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"Remember to adjust the above file names for your client machine's "
"<emphasis>hostname</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"It is best to use a secure method to copy the certificate and key files. The "
"<application>scp</application> utility is a good choice, but copying the "
"files to removable media then to the client, also works well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:141(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:107(title)
msgid "Server Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"Now configure the <application>openvpn</application> server by creating "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> from the example file. In a "
"terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:149(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/server.conf.gz "
"/etc/openvpn/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:150(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/openvpn/server.conf.gz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/server.conf</filename> changing the following "
"options to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:157(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local 172.18.100.101\n"
"dev tap0\n"
"up \"/etc/openvpn/up.sh br0\"\n"
"down \"/etc/openvpn/down.sh br0\"\n"
";server 10.8.0.0 255.255.255.0\n"
"server-bridge 172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0 172.18.100.105 172.18.100.200\n"
"push \"route 172.18.100.1 255.255.255.0\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DNS 172.18.100.20\"\n"
"push \"dhcp-option DOMAIN example.com\"\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 0 # This file is secret\n"
"user nobody\n"
"group nogroup\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>local</emphasis>: is the IP address of the bridge interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>server-bridge</emphasis>: needed when the configuration uses "
"bridging. The <emphasis>172.18.100.101 255.255.255.0</emphasis> portion is "
"the bridge interface and mask. The IP range <emphasis>172.18.100.105 "
"172.18.100.200</emphasis> is the range of IP addresses that will be assigned "
"to clients."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>push</emphasis>: are directives to add networking options for "
"clients."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>user and group</emphasis>: configure which user and group the "
"<application>openvpn</application> daemon executes as."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"Replace all IP addresses and domain names above with those of your network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a couple of helper scripts to add the <emphasis>tap</emphasis> "
"interface to the bridge. Create <filename>/etc/openvpn/up.sh</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:207(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"MTU=$3\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV mtu $MTU promisc up\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl addif $BR $DEV\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:217(para)
msgid "And <filename>/etc/openvpn/down.sh</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:221(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"\n"
"BR=$1\n"
"DEV=$2\n"
"\n"
"/usr/sbin/brctl delif $BR $DEV\n"
"/sbin/ifconfig $DEV down\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:231(para)
msgid "Then make them executable:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:236(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/down.sh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:237(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/openvpn/up.sh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:240(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the server, restart <application>openvpn</application> by "
"entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:245(command) serverguide/C/vpn.xml:293(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/openvpn restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:250(title)
msgid "Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:252(para)
msgid "First, install <application>openvpn</application> on the client:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Then with the server configured and the client certificates copied to the "
"<filename>/etc/openvpn/</filename> directory, create a client configuration "
"file by copying the example. In a terminal on the client machine enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:266(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/openvpn/examples/sample-config-files/client.conf "
"/etc/openvpn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/openvpn/client.conf</filename> changing the "
"following options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:273(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dev tap\n"
"remote vpn.example.com 1194\n"
"cert hostname.crt\n"
"key hostname.key\n"
"tls-auth ta.key 1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>vpn.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname of your VPN "
"server, and <emphasis>hostname.*</emphasis> with the actual certificate and "
"key filenames."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:288(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>openvpn</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:296(para)
msgid "You should now be able to connect to the remote LAN through the VPN."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:307(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://openvpn.net/\">OpenVPN</ulink> website for "
"additional information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Pakt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/openvpn/book\">OpenVPN: "
"Building and Integrating Virtual Private Networks</ulink> is a good resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vpn.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"Another source of further information is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenVPN\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"OpenVPN</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:13(title)
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr "Virtualizácia"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Virtualization is being adopted in many different environments and "
"situations. If you are a developer, virtualization can provide you with a "
"contained environment where you can safely do almost any sort of development "
"safe from messing up your main working environment. If you are a systems "
"administrator, you can use virtualization to more easily separate your "
"services and move them around based on demand."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"The default virtualization technology supported in Ubuntu is "
"<application>KVM</application>, a technology that takes advantage of "
"virtualization extensions built into Intel and AMD hardware. For hardware "
"without virtualization extensions <application>Xen</application> and "
"<application>Qemu</application> are popular solutions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:27(title)
msgid "libvirt"
msgstr "libvirt"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>libvirt</application> library is used to interface with "
"different virtualization technologies. Before getting started with "
"<application>libvirt</application> it is best to make sure your hardware "
"supports the necessary virtualization extensions for "
"<application>KVM</application>. Enter the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:35(command)
msgid "kvm-ok"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:37(para)
msgid ""
"A message will be printed informing you if your CPU "
"<emphasis>does</emphasis> or <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support hardware "
"virtualization."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"On most computer whose processor supports virtualization, it is necessary to "
"activate an option in the BIOS to enable it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:47(title)
msgid "Virtual Networking"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few different ways to allow a virtual machine access to the "
"external network. The default virtual network configuration is "
"<emphasis>usermode</emphasis> networking, which uses the SLIRP protocol and "
"traffic is NATed through the host interface to the outside network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"To enable external hosts to directly access services on virtual machines a "
"<emphasis>bridge</emphasis> needs to be configured. This allows the virtual "
"interfaces to connect to the outside network through the physical interface, "
"making them appear as normal hosts to the rest of the network. For "
"information on setting up a bridge see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:63(para)
msgid "To install the necessary packages, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:67(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install kvm libvirt-bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>libvirt-bin</application>, the user used to "
"manage virtual machines will need to be added to the "
"<emphasis>libvirtd</emphasis> group. Doing so will grant the user access to "
"the advanced networking options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:73(para)
msgid "In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:77(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $USER libvirtd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"If the user chosen is the current user, you will need to log out and back in "
"for the new group membership to take effect."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to install a <emphasis>Guest</emphasis> operating system. "
"Installing a virtual machine follows the same process as installing the "
"operating system directly on the hardware. You either need a way to automate "
"the installation, or a keyboard and monitor will need to be attached to the "
"physical machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:89(para)
msgid ""
"In the case of virtual machines a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is "
"analogous to using a physical keyboard and mouse. Instead of installing a "
"GUI the <application>virt-viewer</application> application can be used to "
"connect to a virtual machine's console using <application>VNC</application>. "
"See <xref linkend=\"libvirt-virt-viewer\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:94(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to automate the Ubuntu installation process, for "
"example using preseeds, kickstart, etc. Refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:98(para)
msgid ""
"Yet another way to install an Ubuntu virtual machine is to use "
"<application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>. <application>ubuntu-vm-"
"builder</application> allows you to setup advanced partitions, execute "
"custom post-install scripts, etc. For details see <xref linkend=\"jeos-and-"
"vmbuilder\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:104(title)
msgid "virt-install"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:105(para)
msgid ""
"<application>virt-install</application> is part of the <application>python-"
"virtinst</application> package. To install it, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:109(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-virtinst"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:111(para)
msgid ""
"There are several options available when using <application>virt-"
"install</application>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:115(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-install -n web_devel -r 256 -f web_devel.img \\ -s 4 -c jeos.iso --"
"accelerate \\ --connect=qemu:///system --vnc \\ --noautoconsole -v"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:122(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-n web_devel:</emphasis> the name of the new virtual machine will "
"be <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> in this example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-r 256:</emphasis> specifies the amount of memory the virtual "
"machine will use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:132(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-f web_devel.img:</emphasis> indicates the path to the virtual "
"disk which can be a file, partition, or logical volume. In this example a "
"file named <filename>web_devel.img</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:138(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-s 4:</emphasis> the size of the virtual disk."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-c jeos.iso:</emphasis> file to be used as a virtual CDROM. The "
"file can be either an ISO file or the path to the host's CDROM device."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--accelerate:</emphasis> enables the kernel's acceleration "
"technologies."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--vnc:</emphasis> exports the guest's virtual console using VNC."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:159(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--noautoconsole:</emphasis> will not automatically connect to the "
"virtual machine's console."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:164(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-v:</emphasis> creates a fully virtualized guest."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"After launching <application>virt-install</application> you can connect to "
"the virtual machine's console either locally using a GUI or with the "
"<application>virt-viewer</application> utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:175(title)
msgid "virt-clone"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-clone</application> application can be used to copy "
"one virtual machine to another. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:180(command)
msgid ""
"sudo virt-clone -o web_devel -n database_devel -f "
"/path/to/database_devel.img --connect=qemu:///system"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:184(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-o:</emphasis> original virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:189(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-n:</emphasis> name of the new virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-f:</emphasis> path to the file, logical volume, or partition to "
"be used by the new virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--connect:</emphasis> specifies which hypervisor to connect to."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"Also, use <emphasis>-d</emphasis> or <emphasis>--debug</emphasis> option to "
"help troubleshoot problems with <application>virt-clone</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>database_devel</emphasis> with appropriate virtual machine names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:215(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Management"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:217(title)
msgid "virsh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:218(para)
msgid ""
"There are several utilities available to manage virtual machines and "
"<application>libvirt</application>. The <application>virsh</application> "
"utility can be used from the command line. Some examples:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:224(para)
msgid "To list running virtual machines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:228(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system list"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:232(para)
msgid "To start a virtual machine:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:236(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system start web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:240(para)
msgid "Similarly, to start a virtual machine at boot:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:244(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system autostart web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:248(para)
msgid "Reboot a virtual machine with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:252(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system reboot web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>state</emphasis> of virtual machines can be saved to a file in "
"order to be restored later. The following will save the virtual machine "
"state into a file named according to the date:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:261(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system save web_devel web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:263(para)
msgid "Once saved the virtual machine will no longer be running."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:268(para)
msgid "A saved virtual machine can be restored using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:272(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system restore web_devel-022708.state"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:276(para)
msgid "To shutdown a virtual machine do:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:280(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system shutdown web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:284(para)
msgid "A CDROM device can be mounted in a virtual machine by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:288(command)
msgid "virsh -c qemu:///system attach-disk web_devel /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"In the above examples replace <emphasis>web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name, and <filename>web_devel-"
"022708.state</filename> with a descriptive file name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:300(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Manager"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-manager</application> package contains a graphical "
"utility to manage local and remote virtual machines. To install virt-manager "
"enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:306(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-manager"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:308(para)
msgid ""
"Since <application>virt-manager</application> requires a Graphical User "
"Interface (GUI) environment it is recommended to be installed on a "
"workstation or test machine instead of a production server. To connect to "
"the local <application>libvirt</application> service enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:314(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu:///system"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"You can connect to the <application>libvirt</application> service running on "
"another host by entering the following in a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:320(command)
msgid "virt-manager -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The above example assumes that <application>SSH</application> connectivity "
"between the management system and virtnode1.mydomain.com has already been "
"configured, and uses SSH keys for authentication. SSH "
"<emphasis>keys</emphasis> are needed because "
"<application>libvirt</application> sends the password prompt to another "
"process. For details on configuring <application>SSH</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"openssh-server\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:333(title)
msgid "Virtual Machine Viewer"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>virt-viewer</application> application allows you to connect "
"to a virtual machine's console. <application>virt-viewer</application> does "
"require a Graphical User Interface (GUI) to interface with the virtual "
"machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>virt-viewer</application> from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:342(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install virt-viewer"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:344(para)
msgid ""
"Once a virtual machine is installed and running you can connect to the "
"virtual machine's console by using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:348(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu:///system web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>virt-manager</application>, <application>virt-"
"viewer</application> can connect to a remote host using "
"<emphasis>SSH</emphasis> with key authentication, as well:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:355(command)
msgid "virt-viewer -c qemu+ssh://virtnode1.mydomain.com/system web_devel"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">web_devel</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate virtual machine name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"If configured to use a <emphasis>bridged</emphasis> network interface you "
"can also setup <application>SSH</application> access to the virtual machine. "
"See <xref linkend=\"openssh-server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/> for "
"more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://kvm.qumranet.com/kvmwiki\">KVM</ulink> home page "
"for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>libvirt</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://libvirt.org/\">libvirt home page</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:379(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://virt-manager.et.redhat.com/\">Virtual Machine "
"Manager</ulink> site has more information on <application>virt-"
"manager</application> development."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"Also, stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">freenode</ulink> to discuss virtualization "
"technology in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"Another good resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">Ubuntu Wiki KVM</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:399(title)
msgid "JeOS and vmbuilder"
msgstr "JeOS a vmbuilder"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:405(title)
msgid "What is JeOS"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:407(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu <emphasis>JeOS</emphasis> (pronounced \"Juice\") is an efficient "
"variant of the Ubuntu Server operating system, configured specifically for "
"virtual appliances. No longer available as a CD-ROM ISO for download, but "
"only as an option either:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"While installing from the Server Edition ISO (pressing "
"<emphasis>F4</emphasis> on the first screen will allow you to pick \"Minimal "
"installation\", which is the package selection equivalent to JeOS)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:420(para)
msgid "Or to be built using Ubuntu's vmbuilder, which is described here."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:426(para)
msgid ""
"JeOS is a specialized installation of Ubuntu Server Edition with a tuned "
"kernel that only contains the base elements needed to run within a "
"virtualized environment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:431(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu JeOS has been tuned to take advantage of key performance technologies "
"in the latest virtualization products from VMware. This combination of "
"reduced size and optimized performance ensures that Ubuntu JeOS Edition "
"delivers a highly efficient use of server resources in large virtual "
"deployments."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"Without unnecessary drivers, and only the minimal required packages, ISVs "
"can configure their supporting OS exactly as they require. They have the "
"peace of mind that updates, whether for security or enhancement reasons, "
"will be limited to the bare minimum of what is required in their specific "
"environment. In turn, users deploying virtual appliances built on top of "
"JeOS will have to go through fewer updates and therefore less maintenance "
"than they would have had to with a standard full installation of a server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:446(title)
msgid "What is vmbuilder"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:448(para)
msgid ""
"With vmbuilder, there is no need to download a JeOS ISO anymore. vmbuilder "
"will fetch the various package and build a virtual machine tailored for your "
"needs in about a minute. vmbuilder is a script that automates the process of "
"creating a ready to use Linux based VM. The currently supported hypervisors "
"are KVM and Xen."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"You can pass command line options to add extra packages, remove packages, "
"choose which version of Ubuntu, which mirror etc. On recent hardware with "
"plenty of RAM, tmpdir in <filename>/dev/shm</filename> or using a tmpfs, and "
"a local mirror, you can bootstrap a VM in less than a minute."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:460(para)
msgid ""
"First introduced as a shell script in Ubuntu 8.04 LTS, <application>ubuntu-"
"vm-builder</application> started with little emphasis as a hack to help "
"developers test their new code in a virtual machine without having to "
"restart from scratch each time. As a few Ubuntu administrators started to "
"notice this script, a few of them went on improving it and adapting it for "
"so many use case that Soren Hansen (the author of the script and Ubuntu "
"virtualization specialist, not the golf player) decided to rewrite it from "
"scratch for Intrepid as a python script with a few new design goals:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:470(para)
msgid "Develop it so that it can be reused by other distributions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"Use a plugin mechanisms for all virtualization interactions so that others "
"can easily add logic for other virtualization environments."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:480(para)
msgid ""
"Provide an easy to maintain web interface as an option to the command line "
"interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:486(para)
msgid "But the general principles and commands remain the same."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:493(title)
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:495(para)
msgid ""
"It is assumed that you have installed and configured "
"<application>libvirt</application> and <application>KVM</application> "
"locally on the machine you are using. For details on how to perform this, "
"please refer to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:507(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/KVM\">KVM</ulink> Wiki "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:513(para)
msgid ""
"We also assume that you know how to use a text based text editor such as "
"nano or vi. If you have not used any of them before, you can get an overview "
"of the various text editors available by reading the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PowerUsersTextEditors\">PowerUsersTex"
"tEditors</ulink> page. This tutorial has been done on KVM, but the general "
"principle should remain on other virtualization technologies."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:521(title)
msgid "Install vmbuilder"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:523(para)
msgid ""
"The name of the package that we need to install is <application>python-vm-"
"builder</application>. In a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:528(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-vm-builder"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"If you are running Hardy, you can still perform most of this using the older "
"version of the package named <application>ubuntu-vm-builder</application>, "
"there are only a few changes to the syntax of the tool."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:541(title)
msgid "Defining Your Virtual Machine"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:543(para)
msgid ""
"Defining a virtual machine with Ubuntu's vmbuilder is quite simple, but here "
"are a few thing to consider:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:549(para)
msgid ""
"If you plan on shipping a virtual appliance, do not assume that the end-user "
"will know how to extend disk size to fit their need, so either plan for a "
"large virtual disk to allow for your appliance to grow, or explain fairly "
"well in your documentation how to allocate more space. It might actually be "
"a good idea to store data on some separate external storage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:556(para)
msgid ""
"Given that RAM is much easier to allocate in a VM, RAM size should be set to "
"whatever you think is a safe minimum for your appliance."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:562(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>vmbuilder</application> command has 2 main parameters: the "
"<emphasis>virtualization technology (hypervisor)</emphasis> and the targeted "
"<emphasis>distribution</emphasis>. Optional parameters are quite numerous "
"and can be found using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:568(command)
msgid "vmbuilder --help"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:572(title)
msgid "Base Parameters"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:574(para)
msgid ""
"As this example is based on <application>KVM</application> and Ubuntu 10.04 "
"LTS (Lucid Lynx), and we are likely to rebuild the same virtual machine "
"multiple time, we'll invoke vmbuilder with the following first parameters:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:580(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:583(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>--suite</emphasis> defines the Ubuntu release, the <emphasis>--"
"flavour</emphasis> specifies that we want to use the virtual kernel (that's "
"the one used to build a JeOS image), the <emphasis>--arch</emphasis> tells "
"that we want to use a 32 bit machine, the <emphasis>-o</emphasis> tells "
"vmbuilder to overwrite the previous version of the VM and the <emphasis>--"
"libvirt</emphasis> tells to inform the local virtualization environment to "
"add the resulting VM to the list of available machines."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:591(para)
msgid "Notes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:597(para)
msgid ""
"Because of the nature of operations performed by vmbuilder, it needs to have "
"root privilege, hence the use of sudo."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:602(para)
msgid ""
"If your virtual machine needs to use more than 3Gb of ram, you should build "
"a 64 bit machine (--arch amd64)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"Until Ubuntu 8.10, the virtual kernel was only built for 32 bit "
"architecture, so if you want to define an amd64 machine on Hardy, you should "
"use <emphasis>--flavour</emphasis> server instead."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:615(title)
msgid "JeOS Installation Parameters"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:618(title)
msgid "JeOS Networking"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:621(title)
msgid "Assigning a fixed IP address"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:623(para)
msgid ""
"As a virtual appliance that may be deployed on various very different "
"networks, it is very difficult to know what the actual network will look "
"like. In order to simplify configuration, it is a good idea to take an "
"approach similar to what network hardware vendors usually do, namely "
"assigning an initial fixed IP address to the appliance in a private class "
"network that you will provide in your documentation. An address in the range "
"192.168.0.0/255 is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:630(para)
msgid "To do this we'll use the following parameters:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--ip ADDRESS</emphasis>: IP address in dotted form (defaults to "
"dhcp if not specified)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--mask VALUE</emphasis>: IP mask in dotted form (default: "
"255.255.255.0)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:646(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--net VALUE</emphasis>: IP net address (default: X.X.X.0)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:651(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--bcast VALUE</emphasis>: IP broadcast (default: X.X.X.255)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:656(para)
msgid "<emphasis>--gw ADDRESS</emphasis>: Gateway address (default: X.X.X.1)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--dns ADDRESS</emphasis>: Name server address (default: X.X.X.1)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"We assume for now that default values are good enough, so the resulting "
"invocation becomes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:672(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o --"
"libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:677(title)
msgid "Modifying the libvirt Template to use Bridging"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:679(para)
msgid ""
"Because our appliance will be likely to need to be accessed by remote hosts, "
"we need to configure libvirt so that the appliance uses bridge networking. "
"To do this we use vmbuilder template mechanism to modify the default one."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"In our working directory we create the template hierarchy and copy the "
"default template:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:689(command)
msgid "mkdir -p VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:690(command)
msgid "cp /etc/vmbuilder/libvirt/* VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:693(para)
msgid ""
"We can then edit "
"<filename>VMBuilder/plugins/libvirt/templates/libvirtxml.tmpl</filename> to "
"change:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:697(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='network'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source network='default'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:703(para)
msgid "To:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:707(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"          &lt;interface type='bridge'&gt;\n"
"            &lt;source bridge='br0'/&gt;\n"
"          &lt;/interface&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:717(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:459(title)
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Rozdelenie diskových oddielov"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:719(para)
msgid ""
"Partitioning of the virtual appliance will have to take into consideration "
"what you are planning to do with is. Because most appliances want to have a "
"separate storage for data, having a separate <filename>/var</filename> would "
"make sense."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"In order to do this vmbuilder provides us with <emphasis>--part</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:728(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--part PATH\n"
"  Allows you to specify a partition table in a partition file, located at "
"PATH. Each line of the partition file should specify\n"
"  (root first):\n"
"      mountpoint size\n"
"  where  size  is  in megabytes. You can have up to 4 virtual disks, a new "
"disk starts on a\n"
"  line with ’---’.  ie :\n"
"      root 1000\n"
"      /opt 1000\n"
"      swap 256\n"
"      ---\n"
"      /var 2000\n"
"      /log 1500\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:743(para)
msgid ""
"In our case we will define a text file name "
"<filename>vmbuilder.partition</filename> which will contain the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:747(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"root 8000\n"
"swap 4000\n"
"---\n"
"/var 20000\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:755(para)
msgid ""
"Note that as we are using virtual disk images, the actual sizes that we put "
"here are maximum sizes for these volumes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:760(para)
msgid "Our command line now looks like:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:765(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:770(para)
msgid ""
"Using a \"\\\" in a command will allow long command strings to wrap to the "
"next line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:777(title)
msgid "User and Password"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:779(para)
msgid ""
"Again setting up a virtual appliance, you will need to provide a default "
"user and password that is generic so that you can include it in your "
"documentation. We will see later on in this tutorial how we will provide "
"some security by defining a script that will be run the first time a user "
"actually logs in the appliance, that will, among other things, ask him to "
"change his password. In this example I will use <emphasis>'user'</emphasis> "
"as my user name, and <emphasis>'default'</emphasis> as the password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:787(para)
msgid "To do this we use the following optional parameters:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:793(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--user USERNAME:</emphasis> Sets the name of the user to be added. "
"Default: ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:798(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--name FULLNAME:</emphasis> Sets the full name of the user to be "
"added. Default: Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:803(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>--pass PASSWORD:</emphasis> Sets the password for the user. "
"Default: ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:809(para)
msgid "Our resulting command line becomes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:814(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 \\ -o -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition \\ --"
"user user --name user --pass default"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:822(title)
msgid "Installing Required Packages"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:824(para)
msgid ""
"In this example we will be installing a package "
"<application>(Limesurvey)</application> that accesses a "
"<application>MySQL</application> database and has a web interface. We will "
"therefore require our OS to provide us with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:831(para)
msgid "Apache"
msgstr "Apache"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:832(para)
msgid "PHP"
msgstr "PHP"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:833(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:19(trademark) serverguide/C/databases.xml:31(title)
msgid "MySQL"
msgstr "MySQL"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:834(para) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:20(title)
msgid "OpenSSH Server"
msgstr "OpenSSH Server"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:835(para)
msgid "Limesurvey (as an example application that we have packaged)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:838(para)
msgid ""
"This is done using vmbuilder by specifying the --addpkg option multiple "
"times:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:842(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--addpkg PKG\n"
"  Install PKG into the guest (can be specfied multiple times)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:847(para)
msgid ""
"However, due to the way vmbuilder operates, packages that have to ask "
"questions to the user during the post install phase are not supported and "
"should instead be installed while interactivity can occur. This is the case "
"of Limesurvey, which we will have to install later, once the user logs in."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:853(para)
msgid ""
"Other packages that ask simple debconf question, such as <application>mysql-"
"server</application> asking to set a password, the package can be installed "
"immediately, but we will have to reconfigure it the first time the user logs "
"in."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"If some packages that we need to install are not in main, we need to enable "
"the additional repositories using --comp and --ppa:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:863(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--components COMP1,COMP2,...,COMPN\n"
"           A comma separated list of distro components to include (e.g. "
"main,universe). This defaults\n"
"           to \"main\"\n"
"--ppa=PPA  Add ppa belonging to PPA to the vm's sources.list.\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:870(para)
msgid ""
"Limesurvey not being part of the archive at the moment, we'll specify it's "
"PPA (personal package archive) address so that it is added to the VM "
"<filename>/etc/apt/source.list</filename>, so we add the following options "
"to the command line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:876(command)
msgid ""
"--addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-prefork --addpkg apache2-utils --"
"addpkg apache2.2-common \\ --addpkg dbconfig-common --addpkg libapache2-mod-"
"php5 --addpkg mysql-client --addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg "
"php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-"
"server --ppa nijaba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:883(title)
msgid "OpenSSH"
msgstr "OpenSSH"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:885(para)
msgid ""
"Another convenient tool that we want to have on our appliance is OpenSSH, as "
"it will allow our admins to access the appliance remotely. However, pushing "
"in the wild an appliance with a pre-installed OpenSSH server is a big "
"security risk as all these server will share the same secret key, making it "
"very easy for hackers to target our appliance with all the tools they need "
"to crack it open in a breeze. As for the user password, we will instead rely "
"on a script that will install OpenSSH the first time a user logs in so that "
"the key generated will be different for each appliance. For this we'll use a "
"<emphasis>--firstboot</emphasis> script, as it does not need any user "
"interaction."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:897(title)
msgid "Speed Considerations"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:900(title)
msgid "Package Caching"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:902(para)
msgid ""
"When vmbuilder creates builds your system, it has to go fetch each one of "
"the packages that composes it over the network to one of the official "
"repositories, which, depending on your internet connection speed and the "
"load of the mirror, can have a big impact on the actual build time. In order "
"to reduce this, it is recommended to either have a local repository (which "
"can be created using <application>apt-mirror</application>) or using a "
"caching proxy such as <application>apt-proxy</application>. The later option "
"being much simpler to implement and requiring less disk space, it is the one "
"we will pick in this tutorial. To install it, simply type:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:912(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apt-proxy"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:915(para)
msgid ""
"Once this is complete, your (empty) proxy is ready for use on "
"http://mirroraddress:9999 and will find ubuntu repository under /ubuntu. For "
"vmbuilder to use it, we'll have to use the <emphasis>--mirror</emphasis> "
"option:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:920(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--mirror=URL  Use Ubuntu mirror at URL instead of the default, which\n"
"              is http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu for official\n"
"              arches and http://ports.ubuntu.com/ubuntu-ports\n"
"              otherwise\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:927(para)
msgid "So we add to the command line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:932(command)
msgid "--mirror http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:936(para)
msgid ""
"The mirror address specified here will also be used in the "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> of the newly created guest, so it "
"is useful to specify here an address that can be resolved by the guest or to "
"plan on reseting this address later on, such as in a <emphasis>--"
"firstboot</emphasis> script."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:945(title)
msgid "Install a Local Mirror"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:947(para)
msgid ""
"If we are in a larger environment, it may make sense to setup a local mirror "
"of the Ubuntu repositories. The package apt-mirror provides you with a "
"script that will handle the mirroring for you. You should plan on having "
"about 20 gigabyte of free space per supported release and architecture."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:953(para)
msgid ""
"By default, <application>apt-mirror</application> uses the configuration "
"file in <filename>/etc/apt/mirror.list</filename>. As it is set up, it will "
"replicate only the architecture of the local machine. If you would like to "
"support other architectures on your mirror, simply duplicate the lines "
"starting with “deb”, replacing the deb keyword by /deb-{arch} where arch can "
"be i386, amd64, etc... For example, on an amd64 machine, to have the i386 "
"archives as well, you will have:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:960(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main restricted universe "
"multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted universe "
"multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-updates main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-backports main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"/deb-i386  http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security main restricted "
"universe multiverse \n"
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"
"/deb-i386 http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid main/debian-installer "
"restricted/debian-installer universe/debian-installer multiverse/debian-"
"installer \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:977(para)
msgid ""
"Notice that the source packages are not mirrored as they are seldom used "
"compared to the binaries and they do take a lot more space, but they can be "
"easily added to the list."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:982(para)
msgid ""
"Once the mirror has finished replicating (and this can be quite long), you "
"need to configure Apache so that your mirror files (in "
"<filename>/var/spool/apt-mirror</filename> if you did not change the "
"default), are published by your Apache server. For more information on "
"Apache see <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:991(title)
msgid "Installing in a RAM Disk"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"As you can easily imagine, writing to RAM is a <emphasis>LOT</emphasis> "
"faster than writing to disk. If you have some free memory, letting vmbuilder "
"perform its operation in a RAMdisk will help a lot and the option <emphasis>-"
"-tmpfs</emphasis> will help you do just that:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:999(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"--tmpfs OPTS  Use a tmpfs as the working directory, specifying its\n"
"              size or \"-\" to use tmpfs default (suid,dev,size=1G).\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"So adding <command>--tmpfs -</command> sounds like a very good idea if you "
"have 1G of free ram."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1011(title)
msgid "Package the Application"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1013(para)
msgid "Two option are available to us:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1019(para)
msgid ""
"The recommended method to do so is to make a <emphasis>Debian</emphasis> "
"package. Since this is outside of the scope of this tutorial, we will not "
"perform this here and invite the reader to read the documentation on how to "
"do this in the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/PackagingGuide\">Ubuntu "
"Packaging Guide</ulink>. In this case it is also a good idea to setup a "
"repository for your package so that updates can be conveniently pulled from "
"it. See the <ulink url=\"http://www.debian-"
"administration.org/articles/286\">Debian Administration</ulink> article for "
"a tutorial on this."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1028(para)
msgid ""
"Manually install the application under <filename>/opt</filename> as "
"recommended by the <ulink url=\"http://www.pathname.com/fhs/\">FHS "
"guidelines</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1035(para)
msgid ""
"In our case we'll use <application>Limesurvey</application> as example web "
"application for which we wish to provide a virtual appliance. As noted "
"before, we've made a version of the package available in a PPA (Personal "
"Package Archive)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1042(title)
msgid "Finishing Install"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1045(title)
msgid "First Boot"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1047(para)
msgid ""
"As we mentioned earlier, the first time the machine boots we'll need to "
"install <application>openssh-server</application> so that the key generated "
"for it is unique for each machine. To do this, we'll write a script called "
"<filename>boot.sh</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1053(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# This script will run the first time the virtual machine boots\n"
"# It is ran as root.\n"
"\n"
"apt-get update\n"
"apt-get install -qqy --force-yes openssh-server\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"And we add the <command>--firstboot boot.sh</command> option to our command "
"line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1067(title)
msgid "First Login"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1069(para)
msgid ""
"Mysql and Limesurvey needing some user interaction during their setup, we'll "
"set them up the first time a user logs in using a script named login.sh. "
"We'll also use this script to let the user specify:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1075(para)
msgid "His own password"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1076(para)
msgid "Define the keyboard and other locale info he wants to use"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1079(para)
msgid "So we'll define <filename>login.sh</filename> as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1083(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# This script is ran the first time a user logs in\n"
"\n"
"echo \"Your appliance is about to be finished to be set up.\"\n"
"echo \"In order to do it, we'll need to ask you a few questions,\"\n"
"echo \"starting by changing your user password.\"\n"
"\n"
"passwd\n"
"\n"
"#give the opportunity to change the keyboard\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure console-setup\n"
"\n"
"#configure the mysql server root password\n"
"sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.0\n"
"\n"
"#install limesurvey\n"
"sudo apt-get install -qqy --force-yes limesurvey\n"
"\n"
"echo \"Your appliance is now configured.  To use it point your\"\n"
"echo \"browser to http://serverip/limesurvey/admin\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1105(para)
msgid ""
"And we add the <command>--firstlogin login.sh</command> option to our "
"command line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1112(title)
msgid "Useful Additions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1115(title)
msgid "Configuring Automatic Updates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1117(para)
msgid ""
"To have your system be configured to update itself on a regular basis, we "
"will just install <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, so we add "
"the following option to our command line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1123(command)
msgid "--addpkg unattended-upgrades"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"As we have put our application package in a PPA, the process will update not "
"only the system, but also the application each time we update the version in "
"the PPA."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1133(title)
msgid "ACPI Event Handling"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1135(para)
msgid ""
"For your virtual machine to be able to handle restart and shutdown events it "
"is being sent, it is a good idea to install the acpid package as well. To do "
"this we just add the following option:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1141(command)
msgid "--addpkg acpid"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1147(title)
msgid "Final Command"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1149(para)
msgid "Here is the command with all the options discussed above:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1154(command)
msgid ""
"sudo vmbuilder kvm ubuntu --suite lucid --flavour virtual --arch i386 -o \\ -"
"-libvirt qemu:///system --ip 192.168.0.100 --part vmbuilder.partition --user "
"user \\ --name user --pass default --addpkg apache2 --addpkg apache2-mpm-"
"prefork \\ --addpkg apache2-utils --addpkg apache2.2-common --addpkg "
"dbconfig-common \\ --addpkg libapache2-mod-php5 --addpkg mysql-client --"
"addpkg php5-cli \\ --addpkg php5-gd --addpkg php5-ldap --addpkg php5-mysql --"
"addpkg wwwconfig-common \\ --addpkg mysql-server --addpkg unattended-"
"upgrades --addpkg acpid --ppa nijaba \\ --mirror "
"http://mirroraddress:9999/ubuntu --tmpfs - --firstboot boot.sh \\ --"
"firstlogin login.sh es"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1169(para)
msgid ""
"If you are interested in learning more, have questions or suggestions, "
"please contact the Ubuntu Server Team at:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1174(para)
msgid "IRC: #ubuntu-server on freenode"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1179(para)
msgid ""
"Mailing list: <ulink url=\"https://lists.ubuntu.com/mailman/listinfo/ubuntu-"
"server\">ubuntu-server at lists.ubuntu.com</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1184(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/JeOSVMBuilder\">JeOSVMBuilder Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1192(title)
msgid "UEC"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1195(title) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2026(title) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:15(title) serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:928(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:64(title) serverguide/C/chat.xml:17(title) serverguide/C/backups.xml:541(title)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Prehľad"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1197(para)
msgid ""
"This tutorial covers <application>UEC</application> installation from the "
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition CD, and assumes a basic network topology, "
"with a single system serving as the <emphasis>\"all-in-one "
"controller\"</emphasis>, and one or more nodes attached."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1202(para)
msgid ""
"From this Tutorial you will learn how to install, configure, register and "
"perform several operations on a basic <application>UEC</application> setup "
"that results in a cloud with a one controller <emphasis>\"front-"
"end\"</emphasis> and one or several node(s) for running Virtual Machine (VM) "
"instances. You will also use examples to help get you started using your own "
"private compute cloud."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1210(title)
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1212(para)
msgid ""
"To deploy a minimal cloud infrastructure, you’ll need at least "
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> dedicated systems:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1218(para)
msgid "A front end."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1223(para)
msgid "One or more node(s)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1229(para)
msgid ""
"The following are recommendations, rather than fixed requirements. However, "
"our experience in developing this documentation indicated the following "
"suggestions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1234(title)
msgid "Front End Requirements"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1236(para)
msgid "Use the following table for a system that will run one or more of:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1241(para)
msgid "Cloud Controller (CLC)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1242(para)
msgid "Cluster Controller (CC)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1243(para)
msgid "Walrus (the S3-like storage service)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1244(para)
msgid "Storage Controller (SC)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1248(title)
msgid "UEC Front End Requirements"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1256(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1318(para)
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1257(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1319(para)
msgid "Minimum"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1258(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1320(para)
msgid "Suggested"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1259(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1321(para)
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1264(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1326(para)
msgid "CPU"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1265(para)
msgid "1 GHz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1266(para)
msgid "2 x 2 GHz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1267(para)
msgid ""
"For an <emphasis>all-in-one</emphasis> front end, it helps to have at least "
"a dual core processor."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1270(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1332(para)
msgid "Memory"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1271(para)
msgid "512 MB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1272(para)
msgid "2 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1273(para)
msgid "The Java web front end benefits from lots of available memory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1276(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1338(para)
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1277(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1339(para)
msgid "5400 RPM IDE"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1278(para)
msgid "7200 RPM SATA"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1279(para)
msgid ""
"Slower disks will work, but will yield much longer instance startup times."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1282(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1344(para)
msgid "Disk Space"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1283(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1345(para)
msgid "40 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1284(para)
msgid "200 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"40GB is only enough space for only a single image, cache, etc., Eucalyptus "
"does not like to run out of disk space."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1288(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1350(para) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:13(title)
msgid "Networking"
msgstr "Sieť"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1289(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1351(para)
msgid "100 Mbps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1290(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1352(para)
msgid "1000 Mbps"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1291(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1353(para)
msgid ""
"Machine images are hundreds of MB, and need to be copied over the network to "
"nodes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1299(title)
msgid "Node Requirements"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1301(para)
msgid "The other system(s) are <emphasis>nodes</emphasis>, which will run::"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1306(para)
msgid "the Node Controller (NC)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1310(title)
msgid "UEC Node Requirements"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1327(para)
msgid "VT Extensions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1328(para)
msgid "VT, 64-bit, Multicore"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1329(para)
msgid ""
"64-bit can run both i386, and amd64 instances; by default, Eucalyptus will "
"only run 1 VM per CPU core on a Node."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1333(para)
msgid "1 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1334(para)
msgid "4 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1335(para)
msgid "Additional memory means more, and larger guests."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1340(para)
msgid "7200 RPM SATA or SCSI"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1341(para)
msgid ""
"Eucalyptus nodes are disk-intensive; I/O wait will likely be the performance "
"bottleneck."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1346(para)
msgid "100 GB"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1347(para)
msgid ""
"Images will be cached locally, Eucalyptus does not like to run out of disk "
"space."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1363(title)
msgid "Installing the Cloud/Cluster/Storage/Walrus Front End Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1367(para)
msgid "Download the Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server ISO file, and burn it to a CD."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1372(para) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1418(para)
msgid ""
"When you boot, select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1377(para)
msgid ""
"When asked whether you want a <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis> or a "
"<emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> install, select <emphasis>“Cluster”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1383(para)
msgid ""
"It will ask two other cloud-specific questions during the course of the "
"install:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1388(para)
msgid "Name of your cluster."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1391(para)
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>cluster1</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1394(para)
msgid ""
"A range of public IP addresses on the LAN that the cloud can allocate to "
"instances."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1397(para)
msgid "e.g. <emphasis>192.168.1.200-192.168.1.249</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1405(title)
msgid "Installing the Node Controller(s)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1407(para)
msgid ""
"The node controller install is even simpler. Just make sure that you are "
"connected to the network on which the cloud/cluster controller is already "
"running."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1413(para)
msgid "Boot from the same ISO on the node(s)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1423(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>“Install Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud”</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1428(para)
msgid ""
"It should detect the Cluster and preselect <emphasis>“Node”</emphasis> "
"install for you."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1433(para)
msgid "Confirm the partitioning scheme."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1438(para)
msgid ""
"The rest of the installation should proceed uninterrupted; complete the "
"installation and reboot the node."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1446(title)
msgid "Register the Node(s)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"Nodes are the physical systems within <application>UEC</application> that "
"actually run the virtual machine instances of the cloud."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1452(para)
msgid ""
"Once one or more Ubuntu Server node(s) are installed and running the "
"<application>eucalyptus-nc</application> service, log onto the "
"<emphasis>Cloud Controller (CLC)</emphasis> and run:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1458(command)
msgid "sudo euca_conf --no-rsync --discover-nodes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1461(para)
msgid ""
"This will discover the systems on the network running the "
"<application>eucalyptus-nc</application> service, and the administrator can "
"confirm the registration of each node by its IP address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1467(para)
msgid ""
"If you get prompted for passwords, or receive errors from scp, you may need "
"to revisit the key synchronization instructions at <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/NodeInstallation\">UEC/NodeInstal"
"lation</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1475(title)
msgid "Obtain Credentials"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1477(para)
msgid ""
"After installing and booting the <emphasis>Cloud Controller</emphasis>, "
"users of the cloud will need to retrieve their credentials. This can be done "
"either through a web browser, or at the command line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1483(title)
msgid "From a Web Browser"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1487(para)
msgid ""
"From your web browser (either remotely or on your Ubuntu server) access the "
"following URL:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1490(programlisting) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1743(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"https://&lt;cloud-controller-ip-address&gt;:8443/\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1495(para)
msgid ""
"You must use a secure connection, so make sure you use \"https\" not "
"\"http\" in your URL. You will get a security certificate warning. You will "
"have to add an exception to view the page. If you do not accept it you will "
"not be able to view the Eucalyptus configuration page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1503(para)
msgid ""
"Use username <emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> and password "
"<emphasis>'admin'</emphasis> for the first time login (you will be prompted "
"to change your password)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1509(para)
msgid ""
"Then follow the on-screen instructions to update the admin password and "
"email address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1514(para)
msgid ""
"Once the first time configuration process is completed, click the "
"<emphasis>'credentials'</emphasis> tab located in the top-left portion of "
"the screen."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1520(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <emphasis>'Download Credentials'</emphasis> button to get your "
"certificates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1525(para)
msgid "Save them to <filename>~/.euca</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1530(para)
msgid ""
"Unzip the downloaded zip file into a safe location "
"(<filename>~/.euca</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1534(command)
msgid "unzip -d ~/.euca mycreds.zip"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1541(title)
msgid "From a Command Line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1545(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, if you are on the command line of the <emphasis>Cloud "
"Controller</emphasis>, you can run:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1549(command)
msgid "mkdir -p ~/.euca"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1550(command)
msgid "chmod 700 ~/.euca"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1551(command)
msgid "cd ~/.euca"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1552(command)
msgid "sudo euca_conf --get-credentials mycreds.zip"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1553(command)
msgid "unzip mycreds.zip"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1554(command)
msgid "cd -"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1561(title)
msgid "Extracting and Using Your Credentials"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1563(para)
msgid ""
"Now you will need to setup EC2 API and AMI tools on your server using X.509 "
"certificates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1569(para)
msgid ""
"Source the included <emphasis>\"eucarc\"</emphasis> file to set up your "
"Eucalyptus environment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1573(command) serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1600(command)
msgid ". ~/.euca/eucarc"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1577(para)
msgid ""
"You may additionally wish to add this command to your "
"<filename>~/.bashrc</filename> file so that your Eucalyptus environment is "
"set up automatically when you log in. Eucalyptus treats this set of "
"credentials as <emphasis>'administrator'</emphasis> credentials that allow "
"the holder global privileges across the cloud. As such, they should be "
"protected in the same way that other elevated-priority access is protected "
"(e.g. should not be made visible to the general user population)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1584(command)
msgid ""
"echo \"[ -r ~/.euca/eucarc ] &amp;&amp; . ~/.euca/eucarc\" &gt;&gt; ~/.bashrc"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1588(para)
msgid "Install the required cloud user tools:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1592(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install euca2ools"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1596(para)
msgid ""
"To validate that everything is working correctly, get the local cluster "
"availability details:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1601(command)
msgid "euca-describe-availability-zones verbose"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1602(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"AVAILABILITYZONE   myowncloud                 192.168.1.1\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- vm types                free / max   cpu   ram  disk\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.small                0004 / 0004   1    128     2\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.medium               0004 / 0004   1    256     5\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.large                0002 / 0002   2    512    10\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- m1.xlarge               0002 / 0002   2   1024    20\n"
"AVAILABILITYZONE   |- c1.xlarge               0001 / 0001   4   2048    20"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1612(para)
msgid "Your output from the above command will vary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1622(title)
msgid "Running an Image"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1624(para)
msgid "There are multiple ways to instantiate an image in UEC:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1629(para)
msgid "Use the command line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1630(para)
msgid ""
"Use one of the UEC compatible management tools such as "
"<emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1632(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/ElasticFox\">ElasticFox</ulink> "
"extension to Firefox."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1638(para)
msgid "Here we will describe the process from the command line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1644(para)
msgid ""
"Before running an instance of your image, you should first create a "
"<emphasis>keypair</emphasis> (ssh key) that you can use to log into your "
"instance as root, once it boots. The key is stored, so you will only have to "
"do this once."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1648(para)
msgid "Run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1651(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"if [ ! -e ~/.euca/mykey.priv ]; then\n"
"    touch ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"    chmod 0600 ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"    euca-add-keypair mykey &gt; ~/.euca/mykey.priv\n"
"fi\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1659(para)
msgid ""
"You can call your key whatever you like (in this example, the key is called "
"<emphasis>'mykey'</emphasis>), but remember what it is called. If you "
"forget, you can always run <command>euca-describe-keypairs</command> to get "
"a list of created keys stored in the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1666(para)
msgid "You must also allow access to port 22 in your instances:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1670(command)
msgid "euca-describe-groups"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1671(command)
msgid "euca-authorize default -P tcp -p 22 -s 0.0.0.0/0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1675(para)
msgid "Next, you can create instances of your registered image:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1679(command)
msgid "euca-run-instances $EMI -k mykey -t c1.medium"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1682(para)
msgid ""
"If you receive an error regarding <emphasis>image_id</emphasis>, you may "
"find it by viewing Images page or click <emphasis>\"How to Run\"</emphasis> "
"on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> page to see the sample command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1689(para)
msgid ""
"The first time you run an instance, the system will be setting up caches for "
"the image from which it will be created. This can often take some time the "
"first time an instance is run given that VM images are usually quite large."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1693(para)
msgid "To monitor the state of your instance, run:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1697(command)
msgid "watch -n5 euca-describe-instances"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"In the output, you should see information about the instance, including its "
"state. While first-time caching is being performed, the instance's state "
"will be <emphasis>'pending'</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1705(para)
msgid ""
"When the instance is fully started, the above state will become "
"<emphasis>'running'</emphasis>. Look at the IP address assigned to your "
"instance in the output, then connect to it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1710(command)
msgid ""
"IPADDR=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | awk "
"'{print $4}')"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1711(command)
msgid "ssh -i ~/.euca/mykey.priv ubuntu@$IPADDR"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1715(para)
msgid ""
"And when you are done with this instance, exit your SSH connection, then "
"terminate your instance:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1719(command)
msgid ""
"INSTANCEID=$(euca-describe-instances | grep $EMI | grep running | tail -n1 | "
"awk '{print $2}')"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1720(command)
msgid "euca-terminate-instances $INSTANCEID"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1727(title)
msgid "Install an Image from the Store"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1729(para)
msgid ""
"The following is by far the simplest way to install an image. However, "
"advanced users may be interested in learning how to <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/BundlingImages\">Bundle their "
"own image</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1734(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way to add an image to <application>UEC</application> is to "
"install it from the Image Store on the UEC web interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1740(para)
msgid ""
"Access the web interface at the following URL (Make sure you specify https):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1748(para)
msgid ""
"Enter your login and password (if requested, as you may still be logged in "
"from earlier)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1753(para)
msgid "Click on the <emphasis>Store</emphasis> tab."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1758(para)
msgid "Browse available images."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1763(para)
msgid "Click on <emphasis>install</emphasis> for the image you want."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1769(para)
msgid ""
"Once the image has been downloaded and installed, you can click on "
"<emphasis>\"How to run?\"</emphasis> that will be displayed below the image "
"button to view the command to execute to instantiate (start) this image. The "
"image will also appear on the list given on the <emphasis>Image</emphasis> "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1777(title) serverguide/C/dns.xml:619(title)
msgid "More Information"
msgstr "Ďalšie informácie"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1779(para)
msgid ""
"How to use the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UEC/StorageController\">Storage "
"Controller</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1783(para)
msgid "Controlling eucalyptus services:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1788(para)
msgid ""
"sudo service eucalyptus [start|stop|restart] (on the CLC/CC/SC/Walrus side)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1789(para)
msgid "sudo service eucalyptus-nc [start|stop|restart] (on the Node side)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1792(para)
msgid "Locations of some important files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1799(emphasis)
msgid "Log files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1802(para)
msgid "/var/log/eucalyptus"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1807(emphasis)
msgid "Configuration files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1810(para)
msgid "/etc/eucalyptus"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1815(emphasis)
msgid "Database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1818(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/db"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1823(emphasis)
msgid "Keys:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1826(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1827(para)
msgid "/var/lib/eucalyptus/.ssh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1833(para)
msgid ""
"Don't forget to source your <filename>~/.euca/eucarc</filename> before "
"running the client tools."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1844(para)
msgid ""
"For information on loading instances see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Eucalyptus\">Eucalyptus Wiki</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1849(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/\">Eucalyptus Project Site (forums, "
"documentation, downloads)</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1854(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/eucalyptus/\">Eucalyptus on Launchpad "
"(bugs, code)</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1859(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url=\"http://open.eucalyptus.com/wiki/EucalyptusTroubleshooting_v1.5\">Eucaly"
"ptus Troubleshooting (1.5)</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1864(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://support.rightscale.com/2._References/02-"
"Cloud_Infrastructures/Eucalyptus/03-"
"Administration_Guide/Register_with_RightScale\"> Register your cloud with "
"RightScale</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1870(para)
msgid ""
"You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>#eucalyptus</emphasis>, and <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"IRC channels on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1879(title)
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1881(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud documentation uses terminology that might be "
"unfamiliar to some readers. This page is intended to provide a glossary of "
"such terms and acronyms."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1888(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cloud</emphasis> - A federated set of physical machines that offer "
"computing resources through virtual machines, provisioned and recollected "
"dynamically."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1894(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cloud Controller (CLC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"provides the web UI (an https server on port 8443), and implements the "
"Amazon EC2 API. There should be only one Cloud Controller in an installation "
"of UEC. This service is provided by the Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-"
"cloud</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1901(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cluster</emphasis> - A collection of nodes, associated with a "
"Cluster Controller. There can be more than one Cluster in an installation of "
"UEC. Clusters are sometimes physically separate sets of nodes. (e.g. floor1, "
"floor2, floor2)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1907(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Cluster Controller (CC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"manages collections of node resources. This service is provided by the "
"Ubuntu <application>eucalyptus-cc</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1913(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EBS</emphasis> - Elastic Block Storage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1918(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>EC2</emphasis> - Elastic Compute Cloud. Amazon's pay-by-the-hour, "
"pay-by-the-gigabyte public cloud computing offering."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1923(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EKI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Kernel Image."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1928(para)
msgid "<emphasis>EMI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Machine Image."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1933(para)
msgid "<emphasis>ERI</emphasis> - Eucalyptus Ramdisk Image."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1938(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Eucalyptus</emphasis> - Elastic Utility Computing Architecture for "
"Linking Your Programs To Useful Systems. An open source project originally "
"from the University of California at Santa Barbara, now supported by "
"Eucalyptus Systems, a Canonical Partner."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1945(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Front-end</emphasis> - Physical machine hosting one (or more) of "
"the high level Eucalyptus components (cloud, walrus, storage controller, "
"cluster controller)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1951(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Node</emphasis> - A node is a physical machine that's capable of "
"running virtual machines, running a node controller. Within Ubuntu, this "
"generally means that the CPU has VT extensions, and can run the KVM "
"hypervisor."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1957(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Node Controller (NC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that runs "
"on nodes which host the virtual machines that comprise the cloud. This "
"service is provided by the Ubuntu package <application>eucalyptus-"
"nc</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1963(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>S3</emphasis> - Simple Storage Service. Amazon's pay-by-the-"
"gigabyte persistent storage solution for EC2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1968(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Storage Controller (SC)</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that "
"manages dynamic block storage services (EBS). Each 'cluster' in a Eucalyptus "
"installation can have its own Storage Controller. This component is provided "
"by the <application>eucalyptus-sc</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1975(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>UEC</emphasis> - Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud. Ubuntu's cloud computing "
"solution, based on Eucalyptus."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1980(para)
msgid "<emphasis>VM</emphasis> - Virtual Machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1985(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>VT</emphasis> - Virtualization Technology. An optional feature of "
"some modern CPUs, allowing for accelerated virtual machine hosting."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:1990(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Walrus</emphasis> - Eucalyptus component that implements the "
"Amazon S3 API, used for storing VM images and user storage using S3 bucket "
"put/get abstractions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2000(title)
msgid "OpenNebula"
msgstr "OpenNebula"

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2002(para)
msgid ""
"<application>OpenNebula</application> allows virtual machines to be placed "
"and re-placed dynamically on a pool of physical resources. This allows a "
"virtual machine to be hosted from any location available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2007(para)
msgid ""
"This section will detail configuring an OpenNebula cluster using three "
"machines: one <emphasis>Front-End</emphasis> host, and two <emphasis>Compute "
"Nodes</emphasis> used to run the virtual machines. The Compute Nodes will "
"also need a bridge configured to allow the virtual machines access to the "
"local network. For details see <xref linkend=\"bridging\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2016(para)
msgid "First, from a terminal on the Front-End enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2021(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2024(para)
msgid "On each Compute Node install:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2029(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install opennebula-node"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2032(para)
msgid ""
"In order to copy SSH keys, the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user will need "
"to have a password. On each machine execute:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2037(command)
msgid "sudo passwd oneadmin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2040(para)
msgid ""
"Next, copy the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user's SSH key to the Compute "
"Nodes, and to the Front-End's <filename>authorized_keys</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2045(command)
msgid ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node01:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2046(command)
msgid ""
"sudo scp /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub "
"oneadmin@node02:/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2047(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"cat /var/lib/one/.ssh/id_rsa.pub &gt;&gt; "
"/var/lib/one/.ssh/authorized_keys\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2050(para)
msgid ""
"The SSH key for the Compute Nodes needs to be added to the "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename> file on the Front-End host. To "
"accomplish this <application>ssh</application> to each Compute Node as a "
"user other than <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis>. Then exit from the SSH "
"session, and execute the following to copy the SSH key from "
"<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> to "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2057(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node01 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2058(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"ssh-keygen -f .ssh/known_hosts -F node02 1&gt;&gt; "
"/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2062(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>node01</emphasis> and <emphasis>node02</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate host names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2067(para)
msgid ""
"This allows the <emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> to use "
"<application>scp</application>, without a password or manual intervention, "
"to deploy an image to the Compute Nodes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2072(para)
msgid ""
"On the Front-End create a directory to store the VM images, giving the "
"<emphasis>oneadmin</emphasis> user access to the directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2077(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /var/lib/one/images"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2078(command)
msgid "sudo chown oneadmin /var/lib/one/images/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2081(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy a virtual machine disk file into "
"<filename>/var/lib/one/images</filename>. You can create an Ubuntu virtual "
"machine using <application>vmbuilder</application>, see <xref linkend=\"jeos-"
"and-vmbuilder\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2090(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>OpenNebula Cluster</emphasis> is now ready to be configured, "
"and virtual machines added to the cluster."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2094(para)
msgid "From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2099(command)
msgid "onehost create node01 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2100(command)
msgid "onehost create node02 im_kvm vmm_kvm tm_ssh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2103(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a <emphasis>Virtual Network</emphasis> template file named "
"<filename>vnet01.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2107(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"NAME            = \"LAN\"\n"
"TYPE            = RANGED\n"
"BRIDGE          = br0\n"
"NETWORK_SIZE    = C\n"
"NETWORK_ADDRESS = 192.168.0.0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2116(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to change <emphasis>192.168.0.0</emphasis> to your local network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2121(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>onevnet</application> utility, add the virtual "
"network to OpenNebula:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2126(command)
msgid "onevnet create vnet01.template"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2129(para)
msgid ""
"Now create a <emphasis>VM Template</emphasis> file named "
"<filename>vm01.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2133(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"NAME   = vm01\n"
"CPU    = 0.5\n"
"MEMORY = 512\n"
"\n"
"OS      = [ BOOT   = hd ]\n"
"\n"
"DISK   = [\n"
"  source   = \"/var/lib/one/images/vm01.qcow2\",\n"
"  target   = \"hda\",\n"
"  readonly = \"no\" ]\n"
"\n"
"NIC    = [ NETWORK=\"LAN\" ]\n"
"\n"
"GRAPHICS = [type=\"vnc\",listen=\"127.0.0.1\",port=\"-1\"]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2150(para)
msgid "Start the virtual machine using <application>onevm</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2155(command)
msgid "onevm submit vm01.template"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2158(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>onevm list</application> option to view information "
"about virtual machines. Also, the <application>onevm show vm01</application> "
"option will display more details about a specific virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2169(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.opennebula.org/doku.php?id=start\">OpenNebula website</ulink"
"> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2174(para)
msgid ""
"You can also find help in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-virt</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC channels on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">Freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/virtualization.xml:2180(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenNebula\">OpenNebula Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:13(title)
msgid "Version Control System"
msgstr "Systém správy verzií"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Version control is the art of managing changes to information. It has long "
"been a critical tool for programmers, who typically spend their time making "
"small changes to software and then undoing those changes the next day. But "
"the usefulness of version control software extends far beyond the bounds of "
"the software development world. Anywhere you can find people using computers "
"to manage information that changes often, there is room for version control."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:17(title)
msgid "Bazaar"
msgstr "Bazaar"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar is a new version control system sponsored by Canonical, the "
"commercial company behind Ubuntu. Unlike Subversion and CVS that only "
"support a central repository model, Bazaar also supports "
"<emphasis>distributed version control</emphasis>, giving people the ability "
"to collaborate more efficiently. In particular, Bazaar is designed to "
"maximize the level of community participation in open source projects."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>bzr</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install bzr</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"To introduce yourself to <application>bzr</application>, use the "
"<emphasis>whoami</emphasis> command like this: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr whoami 'Joe Doe &lt;joe.doe@gmail.com&gt;'</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:49(title)
msgid "Learning Bazaar"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:50(para)
msgid ""
"Bazaar comes with bundled documentation installed into "
"<application>/usr/share/doc/bzr/html</application> by default. The tutorial "
"is a good place to start. The <application>bzr</application> command also "
"comes with built-in help: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"To learn more about the <emphasis>foo</emphasis> command: <screen>\n"
"<command>$ bzr help foo</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:68(title)
msgid "Launchpad Integration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"While highly useful as a stand-alone system, Bazaar has good, optional "
"integration with <ulink url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>, "
"the collaborative development system used by Canonical and the broader open "
"source community to manage and extend Ubuntu itself. For information on how "
"Bazaar can be used with Launchpad to collaborate on open source projects, "
"see <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration/\"> "
"http://bazaar-vcs.org/LaunchpadIntegration</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:81(title)
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr "Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion is an open source version control system. Using Subversion, you "
"can record the history of source files and documents. It manages files and "
"directories over time. A tree of files is placed into a central repository. "
"The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it "
"remembers every change ever made to files and directories."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"To access Subversion repository using the HTTP protocol, you must install "
"and configure a web server. Apache2 is proven to work with Subversion. "
"Please refer to the HTTP subsection in the Apache2 section to install and "
"configure Apache2. To access the Subversion repository using the HTTPS "
"protocol, you must install and configure a digital certificate in your "
"Apache 2 web server. Please refer to the HTTPS subsection in the Apache2 "
"section to install and configure the digital certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"To install Subversion, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:101(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install subversion libapache2-svn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed above mentioned packages on your "
"system. This section explains how to create a Subversion repository and "
"access the project."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:111(title)
msgid "Create Subversion Repository"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:112(para)
msgid ""
"The Subversion repository can be created using the following command from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:116(command)
msgid "svnadmin create /path/to/repos/project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:121(title)
msgid "Importing Files"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:122(para)
msgid ""
"Once you create the repository you can <emphasis>import</emphasis> files "
"into the repository. To import a directory, enter the following from a "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>svn import /path/to/import/directory "
"file:///path/to/repos/project</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:134(title) serverguide/C/vcs.xml:139(title)
msgid "Access Methods"
msgstr "Spôsoby prístupu"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Subversion repositories can be accessed (checked out) through many different "
"methods --on local disk, or through various network protocols. A repository "
"location, however, is always a URL. The table describes how different URL "
"schemes map to the available access methods."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:146(para)
msgid "Schema"
msgstr "Schéma"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:147(para)
msgid "Access Method"
msgstr "Spôsob prístupu"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:152(para)
msgid "file://"
msgstr "file://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:153(para)
msgid "direct repository access (on local disk)"
msgstr "priamy prístup do úložiska (na lokálnom disku)"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:156(para)
msgid "http://"
msgstr "http://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:157(para)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol to Subversion-aware Apache2 web server"
msgstr ""
"Prístup cez protokol WebDAV k Apache2 web serveru s podporou Subversion"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:160(para)
msgid "https://"
msgstr "https://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:161(para)
msgid "Same as http://, but with SSL encryption"
msgstr "Rovnako ako http://, ale so SSL šifrovaním"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:164(para)
msgid "svn://"
msgstr "svn://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:165(para)
msgid "Access via custom protocol to an svnserve server"
msgstr "Prístup cez vlastný protokol k svnserve serveru"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:168(para)
msgid "svn+ssh://"
msgstr "svn+ssh://"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:169(para)
msgid "Same as svn://, but through an SSH tunnel"
msgstr "Rovnaké ako svn://, ale cez SSH tunel"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will see how to configure Subversion for all these "
"access methods. Here, we cover the basics. For more advanced usage details, "
"refer to the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">svn book</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:182(title)
msgid "Direct repository access (file://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"This is the simplest of all access methods. It does not require any "
"Subversion server process to be running. This access method is used to "
"access Subversion from the same machine. The syntax of the command, entered "
"at a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:190(command)
msgid "svn co file:///path/to/repos/project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:193(para)
msgid "or"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:196(command)
msgid "svn co file://localhost/path/to/repos/project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"If you do not specify the hostname, there are three forward slashes (///) -- "
"two for the protocol (file, in this case) plus the leading slash in the "
"path. If you specify the hostname, you must use two forward slashes (//)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:202(para)
msgid ""
"The repository permissions depend on filesystem permissions. If the user has "
"read/write permission, he can checkout from and commit to the repository."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:205(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol (http://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:206(para)
msgid ""
"To access the Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol, you must configure "
"your Apache 2 web server. Add the following snippet between the "
"<emphasis>&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</emphasis> elements in "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default</filename>, or another "
"VirtualHost file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:212(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNPath /home/svn\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Your repository name\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile /etc/subversion/passwd\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
" &lt;/Location&gt; \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration snippet assumes that Subversion repositories are "
"created under <filename>/home/svn/</filename> directory using "
"<command>svnadmin</command> command. They can be accessible using "
"<command>http://hostname/svn/repos_name</command> url."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:229(para)
msgid ""
"To import or commit files to your Subversion repository over HTTP, the "
"repository should be owned by the HTTP user. In Ubuntu systems, normally the "
"HTTP user is <command>www-data</command>. To change the ownership of the "
"repository files enter the following command from terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:238(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data:www-data /path/to/repos"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"By changing the ownership of repository as <command>www-data</command> you "
"will not be able to import or commit files into the repository by running "
"<command>svn import file:///</command> command as any user other than "
"<command>www-data</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"Next, you must create the <filename>/etc/subversion/passwd</filename> file "
"that will contain user authentication details. To create a file issue the "
"following command at a command prompt (which will create the file and add "
"the first user):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:256(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd -c /etc/subversion/passwd user_name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"To add additional users omit the <emphasis>\"-c\"</emphasis> option as this "
"option replaces the old file. Instead use this form:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:264(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/subversion/password user_name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"This command will prompt you to enter the password. Once you enter the "
"password, the user is added. Now, to access the repository you can run the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:269(command)
msgid "svn co http://servername/svn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"The password is transmitted as plain text. If you are worried about password "
"snooping, you are advised to use SSL encryption. For details, please refer "
"next section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:277(title)
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption (https://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"Accessing Subversion repository via WebDAV protocol with SSL encryption "
"(https://) is similar to http:// except that you must install and configure "
"the digital certificate in your Apache2 web server. To use SSL with "
"Subversion add the above Apache2 configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/sites-available/default-ssl</filename>. For more "
"information on setting up Apache2 with SSL see <xref linkend=\"https-"
"configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"You can install a digital certificate issued by a signing authority. "
"Alternatively, you can install your own self-signed certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"This step assumes you have installed and configured a digital certificate in "
"your Apache 2 web server. Now, to access the Subversion repository, please "
"refer to the above section! The access methods are exactly the same, except "
"the protocol. You must use https:// to access the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:302(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol (svn://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Once the Subversion repository is created, you can configure the access "
"control. You can edit the <filename> "
"/path/to/repos/project/conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file to configure the "
"access control. For example, to set up authentication, you can uncomment the "
"following lines in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:310(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [general]\n"
"# password-db = passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above lines, you can maintain the user list in the "
"passwd file. So, edit the file <filename>passwd </filename> in the same "
"directory and add the new user. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:319(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "username = password"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:320(para)
msgid "For more details, please refer to the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"Now, to access Subversion via the svn:// custom protocol, either from the "
"same machine or a different machine, you can run svnserver using svnserve "
"command. The syntax is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:329(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ svnserve -d --foreground -r /path/to/repos\n"
"# -d -- daemon mode\n"
"# --foreground -- run in foreground (useful for debugging)\n"
"# -r -- root of directory to serve\n"
"\n"
"For more usage details, please refer to:\n"
"$ svnserve --help"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:337(para)
msgid ""
"Once you run this command, Subversion starts listening on default port "
"(3690). To access the project repository, you must run the following command "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:340(command)
msgid "svn co svn://hostname/project project --username user_name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. Once you are "
"authenticated, it checks out the code from Subversion repository. To "
"synchronize the project repository with the local copy, you can run the "
"<command>update</command> sub-command. The syntax of the command, entered at "
"a terminal prompt, is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:351(command)
msgid "cd project_dir ; svn update"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:354(para)
msgid ""
"For more details about using each Subversion sub-command, you can refer to "
"the manual. For example, to learn more about the co (checkout) command, "
"please run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:358(command)
msgid "svn co help"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:362(title)
msgid "Access via custom protocol with SSL encryption (svn+ssh://)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration and server process is same as in the svn:// method. For "
"details, please refer to the above section. This step assumes you have "
"followed the above step and started the Subversion server using "
"<application>svnserve</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"It is also assumed that the ssh server is running on that machine and that "
"it is allowing incoming connections. To confirm, please try to login to that "
"machine using ssh. If you can login, everything is perfect. If you cannot "
"login, please address it before continuing further."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"The svn+ssh:// protocol is used to access the Subversion repository using "
"SSL encryption. The data transfer is encrypted using this method. To access "
"the project repository (for example with a checkout), you must use the "
"following command syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:382(command)
msgid "svn co svn+ssh://hostname/var/svn/repos/project"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:386(para)
msgid ""
"You must use the full path (/path/to/repos/project) to access the Subversion "
"repository using this access method."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Based on server configuration, it prompts for password. You must enter the "
"password you use to login via ssh. Once you are authenticated, it checks out "
"the code from the Subversion repository."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:399(title)
msgid "CVS Server"
msgstr "CVS Server"

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:400(para)
msgid ""
"CVS is a version control system. You can use it to record the history of "
"source files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>CVS</application>, run the following command from a "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install cvs</command>\n"
"</screen> After you install <application>cvs</application>, you should "
"install <application>xinetd</application> to start/stop the cvs server. At "
"the prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>xinetd</application>: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install xinetd</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:439(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"service cvspserver\n"
"{\n"
"     port = 2401\n"
"     socket_type = stream\n"
"     protocol = tcp\n"
"     user = root\n"
"     wait = no\n"
"     type = UNLISTED\n"
"     server = /usr/bin/cvs\n"
"     server_args = -f --allow-root /var/lib/cvs pserver\n"
"     disable = no\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to edit the repository if you have changed the default repository "
"(<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>) directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"Once you install cvs, the repository will be automatically initialized. By "
"default, the repository resides under the "
"<application>/var/lib/cvs</application> directory. You can change this path "
"by running following command: <screen>\n"
"<command>cvs -d /your/new/cvs/repo init</command>\n"
"</screen> Once the initial repository is set up, you can configure "
"<application>xinetd</application> to start the CVS server. You can copy the "
"following lines to the <filename> /etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver</filename> file. "
"<placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/> Once you have configured "
"<application>xinetd</application> you can start the cvs server by running "
"following command: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo /etc/init.d/xinetd restart</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"You can confirm that the CVS server is running by issuing the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:475(command)
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep cvs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:479(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"When you run this command, you should see the following line or something "
"similar:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:484(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 *:cvspserver            *:* LISTEN \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:488(para)
msgid ""
"From here you can continue to add users, add new projects, and manage the "
"CVS server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"CVS allows the user to add users independently of the underlying OS "
"installation. Probably the easiest way is to use the Linux Users for CVS, "
"although it has potential security issues. Please refer to the CVS manual "
"for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:503(title)
msgid "Add Projects"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the CVSROOT environment variable to store the CVS root "
"directory. Once you export the CVSROOT environment variable, you can avoid "
"using -d option in the above cvs command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"When you add a new project, the CVS user you use must have write access to "
"the CVS repository (<application>/var/lib/cvs</application>). By default, "
"the <application>src</application> group has write access to the CVS "
"repository. So, you can add the user to this group, and he can then add and "
"manage projects in the CVS repository."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:504(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains how to add new project to the CVS repository. Create "
"the directory and add necessary document and source files to the directory. "
"Now, run the following command to add this project to CVS repository: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>cd your/project</command>\n"
"<command>cvs -d :pserver:username@hostname.com:/var/lib/cvs import -m "
"\"Importing my project to CVS repository\" . new_project start</command>\n"
"</screen><placeholder-1/> The string <emphasis>new_project</emphasis> is a "
"vendor tag, and <emphasis>start</emphasis> is a release tag. They serve no "
"purpose in this context, but since CVS requires them, they must be present. "
"<placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:540(ulink)
msgid "Bazaar Home Page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:541(ulink)
msgid "Launchpad"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:542(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Home Page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:543(ulink)
msgid "Subversion Book"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:545(ulink)
msgid "CVS Manual"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:546(ulink)
msgid "Easy Bazaar Ubuntu Wiki page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/vcs.xml:547(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki Subversion page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:3(title) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:3(title)
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr "Prispievatelia a licencia"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:4(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:4(para)
msgid ""
"This document is maintained by the Ubuntu documentation team "
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). For a list of contributors, see "
"the <ulink url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">contributors page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Tento dokument je spravovaný tímom Ubuntu documentation team "
"(https://wiki.ubuntu.com/DocumentationTeam). Zoznam prispievateľov nájdete "
"na stránke <ulink url=\"../../libs/C/contributors.xml\">contributors "
"page</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:5(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:5(para)
msgid ""
"This document is made available under the Creative Commons ShareAlike 2.5 "
"License (CC-BY-SA)."
msgstr ""
"Tento dokument je k dispozícii v zmysle licencie Creative Commons ShareAlike "
"2.5 License (CC-BY-SA)."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:6(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:6(para)
msgid ""
"You are free to modify, extend, and improve the Ubuntu documentation source "
"code under the terms of this license. All derivative works must be released "
"under this license."
msgstr ""
"V zmysle tejto licencie môžete slobodne upravovať, rozširovať a zlepšovať, "
"zdrojový kód Dokumentácie Ubuntu. Všetky odvodené práce však musia byť "
"vydané s touto licenciou."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:8(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:8(para)
msgid ""
"This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but "
"WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY "
"or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS DESCRIBED IN THE DISCLAIMER."
msgstr ""
"Táto dokumentácia je šírená v nádeji, že bude užitočnou, no BEZ AKEJKOĽVEK "
"ZÁRUKY; ktorá nezahŕňa ani implicitnú záruku PREDAJNOSTI alebo VHODNOSTI PRE "
"URČITÝ ÚČEL TAK, AKO JE POPÍSANÉ V ZRIEKNUTÍ SA ZÁRUKY."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:11(para) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:11(para)
msgid ""
"A copy of the license is available here: <ulink url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-"
"docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Creative Commons ShareAlike License</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Kópia licencie je dostupná tu: <ulink url=\"/usr/share/ubuntu-"
"docs/libs/C/ccbysa.xml\">Creative Commons ShareAlike License</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:14(year) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:14(year)
msgid "2008"
msgstr "2008"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(ulink) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
msgstr "Dokumentačný projekt Ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:15(holder) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:15(holder)
msgid "Canonical Ltd. and members of the <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Canonical Ltd. a členovia <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:18(publishername) serverguide/C/bookinfo.xml:18(publishername)
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Project"
msgstr "Dokumentačný projekt Ubuntu"

#: serverguide/C/serverguide.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>! It contains "
"information on how to install and configure various server applications on "
"your Ubuntu system to fit your needs. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented "
"guide for configuring and customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"Vitajte v <emphasis>Príručke Ubuntu Servera</emphasis>! Obsahuje informácie "
"o  tom, ako sa inštalujú a konfigurujú rôzne aplikačné servery v systéme "
"Ubuntu. Príručka je zameraná na konkrétne úlohy a krok po kroku popisuje ako "
"sa konfiguruje a prispôsobuje systém Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:13(title)
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Zabezpečenie"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Security should always be considered when installing, deploying, and using "
"any type of computer system. Although a fresh installation of Ubuntu is "
"relatively safe for immediate use on the Internet, it is important to have a "
"balanced understanding of your systems security posture based on how it will "
"be used after deployment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides an overview of security related topics as they pertain "
"to Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition, and outlines simple measures you may use "
"to protect your server and network from any number of potential security "
"threats."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:21(title)
msgid "User Management"
msgstr "Správa používateľov"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:22(para)
msgid ""
"User management is a critical part of maintaining a secure system. "
"Ineffective user and privilege management often lead many systems into being "
"compromised. Therefore, it is important that you understand how you can "
"protect your server through simple and effective user account management "
"techniques."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:26(title)
msgid "Where is root?"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu developers made a conscientious decision to disable the "
"administrative root account by default in all Ubuntu installations. This "
"does not mean that the root account has been deleted or that it may not be "
"accessed. It merely has been given a password which matches no possible "
"encrypted value, therefore may not log in directly by itself."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"Instead, users are encouraged to make use of a tool by the name of "
"<application>sudo</application> to carry out system administrative duties. "
"<application>Sudo</application> allows an authorized user to temporarily "
"elevate their privileges using their own password instead of having to know "
"the password belonging to the root account. This simple yet effective "
"methodology provides accountability for all user actions, and gives the "
"administrator granular control over which actions a user can perform with "
"said privileges."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:35(para)
msgid ""
"If for some reason you wish to enable the root account, simply give it a "
"password:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:39(command)
msgid "sudo passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"Sudo will prompt you for your password, and then ask you to supply a new "
"password for root as shown below:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter your own password)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:45(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(enter a new password for root)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:46(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "(repeat new password for root)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:44(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[sudo] password for username: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Enter new UNIX password: <placeholder-2/>\n"
"Retype new UNIX password: <placeholder-3/>\n"
"passwd: password updated successfully"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:51(para)
msgid "To disable the root account, use the following passwd syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:55(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l root"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"You should read more on <application>Sudo</application> by checking out it's "
"man page:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:63(command)
msgid "man sudo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:67(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the initial user created by the Ubuntu installer is a member of "
"the group \"admin\" which is added to the file "
"<filename>/etc/sudoers</filename> as an authorized sudo user. If you wish to "
"give any other account full root access through "
"<application>sudo</application>, simply add them to the admin group."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:73(title)
msgid "Adding and Deleting Users"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"The process for managing local users and groups is straight forward and "
"differs very little from most other GNU/Linux operating systems. Ubuntu and "
"other Debian based distributions, encourage the use of the \"adduser\" "
"package for account management."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:79(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user account, use the following syntax, and follow the prompts to "
"give the account a password and identifiable characteristics such as a full "
"name, phone number, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:83(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:87(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a user account and its primary group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:91(command)
msgid "sudo deluser username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:93(para)
msgid ""
"Deleting an account does not remove their respective home folder. It is up "
"to you whether or not you wish to delete the folder manually or keep it "
"according to your desired retention policies."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Remember, any user added later on with the same UID/GID as the previous "
"owner will now have access to this folder if you have not taken the "
"necessary precautions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"You may want to change these UID/GID values to something more appropriate, "
"such as the root account, and perhaps even relocate the folder to avoid "
"future conflicts:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:103(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R root:root /home/username/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:104(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /home/archived_users/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:105(command)
msgid "sudo mv /home/username /home/archived_users/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily lock or unlock a user account, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:113(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -l username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:114(command)
msgid "sudo passwd -u username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"To add or delete a personalized group, use the following syntax, "
"respectively:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:122(command)
msgid "sudo addgroup groupname"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:123(command)
msgid "sudo delgroup groupname"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:127(para)
msgid "To add a user to a group, use the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:131(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username groupname"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:138(title)
msgid "User Profile Security"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:139(para)
msgid ""
"When a new user is created, the adduser utility creates a brand new home "
"directory named <filename class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename>, "
"respectively. The default profile is modeled after the contents found in the "
"directory of <filename class=\"directory\">/etc/skel</filename>, which "
"includes all profile basics."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:142(para)
msgid ""
"If your server will be home to multiple users, you should pay close "
"attention to the user home directory permissions to ensure confidentiality. "
"By default, user home directories in Ubuntu are created with world "
"read/execute permissions. This means that all users can browse and access "
"the contents of other users home directories. This may not be suitable for "
"your environment."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your current users home directory permissions, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:151(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:183(command)
msgid "ls -ld /home/username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"The following output shows that the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/home/username</filename> has world readable permissions:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:156(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-xr-x  2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:160(para)
msgid ""
"You can remove the world readable permissions using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:164(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 0750 /home/username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"Some people tend to use the recursive option (-R) indiscriminately which "
"modifies all child folders and files, but this is not necessary, and may "
"yield other undesirable results. The parent directory alone is sufficient "
"for preventing unauthorized access to anything below the parent."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"A much more efficient approach to the matter would be to modify the "
"<application>adduser</application> global default permissions when creating "
"user home folders. Simply edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/adduser.conf</filename> and modify the "
"<varname>DIR_MODE</varname> variable to something appropriate, so that all "
"new home directories will receive the correct permissions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:174(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DIR_MODE=0750\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"After correcting the directory permissions using any of the previously "
"mentioned techniques, verify the results using the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:185(para)
msgid ""
"The results below show that world readable permissions have been removed:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:188(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "drwxr-x---   2 username username    4096 2007-10-02 20:03 username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:195(title)
msgid "Password Policy"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"A strong password policy is one of the most important aspects of your "
"security posture. Many successful security breaches involve simple brute "
"force and dictionary attacks against weak passwords. If you intend to offer "
"any form of remote access involving your local password system, make sure "
"you adequately address minimum password complexity requirements, maximum "
"password lifetimes, and frequent audits of your authentication systems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:200(title)
msgid "Minimum Password Length"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"By default, Ubuntu requires a minimum password length of 4 characters, as "
"well as some basic entropy checks. These values are controlled in the file "
"<filename>/etc/pam.d/common-password</filename>, which is outlined below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:204(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password   required   pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=4 max=8 md5\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to adjust the minimum length to 6 characters, change the "
"appropriate variable to min=6. The modification is outlined below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:210(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"password   required   pam_unix.so nullok obscure min=6 max=8 md5\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"The <varname>max=8</varname> variable does not represent the maximum length "
"of a password. It only means that complexity requirements will not be "
"checked on passwords over 8 characters. You may want to look at the "
"<application>libpam-cracklib</application> package for additional password "
"entropy assistance."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:220(title)
msgid "Password Expiration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"When creating user accounts, you should make it a policy to have a minimum "
"and maximum password age forcing users to change their passwords when they "
"expire."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"To easily view the current status of a user account, use the following "
"syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:230(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:263(command)
msgid "sudo chage -l username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows interesting facts about the user account, namely that "
"there are no policies applied:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:235(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : never\n"
"Password inactive                                       : never\n"
"Account expires                                         : never\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 0\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 99999\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 7"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:245(para)
msgid ""
"To set any of these values, simply use the following syntax, and follow the "
"interactive prompts:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:249(command)
msgid "sudo chage username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"The following is also an example of how you can manually change the explicit "
"expiration date (-E) to 01/31/2008, minimum password age (-m) of 5 days, "
"maximum password age (-M) of 90 days, inactivity period (-I) of 5 days after "
"password expiration, and a warning time period (-W) of 14 days before "
"password expiration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:255(command)
msgid "sudo chage -E 01/31/2008 -m 5 -M 90 -I 30 -W 14 username"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:259(para)
msgid "To verify changes, use the same syntax as mentioned previously:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"The output below shows the new policies that have been established for the "
"account:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:268(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Last password change                                    : Jan 20, 2008\n"
"Password expires                                        : Apr 19, 2008\n"
"Password inactive                                       : May 19, 2008\n"
"Account expires                                         : Jan 31, 2008\n"
"Minimum number of days between password change          : 5\n"
"Maximum number of days between password change          : 90\n"
"Number of days of warning before password expires       : 14"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:284(title)
msgid "Other Security Considerations"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"Many applications use alternate authentication mechanisms that can be easily "
"overlooked by even experienced system administrators. Therefore, it is "
"important to understand and control how users authenticate and gain access "
"to services and applications on your server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:290(title)
msgid "SSH Access by Disabled Users"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"Simply disabling/locking a user account will not prevent a user from logging "
"into your server remotely if they have previously set up RSA public key "
"authentication. They will still be able to gain shell access to the server, "
"without the need for any password. Remember to check the users home "
"directory for files that will allow for this type of authenticated SSH "
"access. e.g. <filename>/home/username/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:294(para)
msgid ""
"Remove or rename the directory <filename "
"class=\"directory\">.ssh/</filename> in the user's home folder to prevent "
"further SSH authentication capabilities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to check for any established SSH connections by the disabled user, "
"as it is possible they may have existing inbound or outbound connections. "
"Kill any that are found."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"Restrict SSH access to only user accounts that should have it. For example, "
"you may create a group called \"sshlogin\" and add the group name as the "
"value associated with the <varname>AllowGroups</varname> variable located in "
"the file <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:303(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"AllowGroups sshlogin\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"Then add your permitted SSH users to the group \"sshlogin\", and restart the "
"SSH service."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:310(command)
msgid "sudo adduser username sshlogin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:311(command) serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:150(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/ssh restart"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:315(title)
msgid "External User Database Authentication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"Most enterprise networks require centralized authentication and access "
"controls for all system resources. If you have configured your server to "
"authenticate users against external databases, be sure to disable the user "
"accounts both externally and locally, this way you ensure that local "
"fallback authentication is not possible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:325(title)
msgid "Console Security"
msgstr "Zabezpečenie konzoly"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:326(para)
msgid ""
"As with any other security barrier you put in place to protect your server, "
"it is pretty tough to defend against untold damage caused by someone with "
"physical access to your environment, for example, theft of hard drives, "
"power or service disruption and so on. Therefore, console security should be "
"addressed merely as one component of your overall physical security "
"strategy. A locked \"screen door\" may deter a casual criminal, or at the "
"very least slow down a determined one, so it is still advisable to perform "
"basic precautions with regard to console security."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:329(para)
msgid ""
"The following instructions will help defend your server against issues that "
"could otherwise yield very serious consequences."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:334(title)
msgid "Disable Ctrl+Alt+Delete"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:335(para)
msgid ""
"First and foremost, anyone that has physical access to the keyboard can "
"simply use the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination to reboot the server without having to log on. "
"Sure, someone could simply unplug the power source, but you should still "
"prevent the use of this key combination on a production server. This forces "
"an attacker to take more drastic measures to reboot the server, and will "
"prevent accidental reboots at the same time."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the reboot action taken by pressing the "
"<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Delete</keycap></k"
"eycombo> key combination, comment out the following line in the file "
"<filename>/etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:343(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#exec shutdown -r now \"Control-Alt-Delete pressed\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:352(title)
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Firewall"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"The Linux kernel includes the <emphasis>Netfilter</emphasis> subsystem, "
"which is used to manipulate or decide the fate of network traffic headed "
"into or through your server. All modern Linux firewall solutions use this "
"system for packet filtering."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"The kernel's packet filtering system would be of little use to "
"administrators without a userspace interface to manage it. This is the "
"purpose of iptables. When a packet reaches your server, it will be handed "
"off to the Netfilter subsystem for acceptance, manipulation, or rejection "
"based on the rules supplied to it from userspace via iptables. Thus, "
"iptables is all you need to manage your firewall if you're familiar with it, "
"but many frontends are available to simplify the task."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:370(title)
msgid "ufw - Uncomplicated Firewall"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"The default firewall configuration tool for Ubuntu is "
"<application>ufw</application>. Developed to ease iptables firewall "
"configuration, <application>ufw</application> provides a user friendly way "
"to create an IPv4 or IPv6 host-based firewall."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:375(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ufw</application> by default is initially disabled. From the "
"<application>ufw</application> man page:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:379(quote)
msgid ""
"ufw is not intended to provide complete firewall functionality via its "
"command interface, but instead provides an easy way to add or remove simple "
"rules. It is currently mainly used for host-based firewalls."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"The following are some examples of how to use <application>ufw</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"First, <application>ufw</application> needs to be enabled. From a terminal "
"prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:392(command)
msgid "sudo ufw enable"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:396(para)
msgid "To open a port (ssh in this example):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:400(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow 22"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:404(para)
msgid "Rules can also be added using a <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:408(command)
msgid "sudo ufw insert 1 allow 80"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:412(para)
msgid "Similarly, to close an opened port:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:416(command)
msgid "sudo ufw deny 22"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:420(para)
msgid "To remove a rule, use delete followed by the rule:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:424(command)
msgid "sudo ufw delete deny 22"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:428(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to allow access from specific hosts or networks to a "
"port. The following example allows ssh access from host 192.168.0.2 to any "
"ip address on this host:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:433(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow proto tcp from 192.168.0.2 to any port 22"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"Replace 192.168.0.2 with 192.168.0.0/24 to allow ssh access from the entire "
"subnet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:441(para)
msgid ""
"Adding the <emphasis>--dry-run</emphasis> option to a "
"<emphasis>ufw</emphasis> command will output the resulting rules, but not "
"apply them. For example, the following is what would be applied if opening "
"the HTTP port:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:447(command)
msgid "sudo ufw --dry-run allow http"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:451(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*filter\n"
":ufw-user-input - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-output - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-forward - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit - [0:0]\n"
":ufw-user-limit-accept - [0:0]\n"
"### RULES ###\n"
"\n"
"### tuple ### allow tcp 80 0.0.0.0/0 any 0.0.0.0/0\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT\n"
"\n"
"### END RULES ###\n"
"-A ufw-user-input -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-output -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-forward -j RETURN\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -m limit --limit 3/minute -j LOG --log-prefix \"[UFW "
"LIMIT]: \"\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit -j REJECT\n"
"-A ufw-user-limit-accept -j ACCEPT\n"
"COMMIT\n"
"Rules updated"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:475(para)
msgid "<application>ufw</application> can be disabled by:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:479(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:483(para)
msgid "To see the firewall status, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:487(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:491(para)
msgid "And for more verbose status information use:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:495(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status verbose"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:499(para)
msgid "To view the <emphasis>numbered</emphasis> format:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:503(command)
msgid "sudo ufw status numbered"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:508(para)
msgid ""
"If the port you want to open or close is defined in "
"<filename>/etc/services</filename>, you can use the port name instead of the "
"number. In the above examples, replace <emphasis>22</emphasis> with "
"<emphasis>ssh</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:514(para)
msgid ""
"This is a quick introduction to using <application>ufw</application>. Please "
"refer to the <application>ufw</application> man page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:520(title)
msgid "ufw Application Integration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:522(para)
msgid ""
"Applications that open ports can include an <application>ufw</application> "
"profile, which details the ports needed for the application to function "
"properly. The profiles are kept in <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ufw/applications.d</filename>, and can be edited if "
"the default ports have been changed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"To view which applications have installed a profile, enter the following in "
"a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:536(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app list"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to allowing traffic to a port, using an application profile is "
"accomplished by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:547(command)
msgid "sudo ufw allow Samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:553(para)
msgid "An extended syntax is available as well:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:558(command)
msgid "ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any app Samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:561(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>Samba</emphasis> and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> "
"with the application profile you are using and the IP range for your network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:567(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need to specify the <emphasis>protocol</emphasis> for the "
"application, because that information is detailed in the profile. Also, note "
"that the <emphasis>app</emphasis> name replaces the "
"<emphasis>port</emphasis> number."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:576(para)
msgid ""
"To view details about which ports, protocols, etc are defined for an "
"application, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:581(command)
msgid "sudo ufw app info Samba"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:587(para)
msgid ""
"Not all applications that require opening a network port come with "
"<application>ufw</application> profiles, but if you have profiled an "
"application and want the file to be included with the package, please file a "
"bug against the package in <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:596(title)
msgid "IP Masquerading"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:597(para)
msgid ""
"The purpose of IP Masquerading is to allow machines with private, non-"
"routable IP addresses on your network to access the Internet through the "
"machine doing the masquerading. Traffic from your private network destined "
"for the Internet must be manipulated for replies to be routable back to the "
"machine that made the request. To do this, the kernel must modify the "
"<emphasis>source</emphasis> IP address of each packet so that replies will "
"be routed back to it, rather than to the private IP address that made the "
"request, which is impossible over the Internet. Linux uses "
"<emphasis>Connection Tracking</emphasis> (conntrack) to keep track of which "
"connections belong to which machines and reroute each return packet "
"accordingly. Traffic leaving your private network is thus \"masqueraded\" as "
"having originated from your Ubuntu gateway machine. This process is referred "
"to in Microsoft documentation as Internet Connection Sharing."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:613(title)
msgid "ufw Masquerading"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:614(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can be achieved using custom <application>ufw</application> "
"rules. This is possible because the current back-end for "
"<application>ufw</application> is <application>iptables-"
"restore</application> with the rules files located in "
"<filename>/etc/ufw/*.rules</filename>. These files are a great place to add "
"legacy iptables rules used without <application>ufw</application>, and rules "
"that are more network gateway or bridge related."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:620(para)
msgid ""
"The rules are split into two different files, rules that should be executed "
"before <application>ufw</application> command line rules, and rules that are "
"executed after <application>ufw</application> command line rules."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:626(para)
msgid ""
"First, packet forwarding needs to be enabled in "
"<application>ufw</application>. Two configuration files will need to be "
"adjusted, in <filename>/etc/default/ufw</filename> change the "
"<emphasis>DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY</emphasis> to <quote>ACCEPT</quote>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"DEFAULT_FORWARD_POLICY=\"ACCEPT\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:633(para)
msgid "Then edit <filename>/etc/ufw/sysctl.conf</filename> and uncomment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:636(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv4/ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:639(para)
msgid "Similarly, for IPv6 forwarding uncomment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:642(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net/ipv6/conf/default/forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"Now we will add rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename> "
"file. The default rules only configure the <emphasis>filter</emphasis> "
"table, and to enable masquerading the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> table will "
"need to be configured. Add the following to the top of the file just after "
"the header comments:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:652(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# nat Table rules\n"
"*nat\n"
":POSTROUTING ACCEPT [0:0]\n"
"\n"
"# Forward traffic from eth1 through eth0.\n"
"-A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/24 -o eth0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these nat table rules won't be "
"processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:663(para)
msgid ""
"The comments are not strictly necessary, but it is considered good practice "
"to document your configuration. Also, when modifying any of the "
"<emphasis>rules</emphasis> files in <filename "
"class=\"directory\">/etc/ufw</filename>, make sure these lines are the last "
"line for each table modified:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:669(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# don't delete the 'COMMIT' line or these rules won't be processed\n"
"COMMIT\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:674(para)
msgid ""
"For each <emphasis>Table</emphasis> a corresponding "
"<emphasis>COMMIT</emphasis> statement is required. In these examples only "
"the <emphasis>nat</emphasis> and <emphasis>filter</emphasis> tables are "
"shown, but you can also add rules for the <emphasis>raw</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>mangle</emphasis> tables."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:681(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example replace <emphasis>eth0</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>eth1</emphasis>, and <emphasis>192.168.0.0/24</emphasis> with the "
"appropriate interfaces and IP range for your network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:689(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, disable and re-enable <application>ufw</application> to apply the "
"changes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:693(command)
msgid "sudo ufw disable &amp;&amp; sudo ufw enable"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:697(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading should now be enabled. You can also add any additional "
"FORWARD rules to the <filename>/etc/ufw/before.rules</filename>. It is "
"recommended that these additional rules be added to the <emphasis>ufw-before-"
"forward</emphasis> chain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:704(title)
msgid "iptables Masquerading"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"<application>iptables</application> can also be used to enable masquerading."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:710(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>ufw</application>, the first step is to enable IPv4 "
"packet forwarding by editing <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> and "
"uncomment the following line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:714(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv4.ip_forward=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:717(para)
msgid "If you wish to enable IPv6 forwarding also uncomment:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:720(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:725(para)
msgid ""
"Next, execute the <application>sysctl</application> command to enable the "
"new settings in the configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:729(command)
msgid "sudo sysctl -p"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:733(para)
msgid ""
"IP Masquerading can now be accomplished with a single iptables rule, which "
"may differ slightly based on your network configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:736(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:739(para)
msgid ""
"The above command assumes that your private address space is 192.168.0.0/16 "
"and that your Internet-facing device is ppp0. The syntax is broken down as "
"follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:744(para)
msgid "-t nat -- the rule is to go into the nat table"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:745(para)
msgid ""
"-A POSTROUTING -- the rule is to be appended (-A) to the POSTROUTING chain"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:746(para)
msgid ""
"-s 192.168.0.0/16 -- the rule applies to traffic originating from the "
"specified address space"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"-o ppp0 -- the rule applies to traffic scheduled to be routed through the "
"specified network device"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:749(para)
msgid ""
"-j MASQUERADE -- traffic matching this rule is to \"jump\" (-j) to the "
"MASQUERADE target to be manipulated as described above"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:757(para)
msgid ""
"Also, each chain in the filter table (the default table, and where most or "
"all packet filtering occurs) has a default <emphasis>policy</emphasis> of "
"ACCEPT, but if you are creating a firewall in addition to a gateway device, "
"you may have set the policies to DROP or REJECT, in which case your "
"masqueraded traffic needs to be allowed through the FORWARD chain for the "
"above rule to work:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:764(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
"sudo iptables -A FORWARD -d 192.168.0.0/16 -m state --state "
"ESTABLISHED,RELATED -i ppp0 -j ACCEPT\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"The above commands will allow all connections from your local network to the "
"Internet and all traffic related to those connections to return to the "
"machine that initiated them."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:775(para)
msgid ""
"If you want masquerading to be enabled on reboot, which you probably do, "
"edit <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename> and add any commands used above. For "
"example add the first command with no filtering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:779(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -s 192.168.0.0/16 -o ppp0 -j MASQUERADE\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:787(title)
msgid "Logs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:788(para)
msgid ""
"Firewall logs are essential for recognizing attacks, troubleshooting your "
"firewall rules, and noticing unusual activity on your network. You must "
"include logging rules in your firewall for them to be generated, though, and "
"logging rules must come before any applicable terminating rule (a rule with "
"a target that decides the fate of the packet, such as ACCEPT, DROP, or "
"REJECT)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:795(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using <application>ufw</application>, you can turn on logging by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:799(command)
msgid "sudo ufw logging on"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:801(para)
msgid ""
"To turn logging off in <application>ufw</application>, simply replace "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">on</emphasis> with <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">off</emphasis> in the above command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"If using <application>iptables</application> instead of "
"<application>ufw</application>, enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:807(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 80 -j LOG --log-"
"prefix \"NEW_HTTP_CONN: \"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:810(para)
msgid ""
"A request on port 80 from the local machine, then, would generate a log in "
"dmesg that looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:815(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[4304885.870000] NEW_HTTP_CONN: IN=lo OUT= "
"MAC=00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:08:00 SRC=127.0.0.1 DST=127.0.0.1 "
"LEN=60 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=58288 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=53981 DPT=80 "
"WINDOW=32767 RES=0x00 SYN URGP=0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:817(para)
msgid ""
"The above log will also appear in <filename>/var/log/messages</filename>, "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>, and "
"<filename>/var/log/kern.log</filename>. This behavior can be modified by "
"editing <filename>/etc/syslog.conf</filename> appropriately or by installing "
"and configuring <application>ulogd</application> and using the ULOG target "
"instead of LOG. The <application>ulogd</application> daemon is a userspace "
"server that listens for logging instructions from the kernel specifically "
"for firewalls, and can log to any file you like, or even to a "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> or <application>MySQL</application> "
"database. Making sense of your firewall logs can be simplified by using a "
"log analyzing tool such as <application>fwanalog</application>, "
"<application> fwlogwatch</application>, or <application>lire</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:832(title)
msgid "Other Tools"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:833(para)
msgid ""
"There are many tools available to help you construct a complete firewall "
"without intimate knowledge of iptables. For the GUI-inclined:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:839(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fs-security.com/\">Firestarter</ulink> is quite "
"popular and easy to use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:844(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.fwbuilder.org/\">fwbuilder</ulink> is very powerful "
"and will look familiar to an administrator who has used a commercial "
"firewall utility such as <application>Checkpoint FireWall-1</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"If you prefer a command-line tool with plain-text configuration files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:855(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.shorewall.net/\">Shorewall</ulink> is a very "
"powerful solution to help you configure an advanced firewall for any network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:861(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.linuxkungfu.org/\">ipkungfu</ulink> should give you "
"a working firewall \"out of the box\" with zero configuration, and will "
"allow you to easily set up a more advanced firewall by editing simple, well-"
"documented configuration files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:868(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://fireflier.sourceforge.net/\">fireflier</ulink> is "
"designed to be a desktop firewall application. It is made up of a server "
"(fireflier-server) and your choice of GUI clients (GTK or QT), and behaves "
"like many popular interactive firewall applications for Windows."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:880(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuFirewall\">Ubuntu "
"Firewall</ulink> wiki page contains information on the development of "
"<application>ufw</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:886(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <application>ufw</application> manual page contains some very "
"useful information: <command>man ufw</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/packet-"
"filtering-HOWTO.html\">packet-filtering-HOWTO</ulink> for more information "
"on using <application>iptables</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:897(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.netfilter.org/documentation/HOWTO/NAT-"
"HOWTO.html\">nat-HOWTO</ulink> contains further details on masquerading."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:903(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/IptablesHowTo\">IPTables "
"HowTo</ulink> in the Ubuntu wiki is a great resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:911(title)
msgid "AppArmor"
msgstr "AppArmor"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:912(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is a Linux Security Module "
"implementation of name-based mandatory access controls. AppArmor confines "
"individual programs to a set of listed files and posix 1003.1e draft "
"capabilities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:916(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> is installed and loaded by default. It "
"uses <emphasis>profiles</emphasis> of an application to determine what files "
"and permissions the application requires. Some packages will install their "
"own profiles, and additional profiles can be found in the "
"<application>apparmor-profiles</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apparmor-profiles</application> package from a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:927(para)
msgid "AppArmor profiles have two modes of execution:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:932(para)
msgid ""
"Complaining/Learning: profile violations are permitted and logged. Useful "
"for testing and developing new profiles."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:937(para)
msgid ""
"Enforced/Confined: enforces profile policy as well as logging the violation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:943(title)
msgid "Using AppArmor"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:944(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apparmor-utils</application> package contains command line "
"utilities that you can use to change the <application>AppArmor</application> "
"execution mode, find the status of a profile, create new profiles, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:950(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_status</application> is used to view the current "
"status of AppArmor profiles."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:954(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_status"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:958(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-complain</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>complain</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:962(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /path/to/bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:966(para)
msgid ""
"<application>aa-enforce</application> places a profile into "
"<emphasis>enforce</emphasis> mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:970(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /path/to/bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:974(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d</filename> directory is where the AppArmor "
"profiles are located. It can be used to manipulate the "
"<emphasis>mode</emphasis> of all profiles."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:978(para)
msgid "Enter the following to place all profiles into complain mode:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:982(command)
msgid "sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:984(para)
msgid "To place all profiles in enforce mode:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:988(command)
msgid "sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:992(para)
msgid ""
"<application>apparmor_parser</application> is used to load a profile into "
"the kernel. It can also be used to reload a currently loaded profile using "
"the <emphasis>-r</emphasis> option. To load a profile:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:997(command) serverguide/C/security.xml:1029(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -a"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:999(para)
msgid "To reload a profile:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1003(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1007(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/init.d/apparmor</filename> can be used to "
"<emphasis>reload</emphasis> all profiles:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1011(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:632(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor reload"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable</filename> directory can be used along "
"with the <application>apparmor_parser -R</application> option to "
"<emphasis>disable</emphasis> a profile."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1020(command)
msgid "sudo ln -s /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name /etc/apparmor.d/disable/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1021(command)
msgid "sudo apparmor_parser -R /etc/apparmor.d/profile.name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1023(para)
msgid ""
"To <emphasis>re-enable</emphasis> a disabled profile remove the symbolic "
"link to the profile in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/disable/</filename>. Then "
"load the profile using the <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1028(command)
msgid "sudo rm /etc/apparmor.d/disable/profile.name"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1033(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> can be disabled, and the kernel module "
"unloaded by entering the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1037(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor stop"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1038(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d -f apparmor remove"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1042(para)
msgid "To re-enable <application>AppArmor</application> enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1046(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/apparmor start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1047(command)
msgid "sudo update-rc.d apparmor defaults"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1052(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>profile.name</emphasis> with the name of the profile you "
"want to manipulate. Also, replace <filename>/path/to/bin/</filename> with "
"the actual executable file path. For example for the "
"<application>ping</application> command use <filename>/bin/ping</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"<application>AppArmor</application> profiles are simple text files located "
"in <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/</filename>. The files are named after the full "
"path to the executable they profile replacing the \"/\" with \".\". For "
"example <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename> is the AppArmor "
"profile for the <filename>/bin/ping</filename> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1067(para)
msgid "There are two main type of rules used in profiles:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1072(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Path entries:</emphasis> which detail which files an application "
"can access in the file system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1077(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Capability entries:</emphasis> determine what privileges a "
"confined process is allowed to use."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1082(para)
msgid ""
"As an example take a look at <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/bin.ping</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1085(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;\n"
"/bin/ping flags=(complain) {\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/base&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/consoles&gt;\n"
"  #include &lt;abstractions/nameservice&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  capability net_raw,\n"
"  capability setuid,\n"
"  network inet raw,\n"
"  \n"
"  /bin/ping mixr,\n"
"  /etc/modules.conf r,\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1102(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>#include &lt;tunables/global&gt;:</emphasis> include statements "
"from other files. This allows statements pertaining to multiple applications "
"to be placed in a common file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping flags=(complain):</emphasis> path to the profiled "
"program, also setting the mode to <emphasis>complain</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>capability net_raw,:</emphasis> allows the application access to "
"the CAP_NET_RAW Posix.1e capability."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1119(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>/bin/ping mixr,:</emphasis> allows the application read and "
"execute access to the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1125(para)
msgid ""
"After editing a profile file the profile must be reloaded. See <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor-usage\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1130(title)
msgid "Creating a Profile"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1133(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Design a test plan:</emphasis> Try to think about how the "
"application should be exercised. The test plan should be divided into small "
"test cases. Each test case should have a small description and list the "
"steps to follow."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1137(para)
msgid "Some standard test cases are:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1142(para)
msgid "Starting the program."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1147(para)
msgid "Stopping the program."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1152(para)
msgid "Reloading the program."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1157(para)
msgid "Testing all the commands supported by the init script."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1164(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Generate the new profile:</emphasis> Use <application>aa-"
"genprof</application> to generate a new profile. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1169(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof executable"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1171(para)
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1175(command)
msgid "sudo aa-genprof slapd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1179(para)
msgid ""
"To get your new profile included in the <application>apparmor-"
"profiles</application> package, file a bug in <emphasis>Launchpad</emphasis> "
"against the <ulink "
"url=\"https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/apparmor/+filebug\">AppArmor<"
"/ulink> package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1186(para)
msgid "Include your test plan and test cases."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1191(para)
msgid "Attach your new profile to the bug."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1200(title)
msgid "Updating Profiles"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1201(para)
msgid ""
"When the program is misbehaving, audit messages are sent to the log files. "
"The program <application>aa-logprof</application> can be used to scan log "
"files for <application>AppArmor</application> audit messages, review them "
"and update the profiles. From a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1206(command)
msgid "sudo aa-logprof"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1214(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.novell.com/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/ind"
"ex.html?page=/documentation/apparmor/apparmor201_sp10_admin/data/book_apparmo"
"r_admin.html\">AppArmor Administration Guide</ulink> for advanced "
"configuration options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1221(para)
msgid ""
"For details using AppArmor with other Ubuntu releases see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/AppArmor\"> AppArmor Community "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1229(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor\">OpenSUSE AppArmor</ulink> "
"page is another introduction to AppArmor."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1236(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>AppArmor</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1246(title)
msgid "Certificates"
msgstr "Certifikáty"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1247(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most common forms of cryptography today is <emphasis>public-"
"key</emphasis> cryptography. Public-key cryptography utilizes a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and a <emphasis>private key</emphasis>. The "
"system works by <emphasis>encrypting</emphasis> information using the public "
"key. The information can then only be <emphasis>decrypted</emphasis> using "
"the private key."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1253(para)
msgid ""
"A common use for public-key cryptography is encrypting application traffic "
"using a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) "
"connection. For example, configuring Apache to provide "
"<emphasis>HTTPS</emphasis>, the HTTP protocol over SSL. This allows a way to "
"encrypt traffic using a protocol that does not itself provide encryption."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1258(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Certificate</emphasis> is a method used to distribute a "
"<emphasis>public key</emphasis> and other information about a server and the "
"organization who is responsible for it. Certificates can be digitally signed "
"by a <emphasis>Certification Authority</emphasis> or CA. A CA is a trusted "
"third party that has confirmed that the information contained in the "
"certificate is accurate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1265(title)
msgid "Types of Certificates"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1266(para)
msgid ""
"To set up a secure server using public-key cryptography, in most cases, you "
"send your certificate request (including your public key), proof of your "
"company's identity, and payment to a CA. The CA verifies the certificate "
"request and your identity, and then sends back a certificate for your secure "
"server. Alternatively, you can create your own <emphasis>self-"
"signed</emphasis> certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1276(para)
msgid ""
"Note, that self-signed certificates should not be used in most production "
"environments."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1280(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing the HTTPS example, a CA-signed certificate provides two important "
"capabilities that a self-signed certificate does not:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1287(para)
msgid ""
"Browsers (usually) automatically recognize the certificate and allow a "
"secure connection to be made without prompting the user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1294(para)
msgid ""
"When a CA issues a signed certificate, it is guaranteeing the identity of "
"the organization that is providing the web pages to the browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1302(para)
msgid ""
"Most Web browsers, and computers, that support SSL have a list of CAs whose "
"certificates they automatically accept. If a browser encounters a "
"certificate whose authorizing CA is not in the list, the browser asks the "
"user to either accept or decline the connection. Also, other applications "
"may generate an error message when using a self-singed certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1310(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting a certificate from a CA is fairly easy. A quick "
"overview is as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1317(para)
msgid "Create a private and public encryption key pair."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1320(para)
msgid ""
"Create a certificate request based on the public key. The certificate "
"request contains information about your server and the company hosting it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1325(para)
msgid ""
"Send the certificate request, along with documents proving your identity, to "
"a CA. We cannot tell you which certificate authority to choose. Your "
"decision may be based on your past experiences, or on the experiences of "
"your friends or colleagues, or purely on monetary factors."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1331(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have decided upon a CA, you need to follow the instructions they "
"provide on how to obtain a certificate from them."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1336(para)
msgid ""
"When the CA is satisfied that you are indeed who you claim to be, they send "
"you a digital certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1340(para)
msgid ""
"Install this certificate on your secure server, and configure the "
"appropriate applications to use the certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1349(title)
msgid "Generating a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1351(para)
msgid ""
"Whether you are getting a certificate from a CA or generating your own self-"
"signed certificate, the first step is to generate a key."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1356(para)
msgid ""
"If the certificate will be used by service daemons, such as Apache, Postfix, "
"Dovecot, etc, a key without a passphrase is often appropriate. Not having a "
"passphrase allows the services to start without manual intervention, usually "
"the preferred way to start a daemon."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1362(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover generating a key with a passphrase, and one without. "
"The non-passphrase key will then be used to generate a certificate that can "
"be used with various service daemons."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1368(para)
msgid ""
"Running your secure service without a passphrase is convenient because you "
"will not need to enter the passphrase every time you start your secure "
"service. But it is insecure and a compromise of the key means a compromise "
"of the server as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1375(para)
msgid ""
"To generate the <emphasis>keys</emphasis> for the Certificate Signing "
"Request (CSR) run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1381(command)
msgid "openssl genrsa -des3 -out server.key 1024"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1384(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Generating RSA private key, 1024 bit long modulus\n"
".....................++++++\n"
".................++++++\n"
"unable to write 'random state'\n"
"e is 65537 (0x10001)\n"
"Enter pass phrase for server.key:\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1393(para)
msgid ""
"You can now enter your passphrase. For best security, it should at least "
"contain eight characters. The minimum length when specifying -des3 is four "
"characters. It should include numbers and/or punctuation and not be a word "
"in a dictionary. Also remember that your passphrase is case-sensitive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1401(para)
msgid ""
"Re-type the passphrase to verify. Once you have re-typed it correctly, the "
"server key is generated and stored in the <filename>server.key</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1407(para)
msgid ""
"Now create the insecure key, the one without a passphrase, and shuffle the "
"key names:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1413(command)
msgid "openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.insecure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1414(command)
msgid "mv server.key server.key.secure"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1415(command)
msgid "mv server.key.insecure server.key"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1418(para)
msgid ""
"The insecure key is now named <filename>server.key</filename>, and you can "
"use this file to generate the CSR without passphrase."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1423(para)
msgid "To create the CSR, run the following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1428(command)
msgid "openssl req -new -key server.key -out server.csr"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1431(para)
msgid ""
"It will prompt you enter the passphrase. If you enter the correct "
"passphrase, it will prompt you to enter Company Name, Site Name, Email Id, "
"etc. Once you enter all these details, your CSR will be created and it will "
"be stored in the <filename>server.csr</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1439(para)
msgid ""
"You can now submit this CSR file to a CA for processing. The CA will use "
"this CSR file and issue the certificate. On the other hand, you can create "
"self-signed certificate using this CSR."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1447(title)
msgid "Creating a Self-Signed Certificate"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1448(para)
msgid ""
"To create the self-signed certificate, run the following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1453(command)
msgid ""
"openssl x509 -req -days 365 -in server.csr -signkey server.key -out "
"server.crt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"The above command will prompt you to enter the passphrase. Once you enter "
"the correct passphrase, your certificate will be created and it will be "
"stored in the <filename>server.crt</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1461(para)
msgid ""
"If your secure server is to be used in a production environment, you "
"probably need a CA-signed certificate. It is not recommended to use self-"
"signed certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1469(title)
msgid "Installing the Certificate"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1471(para)
msgid ""
"You can install the key file <filename>server.key</filename> and certificate "
"file <filename>server.crt</filename>, or the certificate file issued by your "
"CA, by running following commands at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1477(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.crt /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1478(command)
msgid "sudo cp server.key /etc/ssl/private"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1480(para)
msgid ""
"Now simply configure any applications, with the ability to use public-key "
"cryptography, to use the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>key</emphasis> files. For example, "
"<application>Apache</application> can provide HTTPS, "
"<application>Dovecot</application> can provide IMAPS and POP3S, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1487(title)
msgid "Certification Authority"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1489(para)
msgid ""
"If the services on your network require more than a few self-signed "
"certificates it may be worth the additional effort to setup your own "
"internal <emphasis>Certification Authority (CA)</emphasis>. Using "
"certificates signed by your own CA, allows the various services using the "
"certificates to easily trust other services using certificates issued from "
"the same CA."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1499(para)
msgid ""
"First, create the directories to hold the CA certificate and related files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1504(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/CA"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1505(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /etc/ssl/newcerts"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1511(para)
msgid ""
"The CA needs a few additional files to operate, one to keep track of the "
"last serial number used by the CA, each certificate must have a unique "
"serial number, and another file to record which certificates have been "
"issued:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1518(command)
msgid "sudo sh -c \"echo '01' &gt; /etc/ssl/CA/serial\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1519(command)
msgid "sudo touch /etc/ssl/CA/index.txt"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1525(para)
msgid ""
"The third file is a CA configuration file. Though not strictly necessary, it "
"is very convenient when issuing multiple certificates. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf</filename>, and in the <emphasis>[ CA_default "
"]</emphasis> change:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1531(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dir             = /etc/ssl/             # Where everything is kept\n"
"database        = $dir/CA/index.txt     # database index file.\n"
"certificate     = $dir/certs/cacert.pem # The CA certificate\n"
"serial          = $dir/CA/serial        # The current serial number\n"
"private_key     = $dir/private/cakey.pem# The private key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1542(para)
msgid "Next, create the self-singed root certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1547(command)
msgid ""
"openssl req -new -x509 -extensions v3_ca -keyout cakey.pem -out cacert.pem -"
"days 3650"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1550(para)
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the details about the certificate."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1557(para)
msgid "Now install the root certificate and key:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1562(command)
msgid "sudo mv cakey.pem /etc/ssl/private/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1563(command)
msgid "sudo mv cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1569(para)
msgid ""
"You are now ready to start signing certificates. The first item needed is a "
"Certificate Signing Request (CSR), see <xref linkend=\"generating-a-csr\"/> "
"for details. Once you have a CSR, enter the following to generate a "
"certificate signed by the CA:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1576(command)
msgid "sudo openssl ca -in server.csr -config /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1579(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password for the CA key, you will be prompted to sign the "
"certificate, and again to commit the new certificate. You should then see a "
"somewhat large amount of output related to the certificate creation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1588(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a new file, "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/newcerts/01.pem</filename>, containing the same output. "
"Copy and paste everything between the <emphasis>-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----"
"</emphasis> and <emphasis>----END CERTIFICATE-----</emphasis> lines to a "
"file named after the hostname of the server where the certificate will be "
"installed. For example <filename>mail.example.com.crt</filename>, is a nice "
"descriptive name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1596(para)
msgid ""
"Subsequent certificates will be named <filename>02.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>03.pem</filename>, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1601(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>mail.example.com.crt</emphasis> with your own descriptive "
"name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1609(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy the new certificate to the host that needs it, and configure "
"the appropriate applications to use it. The default location to install "
"certificates is <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs</filename>. This "
"enables multiple services to use the same certificate without overly "
"complicated file permissions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1615(para)
msgid ""
"For applications that can be configured to use a CA certificate, you should "
"also copy the <filename>/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem</filename> file to the "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/certs/</filename> directory on each "
"server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1629(para)
msgid ""
"For more detailed instructions on using cryptography see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/SSL-Certificates-HOWTO/index.html\">SSL "
"Certificates HOWTO</ulink> by tlpd.org"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1635(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.pki-page.org/\">The PKI Page</ulink> contains a list "
"of Certificate Authorities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1640(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Https\">HTTPS</ulink> page has more "
"information regarding HTTPS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1645(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>OpenSSL</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openssl.org/\">OpenSSL Home Page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1650(para)
msgid ""
"Also, O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002701/\">Network Security with "
"OpenSSL</ulink> is a good in depth reference."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1659(title)
msgid "eCryptfs"
msgstr "eCryptfs"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1661(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> is a POSIX-compliant enterprise-class stacked "
"cryptographic filesystem for Linux.  Layering on top of the filesystem layer "
"<emphasis>eCryptfs</emphasis> protects files no matter the underlying "
"filesystem, partition type, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1667(para)
msgid ""
"During installation there is an option to encrypt the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> partition. This will automatically "
"configure everything needed to encrypt and mount the partition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1672(para)
msgid ""
"As an example, this section will cover configuring <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> to be encrypted using eCryptfs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1677(title)
msgid "Using eCryptfs"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1679(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1684(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ecryptfs-utils"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1687(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition to be encrypted:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1692(command)
msgid "sudo mount -t ecryptfs /srv /srv"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1695(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for some details on how "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> should encrypt the data."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1699(para)
msgid ""
"To test that files placed in <filename>/srv</filename> are indeed encrypted "
"copy the <filename>/etc/default</filename> folder to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1705(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:192(command)
msgid "sudo cp -r /etc/default /srv"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1708(para)
msgid "Now unmount <filename>/srv</filename>, and try to view a file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1713(command) serverguide/C/installation.xml:1138(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:200(command)
msgid "sudo umount /srv"
msgstr "sudo umount /srv"

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1714(command)
msgid "cat /srv/default/cron"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1717(para)
msgid ""
"Remounting <filename>/srv</filename> using "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> will make the data viewable once again."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1723(title)
msgid "Automatically Mounting Encrypted Partitions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1725(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of ways to automatically mount an "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> encrypted filesystem at boot. This "
"example will use a <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> file containing "
"mount options, along with a passphrase file residing on a USB key."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1731(para)
msgid "First, create <filename>/root/.ecryptfsrc</filename> containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1735(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"key=passphrase:passphrase_passwd_file=/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt\n"
"ecryptfs_sig=5826dd62cf81c615\n"
"ecryptfs_cipher=aes\n"
"ecryptfs_key_bytes=16\n"
"ecryptfs_passthrough=n\n"
"ecryptfs_enable_filename_crypto=n\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1745(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <emphasis>ecryptfs_sig</emphasis> to the signature in "
"<filename>/root/.ecryptfs/sig-cache.txt</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1750(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the <filename>/mnt/usb/passwd_file.txt</filename> passphrase "
"file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1754(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"passphrase_passwd=[secrets]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1758(para)
msgid "Now add the necessary lines to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1762(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/dev/sdb1       /mnt/usb        ext3    ro      0 0\n"
"/srv /srv ecryptfs defaults 0 0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1767(para)
msgid "Make sure the USB drive is mounted before the encrypted partition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1771(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, reboot and the <filename>/srv</filename> should be mounted using "
"ecryptfs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1779(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ecryptfs-utils</application> package includes several other "
"useful utilities:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1785(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-setup-private:</emphasis> creates a "
"<filename>~/Private</filename> directory to contain encrypted information. "
"This utility can be run by unprivileged users to keep data private from "
"other users on the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1792(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-mount-private and ecryptfs-umount-private:</emphasis> "
"will mount and unmount respectively, a users <filename>~/Private</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1798(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-add-passphrase:</emphasis> adds a new passphrase to the "
"kernel keyring."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1803(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-manager:</emphasis> manages "
"<application>eCryptfs</application> objects such as keys."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1808(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ecryptfs-stat:</emphasis> allows you to view the "
"<application>ecryptfs</application> meta information for a file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1821(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on eCryptfs see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/ecryptfs\">Launchpad project page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1826(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/9400\">Linux Journal</ulink> "
"article covering eCryptfs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1831(para)
msgid ""
"Also, for more <application>ecryptfs</application> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man7/ecryptfs.7.html\">ecr"
"yptfs man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/security.xml:1837(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eCryptfs\">eCryptfs "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:13(title)
msgid "Appendix"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:16(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs in Ubuntu Server Edition"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"While the Ubuntu Project attempts to release software with as few bugs as "
"possible, they do occur. You can help fix these bugs by reporting ones that "
"you find to the project. The Ubuntu Project uses <ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/\">Launchpad</ulink> to track its bug reports. "
"In order to file a bug about Ubuntu Server on Launchpad, you will need to "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.launchpad.net/YourAccount/NewAccount\">create an "
"account</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:30(title)
msgid "Reporting Bugs With ubuntu-bug"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"The preferred way to report a bug is with the <application>ubuntu-"
"bug</application> command. The ubuntu-bug tool gathers information about the "
"system useful to developers in diagnosing the reported problem that will "
"then be included in the bug report filed on Launchpad. Bug reports in Ubuntu "
"need to be filed against a specific software package, thus the name of the "
"package that the bug occurs in needs to be given to ubuntu-bug:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:43(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug PACKAGENAME"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to file a bug against the openssh-server package, you would do:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:51(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"You can specify either a binary package or the source package for ubuntu-"
"bug. Again using openssh-server as an example, you could also generate the "
"report against the source package for openssh-server, openssh:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:62(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug openssh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:66(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
"packages in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"The ubuntu-bug command will gather information about the system in question, "
"possibly including information specific to the specified package, and then "
"ask you what you would like to do with collected information:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:80(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug postgresql"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:79(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Collecting problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information can be sent to the developers to improve the\n"
"application. This might take a few minutes.\n"
"..........\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"\n"
"After the problem report has been sent, please fill out the form in the\n"
"automatically opened web browser.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:101(para)
msgid "The options available are:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Send Report</emphasis> Selecting Send Report submits "
"the collected information to Launchpad as part of the the process of filing "
"a bug report. You will be given the opportunity to describe the situation "
"that led up to the occurrance of the bug."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"*** Uploading problem information\n"
"\n"
"The collected information is being sent to the bug tracking system.\n"
"This might take a few minutes.\n"
"91%\n"
"\n"
"*** To continue, you must visit the following URL:\n"
"\n"
"  https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/postgresql-"
"8.4/+filebug/kc6eSnTLnLxF8u0t3e56EukFeqJ?\n"
"\n"
"You can launch a browser now, or copy this URL into a browser on another\n"
"computer.\n"
"\n"
"Choices:\n"
"  1: Launch a browser now\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (1/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to start a browser, by default the text based web browser "
"<application>w3m</application> will be used to finish filing the bug report. "
"Alternately, you can copy the given URL to a currently running web browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">View Report</emphasis> Selecting View Report causes "
"the collected information to be displayed to the terminal for review."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:150(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Package: postgresql 8.4.2-2\n"
"PackageArchitecture: all\n"
"Tags: lucid\n"
"ProblemType: Bug\n"
"ProcEnviron:\n"
"  LANG=en_US.UTF-8\n"
"  SHELL=/bin/bash\n"
"Uname: Linux 2.6.32-16-server x86_64\n"
"Dependencies:\n"
"  adduser 3.112ubuntu1\n"
"  base-files 5.0.0ubuntu10\n"
"  base-passwd 3.5.22\n"
"  coreutils 7.4-2ubuntu2\n"
"...\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"After viewing the report, you will be brought back to the same menu asking "
"what you would like to do with the report."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Keep Report File</emphasis> Selecting Keep Report "
"File causes the gathered information to be written to a file. This file can "
"then be used to later file a bug report or transferred to a different Ubuntu "
"system for reporting. To submit the report file, simply give it as an "
"argument to the ubuntu-bug command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:189(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "k"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:192(command)
msgid "ubuntu-bug /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:183(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  S: Send report (1.7 KiB)\n"
"  V: View report\n"
"  K: Keep report file for sending later or copying to somewhere else\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (S/V/K/C): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Problem report file: /tmp/apport.postgresql.v4MQas.apport\n"
"\n"
"<placeholder-2/>\n"
"\n"
"*** Send problem report to the developers?\n"
"...\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cancel</emphasis> Selecting Cancel causes the "
"collected information to be discarded."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:210(title)
msgid "Reporting Application Crashes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"The software package that provides the ubuntu-bug utility, "
"<application>apport</application>, can be configured to trigger when "
"applications crash. This is disabled by default, as capturing a crash can be "
"resource intensive depending on how much memory the application that crashed "
"was using as apport captures and processes the core dump."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:221(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring apport to capture information about crashing applications "
"requires a couple of steps. First, <application>gdb</application> needs to "
"be installed; it is not installed by default in Ubuntu Server Edition."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:229(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gdb"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:232(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"package-management\"/> for more information about "
"managing packages in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:237(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have ensured that gdb is installed, open the file "
"<filename>/etc/default/apport</filename> in your text editor, and change the "
"<emphasis>enabled</emphasis> setting to be <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">1</emphasis> like so:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:244(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# set this to 0 to disable apport, or to 1 to enable it\n"
"# you can temporarily override this with\n"
"# sudo service apport start force_start=1\n"
"enabled=<userinput>1</userinput>\n"
"\n"
"# set maximum core dump file size (default: 209715200 bytes == 200 MB)\n"
"maxsize=209715200\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have completed editing <filename>/etc/default/apport</filename>, "
"start the apport service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:261(command)
msgid "sudo start apport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:264(para)
msgid ""
"After an application crashes, use the <application>apport-cli</application> "
"command to search for the existing saved crash report information:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:271(command)
msgid "apport-cli"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:270(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"*** dash closed unexpectedly on 2010-03-11 at 21:40:59.\n"
"\n"
"If you were not doing anything confidential (entering passwords or other\n"
"private information), you can help to improve the application by\n"
"reporting\n"
"the problem.\n"
"\n"
"What would you like to do? Your options are:\n"
"  R: Report Problem...\n"
"  I: Cancel and ignore future crashes of this program version\n"
"  C: Cancel\n"
"Please choose (R/I/C):\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"Selecting <emphasis>Report Problem</emphasis> will walk you through similar "
"steps as when using ubuntu-bug. One important difference is that a crash "
"report will be marked as private when filed on Launchpad, meaning that it "
"will be visible to only a limited set of bug triagers. These triagers will "
"review the gathered data for private information before making the bug "
"report publicly visible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:307(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">Reporting "
"Bugs</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/reporting-bugs.xml:313(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Apport\">Apport</ulink> page "
"has some useful information. Though some of it pertains to using a GUI."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:13(title)
msgid "Remote Administration"
msgstr "Vzdialená správa"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to remotely administer a Linux server. This chapter will "
"cover one of the most popular <application>SSH</application> as well as "
"<application>eBox</application>, a web based administration framework."
msgstr ""
"Existuje mnoho spôsobov ako spravovať Linuxový server na diaľku. Táto "
"kapitola bude hovoriť o najpopulárnejšom spôsobe pomocou "
"<application>SSH</application> ale tiež aj o webovom rozhraní "
"<application>eBox</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"This section of the Ubuntu Server Guide introduces a powerful collection of "
"tools for the remote control of networked computers and transfer of data "
"between networked computers, called <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. You will "
"also learn about some of the configuration settings possible with the "
"OpenSSH server application and how to change them on your Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť príručky Ubuntu servera hovorí o mocnej kolekcii nástrojov, "
"určených na vzdialenú správu počítačov v sieti a na prenos dát medzi "
"počítačmi, ktorá sa nazýva <emphasis>OpenSSH</emphasis>. V tejto časti sa "
"tiež naučíme, ako sa dá prispôsobiť konfigurácia aplikácií OpenSSH servera a "
"ako ju môžeme zmeniť v systéme Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"OpenSSH is a freely available version of the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol "
"family of tools for remotely controlling a computer or transferring files "
"between computers. Traditional tools used to accomplish these functions, "
"such as <application>telnet</application> or <application>rcp</application>, "
"are insecure and transmit the user's password in cleartext when used. "
"OpenSSH provides a server daemon and client tools to facilitate secure, "
"encrypted remote control and file transfer operations, effectively replacing "
"the legacy tools."
msgstr ""
"OpenSSH je voľne dostupná verzia Secure Shell (SSH) protokola obsahujúceho "
"nástroje pre vzdialenú správu počítača a prenos súborov. Tradičné nástroje, "
"ktoré sa často používajú na tento účel, ako napríklad "
"<application>telnet</application> alebo <application>rcp</application>, nie "
"sú bezpečné a prenášajú heslo používateľa ako bežný text. OpenSSH poskytuje "
"serverového démona a klientské nástroje, ktoré umožňujú bezpečnú šifrovanú "
"vzdialenú správu a prenos súborov, a ktoré dokážu efektívne nahradiť bežné "
"nástroje."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenSSH server component, <application>sshd</application>, listens "
"continuously for client connections from any of the client tools. When a "
"connection request occurs, <application>sshd</application> sets up the "
"correct connection depending on the type of client tool connecting. For "
"example, if the remote computer is connecting with the "
"<application>ssh</application> client application, the OpenSSH server sets "
"up a remote control session after authentication. If a remote user connects "
"to an OpenSSH server with <application>scp</application>, the OpenSSH server "
"daemon initiates a secure copy of files between the server and client after "
"authentication. OpenSSH can use many authentication methods, including plain "
"password, public key, and <application>Kerberos</application> tickets."
msgstr ""
"Súčasť OpenSSH servera – <application>sshd</application>, nepretržite čaká "
"na spojenie niektorého z klientských nástrojov. Keď nastane požiadavka na "
"spojenie, <application>sshd</application> nastaví správny typ spojenia v "
"závislosti od toho, ktorý z nástrojov sa chce pripojiť. Napríklad. ak sa "
"vzdialený počítač snaží pripojiť pomocou klientskej aplikácie "
"<application>ssh</application>, OpenSSH server pripraví po autentifikácii "
"reláciu so vzdialenou správou. Ak sa vzdialený používateľ pokúša pripojiť k "
"OpenSSH serveru pomocou <application>scp</application>, démon OpenSSH "
"servera sa po autentifikácii pripraví na bezpečný prenos súborov medzi "
"serverom a klientom. OpenSSH môže použiť mnoho spôsobov autentifikácie, "
"vrátane bežného hesla, verejného kľúča, či tzv. vstupeniek systému "
"<application>Kerberos</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Installation of the OpenSSH client and server applications is simple. To "
"install the OpenSSH client applications on your Ubuntu system, use this "
"command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Inštalácia OpenSSH klientských a serverových aplikácií je jednoduchá. Ak "
"chceme nainštalovať klientske aplikácie v systéme Ubuntu, zadáme nasledujúci "
"príkaz do príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:59(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-client"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:61(para)
msgid ""
"To install the OpenSSH server application, and related support files, use "
"this command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme nainštalovať serverové aplikácie OpenSSH a podporu bezpečného "
"prenosu súborov, do príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:66(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install openssh-server"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>openssh-server</application> package can also be selected "
"to install during the Server Edition installation process."
msgstr ""
"Balík <application>openssh-server</application> si môžeme vybrať už pri "
"inštalácii systému Ubuntu Server."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"You may configure the default behavior of the OpenSSH server application, "
"<application>sshd</application>, by editing the file "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. For information about the "
"configuration directives used in this file, you may view the appropriate "
"manual page with the following command, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Predvolené správanie serverovej aplikácie OpenSSH – "
"<application>sshd</application> môžeme zmeniť v konfiguračnom súbore "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>. Informácie o direktívach "
"použitých v tomto konfiguračnom súbore získame na stránkach man-u zadaním "
"nasledujúceho príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:83(command)
msgid "man sshd_config"
msgstr "man sshd_config"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"There are many directives in the <application>sshd</application> "
"configuration file controlling such things as communication settings and "
"authentication modes. The following are examples of configuration directives "
"that can be changed by editing the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Konfiguračný súbor <application>sshd</application> obsahuje mnoho direktív, "
"ktoré riadia také veci ako je komunikácia či autentifikácia. Ukážeme si "
"niekoľko príkladov nastavenia direktív, ktoré môžeme vykonať v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""
"Pred tým, ako začnete meniť akýkoľvek konfiguračný súbor, mali by ste si "
"vytvoriť kópiu pôvodného súboru a nastaviť ho iba na čítanie, aby ste mohli "
"pôvodné nastavenia použiť kvôli porovnaniu a v prípade potreby sa ku nim "
"vrátiť."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Vytvorte kópiu súboru <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> a nastavte "
"ju iba na čítanie zadaním nasledujúcich príkazov:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:101(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/ssh/sshd_config /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:102(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"
msgstr "sudo chmod a-w /etc/ssh/sshd_config.original"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:104(para)
msgid ""
"The following are examples of configuration directives you may change:"
msgstr "Tu sú sľúbené konfiguračné direktívy, ktoré môžeme zmeniť:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"To set your OpenSSH to listen on TCP port 2222 instead of the default TCP "
"port 22, change the Port directive as such:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme zmeniť, aby OpenSSH démon načúval na TCP porte 2222 miesto "
"štandardného TCP portu 22, zmeníme direktívu Port takto:Port 2222"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:113(para)
msgid "Port 2222"
msgstr "Port 2222"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"To have <application>sshd</application> allow public key-based login "
"credentials, simply add or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme <application>sshd</application> povoliť prihlásenie pomocou "
"verejného kľúča, jednoducho pridáme alebo zmeníme riadok:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:122(para)
msgid "PubkeyAuthentication yes"
msgstr "PubkeyAuthentication yes"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, or if already "
"present, ensure the line is not commented out."
msgstr ""
"Ak riadok v súbore <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> už existuje, "
"uistíme sa, že nie je zapoznámkovaný."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"To make your OpenSSH server display the contents of the "
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename> file as a pre-login banner, simply add "
"or modify the line:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme, aby náš OpenSSH server zobrazil pri prihlásení obsah súboru "
"<filename>/etc/issue.net</filename>, jednoducho pridáme alebo upravíme "
"riadok:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:136(para)
msgid "Banner /etc/issue.net"
msgstr "Banner /etc/issue.net"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:139(para)
msgid "In the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file."
msgstr "v súbore <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:144(para)
msgid ""
"After making changes to the <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, "
"save the file, and restart the <application>sshd</application> server "
"application to effect the changes using the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Po vykonaní zmien v súbore <filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, súbor "
"uložíme a reštartujeme serverovú aplikáciu <application>sshd</application>, "
"aby sa zmeny prejavili. Urobíme to zadaním nasledujúceho príkazu do "
"príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Many other configuration directives for <application>sshd</application> are "
"available for changing the server application's behavior to fit your needs. "
"Be advised, however, if your only method of access to a server is "
"<application>ssh</application>, and you make a mistake in configuring "
"<application>sshd</application> via the "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename> file, you may find you are locked "
"out of the server upon restarting it, or that the "
"<application>sshd</application> server refuses to start due to an incorrect "
"configuration directive, so be extra careful when editing this file on a "
"remote server."
msgstr ""
"Pre <application>sshd</application> existuje mnoho ďalších nastavení, ktoré "
"zmenia správanie serverovej aplikácie podľa vašich potrieb. Mali by ste však "
"vedieť, že ak je <application>ssh</application> jediný spôsob, akým sa viete "
"dostať na server a urobíte chybu pri nastavovaní "
"<application>sshd</application> pomocou konfiguračného súboru "
"<filename>/etc/ssh/sshd_config</filename>, po reštarte serverovej aplikácie "
"sa môže stať, že sa nebudete vedieť prihlásiť alebo že sa serverová "
"aplikácia <application>sshd</application> kvôli chybe v konfiguračnom súbore "
"ani nespustí. Pri úprave nastavení na vzdialenom serveri buďte preto "
"obzvlášť opatrní."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:168(title)
msgid "SSH Keys"
msgstr "SSH kľúče"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:169(para)
msgid ""
"SSH <emphasis>keys</emphasis> allow authentication between two hosts without "
"the need of a password. SSH key authentication uses two keys a "
"<emphasis>private</emphasis> key and a <emphasis>public</emphasis> key."
msgstr ""
"SSH <emphasis>kľúče</emphasis> umožňujú autentifikáciu medzi dvoma stanicami "
"bez potreby použitia hesla. Autentifikácia pomocou SSH kľúčov používa dva "
"kľúče, <emphasis>súkromný</emphasis> kľúč a <emphasis>verejný</emphasis> "
"kľúč."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:173(para)
msgid "To generate the keys, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Ak chceme kľúče vygenerovať, zadáme do príkazového riadka príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:177(command)
msgid "ssh-keygen -t dsa"
msgstr "ssh-keygen -t dsa"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"This will generate the keys using a <emphasis>DSA</emphasis> authentication "
"identity of the user. During the process you will be prompted for a "
"password. Simply hit <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> when prompted to create the "
"key."
msgstr ""
"Tento príkaz vygeneruje kľúče za pomoci <emphasis>DSA</emphasis> "
"autentifikačnej identity používateľa. Počas procesu sa systém opýta na "
"heslo. Pri tejto výzve stlačíme iba <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> a kľúč sa "
"vytvorí."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"By default the <emphasis>public</emphasis> key is saved in the file "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename>, while "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename> is the <emphasis>private</emphasis> key. "
"Now copy the <filename>id_dsa.pub</filename> file to the remote host and "
"append it to <filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Za normálnych okolností sa <emphasis>verejný</emphasis> kľúč uloží do súboru "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</filename> a súkromný kľúč zasa do súboru "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_dsa</filename>. Teraz nakopírujeme súbor id_dsa.pub na "
"vzdialenú stanicu a pripojíme ho do súboru "
"<filename>~/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> zadaním príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:189(command)
msgid "ssh-copy-id username@remotehost"
msgstr "ssh-copy-id pouzivatel@vzdialena_stanica"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, double check the permissions on the "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename> file, only the authenticated user "
"should have read and write permissions. If the permissions are not correct "
"change them by:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec pre istotu dvakrát skontrolujeme práva k súboru "
"<filename>authorized_keys</filename>, aby ho mohli čítať a zapisovať do neho "
"iba oprávnení používatelia. Ak práva nie sú správne nastavené, zmeníme ich "
"pomocou príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:196(command)
msgid "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"
msgstr "chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_keys"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:198(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to SSH to the host without being prompted for a "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Teraz sa budeme môcť pripojiť cez SSH k vzdialenému počítaču bez nutnosti "
"zadania hesla."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SSH\">Ubuntu Wiki SSH</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:213(ulink)
msgid "OpenSSH Website"
msgstr "OpenSSH Website"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:218(ulink)
msgid "Advanced OpenSSH Wiki Page"
msgstr "Advanced OpenSSH Wiki Page"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:226(title)
msgid "eBox"
msgstr "eBox"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"<application>eBox</application> is a web framework used to manage server "
"application configuration. The modular design of eBox allows you to pick and "
"choose which services you want to configure using eBox."
msgstr ""
"<application>eBox</application> je webové rozhranie, ktoré sa používa na "
"vzdialenú správu a konfiguráciu serverových aplikácií. Modulárne zostavenie "
"eBoxu umožňuje vybrať a nainštalovať iba tie moduly, ktorými budeme systém "
"spravovať pomocou eBoxu."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"The different <application>eBox</application> modules are split into "
"different packages, allowing you to only install those necessary. One way to "
"view the available packages is to enter the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Jednotlivé moduly systému <application>eBox</application> sú rozdelené do "
"samostatných balíčkov, čo nám umožní nainštalovať len tie, ktoré budeme "
"naozaj potrebovať. Jeden zo spôsobov, akým sa dajú zobraziť všetky dostupné "
"balíky, je pomocou príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:240(command)
msgid "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"
msgstr "apt-cache rdepends ebox | uniq"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>ebox</application> package, which contains the "
"default modules, enter the following:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme nainštalovať balík <application>ebox</application>, ktorý obsahuje "
"základný modul, zadáme nasledujúci príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:247(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ebox"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ebox"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"During the installation you will be asked to supply a password for the ebox "
"user. After installing eBox the web interface can be accessed from: "
"<emphasis>https://yourserver/ebox</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Počas inštalácie bude potrebné zadať heslo pre používateľa systému eBox. Po "
"nainštalovaní eBoxu bude webové rozhranie dostupné na adrese: "
"<emphasis>https://vasserver/ebox</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"An important thing to remember when using <application>eBox</application> is "
"that when configuring most modules there is a <emphasis>Change</emphasis> "
"button that implements the new configuration. After clicking the Change "
"button most, but not all, modules will then need to be "
"<emphasis>Saved</emphasis>. To save the new configuration click on the "
"<quote>Save changes</quote> link in the top right hand corner."
msgstr ""
"Dôležitá vec, ktorú je si potrebné pamätať pri používaní systému "
"<application>eBox</application> je to, že keď zmeníme konfiguráciu, vo "
"väčšine modulov je tlačítko <emphasis>Change</emphasis>, ktoré zmenenú "
"konfiguráciu implementuje. Po kliknutí na tlačítko Change väčšinu modulov "
"(nie všetky), je potrebné <emphasis>uložiť</emphasis>. Ak chceme novú "
"konfiguráciu uložiť, klikneme na odkaz v pravom hornom rohu s nápisom "
"<quote>Save changes</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:267(para)
msgid ""
"Once you make a change that requires a Save, the link will change from green "
"to red."
msgstr ""
"Ak vykonáte zmenu, ktorú je potrebné uložiť, odkaz zmení farbu zo zelenej na "
"červenú."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:273(title)
msgid "eBox Modules"
msgstr "eBox moduly"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"By default all eBox <emphasis>Modules</emphasis> are not enabled, and when a "
"new module is installed it will not be automatically enabled."
msgstr ""
"V základnom stave eBox <emphasis>moduly</emphasis> nie sú zapnuté. Ani po "
"nainštalovaní nového modulu sa modul automaticky nezapne."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:278(para)
msgid ""
"To enable a disabled module click on the <emphasis>Module status</emphasis> "
"link in the left hand menu. Then <emphasis role=\"italic\">check</emphasis> "
"which modules you would like to enable and click the <quote>Save</quote> "
"link."
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme zapnúť modul, klikneme na odkaz <emphasis>Module status</emphasis> "
"v ponuke na ľavej strane. Potom <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">označíme</emphasis>, ktoré moduly chceme zapnúť, a potom "
"klikneme na odkaz <quote>Save</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:284(title)
msgid "Default Modules"
msgstr "Základné moduly"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:285(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides a quick summary of the default "
"<application>eBox</application> modules."
msgstr ""
"Toto je stručný prehľad základných <application>eBox</application> modulov."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:291(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>System:</emphasis> contains options allowing configuration of "
"general eBox items."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>System:</emphasis> obsahuje možnosti na konfigurovanie základných "
"položiek rozhrania eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>General:</emphasis> allows you to set the language, port number, "
"and contains a change password form."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>General (všeobecné nastavenia):</emphasis> umožňuje nastaviť "
"jazyk, číslo portu a zmeniť heslo."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Disk Usage:</emphasis> displays a graph detailing information "
"about disk usage."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Disk Usage (využitie disku):</emphasis> zobrazí graficky "
"spracované informácie o využití diskového priestoru."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Backup:</emphasis> is used to backup "
"<application>eBox</application> configuration information, and the "
"<emphasis>Full Backup</emphasis> option allows you to save all eBox "
"information not included in the <emphasis>Configuration</emphasis> option "
"such as log files."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Backup (zálohovanie):</emphasis> sa používa na zálohovanie "
"konfiguračných volieb rozhrania <application>eBox</application>. Voľba "
"<emphasis>Full Backup</emphasis> umožňuje uložiť všetky nastavenia rozhrania "
"eBox, ktoré sa neukladajú pri voľbe <emphasis>Configuration</emphasis> "
"vrátane log súborov."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Halt/Reboot:</emphasis> will shutdown the system or reboot it."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Halt/Reboot (vypnutie/reštart):</emphasis> vypne alebo reštartuje "
"systém."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Bug Report:</emphasis> creates a file containing details helpful "
"when reporting bugs to the eBox developers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bug Report (nahlasovanie chýb):</emphasis> vytvorí súbor "
"obsahujúci detaily pri nahlasovaní chýb rozhrania eBox jeho vývojárom."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Logs:</emphasis> allows <application>eBox</application> logs to be "
"queried depending on the purge time configured."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Logs (záznamy):</emphasis> umožňuje nastaviť vytváranie záznamov "
"systému <application>eBox</application> a nastaviť pravidelné mazanie "
"starých záznamov."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Events:</emphasis> this module has the ability to send alerts "
"through rss, jabber, and log file."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Events (udalosti):</emphasis> tento modul má schopnosť odoslať "
"upozornenia prostredníctvom rss, jabberu a log súboru."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:343(emphasis)
msgid "Available Events:"
msgstr "Upozorňovanie:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Free Storage Space:</emphasis> will send alert if free disk space "
"drops below a configured percentage, 10% by default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Free Storage Space:</emphasis> odošle upozornenie ak voľné miesto "
"klesne pod nastavenú hranicu 10%."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> sends an alert when a configured logger "
"has logged something."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Log Observer:</emphasis> táto funkcia rozhrania eBox bohužiaľ "
"nefungovala v Ubuntu 7.10."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>RAID:</emphasis> will monitor the RAID system and send alerts if "
"any issues arise."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RAID:</emphasis> monitoruje diskové pole RAID a odošle varovanie "
"ak nastane nejaký problém."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:365(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service:</emphasis> sends alerts if a service restarts multiple "
"times in a short time period."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Service:</emphasis> odošle upozornenie, ak sa niektorá služba "
"počas krátkej doby viackrát po sebe reštartuje."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>State:</emphasis> alerts on the state of "
"<application>eBox</application>, either up or down."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>State:</emphasis> upozorní na stav rozhrania eBox, či je "
"naštartované alebo nie."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:380(emphasis)
msgid "Dispatchers:"
msgstr "Dispatchers (hlásiče):"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:384(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Log:</emphasis> this dispatcher will send event messages to the "
"<application>eBox</application> log file "
"<filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Log: tento hlásič odošle správy do log súboru rozhrania "
"<application>eBox</application> s názvom "
"<filename>/var/log/ebox/ebox.log</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:391(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Jabber:</emphasis> before enabling this dispatcher you must first "
"configure it by clicking on the <quote>Configure</quote> icon."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jabber:</emphasis> pred zapnutím tohto hlásiča ho musíte najskôr "
"nastaviť kliknutím na ikonu “Configure”."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:397(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>RSS:</emphasis> once this dispatcher is configured you can "
"subscribe to the link in order to view event alerts."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>RSS:</emphasis> po nastavení tohto hlásiča sa môžete prihlásiť k "
"odberu upozornení prostredníctvom kanála RSS."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:410(title)
msgid "Additional Modules"
msgstr "Ďalšie moduly"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"Here is a quick description of other available "
"<application>eBox</application> modules:"
msgstr ""
"Toto je stručný prehľad ostatných dostupných modulov pre rozhranie eBox:"

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Network:</emphasis> allows configuration of the server's network "
"options through eBox."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Network (sieť):</emphasis> umožňuje nastavenie sieťových nastavení "
"servera prostredníctvom rozhrania eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:422(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Firewall:</emphasis> configures firewall options for the eBox host."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Firewall:</emphasis> nastavuje možnosti firewallu pre hosta s "
"rozhraním eBox."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>UsersandGroups:</emphasis> this module will manage users and "
"groups contained in an <application>OpenLDAP</application> LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>UsersandGroups (používatelia a skupiny):</emphasis> tento modul "
"umožňuje spravovať používateľov a skupiny, ktoré sa nachádzajú v LDAP "
"adresári <application>OpenLDAP</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>DHCP:</emphasis> provides an interface for configuring a DHCP "
"server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DHCP:</emphasis> poskytuje rozhranie pre konfiguráciu DHCP servera."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:438(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>DNS:</emphasis> provides <application>BIND9</application> DNS "
"server configuration options."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>DNS:</emphasis> poskytuje rozhranie pre konfiguráciu DNS servera "
"<application>BIND9</application>."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Objects:</emphasis> allow configuration of eBox <emphasis>Network "
"Objects</emphasis>, which allow you to assign a name to an IP address or "
"group of IPs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Objects (objekty):</emphasis> umožňuje pomocou rozhrania eBox "
"nastaviť <emphasis>Network Objects (sieťové objekty)</emphasis>, ktoré "
"umožňujú priradiť meno IP adrese alebo skupine IP adries."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:451(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Services:</emphasis> displays configuration information for "
"services that are available to the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Services (služby):</emphasis> zobrazí informácie o nastavení "
"služieb dostupných zo siete."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:457(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Squid:</emphasis> configuration options for the "
"<application>Squid</application> proxy server."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Squid:</emphasis> poskytuje rozhranie pre konfiguráciu proxy "
"servera Squid."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>CA:</emphasis> configures a Certificate Authority for the server."
msgstr "<emphasis>CA:</emphasis> nastaví Certifikačnú Autoritu pre server."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:468(para)
msgid "<emphasis>NTP:</emphasis> set Network Time Protocol options."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>NTP:</emphasis> nastavuje možnosti protokolu Network Time Protocol."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:473(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Printers:</emphasis> allows the configuration of printers."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Printers (tlačiarne):</emphasis> umožňuje konfigurovať tlačiarne."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:478(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Samba:</emphasis> configuration options for Samba."
msgstr "<emphasis>Samba:</emphasis> umožňuje konfigurovať Samba server."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:483(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>OpenVPN:</emphasis> setup options for OpenVPN Virtual Private "
"Network application."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>OpenVPN:</emphasis> umožňuje nastaviť Virtuálnu privátnu sieť "
"OpenVPN."

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/eBox\">eBox Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/remote-administration.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"For more information also see the <ulink url=\"http://ebox-"
"platform.com/\">eBox Home Page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:13(title)
msgid "Package Management"
msgstr "Správa balíkov"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu features a comprehensive package management system for the "
"installation, upgrade, configuration, and removal of software. In addition "
"to providing access to an organized base of over 24,000 software packages "
"for your Ubuntu computer, the package management facilities also feature "
"dependency resolution capabilities and software update checking."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu ponúka komplexný systém pre správu balíkov, t.j. pre inštaláciu, "
"aktualizáciu, konfiguráciu a odobratie softvéru. Okrem toho, že nám Ubuntu "
"poskytne prístup k vyše 24 000 zotriedených softvérových balíkov pre náš "
"počítač, systém pre správu balíkov vyrieši aj vzájomné závislosti balíkov a "
"kontrolu aktualizácií softvéru."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:16(para)
msgid ""
"Several tools are available for interacting with Ubuntu's package management "
"system, from simple command-line utilities which may be easily automated by "
"system administrators, to a simple graphical interface which is easy to use "
"by those new to Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Existujú viaceré nástroje, ktoré spolupracujú so správcom balíkov Ubuntu od "
"jednoduchých príkazov príkazového riadka, ktoré môžu byť jednoducho "
"zautomatizované správcom systému, až po jednoduché grafické rozhranie, ktoré "
"je ľahko ovládateľné aj pre nováčikov."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:21(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu's package management system is derived from the same system used by "
"the Debian GNU/Linux distribution. The package files contain all of the "
"necessary files, meta-data, and instructions to implement a particular "
"functionality or software application on your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""
"Systém správy balíkov Ubuntu je odvodený od rovnakého, ako používa GNU/Linux "
"distribúcia Debian. Súbory balíkov obsahujú všetky potrebné súbory, metadáta "
"a inštrukcie pre implementáciu jednotlivých funkcionalít alebo softvérových "
"aplikácií pre náš počítač."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"Debian package files typically have the extension '.deb', and typically "
"exist in <emphasis role=\"italics\">repositories</emphasis> which are "
"collections of packages found on various media, such as CD-ROM discs, or "
"online. Packages are normally of the pre-compiled binary format; thus "
"installation is quick and requires no compiling of software."
msgstr ""
"Súbory balíkov Debianu majú väčšinou príponu '.deb' a sú väčšinou uložené v "
"Zdrojoch softvéru (repozitároch), ktoré predstavujú zbierku balíkov "
"nachádzajúcich sa na rôznych médiách ako napríklad disky CD-ROM alebo "
"Internet. Balíky sú väčšinou prekompilované do binárneho tvaru, preto je ich "
"inštalácia rýchla a nevyžadujú ďalší softvér pre kompilovanie softvéru."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:27(para)
msgid ""
"Many complex packages use the concept of <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">dependencies</emphasis>. Dependencies are additional "
"packages required by the principal package in order to function properly. "
"For example, the speech synthesis package "
"<application>Festival</application> depends upon the package "
"<application>libasound2</application>, which is a package supplying the "
"<application>ALSA</application> sound library needed for audio playback. In "
"order for <application>Festival</application> to function, it and all of its "
"dependencies must be installed. The software management tools in Ubuntu will "
"do this automatically."
msgstr ""
"Mnoho komplexnejších balíkov používa koncept <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">závislostí</emphasis>. Závislosti sú prídavné baliky, ktoré "
"sú požadované hlavným balíkom k tomu, aby správne fungoval. Napríklad balík "
"pre syntézu hlasu <application>Festival</application> závisí od balíka "
"<application>libasound2</application>, čo je balík obsahujúci zvukovú "
"knižnicu <application>ALSA</application>, ktorá je potrebná na prehrávanie "
"zvuku. Aby <application>Festival</application> správne fungoval, musí byť "
"tento balík a ostatné závislé balíky nainštalované. Systém správy balíkov "
"Ubuntu to urobí automaticky."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:32(title)
msgid "dpkg"
msgstr "dpkg"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"<application>dpkg</application> is a package manager for "
"<emphasis>Debian</emphasis> based systems. It can install, remove, and build "
"packages, but unlike other package management system's it can not "
"automatically download and install packages and their dependencies. This "
"section covers using <application>dpkg</application> to manage locally "
"installed packages:"
msgstr ""
"<application>dpkg</application> je správca balíkov pre systémy postavené na "
"<emphasis>Debiane</emphasis>. Umožňuje inštalovať, odstraňovať a zostavovať "
"balíky, ale na rozdiel od ostatných systémov na správu balíkov nemôže "
"automaticky sťahovať a nainštalovať balíky a ich závislosti. Táto časť "
"príručky hovorí o tom, ako sa dá <application>dpkg</application> využiť na "
"správu lokálne nainštalovaných balíkov:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"To list all packages installed on the system, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme zobraziť zoznam všetkých nainštalovaných balíkov v systéme, zadáme "
"do príkazového riadka príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:48(command)
msgid "dpkg -l"
msgstr "dpkg -l"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the amount of packages on your system, this can generate a "
"large amount of output. Pipe the output through "
"<application>grep</application> to see if a specific package is installed:"
msgstr ""
"V systéme je zvyčajne nainštalované veľké množstvo balíkov, preto výstup "
"tohto príkazu bude rozsiahly. Príkaz však môžeme pomocou zvislého lomítka "
"prepojiť s príkazom <application>grep</application> a obmedziť tak výstup "
"iba na určitý typ nainštalovaných balíkov:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:60(command)
msgid "dpkg -l | grep apache2"
msgstr "dpkg -l | grep apache2"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> with any package name, part of a "
"package name, or other regular expression."
msgstr ""
"Výraz <emphasis>apache2</emphasis> môžeme nahradiť menom akéhokoľvek iného "
"balíka, časťou mena alebo môžeme použiť tzv. regulárny výraz."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:70(para)
msgid ""
"To list the files installed by a package, in this case the "
"<application>ufw</application> package, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme zobraziť súbory, ktoré boli nainštalované nejakým balíkom (v našom "
"prípade balíkom <application>ufw</application>), zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:75(command)
msgid "dpkg -L ufw"
msgstr "dpkg -L ufw"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"If you are not sure which package installed a file, <application>dpkg -"
"S</application> may be able to tell you. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Ak potrebujeme vedieť, ktorý balík nainštaloval nejaký súbor, príkaz "
"<application>dpkg -S</application>nám to možno prezradí. Napríklad:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:87(command)
msgid "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "dpkg -S /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:88(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "base-files: /etc/host.conf"
msgstr "base-files: /etc/host.conf"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:91(para)
msgid ""
"The output shows that the <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> belongs to the "
"<application>base-files</application> package."
msgstr ""
"Výstup hovorí, že súbor <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> je súčasťou "
"balíka <application>base-files</application>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"Many files are automatically generated during the package install process, "
"and even though they are on the filesystem <command>dpkg -S</command> may "
"not know which package they belong to."
msgstr ""
"Mnoho súborov je počas inštalačného procesu automaticky vygenerovaných. "
"Preto o niektorých súboroch v systéme súborov príkaz <command>dpkg -"
"S</command> nevie zistiť, ku ktorému balíku prislúchajú."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:105(para)
msgid "You can install a local <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> file by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme nainštalovať <emphasis>.deb</emphasis> balík, ktorý sa už nachádza "
"v počítači, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:110(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"
msgstr "sudo dpkg -i zip_2.32-1_i386.deb"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> to the actual file name of "
"the local .deb file."
msgstr ""
"Názov <filename>zip_2.32-1_i386.deb</filename> zmeníme na príslušný názov "
".deb súboru."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:120(para)
msgid "Uninstalling a package can be accomplished by:"
msgstr "Tento balík je tiež možné odinštalovať príkazom:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:125(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg -r zip"
msgstr "sudo dpkg -r zip"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"Uninstalling packages using <application>dpkg</application>, in most cases, "
"is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> recommended. It is better to use a package "
"manager that handles dependencies, to ensure that the system is in a "
"consistent state. For example using <command>dpkg -r</command> you can "
"remove the <application>zip</application> package, but any packages that "
"depend on it will still be installed and may no longer function correctly."
msgstr ""
"Odinštalovanie balíkov pomocou <application>dpkg</application> vo väčšine "
"prípadov <emphasis>NEODPORÚČAME</emphasis>. Je lepšie použiť správcu "
"balíkov, ktorý rieši závislosti, aby bol systém stále v konzistentnom stave. "
"Napríklad ak odinštalujete balík pomocou <command>dpkg -r</command>, "
"odstránite síce balík <application>zip</application>, ale iné balíky, ktoré "
"sú od neho závislé nemusia potom správne fungovať."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> options see the man page: "
"<command>man dpkg</command>."
msgstr ""
"Viac o možnostiach <application>dpkg</application> sa dozvieme na stránkach "
"man: <command>man dpkg</command>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:146(title)
msgid "Apt-Get"
msgstr "Apt-Get"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>apt-get</application> command is a powerful command-line "
"tool used to work with Ubuntu's <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> "
"(APT) performing such functions as installation of new software packages, "
"upgrade of existing software packages, updating of the package list index, "
"and even upgrading the entire Ubuntu system."
msgstr ""
"Príkaz <application>apt-get</application> je mocný nástroj príkazového "
"riadka, ktorý pracuje s <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) - "
"rozšíreným balíkovacím nástrojom a vykonáva také funkcie ako inštalovanie "
"nových softvérových balíkov, aktualizáciu existujúcich softvérových balíkov, "
"aktualizáciu zoznamu balíkov a dokonca aj prechod na novú verziu celého "
"systému Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:150(para)
msgid ""
"Being a simple command-line tool, <application>apt-get</application> has "
"numerous advantages over other package management tools available in Ubuntu "
"for server administrators. Some of these advantages include ease of use over "
"simple terminal connections (SSH) and the ability to be used in system "
"administration scripts, which can in turn be automated by the "
"<application>cron</application> scheduling utility."
msgstr ""
"Vďaka tomu, že sa jedná o jednoduchý nástroj príkazového riadka, "
"<application>apt-get</application> poskytuje správcom servera mnoho výhod "
"oproti ostatným nástrojom na správu balíkov. Niektoré z výhod sú napríklad "
"jednoduché použitie pri terminálovom (SSH) pripojení a možnosť použitia v "
"skriptoch, čo umožňuje jeho automatické naplánované spúšťanie pomocou "
"nástroja <application>cron</application>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:157(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install a Package</emphasis>: Installation of "
"packages using the <application>apt-get</application> tool is quite simple. "
"For example, to install the network scanner <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis>, type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inštalácia balíka:</emphasis> Inštalácia balíkov "
"pomocou nástroja <application>apt-get</application> je veľmi jednoduchá. "
"Napríklad, ak chceme nainštalovať skener siete <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">nmap</emphasis>, zadáme toto: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove a Package</emphasis>: Removal of a package or "
"packages is also a straightforward and simple process. To remove the nmap "
"package installed in the previous example, type the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Odstránenie balíka</emphasis>: Odstránenie balíka je "
"tiež priamočiary a jednoduchý proces. Ak chceme odstrániť balík nmap, ktorý "
"sme nainštalovali v predchádzajúcom príklade, zadáme nasledujúci príkaz:  "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get remove nmap</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Multiple Packages</emphasis>: You may specify "
"multiple packages to be installed or removed, separated by spaces."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Viaceré balíky</emphasis>: Pri inštalovaní alebo "
"odstraňovaní môžete zadať viaceré balíky oddelené medzerami."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:175(para)
msgid ""
"Also, adding the <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> options to <command>apt-get "
"remove</command> will remove the package configuration files as well. This "
"may or may not be the desired effect so use with caution."
msgstr ""
"Pridaním voľby <emphasis>--purge</emphasis> k príkazu <command>apt-get "
"remove</command>, odstránime aj súbory s nastaveniami, ktoré boli vytvorené "
"balíkom. To môže, ale nemusí mať za následok želaný efekt, preto je túto "
"voľbu potrebné používať opatrne."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update the Package Index</emphasis>: The APT package "
"index is essentially a database of available packages from the repositories "
"defined in the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file. To update "
"the local package index with the latest changes made in repositories, type "
"the following: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aktualizácia zoznamu balíkov</emphasis>: Zoznam "
"balíkov APT je v podstate databáza dostupných balíkov zo zdrojov softvéru "
"definovaných v  súbore <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Ak chceme "
"aktualizovať lokálne uložený zoznam balíkov a zahrnúť do neho posledné zmeny "
"v zdrojoch softvéru, zadáme príkaz: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get update</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: Over time, updated "
"versions of packages currently installed on your computer may become "
"available from the package repositories (for example security updates). To "
"upgrade your system, first update your package index as outlined above, and "
"then type: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aktualizácia balíkov</emphasis>: Časom sa v zdrojoch "
"softvéru objavia novšie verzie balíkov, ktoré sú práve nainštalované v "
"počítači (napríklad bezpečnostné aktualizácie). Ak chceme aktualizovať náš "
"systém, najskôr aktualizujeme zoznam balíkov a potom zadáme: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get upgrade</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"For information on upgrading to a new Ubuntu release see <xref "
"linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Informácie o tom, ako prejsť na novú verziu Ubuntu sa nachádzajú v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"installing-upgrading\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
"Some examples of popular uses for the <application>apt-get</application> "
"utility: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Príklady najčastejšieho použitia nástroja <application>apt-"
"get</application>: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"Actions of the <application>apt-get</application> command, such as "
"installation and removal of packages, are logged in the /var/log/dpkg.log "
"log file."
msgstr ""
"Akcie príkazu <application>apt-get</application> ako inštalovanie a "
"odstraňovanie balíkov sú zaznamenávané do súboru /var/log/dpkg.log."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"For further information about the use of <application>APT</application>, "
"read the comprehensive <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-"
"manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User Manual</ulink> or type: <screen>apt-get "
"help</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Ďalšie informácie o používaní <application>APT</application> sa dozvieme v "
"anglickom jazyku na stránke <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/user-"
"manuals#apt-howto\">Debian APT User Manual</ulink> alebo zadaním: "
"<screen>apt-get help</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:208(title)
msgid "Aptitude"
msgstr "Aptitude"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:209(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> is a menu-driven, text-based front-end "
"to the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) system. Many of "
"the common package management functions, such as installation, removal, and "
"upgrade, are performed in <application>Aptitude</application> with single-"
"key commands, which are typically lowercase letters."
msgstr ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> je nadstavba systému <emphasis>Advanced "
"Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) s textovým rozhraním. Poskytuje mnoho "
"funkcií na správu balíkov, ako inštalovanie, odstraňovanie a aktualizovanie, "
"ktoré sa väčšinou vykonávajú stlačením jedného malého písmena."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Aptitude</application> is best suited for use in a non-"
"graphical terminal environment to ensure proper functioning of the command "
"keys. You may start <application>Aptitude</application> as a normal user "
"with the following command at a terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>Aptitude</application> je prispôsobený na použitie v "
"textovom prostredí terminálu, aby správne fungovali všetky kľúčové príkazy. "
"<application>Aptitude</application> môžeme spustiť zadaním nasledujúceho "
"príkazu do príkazového riadka: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo aptitude</command>\n"
"</screen>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"When <application>Aptitude</application> starts, you will see a menu bar at "
"the top of the screen and two panes below the menu bar. The top pane "
"contains package categories, such as <emphasis role=\"italics\">New "
"Packages</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"italics\">Not Installed "
"Packages</emphasis>. The bottom pane contains information related to the "
"packages and package categories."
msgstr ""
"Po spustení <application>Aptitude</application> uvidíme ponuku v hornej "
"časti obrazovky a dve ďalšie časti okna pod ním. Horná časť obsahuje "
"kategórie balíkov ako napríklad <emphasis role=\"italics\">Nové "
"balíky</emphasis> alebo <emphasis role=\"italics\">Nenainštalované "
"balíky</emphasis>. Dolná časť obsahuje informácie, ktoré sa vzťahujú na "
"balíky a kategórie balíkov."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:222(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>Aptitude</application> for package management is "
"relatively straightforward, and the user interface makes common tasks simple "
"to perform. The following are examples of common package management "
"functions as performed in <application>Aptitude</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Používanie <application>Aptitude</application> na správu balíkov je "
"relatívne jednoduché, pretože používateľské rozhranie umožňuje jednoducho "
"vykonať bežné úlohy.  Nasledujúce príklady demonštrujú, ako sa tieto bežné "
"úlohy spojené so správou balíkov dajú urobiť pomocou "
"<application>Aptitude</application>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Install Packages</emphasis>: To install a package, "
"locate the package via the Not Installed Packages package category, for "
"example, by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"key, and highlight the package you wish to install. After highlighting the "
"package you wish to install, press the <keycap>+</keycap> key, and the "
"package entry should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">green</emphasis>, "
"indicating it has been marked for installation. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> "
"to be presented with a summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> "
"again, and you will be prompted to become root to complete the installation. "
"Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter "
"your user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once "
"more and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> "
"prompt, and downloading and installation of the package will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Inštalácia balíkov</emphasis>: Ak chceme "
"nainštalovať balík, vyhľadáme ho v kategórii Nenainštalované balíky, "
"napríklad pomocou šipiek klávesnice a klávesy <keycap>ENTER</keycap> a "
"presuieme sa na balík, ktorý chceme nainštalovať. Potom stlačíme na "
"klávesnici <keycap>+</keycap> a názov balíka by sa mal zafarbiť <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">zelenou</emphasis> farbou, čo indikuje, že balík je vybraný "
"na inštaláciu. Teraz stlačíme <keycap>g</keycap>, aby sa zobrazil sumár "
"akcií, ktoré sa budú vykonávať s balíkmi. Stlačíme <keycap>g</keycap> znova, "
"čím spustíme správu balíkov. Kvôli bezpečnosti nás systém pred tým, ako bude "
"pokračovať, ešte vyzve, aby sme zadali heslo. Stlačíme "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> a zobrazí sa výzva Heslo:. Zadáme naše heslo, a tým "
"získame oprávnenia na manipuláciu s balíkmi. Nakoniec stlačíme ešte raz "
"<keycap>g</keycap> a systém sa opýta, či naozaj chceme vykonať požadované "
"zmeny. Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap> na <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Pokračovať</emphasis> a sťahovanie a inštalácia balíkov "
"prebehne."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:230(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove Packages</emphasis>: To remove a package, "
"locate the package via the Installed Packages package category, for example, "
"by using the keyboard arrow keys and the <keycap>ENTER</keycap> key, and "
"highlight the package you wish to remove. After highlighting the package you "
"wish to install, press the <keycap>-</keycap> key, and the package entry "
"should turn <emphasis role=\"italics\">pink</emphasis>, indicating it has "
"been marked for removal. Now press <keycap>g</keycap> to be presented with a "
"summary of package actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be "
"prompted to become root to complete the installation. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your "
"user password to become root. Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, "
"and you'll be prompted to download the package. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"on the <emphasis role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and removal of "
"the package will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Odstraňovanie balíkov</emphasis>: Ak chceme "
"odstrániť balík, vyhľadáme ho v kategórii Nainštalované balíky, napríklad "
"pomocou pomocou šipiek klávesnice a klávesy <keycap>ENTER</keycap> a "
"presunieme sa na balík, ktorý chceme odstrániť. Potom stlačíme na klávesnici "
"<keycap>-</keycap> a názov balíka by sa mal zafarbiť ružovou farbou, čo "
"indikuje, že balík je vybraný na odstránenie. Teraz stlačíme "
"<keycap>g</keycap>, aby sa zobrazil sumár akcií, ktoré sa budú vykonávať s "
"balíkmi. Stlačíme <keycap>g</keycap> znova, čím spustíme správu balíkov. "
"Kvôli bezpečnosti nás systém pred tým, ako bude pokračovať, ešte vyzve, aby "
"sme zadali heslo. Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap> a zobrazí sa výzva Heslo:. "
"Zadáme naše heslo, a tým získame oprávnenia na manipuláciu s balíkmi. "
"Nakoniec stlačíme ešte raz <keycap>g</keycap> a systém sa opýta, či naozaj "
"chceme vykonať požadované zmeny. Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap> na "
"<emphasis role=\"italics\">Pokračovať</emphasis> a balíky sa odstránia."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Update Package Index</emphasis>: To update the "
"package index, simply press the <keycap>u</keycap> key and you will be "
"prompted to become root to complete the update. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> "
"which will result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become "
"root. Updating of the package index will commence. Press "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the OK prompt when the download dialog is "
"presented to complete the process."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aktualizácia zoznamu balíkov</emphasis>: Ak chceme "
"aktualizovať zoznam balíkov, jednoducho stlačíme na klávesnici "
"<keycap>u</keycap>. Kvôli bezpečnosti nás systém pred tým, ako bude "
"pokračovať, ešte vyzve, aby sme zadali heslo. Stlačíme "
"<keycap>ENTER</keycap> a zobrazí sa výzva Heslo:. Zadáme naše heslo, a tým "
"získame oprávnenia na manipuláciu s balíkmi. Po tomto kroku prebehne "
"aktualizácia zoznamu balíkov. Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap>na OK, keď sa "
"zobrazí dialóg o dokončení sťahovania."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upgrade Packages</emphasis>: To upgrade packages, "
"perform the update of the package index as detailed above, and then press "
"the <keycap>U</keycap> key to mark all packages with updates. Now press "
"<keycap>g</keycap> whereby you'll be presented with a summary of package "
"actions. Press <keycap>g</keycap> again, and you will be prompted to become "
"root to complete the installation. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> which will "
"result in a Password: prompt. Enter your user password to become root. "
"Finally, press <keycap>g</keycap> once more, and you'll be prompted to "
"download the packages. Press <keycap>ENTER</keycap> on the <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Continue</emphasis> prompt, and upgrade of the packages "
"will commence."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Aktualizácia balíkov</emphasis>: Ak chceme "
"aktualizovať balíky, najskôr zaktualizujeme zoznam balíkov podľa vyššie "
"uvedeného postupu a potom stlačíme na klávesnici veľké <keycap>U</keycap>, "
"čím sa vyberú balíky na aktualizáciu. Stlačíme <keycap>g</keycap>, aby sa "
"zobrazil sumár akcií, ktoré sa budú vykonávať s balíkmi. Stlačíme "
"<keycap>g</keycap> znova, čím spustíme správu balíkov. Kvôli bezpečnosti nás "
"systém pred tým, ako bude pokračovať, ešte vyzve, aby sme zadali heslo. "
"Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap> a zobrazí sa výzva Heslo:. Zadáme naše "
"heslo, a tým získame oprávnenia na manipuláciu s balíkmi. Nakoniec stlačíme "
"ešte raz <keycap>g</keycap> a systém sa opýta, či naozaj chceme vykonať "
"požadované zmeny. Stlačíme <keycap>ENTER</keycap> na <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">Pokračovať</emphasis> a sťahovanie a aktualizácia balíkov "
"prebehne."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:245(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Installed package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: Nainštalovaný balík"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:250(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Package not installed, but package "
"configuration remains on system"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">c</emphasis>: Balík nie je nainštalovaný, ale "
"konfigurácia balíka sa nachádza v systéme"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:254(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Purged from system"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">p</emphasis>: Odstránený zo systému"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:258(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtual package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">v</emphasis>: Virtuálny balík"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:262(para)
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Broken package"
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B</emphasis>: Poškodený balík"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Unpacked files, but package not yet "
"configured"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">u</emphasis>: Súbory sú rozbalené, ale balík ešte "
"nie je nakonfigurovaný"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:270(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Half-configured - Configuration failed "
"and requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">C</emphasis>: Čiastočne nakonfigurovaný - "
"konfigurácia zlyhala a vyžaduje opravu"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:274(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Half-installed - Removal failed and "
"requires fix"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">H</emphasis>: Čiastočne nainštalovaný - "
"odstraňovanie zlyhalo a vyžaduje opravu"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:242(para)
msgid ""
"The first column of information displayed in the package list in the top "
"pane, when actually viewing packages lists the current state of the package, "
"and uses the following key to describe the state of the package: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Pri prezeraní zoznamu balíkov vo vrchnej časti okna je v prvom stĺpci "
"zobrazený aktuálny stav balíka, ktorý môže obsahovať tieto skratky opisujúce "
"stav balíka: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:280(para)
msgid ""
"To exit Aptitude, simply press the <keycap>q</keycap> key and confirm you "
"wish to exit. Many other functions are available from the Aptitude menu by "
"pressing the <keycap>F10</keycap> key."
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme ukončť Aptitude, jednoducho stlačíme na klávesnici "
"<keycap>q</keycap> a potvrdíme, že chceme skončiť. V ponuke Aptitude sa "
"nachádza mnoho ďalších funkcií, vyvoláme ju stlačením keycap>F10</keycap> na "
"klávesnici."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:285(title)
msgid "Automatic Updates"
msgstr "Automatické aktualzácie"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:287(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package can be used to "
"automatically install updated packages, and can be configured to update all "
"packages or just install security updates. First, install the package by "
"entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Balík <application>unattended-upgrades</application> môžeme použiť na "
"automatickú inštaláciu aktualizovaných balíkov. Môžeme ho nastaviť tak, aby "
"aktualizoval všetky balíky alebo iba inštaloval bezpečnostné aktualizácie. "
"Nainštalujeme ho zadaním príkazu do príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:293(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install unattended-upgrades"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> and adjust "
"the following to fit your needs:"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>unattended-upgrades</application> sa konfiguruje "
"pomocou súboru <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-"
"upgrades</filename>. Otvoríme ho a upravíme nasledujúce nastavenia tak, ako "
"potrebujeme:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:301(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
"        \"Ubuntu lucid-security\";\n"
"//      \"Ubuntu lucid-updates\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {\n"
"        \"Ubuntu lucid-security\";\n"
"//      \"Ubuntu lucid-updates\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:308(para)
msgid ""
"Certain packages can also be <emphasis>blacklisted</emphasis> and therefore "
"will not be automatically updated. To blacklist a package, add it to the "
"list:"
msgstr ""
"Niektoré balíky môžeme dať na <emphasis>čiernu listinu</emphasis>, aby sa "
"neaktualizovali automaticky. Ak chceme zakázať automatickú aktualizáciu "
"niektorého balíka, dopíšeme ho do zoznamu:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:313(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {\n"
"//      \"vim\";\n"
"//      \"libc6\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-dev\";\n"
"//      \"libc6-i686\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:323(para)
msgid ""
"The double <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> serve as comments, so "
"whatever follows \"//\" will not be evaluated."
msgstr ""
"Dve lomítka <emphasis><quote>//</quote></emphasis> znamenajú poznámku, "
"čokoľvek za \"//\" sa nebude spracovávať."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"To enable automatic updates, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/10periodic</filename> and set the appropriate "
"<application>apt</application> configuration options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:332(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"APT::Periodic::Update-Package-Lists \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Download-Upgradeable-Packages \"1\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::AutocleanInterval \"7\";\n"
"APT::Periodic::Unattended-Upgrade \"1\";\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration updates the package list, downloads, and installs "
"available upgrades every day. The local download archive is cleaned every "
"week."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"You can read more about <application>apt</application> Periodic "
"configuration options in the <filename>/etc/cron.daily/apt</filename> script "
"header."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:350(para)
msgid ""
"The results of <application>unattended-upgrades</application> will be logged "
"to <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Výstupy <application>unattended-upgrades</application> budú zaznamenávané do "
"súboru <filename>/var/log/unattended-upgrades</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:355(title)
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "Oznamovanie"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> will enable "
"<application>unattended-upgrades</application> to email an administrator "
"detailing any packages that need upgrading or have problems."
msgstr ""
"Nastavením hodnoty <emphasis>Unattended-Upgrade::Mail</emphasis> v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/50unattended-upgrades</filename> povolíme "
"nástroju <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, aby posielal "
"správcovi emaily obsahujúce podrobnosti o balíkoch, ktoré je potrebné "
"aktualizovať alebo majú iný problém."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful package is <application>apticron</application>. "
"<application>apticron</application> will configure a "
"<application>cron</application> job to email an administrator information "
"about any packages on the system that have updates available, as well as a "
"summary of changes in each package."
msgstr ""
"Iný užitočný nástroj je <application>apticron</application>. Nástroj "
"<application>apticron</application> nastaví úlohu pre plánovač cron, ktorá "
"bude emailom odosielať správcovi informácie o balíkoch, ktoré je potrebné "
"aktualizovať spolu so sumárom zmien každého balíka."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"To install the <application>apticron</application> package, in a terminal "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme nainštalovať nástroj <application>apticron</application>, zadáme "
"príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:373(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install apticron"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install apticron"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:376(para)
msgid ""
"Once the package is installed edit "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, to set the email address "
"and other options:"
msgstr ""
"Keď je nástroj nainštalovaný, môžeme nastaviť emailovú adresu v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/apticron/apticron.conf</filename>, na ktorú sa budú odosielať "
"emaily:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:380(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"root@example.com\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"EMAIL=\"spravca@nieco.sk\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Configuration of the <emphasis>Advanced Packaging Tool</emphasis> (APT) "
"system repositories is stored in the /etc/apt/sources.list configuration "
"file. An example of this file is referenced here, along with information on "
"adding or removing repository references from the file."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurácia zdrojov softvéru systému <emphasis>Advanced Packaging "
"Tool</emphasis> (APT) je uložená v súbore /etc/apt/sources.list. V tejto "
"časti si ukážeme, ako sa do tohto súboru pridávajú a odstraňujú zdroje "
"softvéru."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:395(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">Here</ulink> is a simple example of a "
"typical <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"Jednoduchý príklad súboru <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> nájdete "
"na tejto stránke <ulink url=\"../sample/sources.list\">príklad "
"konfiguračného súboru APT</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"You may edit the file to enable repositories or disable them. For example, "
"to disable the requirement of inserting the Ubuntu CD-ROM whenever package "
"operations occur, simply comment out the appropriate line for the CD-ROM, "
"which appears at the top of the file:"
msgstr ""
"Súbor môžeme otvoriť a pridať alebo odobrať zdroje softvéru. Napríklad, ak "
"chceme vypnúť požiadavku na vloženie Ubuntu CD-ROM disku, ktorá sa zjavuje "
"pri operáciách s balíkmi, jednoducho zapoznámkujeme príslušný riadok pre CD-"
"ROM, ktorý sa nachádza hneď na začiatku tohto súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:404(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
"# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
"main restricted\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# no more prompting for CD-ROM please\n"
"# deb cdrom:[Ubuntu 10.04_Lucid_Lynx - Release i386 (20070419.1)]/ lucid "
"main restricted\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:410(title)
msgid "Extra Repositories"
msgstr "Prídavné zdroje softvéru"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:411(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to the officially supported package repositories available for "
"Ubuntu, there exist additional community-maintained repositories which add "
"thousands more potential packages for installation. Two of the most popular "
"are the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> "
"repositories. These repositories are not officially supported by Ubuntu, but "
"because they are maintained by the community they generally provide packages "
"which are safe for use with your Ubuntu computer."
msgstr ""
"Ako dodatok ku oficiálnym zdrojom podporovaných balíkov pre Ubuntu existujú "
"prídavné, komunitami spravované zdroje softvéru, ktoré môžu pridať tisíce "
"ďalších balíkov. Dva najpopulárnejšie zdroje softvéru sú "
"<emphasis>Universe</emphasis> a <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis>. Tieto "
"zdroje nie sú oficiálne podporované Ubuntu, ale pretože sú spravované "
"komunitou, poskytujú balíky, ktoré môžeme bezpečne používať na našom "
"počítači."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"Packages in the <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repository often have "
"licensing issues that prevent them from being distributed with a free "
"operating system, and they may be illegal in your locality."
msgstr ""
"Balíky v zdroji <emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> majú často licenčné "
"obmedzenia, ktoré bránia v ich distribúcii spolu so slobodným operačným "
"systémom, a ich použitie je v niektorých krajinách nelegálne."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"Be advised that neither the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories contain officially supported "
"packages. In particular, there may not be security updates for these "
"packages."
msgstr ""
"Upozorňujeme, že ani jeden zo zdrojov <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> a "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> neobsahujú oficiálne podporované balíky. "
"Preto pre tieto balíky nemusia byť dostupné bezpečnostné aktualizácie."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:420(para)
msgid ""
"Many other package sources are available, sometimes even offering only one "
"package, as in the case of package sources provided by the developer of a "
"single application. You should always be very careful and cautious when "
"using non-standard package sources, however. Research the source and "
"packages carefully before performing any installation, as some package "
"sources and their packages could render your system unstable or non-"
"functional in some respects."
msgstr ""
"Existuje ešte mnoho ďalších dostupných zdrojov, z ktorých niektoré obsahujú "
"len jeden balík, napríklad ak ho poskytuje vývojár vyvýjajúci iba jednu "
"aplikáciu. Pred použitím takéhoto neštandardného zdroja by sme mali byť vždy "
"veľmi opatrní. Pred použitím takéhoto zdroja je potrebné dôkladne preskúmať "
"zdrojové kódy jeho balíkov, pretože takéto balíky môžu spôsobiť nestabilitu "
"alebo nefunkčnosť nášho systému."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:423(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> repositories are enabled but if you would "
"like to disable them edit <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and "
"comment the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"V základnom stave sú zdroje softvéru <emphasis>Universe</emphasis> a "
"<emphasis>Multiverse</emphasis> zapnuté, ale ak ich chcete vypnúť, "
"zakomentujte v súbore <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> tieto "
"riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:430(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://us.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid universe multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb-src http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid universe\n"
"deb http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"deb-src http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates universe\n"
"\n"
"deb http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid multiverse\n"
"deb http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://sk.archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ lucid-updates multiverse\n"
"\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security universe\n"
"deb http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"
"deb-src http://security.ubuntu.com/ubuntu lucid-security multiverse\n"

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"Most of the material covered in this chapter is available in "
"<application>man</application> pages, many of which are available online."
msgstr ""
"Väčšina informácií, ktoré sme použili v tejto kapitole, je dostupná na "
"stránkach <application>man</application> a veľa je tiež dostupných online."

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/InstallingSoftware\">InstallingSoftwa"
"re</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
"man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:474(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
"HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/apt-get.8.html\">apt-"
"get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding <application>apt-"
"get</application> usage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:481(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptitu"
"de man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/package-management.xml:487(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> page contains more details on "
"adding repositories."
msgstr ""
"Stránka <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Repositories/Ubuntu\">Adding "
"Repositories HOWTO (Ubuntu Wiki)</ulink> obsahuje viac informácii o "
"pridávaní zdrojov softvéru."

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:13(title)
msgid "Other Useful Applications"
msgstr "Ďalšie užitočné aplikácie"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"There are many very useful applications developed by the Ubuntu Server Team, "
"and others that are well integrated with Ubuntu Server Edition, that might "
"not be well known. This chapter will showcase some useful applications that "
"can make administering an Ubuntu server, or many Ubuntu servers, that much "
"easier."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:23(title)
msgid "pam_motd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"When logging into an Ubuntu server you may have noticed the informative "
"Message Of The Day (MOTD). This information is obtained and displayed using "
"a couple of packages:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>landscape-common:</emphasis> provides the core libraries of "
"<application>landscape-client</application>, which can be used to manage "
"systems using the web based <emphasis>Landscape</emphasis> application. The "
"package includes the <application>/usr/bin/landscape-sysinfo</application> "
"utility which is used to gather the information displayed in the MOTD."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>update-notifier-common:</emphasis> is used to automatically update "
"the MOTD via <application>pam_motd</application> module."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"<application>pam_motd</application> executes the scripts in "
"<filename>/etc/update-motd.d</filename> in order based on the number "
"prepended to the script. The output of the scripts is written to "
"<filename>/var/run/motd</filename>, keeping the numerical order, then "
"concatenated with <filename>/etc/motd.tail</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"You can add your own dynamic information to the MOTD. For example, to add "
"local weather information:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:58(para)
msgid "First, install the <application>weather-util</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:63(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install weather-util"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>weather</application> utility uses METAR data from the "
"National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and forecasts from the "
"National Weather Service. In order to find local information you will need "
"the 4-character ICAO location indicator. This can be determined by browsing "
"to the <ulink url=\"http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\">National "
"Weather Service</ulink> site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"Although the National Weather Service is a United States government agency "
"there are weather stations available world wide. However, local weather "
"information for all locations outside the U.S. may not be available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"Create <filename>/usr/local/bin/local-weather</filename>, a simple shell "
"script to use <application>weather</application> with your local ICAO "
"indicator:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:86(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"# Prints the local weather information for the MOTD.\n"
"#\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"# Replace KINT with your local weather station.\n"
"# Local stations can be found here: http://www.weather.gov/tg/siteloc.shtml\n"
"\n"
"echo\n"
"weather -i KINT\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:104(para)
msgid "Make the script executable:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:109(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /usr/local/bin/local-weather"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a symlink to <filename>/etc/update-motd.d/98-local-"
"weather</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:118(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ln -s /usr/local/bin/local-weather /etc/update-motd.d/98-local-weather"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:122(para)
msgid "Finally, exit the server and re-login to view the new MOTD."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:128(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be greeted with some useful information, and some information "
"about the local weather that may not be quite so useful. Hopefully the "
"<application>local-weather</application> example demonstrates the "
"flexibility of <application>pam_motd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:136(title)
msgid "etckeeper"
msgstr "etckeeper"

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"<application>etckeeper</application> allows the contents of <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> be easily stored in Version Control "
"System (VCS) repository. It hooks into <application>apt</application> to "
"automatically commit changes to <filename>/etc</filename> when packages are "
"installed or upgraded. Placing <filename>/etc</filename> under version "
"control is considered an industry best practice, and the goal of "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is to make this process as painless as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:146(para)
msgid ""
"Install <application>etckeeper</application> by entering the following in a "
"terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:151(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install etckeeper"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"The main configuration file, "
"<filename>/etc/etckeeper/etckeeper.conf</filename>, is fairly simple. The "
"main option is which VCS to use. By default "
"<application>etckeeper</application> is configured to use "
"<application>bzr</application> for version control. The repository is "
"automatically initialized (and committed for the first time) during package "
"installation. It is possible to undo this by entering the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:164(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper uninit"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:167(para)
msgid ""
"By default, etckeeper will commit uncommitted changes made to /etc daily. "
"This can be disabled using the AVOID_DAILY_AUTOCOMMITS configuration option. "
"It will also automatically commit changes before and after package "
"installation. For a more precise tracking of changes, it is recommended to "
"commit your changes manually, together with a commit message, using:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:176(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"..Reason for configuration change..\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"Using the VCS commands you can view log information about files in "
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:184(command)
msgid "sudo bzr log /etc/passwd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:187(para)
msgid ""
"To demonstrate the integration with the package management system, install "
"<application>postfix</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:192(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:45(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postfix"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"When the installation is finished, all the "
"<application>postfix</application> configuration files should be committed "
"to the repository:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:201(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Committing to: /etc/\n"
"added aliases.db\n"
"modified group\n"
"modified group-\n"
"modified gshadow\n"
"modified gshadow-\n"
"modified passwd\n"
"modified passwd-\n"
"added postfix\n"
"added resolvconf\n"
"added rsyslog.d\n"
"modified shadow\n"
"modified shadow-\n"
"added init.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-down.d/postfix\n"
"added network/if-up.d/postfix\n"
"added postfix/dynamicmaps.cf\n"
"added postfix/main.cf\n"
"added postfix/master.cf\n"
"added postfix/post-install\n"
"added postfix/postfix-files\n"
"added postfix/postfix-script\n"
"added postfix/sasl\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d\n"
"added ppp/ip-down.d/postfix\n"
"added ppp/ip-up.d/postfix\n"
"added rc0.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc1.d/K20postfix\n"
"added rc2.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc3.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc4.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc5.d/S20postfix\n"
"added rc6.d/K20postfix\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d\n"
"added resolvconf/update-libc.d/postfix\n"
"added rsyslog.d/postfix.conf\n"
"added ufw/applications.d/postfix\n"
"Committed revision 2."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:241(para)
msgid ""
"For an example of how <application>etckeeper</application> tracks manual "
"changes, add new a host to <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Using "
"<application>bzr</application> you can see which files have been modified:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:247(command)
msgid "sudo bzr status /etc/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:248(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"modified:\n"
"  hosts"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:252(para)
msgid "Now commit the changes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:257(command)
msgid "sudo etckeeper commit \"new host\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>bzr</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"bazaar\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:266(title)
msgid "Byobu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"One of the most useful applications for any system administrator is "
"<application>screen</application>. It allows the execution of multiple "
"shells in one terminal. To make some of the advanced "
"<application>screen</application> features more user friendly, and provide "
"some useful information about the system, the "
"<application>byobu</application> package was created."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:275(para)
msgid ""
"When executing <application>byobu</application> pressing the "
"<emphasis>F9</emphasis> key will bring up the "
"<application>Configuration</application> menu. This menu will allow you to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:281(para)
msgid "View the Help menu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:282(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's background color"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:283(para)
msgid "Change Byobu's foreground color"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:284(para)
msgid "Toggle status notifications"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:285(para)
msgid "Change the key binding set"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:286(para)
msgid "Change the escape sequence"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:287(para)
msgid "Create new windows"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:288(para)
msgid "Manage the default windows"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:289(para)
msgid "Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle on)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:292(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>key bindings</emphasis> determine such things as the escape "
"sequence, new window, change window, etc. There are two key binding sets to "
"choose from <emphasis>f-keys</emphasis> and <emphasis>screen-escape-"
"keys</emphasis>. If you wish to use the original key bindings choose the "
"<emphasis>none</emphasis> set."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"<application>byobu</application> provides a menu which displays the Ubuntu "
"release, processor information, memory information, and the time and date. "
"The effect is similar to a desktop menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <emphasis>\"Byobu currently does not launch at login (toggle "
"on)\"</emphasis> option will cause <application>byobu</application> to be "
"executed any time a terminal is opened. Changes made to "
"<application>byobu</application> are on a per user basis, and will not "
"affect other users on the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:309(para)
msgid ""
"One difference when using byobu is the <emphasis>scrollback</emphasis> mode. "
"Press the <emphasis>F7</emphasis> key to enter scrollback mode. Scrollback "
"mode allows you to navigate past output using <emphasis>vi</emphasis> like "
"commands. Here is a quick list of movement commands:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:316(para)
msgid "<emphasis>h</emphasis> - Move the cursor left by one character"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:317(para)
msgid "<emphasis>j</emphasis> - Move the cursor down by one line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:318(para)
msgid "<emphasis>k</emphasis> - Move the cursor up by one line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:319(para)
msgid "<emphasis>l</emphasis> - Move the cursor right by one character"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:320(para)
msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis> - Move to the beginning of the current line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:321(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$</emphasis> - Move to the end of the current line"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>G</emphasis> - Moves to the specified line (defaults to the end of "
"the buffer)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:323(para)
msgid "<emphasis>/</emphasis> - Search forward"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:324(para)
msgid "<emphasis>?</emphasis> - Search backward"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:325(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>n</emphasis> - Moves to the next match, either forward or backword"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man1/update-motd.1.html\">"
"update-motd man page</ulink> for more options available to "
"<application>update-motd</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"The Debian Package of the Day <ulink "
"url=\"http://debaday.debian.net/2007/10/04/weather-check-weather-conditions-"
"and-forecasts-on-the-command-line/\">weather</ulink> article has more "
"details about using the <application>weather</application>utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://kitenet.net/~joey/code/etckeeper/\">etckeeper</ulink> site for "
"more details on using <application>etckeeper</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/etckeeper\">etckeeper "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:358(para)
msgid ""
"For the latest news and information about <application>bzr</application> see "
"the <ulink url=\"http://bazaar-vcs.org/\">bzr</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>screen</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/screen/\">screen web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"And the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Screen\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"screen</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/other-apps.xml:373(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <application>byobu</application><ulink "
"url=\"https://launchpad.net/byobu\">project page</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Networks consist of two or more devices, such as computer systems, printers, "
"and related equipment which are connected by either physical cabling or "
"wireless links for the purpose of sharing and distributing information among "
"the connected devices."
msgstr ""
"Sieť pozostáva z dvoch alebo viacerých zariadení, ako napríklad počítače, "
"tlačiarne a ďalšie a súvisiace zariadenia, ktoré sú prepojené buď fyzickou "
"kabelážou alebo bezdrôtovým prepojením, kvôli zdieľaniu a distribúcii "
"informácií medzi jednotlivými pripojenými zariadeniami."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides general and specific information pertaining to "
"networking, including an overview of network concepts and detailed "
"discussion of popular network protocols."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť obsahuje všeobecné a špecifické informácie týkajúce sa sietí, "
"vrátane prehľadu sieťových konceptov a podrobnej diskusie o populárnych "
"sieťových protokoloch."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:27(title)
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia siete"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu ships with a number of graphical utilities to configure your network "
"devices. This document is geared toward server administrators and will focus "
"on managing your network on the command line."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu sa dodáva s množstvom grafických nástrojov, ktoré konfigurujú sieťové "
"zariadenia. Tento dokument je určený pre správcov servera a zameriava sa na "
"správu siete cez príkazový riadok."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:35(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:36(para)
msgid ""
"Ethernet interfaces are identified by the system using the naming convention "
"of <emphasis role=\"italix\">ethX</emphasis>, where <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">X</emphasis> represents a numeric value. The first Ethernet "
"interface is typically identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>, the second as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth1</emphasis>, and all others should move up in numerical "
"order."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:46(title)
msgid "Identify Ethernet Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"To quickly identify all available Ethernet interfaces, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:52(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig -a | grep eth"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:51(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"Another application that can help identify all network interfaces available "
"to your system is the <application>lshw</application> command. In the "
"example below, <application>lshw</application> shows a single Ethernet "
"interface with the logical name of <emphasis role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> "
"along with bus information, driver details and all supported capabilities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:62(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo lshw -class network"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:61(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"  *-network\n"
"       description: Ethernet interface\n"
"       product: BCM4401-B0 100Base-TX\n"
"       vendor: Broadcom Corporation\n"
"       physical id: 0\n"
"       bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
"       logical name: eth0\n"
"       version: 02\n"
"       serial: 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\n"
"       size: 10MB/s\n"
"       capacity: 100MB/s\n"
"       width: 32 bits\n"
"       clock: 33MHz\n"
"       capabilities: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       configuration: (snipped for brevity)\n"
"       resources: irq:17 memory:ef9fe000-ef9fffff\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:83(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Logical Names"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"Interface logical names are configured in the file "
"<filename>/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules.</filename> If you would "
"like control which interface receives a particular logical name, find the "
"line matching the interfaces physical MAC address and modify the value of "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">NAME=ethX</emphasis> to the desired logical name. "
"Reboot the system to commit your changes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:92(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5a\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth0\"\n"
"SUBSYSTEM==\"net\", ACTION==\"add\", DRIVERS==\"?*\", "
"ATTR{address}==\"00:15:c5:4a:16:5b\", ATTR{dev_id}==\"0x0\", "
"ATTR{type}==\"1\", KERNEL==\"eth*\", NAME=\"eth1\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:99(title)
msgid "Ethernet Interface Settings"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ethtool</application> is a program that displays and changes "
"Ethernet card settings such as auto-negotiation, port speed, duplex mode, "
"and Wake-on-LAN. It is not installed by default, but is available for "
"installation in the repositories."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:106(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo apt-get install ethtool"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how to view supported features and configured "
"settings of an Ethernet interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:113(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ethtool eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:112(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"Settings for eth0:\n"
"        Supported ports: [ TP ]\n"
"        Supported link modes:   10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Supports auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Advertised link modes:  10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full \n"
"                                100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full \n"
"                                1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full \n"
"        Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes\n"
"        Speed: 1000Mb/s\n"
"        Duplex: Full\n"
"        Port: Twisted Pair\n"
"        PHYAD: 1\n"
"        Transceiver: internal\n"
"        Auto-negotiation: on\n"
"        Supports Wake-on: g\n"
"        Wake-on: d\n"
"        Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)\n"
"        Link detected: yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:135(para)
msgid ""
"Changes made with the <application>ethtool</application> command are "
"temporary and will be lost after a reboot. If you would like to retain "
"settings, simply add the desired <application>ethtool</application> command "
"to a <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> statement in the interface "
"configuration file <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of how the interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis> could be permanently configured with a port "
"speed of 1000Mb/s running in full duplex mode."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:145(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"pre-up /usr/sbin/ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"Although the example above shows the interface configured to use the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method, it actually works with "
"other methods as well, such as DHCP. The example is meant to demonstrate "
"only proper placement of the <emphasis role=\"italic\">pre-up</emphasis> "
"statement in relation to the rest of the interface configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:163(title)
msgid "IP Addressing"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"The following section describes the process of configuring your systems IP "
"address and default gateway needed for communicating on a local area network "
"and the Internet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:171(title)
msgid "Temporary IP Address Assignment"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"For temporary network configurations, you can use standard commands such as "
"<application>ip</application>, <application>ifconfig</application> and "
"<application>route</application>, which are also found on most other "
"GNU/Linux operating systems. These commands allow you to configure settings "
"which take effect immediately, however they are not persistent and will be "
"lost after a reboot."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"To temporarily configure an IP address, you can use the "
"<application>ifconfig</application> command in the following manner. Just "
"modify the IP address and subnet mask to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:186(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifconfig eth0 10.0.0.100 netmask 255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:188(para)
msgid ""
"To verify the IP address configuration of <application>eth0</application>, "
"you can use the <application>ifconfig</application> command in the following "
"manner."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:193(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:192(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 00:15:c5:4a:16:5a  \n"
"          inet addr:10.0.0.100  Bcast:10.0.0.255  Mask:255.255.255.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: fe80::215:c5ff:fe4a:165a/64 Scope:Link\n"
"          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:466475604 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:403172654 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 \n"
"          RX bytes:2574778386 (2.5 GB)  TX bytes:1618367329 (1.6 GB)\n"
"          Interrupt:16 \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"To configure a default gateway, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner. Modify the "
"default gateway address to match your network requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:210(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo route add default gw 10.0.0.1 eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:212(para)
msgid ""
"To verify your default gateway configuration, you can use the "
"<application>route</application> command in the following manner."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:217(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "route -n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:216(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"Kernel IP routing table\n"
"Destination     Gateway         Genmask         Flags Metric Ref    Use "
"Iface\n"
"10.0.0.0        0.0.0.0         255.255.255.0   U     1      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
"0.0.0.0         10.0.0.1        0.0.0.0         UG    0      0        0 "
"eth0\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"If you require DNS for your temporary network configuration, you can add DNS "
"server IP addresses in the file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. The "
"example below shows how to enter two DNS servers to "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should be changed to servers "
"appropriate for your network. A more lengthy description of DNS client "
"configuration is in a following section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:230(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:234(para)
msgid ""
"If you no longer need this configuration and wish to purge all IP "
"configuration from an interface, you can use the "
"<application>ip</application> command with the flush option as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:240(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ip addr flush eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"Flushing the IP configuration using the <application>ip</application> "
"command does not clear the contents of "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You must remove or modify those "
"entries manually."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:251(title)
msgid "Dynamic IP Address Assignment (DHCP Client)"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your server to use DHCP for dynamic address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">dhcp</emphasis> method to the inet address family "
"statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:259(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet dhcp\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command which "
"initiates the DHCP process via <application>dhclient</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:269(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:304(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifup eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command, which in turn will initiate the "
"DHCP release process and shut down the interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:277(userinput) serverguide/C/network-config.xml:311(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo ifdown eth0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:282(title)
msgid "Static IP Address Assignment"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:283(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your system to use a static IP address assignment, add the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">static</emphasis> method to the inet address "
"family statement for the appropriate interface in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The example below assumes you "
"are configuring your first Ethernet interface identified as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">eth0</emphasis>. Change the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">address</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">netmask</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">gateway</emphasis> values to meet the requirements of your "
"network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:292(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto eth0\n"
"iface eth0 inet static\n"
"address 10.0.0.100\n"
"netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"gateway 10.0.0.1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:299(para)
msgid ""
"By adding an interface configuration as shown above, you can manually enable "
"the interface through the <application>ifup</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"To manually disable the interface, you can use the "
"<application>ifdown</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:316(title)
msgid "Loopback Interface"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:317(para)
msgid ""
"The loopback interface is identified by the system as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">lo</emphasis> and has a default IP address of 127.0.0.1. It "
"can be viewed using the ifconfig command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:322(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ifconfig lo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:321(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"lo        Link encap:Local Loopback  \n"
"          inet addr:127.0.0.1  Mask:255.0.0.0\n"
"          inet6 addr: ::1/128 Scope:Host\n"
"          UP LOOPBACK RUNNING  MTU:16436  Metric:1\n"
"          RX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0\n"
"          TX packets:2718 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0\n"
"          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 \n"
"          RX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)  TX bytes:183308 (183.3 KB)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"By default, there should be two lines in "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> responsible for automatically "
"configuring your loopback interface. It is recommended that you keep the "
"default settings unless you have a specific purpose for changing them. An "
"example of the two default lines are shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:338(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:347(title)
msgid "Name Resolution"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"Name resolution as it relates to IP networking is the process of mapping IP "
"addresses to hostnames, making it easier to identify resources on a network. "
"The following section will explain how to properly configure your system for "
"name resolution using DNS and static hostname records."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:356(title)
msgid "DNS Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"To configure your system to use DNS for name resolution, add the IP "
"addresses of the DNS servers that are appropriate for your network in the "
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. You can also add an optional DNS "
"suffix search-lists to match your network domain names."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:362(para)
msgid ""
"Below is an example of a typical configuration of "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> for a server on the domain \"<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>\" and using two public DNS servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:367(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"search example.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"italic\">search</emphasis> option can also be used with "
"multiple domain names so that DNS queries will be appended in the order in "
"which they are entered. For example, your network may have multiple sub-"
"domains to search; a parent domain of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis>, and two sub-domains, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">sales.example.com</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">dev.example.com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:380(para)
msgid ""
"If you have multiple domains you wish to search, your configuration might "
"look like the following."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:383(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"search example.com sales.example.com dev.example.com\n"
"nameserver 8.8.8.8\n"
"nameserver 8.8.4.4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"If you try to ping a host with the name of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server1</emphasis>, your system will automatically query DNS "
"for its Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) in the following order:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:394(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:399(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.sales.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:404(para)
msgid "server1<emphasis role=\"bold\">.dev.example.com</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:409(para)
msgid ""
"If no matches are found, the DNS server will provide a result of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> and the DNS query will fail."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:416(title)
msgid "Static Hostnames"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:417(para)
msgid ""
"Static hostnames are locally defined hostname-to-IP mappings located in the "
"file <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Entries in the "
"<filename>hosts</filename> file will have precedence over DNS by default. "
"This means that if your system tries to resolve a hostname and it matches an "
"entry in /etc/hosts, it will not attempt to look up the record in DNS. In "
"some configurations, especially when Internet access is not required, "
"servers that communicate with a limited number of resources can be "
"conveniently set to use static hostnames instead of DNS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a <filename>hosts</filename> file where a "
"number of local servers have been identified by simple hostnames, aliases "
"and their equivalent Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDN's)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:428(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"127.0.0.1\tlocalhost\n"
"127.0.1.1\tubuntu-server\n"
"10.0.0.11\tserver1 vpn server1.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.12\tserver2 mail server2.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.13\tserver3 www server3.example.com\n"
"10.0.0.14\tserver4 file server4.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example, notice that each of the servers have been given "
"aliases in addition to their proper names and FQDN's. <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Server1</emphasis> has been mapped to the name <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">vpn</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">server2</emphasis> "
"is referred to as <emphasis role=\"italic\">mail</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server3</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">www</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">server4</emphasis> as <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">file</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:449(title)
msgid "Name Service Switch Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"The order in which your system selects a method of resolving hostnames to IP "
"addresses is controlled by the Name Service Switch (NSS) configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>. As mentioned in the previous "
"section, typically static hostnames defined in the systems "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file have precedence over names resolved "
"from DNS. The following is an example of the line responsible for this order "
"of hostname lookups in the file <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:458(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files mdns4_minimal [NOTFOUND=return] dns mdns4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:464(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">files</emphasis> first tries to resolve static "
"hostnames located in <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:470(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> attempts to resolve the "
"name using Multicast DNS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">[NOTFOUND=return]</emphasis> means that any response "
"of <emphasis role=\"italic\">notfound</emphasis> by the preceeding <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">mdns4_minimal</emphasis> process should be treated as "
"authoritative and that the system should not try to continue hunting for an "
"answer."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:483(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dns</emphasis> represents a legacy unicast DNS query."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:488(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mdns4</emphasis> represents a Multicast DNS query."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"To modify the order of the above mentioned name resolution methods, you can "
"simply change the <emphasis role=\"italic\">hosts:</emphasis> string to the "
"value of your choosing. For example, if you prefer to use legacy Unicast DNS "
"versus Multicast DNS, you can change the string in "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> as shown below."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:501(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"hosts:          files dns [NOTFOUND=return] mdns4_minimal mdns4\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:508(title)
msgid "Bridging"
msgstr "Premostenie"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:510(para)
msgid ""
"Bridging multiple interfaces is a more advanced configuration, but is very "
"useful in multiple scenarios. One scenario is setting up a bridge with "
"multiple network interfaces, then using a firewall to filter traffic between "
"two network segments. Another scenario is using bridge on a system with one "
"interface to allow virtual machines direct access to the outside network. "
"The following example covers the latter scenario."
msgstr ""
"Premostenie (Bridging) viacerých rozhraní patrí k pokročilej konfigurácii, "
"ale je v mnohých prípadoch veľmi užitočné. Jedno z využití je premostenie "
"viacerých sieťových rozhraní a následné použitie firewallu na filtrovanie "
"dvoch sieťových segmentov. Iné využitie je použitie premostenia v systémoch "
"s jedným rozhraním, aby virtuálne počítače mali priamy prístup do siete. "
"Nasledujúci príklad predvedie práve tento druhý spôsob využitia."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:517(para)
msgid ""
"Before configuring a bridge you will need to install the <application>bridge-"
"utils</application> package. To install the package, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Pred tým, ako budeme môcť nastaviť premostenie, je potrebné nainštalovať "
"balík <application>bridge-utils</application>. Ak ho chceme nainštalovať, "
"zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:523(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bridge-utils"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:526(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the bridge by editing "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Potom nastavíme premosťujúce rozhranie (br0) v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:530(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"auto lo\n"
"iface lo inet loopback\n"
"\n"
"auto br0\n"
"iface br0 inet static\n"
"        address 192.168.0.10\n"
"        network 192.168.0.0\n"
"        netmask 255.255.255.0\n"
"        broadcast 192.168.0.255\n"
"        gateway 192.168.0.1\n"
"        bridge_ports eth0\n"
"        bridge_fd 9\n"
"        bridge_hello 2\n"
"        bridge_maxage 12\n"
"        bridge_stp off\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:549(para)
msgid "Enter the appropriate values for your physical interface and network."
msgstr ""
"Ďalej zadajte príslušné hodnoty vášho fyzického rozhrania (npr. eth0) a "
"siete."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:554(para)
msgid "Now restart networking to enable the bridge interface:"
msgstr "Teraz reštartujte sieť a aktivujte premosťujúce rozhranie:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:561(para)
msgid ""
"The new bridge interface should now be up and running. The "
"<application>brctl</application> provides useful information about the state "
"of the bridge, controls which interfaces are part of the bridge, etc. See "
"<command>man brctl</command> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Nové premostené rozhranie je teraz aktivované a funkčné. Nástroj "
"<application>brctl</application> nám poskytne užitočné informácie o stave "
"premostenia, umožňuje riadiť, ktoré rozhrania budú súčasťou premostenia, "
"atď. Viac informácií získame po zadaní príkazu <command>man brctl</command>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:577(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Network\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Network page</ulink> has links to articles covering more advanced network "
"configuration."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:583(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">i"
"nterfaces man page</ulink> has details on more options for "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/interfaces.5.html\">i"
"nterfaces man page</ulink> sa nachádajú detaily o viacerých možnostiach "
"súboru <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:589(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/dhclient.8.html\">dhc"
"lient man page</ulink> has details on more options for configuring DHCP "
"client settings."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:595(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">res"
"olver man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
"configuration information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:603(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl "
"man page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:614(title)
msgid "TCP/IP"
msgstr "TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:615(para)
msgid ""
"The Transmission Control Protocol and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) is a "
"standard set of protocols developed in the late 1970s by the Defense "
"Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) as a means of communication "
"between different types of computers and computer networks. TCP/IP is the "
"driving force of the Internet, and thus it is the most popular set of "
"network protocols on Earth."
msgstr ""
"Transmission Control Protocol and Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) je štandardná "
"sada protokolov (dohovorov o komunikácii), ktorá bola vyvinutá koncom "
"sedemdesiatych rokov armádnou agentúrou Defense Advanced Research Projects "
"Agency (DARPA) ako prostriedok na komunikáciu medzi rôznymi typmi počítačov "
"a počítačových sietí. TCP / IP je hnacou silou Internetu, a preto je "
"najpopulárnejším súborom sieťových protokolov na Zemi."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:623(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Introduction"
msgstr "Úvod do TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:624(para)
msgid ""
"The two protocol components of TCP/IP deal with different aspects of "
"computer networking. <emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis>, the \"IP\" of "
"TCP/IP is a connectionless protocol which deals only with network packet "
"routing using the <emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Datagram</emphasis> as the "
"basic unit of networking information. The IP Datagram consists of a header "
"followed by a message. The <emphasis> Transmission Control "
"Protocol</emphasis> is the \"TCP\" of TCP/IP and enables network hosts to "
"establish connections which may be used to exchange data streams. TCP also "
"guarantees that the data between connections is delivered and that it "
"arrives at one network host in the same order as sent from another network "
"host."
msgstr ""
"Dve súčasti protokolu TCP/IP sa zaoberajú rôznymi aspektami počítačových "
"sietí. <emphasis>Internet Protocol</emphasis> -\"IP\" je protokol, ktorý sa "
"nezaoberá pripojením, ale iba smerovaním sieťových paketov pomocou IP "
"Datagramov a packety považuje za základnú jednotkou sieťovej informácie. "
"<emphasis role=\"italics\">IP Datagram</emphasis> obsahuje hlavičku, za "
"ktorou nasleduje správa. <emphasis>Transmission Control Protocol</emphasis> -"
" \"TCP\" umožňuje sieťovým hostiteľom (zariadeniam v sieti, ktoré majú svoju "
"sieťovú adresu) nadviazať spojenie, ktoré sa použije na výmenu dát. TCP tiež "
"zaručuje, že dáta budú doručené, a že do cieľa prídu v rovnakom tvare, v "
"akom boli odoslané."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:637(title)
msgid "TCP/IP Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia TCP/IP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"The TCP/IP protocol configuration consists of several elements which must be "
"set by editing the appropriate configuration files, or deploying solutions "
"such as the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server which in turn, "
"can be configured to provide the proper TCP/IP configuration settings to "
"network clients automatically. These configuration values must be set "
"correctly in order to facilitate the proper network operation of your Ubuntu "
"system."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurácia TCP/IP protokolu pozostáva z niekoľkých prvkov, ktoré sa "
"nastavujú v príslušných konfiguračných súboroch alebo nasadením riešenia, "
"akým je napríklad DHCP server (protokol na dynamickú konfiguráciu staníc), "
"ktorý môže byť nakonfigurovaný tak, aby správnu konfiguráciu TCP/IP "
"poskytoval sieťovým klientom automaticky. Tieto konfiguračné hodnoty musia "
"byť správne nastavené, aby systém Ubuntu mohol vykonávať sieťové operácie."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:650(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP address</emphasis> The IP address is a unique "
"identifying string expressed as four decimal numbers ranging from zero (0) "
"to two-hundred and fifty-five (255), separated by periods, with each of the "
"four numbers representing eight (8) bits of the address for a total length "
"of thirty-two (32) bits for the whole address. This format is called "
"<emphasis>dotted quad notation</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">IP adresa</emphasis> IP adresa je jedinečný "
"identifikačný reťazec vyjadrený štyrmi dekadickými číslami v rozsahu 0 až "
"255 oddelených bodkami, z ktorých každé číslo reprezentuje 8 bitov adresy s "
"celkovou dĺžkou 32 bitov. Tento formát sa nazýva <emphasis>dotted quad "
"notation</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:660(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Netmask</emphasis> The Subnet Mask (or simply, "
"<emphasis>netmask</emphasis>) is a local bit mask, or set of flags which "
"separate the portions of an IP address significant to the network from the "
"bits significant to the <emphasis>subnetwork</emphasis>. For example, in a "
"Class C network, the standard netmask is 255.255.255.0 which masks the first "
"three bytes of the IP address and allows the last byte of the IP address to "
"remain available for specifying hosts on the subnetwork."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sieťová maska</emphasis> Maska podsiete (alebo "
"jednoducho sieťová maska) je lokálna bitová maska určujúca, ktorá časť IP "
"adresy prislúcha sieti a ktorá časť IP adresy patrí "
"<emphasis>podsieti</emphasis>. Napríklad sieť triedy C má štandardnú sieťovú "
"masku 255.255.255.0, ktorá zamaskuje prvé tri bajty (24 bitov) IP adresy a "
"zostávajúci bajt (8 bitov) IP adresy umožňuje prideliť klientom v podsieti."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:671(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Address</emphasis> The Network Address "
"represents the bytes comprising the network portion of an IP address. For "
"example, the host 12.128.1.2 in a Class A network would use 12.0.0.0 as the "
"network address, where twelve (12) represents the first byte of the IP "
"address, (the network part) and zeroes (0) in all of the remaining three "
"bytes to represent the potential host values. A network host using the "
"private IP address 192.168.1.100 would in turn use a Network Address of "
"192.168.1.0, which specifies the first three bytes of the Class C 192.168.1 "
"network and a zero (0) for all the possible hosts on the network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adresa siete</emphasis> Adresa siete je "
"reprezentovaná bajtami IP adresy, ktoré prislúchajú sieti. Napríklad stanica "
"12.128.1.2 v sieti triedy A používa adresu siete 12.0.0.0, pričom číslo 12 "
"reprezentované prvým bajtom IP adresy prislúcha sieti a nuly reprezentované "
"zvyšnými troma bajtami prislúchajú hodnotám potenciálnych staníc. Klient "
"inej siete používajúci privátnu IP adresu 192.168.1.100 používa sieťovú "
"adresu 192.168.1.0, ktorá je určená prvými troma bajtami 192.168.1, pretože "
"ide o sieť tried C a nulu pre potencionálnych staníc siete."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:684(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast Address</emphasis> The Broadcast Address "
"is an IP address which allows network data to be sent simultaneously to all "
"hosts on a given subnetwork rather than specifying a particular host. The "
"standard general broadcast address for IP networks is 255.255.255.255, but "
"this broadcast address cannot be used to send a broadcast message to every "
"host on the Internet because routers block it. A more appropriate broadcast "
"address is set to match a specific subnetwork. For example, on the private "
"Class C IP network, 192.168.1.0, the broadcast address is 192.168.1.255. "
"Broadcast messages are typically produced by network protocols such as the "
"Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) and the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Broadcast adresa</emphasis> Broadcast adresa je IP "
"adresa, ktorá umožňuje poslať dáta naraz všetkým klientom siete v danej "
"podsieti. Štandardná všeobecná broadcast adresa pre IP siete je "
"255.255.255.255, táto broadcast adresa sa však samozrejme nedá použiť na "
"odoslanie broadcast správy každému klientovi v sieti Internet, pretože to "
"smerovač nedovolí. Vhodnejšia broadcast adresa je nastavená tak, aby "
"zodpovedala konkrétnej podsieti. Napríklad v privátnej sieti triedy C s "
"adresou 192.168.1.0 bude brodacat adresa 192.168.1.255. Broadcast správy sú "
"väčšinou vytvárané sieťovými protokolmi ako napríklad Address Resolution "
"Protocol (ARP) a Routing Information Protocol (RIP)."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:697(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gateway Address</emphasis> A Gateway Address is the "
"IP address through which a particular network, or host on a network, may be "
"reached. If one network host wishes to communicate with another network "
"host, and that host is not located on the same network, then a "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis> must be used. In many cases, the Gateway "
"Address will be that of a router on the same network, which will in turn "
"pass traffic on to other networks or hosts, such as Internet hosts. The "
"value of the Gateway Address setting must be correct, or your system will "
"not be able to reach any hosts beyond those on the same network."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adresa brány</emphasis> Adresa brány je IP adresa, "
"cez ktorú sa dá pripojiť do určitej siete alebo ku klientovi siete. Ak jedna "
"stanica chce komunikovať s inou stanicou, ktorá nie je umiestnená v rovnakej "
"sieti, potom je potrebné použiť <emphasis>bránu</emphasis>. V mnohých "
"prípadoch je adresa brány zároveň adresou smerovača, ktorý prepúšťa "
"komunikáciu do iných sietí - napríklad do Internetu. Adresa brány musí byť "
"nastavená správne, inak sa váš systém nebude schopný pripojiť na žiadne "
"stanice okrem tých, ktoré sú v rovnakej sieti."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:708(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nameserver Address</emphasis> Nameserver Addresses "
"represent the IP addresses of Domain Name Service (DNS) systems, which "
"resolve network hostnames into IP addresses. There are three levels of "
"Nameserver Addresses, which may be specified in order of precedence: The "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis> Nameserver, the <emphasis>Secondary</emphasis> "
"Nameserver, and the <emphasis>Tertiary</emphasis> Nameserver. In order for "
"your system to be able to resolve network hostnames into their corresponding "
"IP addresses, you must specify valid Nameserver Addresses which you are "
"authorized to use in your system's TCP/IP configuration. In many cases these "
"addresses can and will be provided by your network service provider, but "
"many free and publicly accessible nameservers are available for use, such as "
"the Level3 (Verizon) servers with IP addresses from 4.2.2.1 to 4.2.2.6."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">DNS adresa</emphasis> DNS adresy predstavújú IP "
"adresy systémov Domain Name Service (DNS), ktoré prekladajú menné adresy "
"staníc na IP adresy. Existujú tri úrovne DNS adries, ktoré môžu byť zadané v "
"tomto poradí: <emphasis>primárny</emphasis> DNS server, "
"<emphasis>sekundárny</emphasis> DNS server a <emphasis>terciárny</emphasis> "
"DNS server. Aby bol váš systém schopný získavať IP adresy prislúchajúce "
"menným adresám staníc, musíte zadať správne adresy DNS serverov, ktoré ste "
"oprávnený používať vo Vašom nastavení TCP/IP. V mnohých prípadoch vám tieto "
"adresy poskytne Váš dodávateľ sieťových služieb, ale existujú tiež verejne "
"prístupné DNS servery, ako napríklad servery Level3 (Verizon) IP adresami od "
"4.2.2.1 po 4.2.2.6."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:722(para)
msgid ""
"The IP address, Netmask, Network Address, Broadcast Address, and Gateway "
"Address are typically specified via the appropriate directives in the file "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. The Nameserver Addresses are "
"typically specified via <emphasis>nameserver</emphasis> directives in the "
"file <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. For more information, view the "
"system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> or "
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename> respectively, with the following commands "
"typed at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"IP adresa, sieťová maska, adresa siete, broadcast adresa a adresa brány sú "
"nastavené v konfiguračnom súbore "
"<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. DNS adresy sú väčšinou "
"nastavené pomocou direktív <emphasis>nameserver</emphasis> v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. Viac informácií sa dozviete na "
"stránkach systémového manuálu pre <filename>interfaces</filename> a "
"<filename>resolv.conf</filename> zadaním nasledujúcich príkazov do "
"príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"Access the system manual page for <filename>interfaces</filename> with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pre zobrazenie systémového manuálu pre <filename>interfaces</filename> "
"použijeme nasledujúci príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:734(command)
msgid "man interfaces"
msgstr "man interfaces"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:737(para)
msgid ""
"Access the system manual page for <filename>resolv.conf</filename> with the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
"Pre zobrazenie systémového manuálu pre <filename>resolv.conf</filename> "
"použijeme nasledujúci príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:741(command)
msgid "man resolv.conf"
msgstr "man resolv.conf"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:646(para)
msgid ""
"The common configuration elements of TCP/IP and their purposes are as "
"follows: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Bežnými konfiguračnými prvkami TCP/IP sú tieto: <placeholder-1/>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:748(title)
msgid "IP Routing"
msgstr "IP smerovanie"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:749(para)
msgid ""
"IP routing is a means of specifying and discovering paths in a TCP/IP "
"network along which network data may be sent. Routing uses a set of "
"<emphasis>routing tables</emphasis> to direct the forwarding of network data "
"packets from their source to the destination, often via many intermediary "
"network nodes known as <emphasis>routers</emphasis>. There are two primary "
"forms of IP routing: <emphasis>Static Routing</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Dynamic Routing.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"IP smerovanie alebo tiež IP routing predstavuje spôsob určenia alebo "
"nájdenia cesty v sieti TCP/IP, po ktorej sa budú posielať dáta. Smerovanie "
"používa na posielanie dátových paketov od odosielateľa k príjemcovi "
"<emphasis>smerovacie tabuľky</emphasis>. Odoslanie pritom často prebieha cez "
"mnoho medzičlánkov, ktorým hovoríme <emphasis>smerovače</emphasis> alebo "
"tiež <emphasis>routre</emphasis>. Existujú dva hlavné spôsoby smerovania: "
"<emphasis>statické smerovanie</emphasis> a <emphasis>dynamické "
"smerovanie</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:758(para)
msgid ""
"Static routing involves manually adding IP routes to the system's routing "
"table, and this is usually done by manipulating the routing table with the "
"<application>route</application> command. Static routing enjoys many "
"advantages over dynamic routing, such as simplicity of implementation on "
"smaller networks, predictability (the routing table is always computed in "
"advance, and thus the route is precisely the same each time it is used), and "
"low overhead on other routers and network links due to the lack of a dynamic "
"routing protocol. However, static routing does present some disadvantages as "
"well. For example, static routing is limited to small networks and does not "
"scale well. Static routing also fails completely to adapt to network outages "
"and failures along the route due to the fixed nature of the route."
msgstr ""
"Statické smerovanie spočíva v manuálnom pridávaní IP trás do smerovacej "
"tabuľky. Najčastejšie sa to vykonáva pomocou príkazu "
"<application>route</application>. Statické smerovanie má oproti dynamickému "
"smerovaniu mnoho výhod, ako napríklad jednoduchú implementáciu v malých "
"sieťach, predvídateľnosť (smerovacia tabuľka sa určí vopred a preto je cesta "
"rovnaká pri každom jej použití) a nízka záťaž ostatných smerovačov a "
"sieťových prepojení vďaka tomu, že sa nepoužíva protokol dynamického "
"smerovania. Statické smerovanie má však aj svoje nevýhody. Statické "
"smerovanie je obmedzené na malé siete a nie je dobre prispôsobiteľné. "
"Statické smerovanie sa tiež nedokáže prispôsobiť výpadkom pripojení kvôli "
"nemennej povahe smerovania."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"Dynamic routing depends on large networks with multiple possible IP routes "
"from a source to a destination and makes use of special routing protocols, "
"such as the Router Information Protocol (RIP), which handle the automatic "
"adjustments in routing tables that make dynamic routing possible. Dynamic "
"routing has several advantages over static routing, such as superior "
"scalability and the ability to adapt to failures and outages along network "
"routes. Additionally, there is less manual configuration of the routing "
"tables, since routers learn from one another about their existence and "
"available routes. This trait also eliminates the possibility of introducing "
"mistakes in the routing tables via human error. Dynamic routing is not "
"perfect, however, and presents disadvantages such as heightened complexity "
"and additional network overhead from router communications, which does not "
"immediately benefit the end users, but still consumes network bandwidth."
msgstr ""
"Dynamické smerovanie sa používa vo veľkých sieťach s viacerými možnými "
"spôsobmi pripojenia od zdroja k cieľu, pričom využíva špeciálne protokoly "
"smerovania, ako napríklad Router Information Protocol (RIP), ktorý "
"automatický robí zmeny v smerovacej tabuľke, aby umožnil dynamické "
"smerovanie. Dynamické smerovanie má niekoľko výhod oproti statickému "
"smerovaniu, akými sú napríklad vynikajúca prispôsobiteľnosť a schopnosť "
"prispôsobiť sa výpadkom pripojenia v sieti. Taktiež nevyžaduje toľko ručného "
"nastavovania smerovacích tabuliek, pretože smerovače sa navzájom informujú o "
"svojej prítomnosti a dostupných trasách. Táto vlastnosť tiež vylučuje chyby "
"spôsobené ľudským faktorom. Dynamické smerovanie nie je dokonalé, pretože má "
"aj určité nevýhody akými sú vyššia zložitosť a záťaž pri komunikácii "
"smerovačov, čo následne pocítia koncoví používatelia zníženou šírkou "
"prenosového pásma."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:782(title)
msgid "TCP and UDP"
msgstr "TCP a UDP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:783(para)
msgid ""
"TCP is a connection-based protocol, offering error correction and guaranteed "
"delivery of data via what is known as <emphasis>flow control</emphasis>. "
"Flow control determines when the flow of a data stream needs to be stopped, "
"and previously sent data packets should to be re-sent due to problems such "
"as <emphasis>collisions</emphasis>, for example, thus ensuring complete and "
"accurate delivery of the data. TCP is typically used in the exchange of "
"important information such as database transactions."
msgstr ""
"TCP je protokol, poskytujúci korekciu chýb a garanciu doručenia dát, čo je "
"známe ako riadenie toku alebo <emphasis>flow control</emphasis>. Riadenie "
"toku určuje, kedy je potrebné prerušiť tok dát a vyžiadať o znovuzaslanie "
"dátových paketov kvôli problémom, akými sú napríklad tzv. kolízie, a tak "
"zabezpečiť správne doručenie údajov. TCP sa využíva najmä na výmenu "
"dôležitých informácii, akými sú napríklad databázové transakcie."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:791(para)
msgid ""
"The User Datagram Protocol (UDP), on the other hand, is a "
"<emphasis>connectionless</emphasis> protocol which seldom deals with the "
"transmission of important data because it lacks flow control or any other "
"method to ensure reliable delivery of the data. UDP is commonly used in such "
"applications as audio and video streaming, where it is considerably faster "
"than TCP due to the lack of error correction and flow control, and where the "
"loss of a few packets is not generally catastrophic."
msgstr ""
"UDP protokol (User Datagram Protocol) je naopak protokolom, ktorý sa len "
"zrieka zaoberá prenosom dôležitých dát, pretože nepoužíva riadenie toku ani "
"žiadnu ďalšiu metódu, aby zabezpečil spoľahlivý prenos dát. UDP sa "
"najčastejšie používa všade tam, kde strata zopár paketov nie je žiadna "
"katastrofa, ako napríklad pri tzv. audio a video streamingu, pri ktorom je "
"neporovnateľne rýchlejší ako TCP, pretože sa nezaoberá opravou chýb a "
"riadením toku."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:801(title)
msgid "ICMP"
msgstr "ICMP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:802(para)
msgid ""
"The Internet Control Messaging Protocol (ICMP) is an extension to the "
"Internet Protocol (IP) as defined in the Request For Comments (RFC) #792 and "
"supports network packets containing control, error, and informational "
"messages. ICMP is used by such network applications as the "
"<application>ping</application> utility, which can determine the "
"availability of a network host or device. Examples of some error messages "
"returned by ICMP which are useful to both network hosts and devices such as "
"routers, include <emphasis>Destination Unreachable</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>Time Exceeded</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"ICMP protokol  (Internet Control Messaging Protocol) je rozšírením IP "
"protokolu podľa definície Request For Comments (RFC) číslo 792 a umožňuje "
"riadenie obsahu paketov, chýbových a informačných správ. Prokol ICMP je "
"využívaný takými sieťovými aplikáciami, akou je napríklad nástroj "
"<application>ping</application>, ktrorý vie overiť dostupnosť stanice. "
"Príkladmi niektorých chybových hlásení užitočných pre obe komunikujúce "
"strany, ktoré posiela ICMP, sú hlásenia <emphasis>Destination "
"Unreachable</emphasis> (cieľ nedostupný) a <emphasis>Time "
"Exceeded</emphasis> (vypršal čas na spojenie)."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:812(title)
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Démoni"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:813(para)
msgid ""
"Daemons are special system applications which typically execute continuously "
"in the background and await requests for the functions they provide from "
"other applications. Many daemons are network-centric; that is, a large "
"number of daemons executing in the background on an Ubuntu system may "
"provide network-related functionality. Some examples of such network daemons "
"include the <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
"(httpd), which provides web server functionality; the <emphasis>Secure SHell "
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), which provides secure remote login shell and file "
"transfer capabilities; and the <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol "
"Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), which provides E-Mail services."
msgstr ""
"Daemons alebo démoni sú špeciálne systémové aplikácie, ktoré sú zvyčajne "
"spustené v pozadí a čakajú na požiadavky o služby, ktoré poskytujú z iných "
"aplikácií. Mnoho démonov je sieťovo zameraných. Aj v Ubuntu je na pozadí "
"spustených veľa démonov, ktoré poskytujú sieťovo zamerané služby. Medzi nich "
"patria aj démoni: <emphasis>Hyper Text Transport Protocol Daemon</emphasis> "
"(httpd), ktorý poskytuje služby webového servera, <emphasis>Secure SHell "
"Daemon</emphasis> (sshd), ktorý poskytuje rozhranie pre vzialenú správu a "
"funkcie na prenos súborov a <emphasis>Internet Message Access Protocol "
"Daemon</emphasis> (imapd), ktorý poskytuje e-mailové služby."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:828(para)
msgid ""
"There are man pages for <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</uli"
"nk> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
"that contain more useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:834(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink> IBM Redbook."
msgstr ""
"Preštudujte si tiež <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/gg243376.html\">TCP/IP Tutorial "
"and Technical Overview</ulink> IBM Redbook."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:840(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ďalší zdroj je O'Reillyho <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596002978/\">TCP/IP Network "
"Administration</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:849(title)
msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
msgstr "Protokol dynamického nastavenia hostiteľov (DHCP)"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a network service that "
"enables host computers to be automatically assigned settings from a server "
"as opposed to manually configuring each network host. Computers configured "
"to be DHCP clients have no control over the settings they receive from the "
"DHCP server, and the configuration is transparent to the computer's user."
msgstr ""
"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) je sieťová služba, ktorá "
"umožňuje, aby klientom siete boli automaticky pridelené nastavenia zo "
"servera, miesto ručného nastavovania každej stanice samostatne. Počítače, "
"ktoré sú nastavené ako DHCP klienti nepotrebujú žiadne ďalšie nastavenia. "
"Získajú ich od DHCP servera a tieto nastavenia sú neviditeľné pre bežného "
"používateľa."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:857(para)
msgid ""
"The most common settings provided by a DHCP server to DHCP clients include:"
msgstr ""
"Najčastejšími nastaveniami, ktoré poskytuje DHCP server DHCP klientom sú:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:862(para)
msgid "IP-Address and Netmask"
msgstr "IP adresa a sieťová maska"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:865(para)
msgid "DNS"
msgstr "DNS"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:868(para)
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:871(para)
msgid ""
"However, a DHCP server can also supply configuration properties such as:"
msgstr "Avšak DHCP server môže poskytovať aj nastavenia, akými sú:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:876(para)
msgid "Host Name"
msgstr "Názov hostiteľa"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:879(para)
msgid "Domain Name"
msgstr "Názov domény"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:882(para)
msgid "Default Gateway"
msgstr "Predvolená brána"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:885(para)
msgid "Time Server"
msgstr "Časový server"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:888(para)
msgid "Print Server"
msgstr "Tlačový server"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using DHCP is that changes to the network, for example a "
"change in the address of the DNS server, need only be changed at the DHCP "
"server, and all network hosts will be reconfigured the next time their DHCP "
"clients poll the DHCP server. As an added advantage, it is also easier to "
"integrate new computers into the network, as there is no need to check for "
"the availability of an IP address. Conflicts in IP address allocation are "
"also reduced."
msgstr ""
"Výhodou použitia DHCP je to, že mení nastavenia v celej sieti. Ak chceme "
"napríklad zmeniť DNS server, stačí ho zmeniť iba na DHCP serveri a všetci "
"hostitelia v sieti zmenia nastavenie hneď po tom, ako sa ich DHCP klient "
"spojí s DHCP serverom. Ďalšou výhodou je tiež ľahšie začlenenie nového "
"počítača do siete, pretože nepotrebujeme zisťovať, ktorá IP adresa je voľná. "
"Vylúči sa tiež riziko priradenia rovnakej IP adresy dvom počítačom."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:899(para)
msgid "A DHCP server can provide configuration settings using two methods:"
msgstr "DHCP server môže byť nastavený dvoma spôsobmi:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:904(term)
msgid "MAC Address"
msgstr "MAC adresa"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:906(para)
msgid ""
"This method entails using DHCP to identify the unique hardware address of "
"each network card connected to the network and then continually supplying a "
"constant configuration each time the DHCP client makes a request to the DHCP "
"server using that network device."
msgstr ""
"Táto metóda použitia DHCP vyžaduje zadefinovanie všetkých fyzických adries "
"sieťových kariet pripojených do siete, pomocou ktorých sa budú klienti "
"identifikovať a následne im bude poskytnuté nemenné nastavenie vždy, keď "
"pošlú požiadavku DHCP serveru."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:915(term)
msgid "Address Pool"
msgstr "Rozsah adries"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:917(para)
msgid ""
"This method entails defining a pool (sometimes also called a range or scope) "
"of IP addresses from which DHCP clients are supplied their configuration "
"properties dynamically and on a \"first come, first served\" basis. When a "
"DHCP client is no longer on the network for a specified period, the "
"configuration is expired and released back to the address pool for use by "
"other DHCP Clients."
msgstr ""
"Táto metóda vyžaduje zadefinovanie rozsahu IP adries, z ktorého budú "
"dynamicky poskytované DNS klientom systémom \"kto prv príde, ten skôr "
"melie\". Keď sa DHCP klient zo siete odpojí na určitý čas, jeho konfigurácia "
"sa zruší a adresa bude vrátená späť do zoznamu voľných adries, aby mohla byť "
"pridelená inému DHCP klientovi."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:928(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu is shipped with both DHCP server and client. The server is "
"<application>dhcpd</application> (dynamic host configuration protocol "
"daemon). The client provided with Ubuntu is "
"<application>dhclient</application> and should be installed on all computers "
"required to be automatically configured. Both programs are easy to install "
"and configure and will be automatically started at system boot."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu sa dodáva s DHCP serverom aj klientom. Serverom je "
"<application>dhcpd</application>(dynamic host configuration protocol "
"daemon). Klient, ktorý je súčasťou Ubuntu, je "
"<application>dhclient</application> a mal by byť nainštalovaný na každom "
"počítači, ktorý chceme automaticky nakonfigurovať. Oba programy sa dajú "
"jednoducho nainštalovať a sú nastavené tak, aby sa spúšťali pri zavádzaní "
"systému."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:938(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dhcpd</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme <application>dhcpd</application> nainštalovať, zadáme do "
"príkazového riadka nasledujúci príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:943(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dhcp3-server"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:945(para)
msgid ""
"You will probably need to change the default configuration by editing "
"/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf to suit your needs and particular configuration."
msgstr ""
"Konfiguráciu DHCP servera môžeme podľa potrieb zmeniť v konfiguračnom súbore "
" /etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"You also need to edit /etc/default/dhcp3-server to specify the interfaces "
"dhcpd should listen to. By default it listens to eth0."
msgstr ""
"Bude tiež potrebné v súbore /etc/default/dhcp3-server určiť, na ktorom "
"rozhraní bude dhcpd načúvať. Predvolené je rozhranie eth0."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:953(para)
msgid ""
"NOTE: dhcpd's messages are being sent to syslog. Look there for diagnostics "
"messages."
msgstr ""
"POZNÁMKA: výstupy dhcpd sa zaznamenávajú v syslogu. V ňom môžeme nájsť "
"diagnostické správy."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:960(para)
msgid ""
"The error message the installation ends with might be a little confusing, "
"but the following steps will help you configure the service:"
msgstr ""
"Chybová správa na konci inštalácie môže byť trochu mätúca, ale nasledujúce "
"kroky nám pomôžu službu nakonfigurovať:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:964(para)
msgid ""
"Most commonly, what you want to do is assign an IP address randomly. This "
"can be done with settings as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Najčastejšie sa DHCP server nastavuje tak, aby IP adresy prideľoval náhodne. "
"Toto môžeme urobiť pomocou takýchto nastavení:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:968(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Sample /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
"# (add your comments here) \n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
"option domain-name \"mydomain.example\";\n"
"\n"
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Príklad /etc/dhcpd.conf\n"
"# (sem pridajte váš komentár) \n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;\n"
"option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;\n"
"option routers 192.168.1.254;\n"
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;\n"
"option domain-name \"mojadomena.nieco\";\n"
"\n"
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;\n"
"range 192.168.1.150 192.168.1.200;\n"
"} \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:984(para)
msgid ""
"This will result in the DHCP server giving a client an IP address from the "
"range 192.168.1.10-192.168.1.100 or 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. It will "
"lease an IP address for 600 seconds if the client doesn't ask for a specific "
"time frame. Otherwise the maximum (allowed) lease will be 7200 seconds. The "
"server will also \"advise\" the client that it should use 255.255.255.0 as "
"its subnet mask, 192.168.1.255 as its broadcast address, 192.168.1.254 as "
"the router/gateway and 192.168.1.1 and 192.168.1.2 as its DNS servers."
msgstr ""
"Toto nastavenie spôsobí, že DHCP server bude poskytovať klientom IP adresy z "
"rozsahu 192.168.1.10-192.168.1.100 alebo 192.168.1.150-192.168.1.200. IP "
"adresa bude zapožičaná na dobu 600 sekúnd, ak klient nepožiada o iné časové "
"obmedzenie. Maximálna (povolená) doba zapožičania je 7200 sekúnd. Server "
"tiež \"poradí\" klientovi, že by mal použiť masku siete 255.255.255.0, "
"broadcast adresu 192.168.1.255, bránu/smerovač 192.168.1.254 a DNS servery "
"192.168.1.1 a 192.168.1.2."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:993(para)
msgid ""
"If you need to specify a WINS server for your Windows clients, you will need "
"to include the netbios-name-servers option, e.g."
msgstr ""
"Ak potrebujeme nastaviť WINS server pre klientov Windows, je potrebné "
"zapísať aj riadok netbios-name-servers, napríklad takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:997(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"option netbios-name-servers 192.168.1.1; \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1000(para)
msgid ""
"Dhcpd configuration settings are taken from the DHCP mini-HOWTO, which can "
"be found <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DHCP/index.html\">here</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Konfiguračné nastavenia Dhcpd sme prevzali z <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DHCP/index.html\">DHCP mini-HOWTO</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1010(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/dhcp3-server\">dhcp3-"
"server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1015(para)
msgid ""
"For more <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dchpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">d"
"hcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"Also see the <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">DHCP "
"FAQ</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Vhodný štúdijný materiál je tiež <ulink url=\"http://www.dhcp-"
"handbook.com/dhcp_faq.html\">DHCP FAQ</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1031(title)
msgid "Time Synchronisation with NTP"
msgstr "Synchronizácia času pomocou NTP"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1032(para)
msgid ""
"This page describes methods for keeping your computer's time accurate. This "
"is useful for servers, but is not necessary (or desirable) for desktop "
"machines."
msgstr ""
"Táto stránka hovorí o tom, ako na počítači udržať presný čas. Presný čas je "
"pri serveroch dôležitý, ale na bežných počítačoch na ňom až tak nezáleží."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1035(para)
msgid ""
"NTP is a TCP/IP protocol for synchronising time over a network. Basically a "
"client requests the current time from a server, and uses it to set its own "
"clock."
msgstr ""
"NTP je súčasťou TCP/IP protokolu a slúži na synchronizáciu času cez sieť. V "
"princípe si klient vyžiada od servera a použije ho na nastavenie svojich "
"hodín."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1038(para)
msgid ""
"Behind this simple description, there is a lot of complexity - there are "
"tiers of NTP servers, with the tier one NTP servers connected to atomic "
"clocks (often via GPS), and tier two and three servers spreading the load of "
"actually handling requests across the Internet. Also the client software is "
"a lot more complex than you might think - it has to factor out communication "
"delays, and adjust the time in a way that does not upset all the other "
"processes that run on the server. But luckily all that complexity is hidden "
"from you!"
msgstr ""
"Za týmto jednoduchým opisom sa však nachádza dosť komplikovaný systém: "
"Existuje niekoľko úrovní NTP serverov, pričom NTP servery prvej úrovne sú "
"pripojené k atómovým hodinám (často prostredníctvom GPS) a servery na "
"úrovniach dva a tri slúžia na rozloženie záťaže a spracovávajú požiadavky "
"prichádzajúce z celého Internetu. Tiež softvér na strane klienta je o niečo "
"zložitejší, ako sa na prvý pohľad javí – je tu problém oneskorenia "
"komunikácie a nastavenia času tak, aby sa to neprejavilo na chode ostatných "
"procesov, ktoré sú na serveri spustené. Všetky tieto komplikované veci sú "
"však našťastie skryté pred naším zrakom!"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1041(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu has two ways of automatically setting your time: ntpdate and ntpd."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu umožňuje automaticky nastavovať čas dvoma spôsobmi: pomocou ntpdate a "
"ntpd."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1046(title)
msgid "ntpdate"
msgstr "ntpdate"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1047(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with ntpdate as standard, and will run it once at boot time to "
"set up your time according to Ubuntu's NTP server. However, a server's clock "
"is likely to drift considerably between reboots, so it makes sense to "
"correct the time occasionally. The easiest way to do this is to get cron to "
"run ntpdate every day. With your favorite editor, as root, create a file "
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> containing:"
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu je štandardne dodávané s ntpdate, ktoré spustí jednorázovo pri "
"zavádzaní systému a nastaví čas podľa prednastaveného NTP servera. Keďže "
"medzi jednotlivými reštartami servera sa môžu hodiny stať veľmi nepresnými, "
"je dôležité upraviť čas aj počas behu servera. Najjednoduchším spôsobom, "
"akým sa to dá urobiť, je naplánovať denné spúšťanie ntpdate pomocou "
"plánovača cron. Otvoríme náš obľúbený editor s právami root (pri spustení "
"použijeme sudo) a vytvoríme súbor <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> s "
"nasledujúcim obsahom:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1052(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1054(para)
msgid ""
"The file <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> must also be executable."
msgstr ""
"Súbor <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> musíme nastaviť ako spustiteľný:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1057(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"
msgstr "sudo chmod 755 /etc/cron.daily/ntpdate\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1061(title)
msgid "ntpd"
msgstr "ntpd"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"ntpdate is a bit of a blunt instrument - it can only adjust the time once a "
"day, in one big correction. The ntp daemon ntpd is far more subtle. It "
"calculates the drift of your system clock and continuously adjusts it, so "
"there are no large corrections that could lead to inconsistent logs for "
"instance. The cost is a little processing power and memory, but for a modern "
"server this is negligible."
msgstr ""
"ntpdate je trochu obmedzený nástroj – môže nastavovať čas iba raz za deň a "
"vykonať jednu veľkú korekciu. Démon ntpd je oveľa presnejší. Vypočíta, o "
"koľko sa hodiny oneskorujú/predbiehajú a nepretržite ich opravuje, takže "
"nenastane žiadny veľký posun, ktorý by mohol viesť k nekonzistencii "
"záznamov. Je to síce za cenu malého zníženia výkonu procesora a kapacity "
"pamäte, ale pri moderných serveroch je to zanedbateľné."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1065(para)
msgid "To set up ntpd:"
msgstr "Nástroj ntpd nainštalujeme pomocou príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1066(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ntp\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1071(title)
msgid "Changing Time Servers"
msgstr "Zmena časových serverov"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1072(para)
msgid ""
"In both cases above, your system will use Ubuntu's NTP server at "
"<code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code> by default. This is OK, but you might want to "
"use several servers to increase accuracy and resilience, and you may want to "
"use time servers that are geographically closer to you. to do this for "
"ntpdate, change the contents of <code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> to:"
msgstr ""
"V oboch uvedených prípadoch systém použije predvolený NTP server "
"<code>ntp.ubuntu.com</code>. To je OK, ale môžeme používať viacero serverov "
"a zvýšiť tak presnosť a odolnosť. Môžeme použiť servery, ktoré sú "
"geograficky blízke a máme k nim rýchlejšie pripojenie. Ak chceme servery "
"zmeniť, pre ntpdate to môžeme urobiť v súbore "
"<code>/etc/cron.daily/ntpdate</code> napríklad takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1079(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"
msgstr "ntpdate ntp.ubuntu.com pool.ntp.org \n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1081(para)
msgid ""
"And for ntpd edit <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> to include additional server "
"lines:"
msgstr ""
"Pre ntpd to zase môžeme urobiť v súbore <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> napríklad "
"takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1086(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
"server pool.ntp.org\n"
msgstr ""
"server ntp.ubuntu.com\n"
"server pool.ntp.org\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1089(para)
msgid ""
"You may notice <code>pool.ntp.org</code> in the examples above. This is a "
"really good idea which uses round-robin DNS to return an NTP server from a "
"pool, spreading the load between several different servers. Even better, "
"they have pools for different regions - for instance, if you are in New "
"Zealand, so you could use <code>nz.pool.ntp.org</code> instead of "
"<code>pool.ntp.org</code> . Look at <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink> for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"Všimnime si adresu <code>pool.ntp.org</code> použitú v príkladoch. Je to "
"naozaj veľmi dobrý nápad, pri ktorom DNS server systémom Round-Robin (ide "
"Pešek okolo) vráti adresu NTP servera zo zoznamu dostupných NTP serverov, a "
"tak rozdeľuje záťaž medzi všetky servery. Ešte lepším riešením je použiť "
"zoznam len určitého regiónu – napríklad, ak sa nachádzame na Slovensku, "
"môžete použiť <code>sk.pool.ntp.org</code> miesto  "
"<code>pool.ntp.org</code>. Viac informácii sa dozvieme na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.pool.ntp.org/\">http://www.pool.ntp.org/</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1100(para)
msgid ""
"You can also Google for NTP servers in your region, and add these to your "
"configuration. To test that a server works, just type <code>sudo ntpdate "
"ntp.server.name</code> and see what happens."
msgstr ""
"Môžeme tiež pomocou Google skúsiť nájsť NTP servery v našom regióne a pridať "
"ich do našej konfigurácie. Ak chceme otestovať, či server funguje, stačí "
"zadať sudo ntpdate <code>meno.ntp.servera</code>  a sledovať, čo sa bude "
"diať."

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1111(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/UbuntuTime\">Ubuntu "
"Time</ulink> wiki page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1117(ulink)
msgid "NTP Support"
msgstr "NTP Support"

#: serverguide/C/network-config.xml:1122(ulink)
msgid "The NTP FAQ and HOWTO"
msgstr "The NTP FAQ and HOWTO"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:13(title)
msgid "Network Authentication"
msgstr "Sieťová autentifikácia"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:15(para)
msgid "This section explains various Network Authentication protocols."
msgstr "Táto časť hovorí o rôznych protokoloch sieťovej autentifikácie."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:19(title)
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "OpenLDAP Server"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP is an acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, it is a "
"simplified version of the X.500 protocol. The directory setup in this "
"section will be used for authentication. Nevertheless, LDAP can be used in "
"numerous ways: authentication, shared directory (for mail clients), address "
"book, etc."
msgstr ""
"LDAP je skratka pre Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (protokol "
"odľahčeného prístupu k adresárom), ktorý je zjednodušenou verziou protokolu "
"X.500. Nastavenie adresárov v tejto časti použijeme na autentifikáciu. LDAP "
"sa však dá použiť aj na rôzne ďalšie účely, ako napríklad zdielaný adresár "
"(pre mailových klientov), adresár kontaktov, atď."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:28(para)
msgid ""
"To describe LDAP quickly, all information is stored in a tree structure. "
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> you have freedom to determine the "
"directory arborescence (the Directory Information Tree: the DIT) yourself. "
"We will begin with a basic tree containing two nodes below the root:"
msgstr ""
"Ak by sme chceli zjednodušene povedať, čo je LDAP, povedali by sme, že sú to "
"informácie usporiadané do stromovej štruktúry (označuje sa cn=nazov_stromu). "
"V  <application>OpenLDAP</application> môžeme slobodne určiť rozvetvenie "
"adresárov (tzv. DIT – Directory Information Tree). My začneme vytvorením "
"dvoch organizačných jednotiek (označuje sa ou=nazov_jednotky) na najvyššej "
"úrovni:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:37(para)
msgid "\"People\" node where your users will be stored"
msgstr "\"Ludia\": uzol, do ktorého budeme zadávať používateľov."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:40(para)
msgid "\"Groups\" node where your groups will be stored"
msgstr "\"Skupiny\": uzol, do ktorého budeme zadávať skupiny."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"Before beginning, you should determine what the root of your LDAP directory "
"will be. By default, your tree will be determined by your Fully Qualified "
"Domain Name (FQDN). If your domain is example.com (which we will use in this "
"example), your root node will be dc=example,dc=com."
msgstr ""
"Pred tým, ako začneme, mali by sme zistiť, ako sa volá uzol najvyššej úrovne "
"LDAP adresára. Za normálnych okolností je meno stromu určené tzv. Fully "
"Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) – úplným menom domény (označuje sa "
"dc=nazov_domeny). Ak je vaša doména nieco.sk (ktorú budeme v tomto príklade "
"používať), názov hlavného uzla bude dc=nieco,dc=sk."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the <application>OpenLDAP</application> server daemon "
"<application>slapd</application> and <application>ldap-utils</application>, "
"a package containing LDAP management utilities:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nainštalujeme démon <application>OpenLDAP</application> servera "
"<application>slapd</application> a balík <application>ldap-"
"utils</application>, ktorý obsahuje nástroje pre správu LDAP:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:60(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install slapd ldap-utils"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>slapd</application> is configured with minimal "
"options needed to run the <application>slapd</application> daemon."
msgstr ""
"V predvolenom stave je <application>slapd</application> nastavený s "
"minimálnymi voľbami potrebnými na beh démona "
"<application>slapd</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration example in the following sections will match the domain "
"name of the server. For example, if the machine's Fully Qualified Domain "
"Name (FQDN) is ldap.example.com, the default suffix will be "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Príklad konfigurácie v nasledujúcich častiach sa zhoduje s doménovým názvom "
"servera. Napríklad počítač s FQDN adresou ldap.nieco.sk bude mať príponu "
"<emphasis>dc=nieco,dc=sk</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:76(title)
msgid "Populating LDAP"
msgstr "Naplnenie LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:78(para)
msgid ""
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> uses a separate directory which contains "
"the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> Directory Information Tree (DIT). The "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT is used to dynamically configure the "
"<application>slapd</application> daemon, allowing the modification of schema "
"definitions, indexes, ACLs, etc without stopping the service."
msgstr ""
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> používa samostatnú databázu, ktorá "
"obsahuje stromovú štruktúru <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> adresárov (DIT). "
"Databáza <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> DIT sa používa na dynamické "
"konfigurovanie démona <application>slapd</application> a umožňuje bez "
"nutnosti zastavenia služby upravovať schémy definícii, indexov, prístupových "
"práv atď."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"The backend <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> directory has only a minimal "
"configuration and will need additional configuration options in order to "
"populate the frontend directory. The frontend will be populated with a "
"\"classical\" scheme that will be compatible with address book applications "
"and with Unix Posix accounts. Posix accounts will allow authentication to "
"various applications, such as web applications, email Mail Transfer Agent "
"(MTA) applications, etc."
msgstr ""
"Adresár na pozadí <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> má len minimálnu "
"konfiguráciu a bude potrebné nastaviť ďalšie voľby, aby bolo možné naplniť "
"adresár v popredí. Adresár v popredí napliníme pomocou schémy \\\"classical\\"
"\", ktorá je kompatibilná s adresármi v aplikáciách a s kontami Unix Posix. "
"Kontá Posix umožňujú autentifikáciu do rôznych aplikácií, vrátane webových "
"aplikácií, emailových aplikácií Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), atď."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:95(para)
msgid ""
"For external applications to authenticate using LDAP they will each need to "
"be specifically configured to do so. Refer to the individual application "
"documentation for details."
msgstr ""
"Ak chcete, aby externé aplikácie používali LDAP pri autentifikácii, je "
"potrebné každú z nich nastaviť osobitne. Viac informácii získate v "
"dokumentácii konkrétnej aplikácie."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:103(para)
msgid ""
"Remember to change <emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> in the following "
"examples to match your LDAP configuration."
msgstr ""
"Nezabudnite zmeniť <emphasis>dc=nieco,dc=sk</emphasis> v nasledujúcich "
"príkladoch, na zodpovedajúce vašej konfigurácii LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"First, some additional schema files need to be loaded. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr je potrebné načítať niektoré prídavné schémy. Do príkazového riadka "
"zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:113(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:702(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:114(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:703(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/nis.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:115(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:704(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"Next, copy the following example LDIF file, naming it "
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>, somewhere on your system:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz niekde v systéme vytvoríme súbor s názvom "
"<filename>pozadie.nieco.sk.ldif</filename> a skopírujeme do neho nasledujúci "
"ukážkový obsah LDIF súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:123(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
"cn: module\n"
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
"\n"
"# Database settings\n"
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis>olcRootPW: secret</emphasis> to a password of your choosing."
msgstr "Zmeňte <emphasis>olcRootPW: tajne</emphasis> na vami vybrané heslo."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:160(para)
msgid "Now add the LDIF to the directory:"
msgstr "Teraz pridáme LDIF do adresára:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:165(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:746(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f backend.example.com.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f pozadie.nieco.sk.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"The frontend directory is now ready to be populated. Create a "
"<filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> with the following contents:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz môžeme naplniť adresár v popredí. Vytvoríme súbor "
"<filename>popredie.nieco.sk.ldif</filename> s nasledujúcim obsahom:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:173(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Create top-level object in domain\n"
"dn: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: top\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: Example Organization\n"
"dc: Example\n"
"description: LDAP Example \n"
"\n"
"# Admin user.\n"
"dn: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: admin\n"
"description: LDAP administrator\n"
"userPassword: secret\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: people\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: groups\n"
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
"uid: john\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"displayName: John Doe\n"
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
"userPassword: password\n"
"gecos: John Doe\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/john\n"
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
"shadowMin: 8\n"
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
"mail: john.doe@example.com\n"
"postalCode: 31000\n"
"l: Toulouse\n"
"o: Example\n"
"mobile: +33 (0)6 xx xx xx xx\n"
"homePhone: +33 (0)5 xx xx xx xx\n"
"title: System Administrator\n"
"postalAddress: \n"
"initials: JD\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=example,ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
"cn: example\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# Vytvorenie najvrchnejšieho objektu v doméne\n"
"dn: dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: top\n"
"objectClass: dcObject\n"
"objectclass: organization\n"
"o: Organizácia Nieco\n"
"dc: Nieco\n"
"description: Ukážka LDAP\n"
"\n"
"# Používateľ Admin.\n"
"dn: cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: simpleSecurityObject\n"
"objectClass: organizationalRole\n"
"cn: admin\n"
"description: LDAP administrator\n"
"userPassword: tajne\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: ludia\n"
"\n"
"dn: ou=skupiny,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: organizationalUnit\n"
"ou: skupiny\n"
"\n"
"dn: uid=jozef,ou=ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"objectClass: shadowAccount\n"
"uid: jozef\n"
"sn: Mrkva\n"
"givenName: Jozef\n"
"cn: Jozef Mrkva\n"
"displayName: Jozef Mrkva\n"
"uidNumber: 1000\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"
"userPassword: heslo\n"
"gecos: Jozef Mrkva\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/jozef\n"
"shadowExpire: -1\n"
"shadowFlag: 0\n"
"shadowWarning: 7\n"
"shadowMin: 8\n"
"shadowMax: 999999\n"
"shadowLastChange: 10877\n"
"mail: jozef.mrkva@nieco.sk\n"
"postalCode: 81100\n"
"l: Bratislava\n"
"o: Nieco\n"
"mobile: +421 (0)9xx xx xx xx\n"
"homePhone: +421 (0)2 xx xx xx xx\n"
"title: Systemový administrátor\n"
"postalAddress: \n"
"initials: JM\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=priklad,ou=skupiny,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: posixGroup\n"
"cn: priklad\n"
"gidNumber: 10000\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the directory structure, a user, and a group have been "
"setup. In other examples you might see the <emphasis>objectClass: "
"top</emphasis> added in every entry, but that is the default behaviour so "
"you do not have to add it explicitly."
msgstr ""
"V tomto príklade je nastavená štruktúra adresára, používateľ a skupina. V "
"iných príkladoch konfigurácie môžeme naraziť na nastavenie "
"<emphasis>objectClass: top</emphasis>, ktoré býva pridané ku každému "
"záznamu. Toto nastavenie však nemusíme pridávať explicitne, pretože je "
"predvolené."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:243(para)
msgid "Add the entries to the LDAP directory:"
msgstr "Pridáme záznamy do LDAP adresára:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:249(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:757(command)
msgid ""
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com -W -f frontend.example.com.ldif"
msgstr ""
"sudo ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk -W -f popredie.nieco.sk.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"We can check that the content has been correctly added with the "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility. Execute a search of the LDAP "
"directory:"
msgstr ""
"Pomocou nástroja <application>ldapsearch</application> môžeme overiť, či bol "
"obsah správne pridaný. Spustíme vyhľadávanie v LDAP adresári:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:258(command)
msgid "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=example,dc=com\" uid=john sn givenName cn"
msgstr "ldapsearch -xLLL -b \"dc=nieco,dc=sk\" uid=jozef sn givenName cn"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:259(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=john,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"cn: John Doe\n"
"sn: Doe\n"
"givenName: John\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=jozef,ou=ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"cn: Jozef Mrkva\n"
"sn: Mrkva\n"
"givenName: Jozef\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:267(para)
msgid "Just a quick explanation:"
msgstr "Rýchle vysvetlenie:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:273(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> will not use SASL authentication method, which is "
"the default."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-x:</emphasis> nepoužije SASL metódu autentifikácie, ktorá je "
"predvolená."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:279(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> disable printing LDIF schema information."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-LLL:</emphasis> zabráni vypísaniu informácií o LDIF schéme."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:287(title)
msgid "Further Configuration"
msgstr "Ďalšie nastavenia"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree can be manipulated using the "
"utilities in the <application>ldap-utils</application> package. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Strom <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> sa dá upravovať pomocou nástrojov z "
"balíka <application>ldap-utils</application>. Napríklad takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:298(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>ldapsearch</application> to view the tree, entering the "
"admin password set during installation or reconfiguration:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme strom zobraziť, použijeme príkaz "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> a zadáme heslo správcu, ktoré sme "
"zadali pri inštalácii:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:304(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"
msgstr "sudo ldapsearch -LLL -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -b cn=config dn"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:308(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"dn: cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={0}core,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={1}cosine,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={2}nis,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: cn={3}inetorgperson,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={-1}frontend,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:334(para)
msgid ""
"The output above is the current configuration options for the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> backend database. Your output may be vary."
msgstr ""
"Výpis, ktorý sa nám zobrazil, predstavuje aktuálnu konfiguráciu databázy na "
"pozadí <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Výpis sa môže líšiť."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:342(para)
msgid ""
"As an example of modifying the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree, add "
"another attribute to the index list using "
"<application>ldapmodify</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Aby sme ukázali, ako sa strom <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> upravuje, "
"pridáme pomocou <application>ldapmodify</application> ďalší atribút do "
"zoznamu indexov:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:348(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:984(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1155(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1191(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:///"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:356(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:352(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:364(para)
msgid ""
"Once the modification has completed, press <emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis> to "
"exit the utility."
msgstr ""
"Po ukončení pridávania nástroj ukončíme stlačením "
"<emphasis>Ctrl+D</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ldapmodify</application> can also read the changes from a file. "
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<application>ldapmodify</application> môže zmeny prečítať aj zo súboru. "
"Nasledujúci text skopírujeme do súboru s názvom "
"<filename>uid_index.ldif</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:376(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:382(para)
msgid "Then execute <application>ldapmodify</application>:"
msgstr "Potom spustíme <application>ldapmodify</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:387(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f uid_index.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:391(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:399(para)
msgid "The file method is very useful for large changes."
msgstr ""
"Tento spôsob s nastavením v súbore sa používa najmä pri rozsiahlych zmenách."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"Adding additional <emphasis>schemas</emphasis> to "
"<application>slapd</application> requires the schema to be converted to LDIF "
"format. The <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> "
"directory contains some schema files already converted to LDIF format as "
"demonstrated in the previous section. Fortunately, the "
"<application>slapd</application> program can be used to automate the "
"conversion. The following example will add the "
"<emphasis>dyngoup.schema</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme pridať do <application>slapd</application> ďalšiu "
"<emphasis>schému</emphasis> (definíciu atribútov pre organizačnú jednotku), "
"je potrebné ju prekonvertovať do LDIF formátu. Priečinok <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc/ldap/schema</filename> obsahuje niektoré schémami v "
"súboroch, ktoré sú už skonvertované do LDIF formátu podobne ako sme to "
"demonštrovali v predchádzajúcej časti. Našťastie sa program slapd dá použiť "
"na zautomatizovanie konverzie. V nasledujúcom príklade pridáme schému "
"<emphasis>dyngoup.schema</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a conversion <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> file "
"containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr vytvoríme konverzný súbor <filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> a "
"uložíme do neho nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:421(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:439(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1655(para)
msgid "Next, create a temporary directory to hold the output:"
msgstr "V ďalšom kroku vytvoríme dočasný priečinok pre ukladanie výstupov:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:444(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1660(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2695(command)
msgid "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"
msgstr "mkdir /tmp/ldif_output"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:450(para)
msgid ""
"Now using <application>slapcat</application> convert the schema files to "
"LDIF:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz pomocou <application>slapcat</application> skonvertujeme súbor schémy "
"do LDIF formátu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:455(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={5}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=dyngroup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:458(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the configuration file name and temporary directory names if yours "
"are different. Also, it may be worthwhile to keep the "
"<filename>ldif_output</filename> directory around in case you want to add "
"additional schemas in the future."
msgstr ""
"Ak by sme použili iný názov konfiguračného súboru a priečinka, bolo by "
"potrebné prispôsobiť aj príkaz. Priečinok ldif_output nemusíme mazať, môžeme "
"ho využiť neskôr, keď budeme pridávať ďalšie schémy."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the <filename>/tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif</filename> file, changing the "
"following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme súbor <filename>/tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif</filename>, zmeníme "
"nasledujúce atribúty:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:471(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: dyngroup\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: dyngroup\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:477(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1691(para)
msgid "And remove the following lines from the bottom of the file:"
msgstr "a odstránime nasledujúce riadky z konca súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:481(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 10dae0ea-0760-102d-80d3-f9366b7f7757\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080826021140.791425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080826021140Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:492(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1706(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2741(para)
msgid ""
"The attribute values will vary, just be sure the attributes are removed."
msgstr ""
"Hodnoty atribútov môžu byť iné, preto si pri mazaní dajte pozor, aby ste "
"zmazali všetky uvedené atribúty."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:500(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1714(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility, add the new "
"schema to the directory:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec pomocou nástroja <application>ldapadd</application> pridáme novú "
"schému do adresára:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:506(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"
msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f /tmp/cn\\=dyngroup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={4}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis> entry in the cn=config tree."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme v strome cn=config mali mať záznam <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={4}dyngroup,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:522(title)
msgid "LDAP Replication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"LDAP often quickly becomes a highly critical service to the network. "
"Multiple systems will come to depend on LDAP for authentication, "
"authorization, configuration, etc. It is a good idea to setup a redundant "
"system through replication."
msgstr ""
"LDAP sa veľmi rýchlo stane kľúčovou službou v našej sieti. Viaceré systémy "
"budú závislé od LDAP autentifikácie, autorizácie, konfigurácie, atď. Z tohto "
"dôvodu je dobré systém nastaviť tak, aby bol redundantný."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:530(para)
msgid ""
"Replication is achieved using the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. "
"Syncrepl allows the changes to be synced using a "
"<emphasis>consumer</emphasis>, <emphasis>provider</emphasis> model. A "
"provider sends directory changes to consumers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:537(title)
msgid "Provider Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"The following is an example of a <emphasis>Single-Master</emphasis> "
"configuration. In this configuration one OpenLDAP server is configured as a "
"<emphasis>provider</emphasis> and another as a <emphasis>consumer</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:547(para)
msgid ""
"First, configure the provider server. Copy the following to a file named "
"<filename>provider_sync.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:552(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Add indexes to the frontend db.\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"\n"
"#Load the syncprov and accesslog modules.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: accesslog\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog database definitions\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {2}hdb\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap/accesslog\n"
"olcSuffix: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbIndex: default eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryCSN,objectClass,reqEnd,reqResult,reqStart\n"
"\n"
"# Accesslog db syncprov.\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={2}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"olcSpReloadHint: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# syncrepl Provider for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: add\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
"olcSpNoPresent: TRUE\n"
"\n"
"# accesslog overlay definitions for primary db\n"
"dn: olcOverlay=accesslog,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcAccessLogConfig\n"
"olcOverlay: accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogDB: cn=accesslog\n"
"olcAccessLogOps: writes\n"
"olcAccessLogSuccess: TRUE\n"
"# scan the accesslog DB every day, and purge entries older than 7 days\n"
"olcAccessLogPurge: 07+00:00 01+00:00\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:614(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>AppArmor</application> profile for "
"<application>slapd</application> will need to be adjusted for the accesslog "
"database location. Edit <filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.slapd</filename> "
"adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:619(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/ r,\n"
"  /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/** rwk,\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:624(para)
msgid ""
"Then create the directory, reload the <application>apparmor</application> "
"profile, and copy the <filename>DB_CONFIG</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:630(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap mkdir /var/lib/ldap/accesslog"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:631(command)
msgid "sudo -u openldap cp /var/lib/ldap/DB_CONFIG /var/lib/ldap/accesslog/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:636(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <emphasis>-u openldap</emphasis> option with the "
"<application>sudo</application> commands above removes the need to adjust "
"permissions for the new directory later."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:645(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the file and change the <emphasis>olcRootDN</emphasis> to match your "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:649(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"Next, add the LDIF file using the <application>ldapadd</application> utility:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:662(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f provider_sync.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:669(para)
msgid "Restart <application>slapd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:674(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1040(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1227(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/slapd restart"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:680(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> server is now configured, and it is time "
"to configure a <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:687(title)
msgid "Consumer Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:692(para)
msgid ""
"On the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server configure it the same as the "
"<emphasis>Provider</emphasis> except for the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> "
"configuration steps."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:697(para)
msgid "Add the additional schema files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:707(para)
msgid ""
"Also, create, or copy from the provider server, the "
"<filename>backend.example.com.ldif</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:711(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
"dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
"cn: module\n"
"olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
"olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
"\n"
"# Database settings\n"
"dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
"objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
"objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
"olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
"olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
"olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"olcRootPW: secret\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
"olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
"olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
"olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
"olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write "
"by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=shadowLastChange by self write by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:741(para)
msgid "And add the LDIF by entering:"
msgstr "a pridáme LDIF zadaním príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:752(para)
msgid ""
"Do the same with the <filename>frontend.example.com.ldif</filename> file "
"listed above, and add it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:760(para)
msgid ""
"The two severs should now have the same configuration except for the "
"<emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:768(para)
msgid ""
"Now create a file named <filename>consumer_sync.ldif</filename> containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:772(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#Load the syncprov module.\n"
"dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcModuleLoad\n"
"olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
"\n"
"# syncrepl specific indices\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcSyncRepl\n"
"olcSyncRepl: rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
"logbase=\"cn=accesslog\" \n"
" logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" "
"schemachecking=on \n"
" type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcUpdateRef\n"
"olcUpdateRef: ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:795(para)
msgid "You will probably want to change the following attributes:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:800(para)
msgid "<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to your server's hostname."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:801(emphasis)
msgid "binddn"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:802(emphasis)
msgid "credentials"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:803(emphasis)
msgid "searchbase"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:804(emphasis)
msgid "olcUpdateRef:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:810(para)
msgid "Add the LDIF file to the configuration tree:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:815(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadd -c -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f consumer_sync.ldif"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"The frontend database should now sync between servers. You can add "
"additional servers using the steps above as the need arises."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:831(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "127.0.0.1\tldap01.example.com ldap01"
msgstr "127.0.0.1\tldap01.nieco.sk ldap01"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:827(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon will send log information to "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> by default. So if all does "
"<emphasis>not</emphasis> go well check there for errors and other "
"troubleshooting information. Also, be sure that each server knows it's Fully "
"Qualified Domain Name (FQDN). This is configured in "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with a line similar to: <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""
"Démon <application>slapd</application> zaznamenáva svoje výstupy do súboru "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Takže ak niečo "
"<emphasis>nefunguje</emphasis> tak ako má, môžete v ňom nájsť chybové "
"hlásenia a informácie pre ich odstránenie. Tiež sa uistite, že každý server "
"pozná svoje plné doménové meno (FQDN). Je nastavené v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>  pomocou riadka podobného tomuto: "
"<placeholder-1/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:839(title)
msgid "Setting up ACL"
msgstr "Nastavenie prístupových práv"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:841(para)
msgid ""
"Authentication requires access to the password field, that should be not "
"accessible by default. Also, in order for users to change their own "
"password, using <command>passwd</command> or other utilities, "
"<emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis> needs to be accessible once a user has "
"authenticated."
msgstr ""
"Autentifikácia vyžaduje prístup k poľu s heslom, ktoré by nemalo byť "
"prístupné bežným spôsobom. Aby si používatelia po prihlásení mohli zmeniť "
"svoje heslo pomocou <command>passwd</command> alebo iných nástrojov, "
"potrebujú prístup k <emphasis>shadowLastChange</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:848(para)
msgid ""
"To view the Access Control List (ACL), use the "
"<application>ldapsearch</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme zobraziť tzv. Access Control List (ACL) – zoznam prístupových "
"práv, použijeme nástroj <application>ldapsearch</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:853(command)
msgid ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
"olcAccess"
msgstr ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -b cn=config -D cn=admin,cn=config -W olcDatabase=hdb "
"olcAccess"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:857(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"olcAccess: {0}to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco\n"
" ,dc=sk\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"olcAccess: {1}to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"olcAccess: {2}to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" write by * read\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:869(title)
msgid "TLS and SSL"
msgstr "TLS a SSL"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:871(para)
msgid ""
"When authenticating to an OpenLDAP server it is best to do so using an "
"encrypted session. This can be accomplished using Transport Layer Security "
"(TLS) and/or Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)."
msgstr ""
"Ak sa prihlasujeme k OpenLDAP serveru, je vhodné to robiť pomocou "
"šifrovaného pripojenia. Toto je možné zabezpečiť pomocou použitia Transport "
"Layer Security (TLS) a/alebo Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in the process is to obtain or create a "
"<emphasis>certificate</emphasis>. Because <application>slapd</application> "
"is compiled using the <application>gnutls</application> library, the "
"<application>certtool</application> utility will be used to create "
"certificates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:885(para)
msgid ""
"First, install <application>gnutls-bin</application> by entering the "
"following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:890(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install gnutls-bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:896(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create a private key for the <emphasis>Certificate "
"Authority</emphasis> (CA):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:901(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:907(para)
msgid ""
"Create a <filename>/etc/ssl/ca.info</filename> details file to self-sign the "
"CA certificate containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:911(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"cn = Example Company\n"
"ca\n"
"cert_signing_key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:920(para)
msgid "Now create the self-signed CA certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:925(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-self-signed --load-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/ca.info --outfile "
"/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:932(para)
msgid "Make a private key for the server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:937(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"certtool --generate-privkey &gt; "
"/etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:941(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>ldap01</emphasis> in the filename with your server's "
"hostname. Naming the certificate and key for the host and service that will "
"be using them will help keep filenames and paths straight."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:950(para)
msgid ""
"To sign the server's certificate with the CA, create the "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/ldap01.info</filename> info file containing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:954(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap01.example.com\n"
"tls_www_server\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:965(para)
msgid "Create the server's certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:970(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey /etc/ssl/private/x01-"
"test_slapd_key.pem \\ --load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-"
"ca-privkey /etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template /etc/ssl/x01-test.info --"
"outfile /etc/ssl/certs/x01-test_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:978(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a certificate, key, and CA cert installed, use "
"<application>ldapmodify</application> to add the new configuration options:"
msgstr ""
"Keď máme nainštalovaný certifikát, kľuč a certifikát CA, použijeme nástroj "
"<application>ldapmodify</application>, ktorým pridáme nové nastavenia:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:989(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap01_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:988(computeroutput) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1159(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <filename>ldap01_slapd_cert.pem</filename>, "
"<filename>ldap01_slapd_key.pem</filename>, and "
"<filename>cacert.pem</filename> names if yours are different."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1010(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> uncomment the "
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option:"
msgstr ""
"Ako ďalšie otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> a "
"odpoznámkujeme riadok <emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1014(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SLAPD_SERVICES=\"ldap:/// ldapi:/// ldaps:///\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1018(para)
msgid ""
"Now the <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> user needs access to the certificate:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz povolíme používateľovi menom <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> prístup k "
"certifikátu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1023(command)
msgid "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"
msgstr "sudo adduser openldap ssl-cert"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1024(command)
msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1025(command)
msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/ldap01_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1029(para)
msgid ""
"If the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> and "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> have different permissions, "
"adjust the commands appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Ak <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/ssl/private</filename> a "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private/server.key</filename> majú rozdielne nastavené "
"práva, prispôsobte podľa toho príkazy."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1035(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>slapd</application>:"
msgstr "Nakoniec reštartujeme <application>slapd</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1043(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>slapd</application> daemon should now be listening for "
"LDAPS connections and be able to use STARTTLS during authentication."
msgstr ""
"Odteraz démon <application>slapd</application> bude akceptovať aj šifrované "
"LDAPS pripojenia a bude môcť použiť STARTTLS počas autentifikácie."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1049(para)
msgid ""
"If you run into troubles with the server not starting, check the "
"/var/log/syslog. If you see errors like main: TLS init def ctx failed: -1, "
"it is likely there is a configuration problem. Check that the certificate is "
"signed by the authority from in the files configured, and that the ssl-cert "
"group has read permissions on the private key."
msgstr ""
"Ak nastane problém a server sa nedá naštartovať, skontrolujeme "
"/var/log/syslog. Ak zbadáme chybu podobnú: TLS init def ctx failed: -1, je "
"pravdepodobné, že sme urobili chybu v konfigurácii. Skontrolujeme, či je "
"certifikát podpísaný autoritou aká je nastavená v konfiguračných súboroch, a "
"či má skupina ssl-cert právo na čítanie súkromného kľúča."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1061(title)
msgid "TLS Replication"
msgstr "TLS Replikácia"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1063(para)
msgid ""
"If you have setup <application>Syncrepl</application> between servers, it is "
"prudent to encrypt the replication traffic using <emphasis>Transport Layer "
"Security (TLS)</emphasis>. For details on setting up replication see <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ak sme medzi servermi nastavili <application>Syncrepl</application>, je "
"rozumné zašifrovať replikačnú komunikáciu pomocou <emphasis>Transport Layer "
"Security (TLS)</emphasis>. Viac informácii o replíkácii nájdeme v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server-replication\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1069(para)
msgid ""
"Assuming you have followed the above instructions and created a CA "
"certificate and server certificate on the <emphasis>Provider</emphasis> "
"server. Follow the following instructions to create a certificate and key "
"for the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1078(para)
msgid "Create a new key for the Consumer server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1083(command)
msgid "mkdir ldap02-ssl"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1084(command)
msgid "cd ldap02-ssl"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1085(command)
msgid "certtool --generate-privkey &gt; ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1089(para)
msgid ""
"Creating a new directory is not strictly necessary, but it will help keep "
"things organized and make it easier to copy the files to the Consumer server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1098(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create an info file, <filename>ldap02.info</filename> for the Consumer "
"server, changing the attributes to match your locality and server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"country = US\n"
"state = North Carolina\n"
"locality = Winston-Salem\n"
"organization = Example Company\n"
"cn = ldap02.salem.edu\n"
"tls_www_client\n"
"encryption_key\n"
"signing_key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1117(para)
msgid "Create the certificate:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1122(command)
msgid ""
"sudo certtool --generate-certificate --load-privkey ldap02_slapd_key.pem \\ -"
"-load-ca-certificate /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem --load-ca-privkey "
"/etc/ssl/private/cakey.pem \\ --template ldap02.info --outfile "
"ldap02_slapd_cert.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1130(para)
msgid "Copy the <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to the dicretory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1135(command)
msgid "cp /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1141(para)
msgid ""
"The only thing left is to copy the <filename>ldap02-ssl</filename> directory "
"to the Consumer server, then copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_cert.pem</filename> "
"and <filename>cacert.pem</filename> to <filename>/etc/ssl/certs</filename>, "
"and copy <filename>ldap02_slapd_key.pem</filename> to "
"<filename>/etc/ssl/private</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1150(para)
msgid ""
"Once the files are in place adjust the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree "
"by entering:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1160(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: cn=config\n"
"add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
"olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1177(para)
msgid ""
"As with the Provider you can now edit "
"<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> and add the "
"<emphasis>ldaps:///</emphasis> parameter to the "
"<emphasis>SLAPD_SERVICES</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1185(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> has been setup on each server, once again "
"modify the <emphasis>Consumer</emphasis> server's "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree by entering the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1198(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
"olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=0 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com bindmethod=simple "
"binddn=\"cn=ad\n"
" min,dc=example,dc=com\" credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
"logbas\n"
" e=\"cn=accesslog\" "
"logfilter=\"(&amp;(objectClass=auditWriteObject)(reqResult=0))\" s\n"
" chemachecking=on type=refreshAndPersist retry=\"60 +\" syncdata=accesslog "
"starttls=yes"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1195(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SASL/EXTERNAL authentication started\n"
"SASL username: gidNumber=0+uidNumber=0,cn=peercred,cn=external,cn=auth\n"
"SASL SSF: 0\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1210(para)
msgid ""
"If the LDAP server hostname does not match the Fully Qualified Domain Name "
"(FQDN) in the certificate, you may have to edit "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> and add the following TLS options:"
msgstr ""
"Ak adresa stanice LDAP servera nesúhlasí s FQDN v certifikáte, mali by sme "
"otvoriť súbor <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> a pridať nasledujúce "
"TLS nastavenia:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1215(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/ldap02_slapd_cert.pem\n"
"TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/ldap02_slapd_key.pem\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1222(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart <application>slapd</application> on each of the servers:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec reštartujeme <application>slapd</application> na každom serveri:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1235(title)
msgid "LDAP Authentication"
msgstr "LDAP autentifikácia"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1237(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a working LDAP server, the <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> and <application>libnss-ldap</application> packages "
"take the pain out of configuring an Ubuntu client to authenticate using "
"LDAP. To install the packages from, a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Keď máme funkčný LDAP server, balíky<application>auth-client-"
"config</application> a <application>libnss-ldap</application> nám pomôžu "
"prekonať ťažkosti pri nastavovaní Ubuntu klientov tak, aby sa prihlasovali "
"pomocou LDAP. Ak chceme balíky nainštalovať, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1244(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install libnss-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1247(para)
msgid ""
"During the install a menu dialog will ask you connection details about your "
"LDAP server."
msgstr ""
"Počas inštalácie bude potrebné zadať parametre pripojenia k LDAP serveru."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1251(para)
msgid ""
"If you make a mistake when entering your information you can execute the "
"dialog again using:"
msgstr ""
"Ak sa pomýlime pri zadávaní informácií, môžeme dialóg vyvolať znova pomocou "
"príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1256(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure ldap-auth-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"The results of the dialog can be seen in "
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. If your server requires options not "
"covered in the menu edit this file accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Hodnoty, ktoré zadáme do dialógu, môžeme vidieť v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/ldap.conf</filename>. Ak náš server vyžaduje nastavenie, "
"ktoré sa nenachádza v dialógu, môžeme ho v tomto súbore doplniť."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"Now that <application>libnss-ldap</application> is configured enable the "
"<application>auth-client-config</application> LDAP profile by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz, keď je <application>libnss-ldap</application> nakonfigurované, "
"zapneme pomocou <application>auth-client-config</application> LDAP profil:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1270(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -t nss -p lac_ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1275(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> only modifies "
"<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-t:</emphasis> zmení iba <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1280(para)
msgid "<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> name of the profile to enable, disable, etc."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>-p:</emphasis> meno profilu, ktoré sa má zapnúť alebo vypnúť."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lac_ldap:</emphasis> the <application>auth-client-"
"config</application> profile that is part of the <application>ldap-auth-"
"config</application> package."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>lac_ldap:</emphasis> profil <application>auth-client-"
"config</application>, ktorý je časťou balíka <application>ldap-auth-"
"config</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1292(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>pam-auth-update</application> utility, configure the "
"system to use LDAP for authentication:"
msgstr ""
"Použitím nástroja <application>pam-auth-update</application> nastavíme "
"systém tak, aby používal na autentifikáciu LDAP:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1297(command)
msgid "sudo pam-auth-update"
msgstr "sudo pam-auth-update"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1300(para)
msgid ""
"From the <application>pam-auth-update</application> menu, choose LDAP and "
"any other authentication mechanisms you need."
msgstr ""
"Z ponuky <application>pam-auth-update</application> vyberieme LDAP a "
"ktorékoľvek ďalšie autentifikačné mechanizmy, ktoré ešte potrebujeme."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1304(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to login using user credentials stored in the LDAP "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali byť schopný prihlásiť používateľa, ktorý je uložený v LDAP "
"adresáre."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"If you are going to use LDAP to store Samba users you will need to configure "
"the server to authenticate using LDAP. See <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/> "
"for details."
msgstr ""
"Ak sa chystáte použiť LDAP na uloženie používateľov systému Samba, bude "
"potrebné nastaviť server tak, aby na autentifikáciu využíval LDAP. Viac "
"informácii sa dozviete v časti <xref linkend=\"samba-ldap\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1317(title)
msgid "User and Group Management"
msgstr "Správa používateľov a skupín"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldap-utils</application> package comes with multiple "
"utilities to manage the directory, but the long string of options needed, "
"can make them a burden to use. The <application>ldapscripts</application> "
"package contains configurable scripts to easily manage LDAP users and groups."
msgstr ""
"Balík <application>ldap-utils</application> obsahuje viacero nástrojov na "
"správu adresára, ale pri potrebe nastavenia dlhších reťazcov môže byť ich "
"použitie ťažkopádne. Balík <application>ldapscripts</application> obsahuje "
"konfiguračné skripty na správu LDAP používateľov a skupín."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1325(para)
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Ak tento balíček chceme nainštalovať, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1330(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install ldapscripts"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1333(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit the config file "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> uncommenting and "
"changing the following to match your environment:"
msgstr ""
"Potom otvoríme konfiguračný súbor "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> a odkomentujeme a "
"zmeníme nasledujúce riadky tak, aby zodpovedali nášmu prostrediu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1338(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Groups'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=People'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Computers'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"SERVER=localhost\n"
"BINDDN='cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk'\n"
"BINDPWDFILE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\"\n"
"SUFFIX='dc=example,dc=com'\n"
"GSUFFIX='ou=Skupiny'\n"
"USUFFIX='ou=Ludia'\n"
"MSUFFIX='ou=Pocitace'\n"
"GIDSTART=10000\n"
"UIDSTART=10000\n"
"MIDSTART=10000\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1351(para)
msgid ""
"Now, create the <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename> file to allow "
"authenticated access to the directory:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz vytvoríme súbor <filename>ldapscripts.passwd</filename>, aby sme "
"umožnili autentifikovaný prístup k adresáru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1356(command)
msgid ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'secret' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""
msgstr ""
"sudo sh -c \"echo -n 'tajne' &gt; /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1357(command)
msgid "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"
msgstr "sudo chmod 400 /etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.passwd"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1361(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <quote>secret</quote> with the actual password for your LDAP admin "
"user."
msgstr "Slovo “tajne” nahraďte aktuálnym heslom LDAP administrátora."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1366(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldapscripts</application> are now ready to help manage your "
"directory. The following are some examples of how to use the scripts:"
msgstr ""
"Odteraz sú skripty <application>ldapscripts</application> pripravené pomôcť "
"nám pri správe adresára. Nasledujúce príklady hovoria o tom, ako sa skripty "
"používajú:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1373(para)
msgid "Create a new user:"
msgstr "Vytvorenie nového používateľa:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1377(command)
msgid "sudo ldapadduser george example"
msgstr "sudo ldapadduser juro pokus"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1379(para)
msgid ""
"This will create a user with uid <emphasis role=\"italic\">george</emphasis> "
"and set the user's primary group (gid) to <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Tento príkaz vytvorí používateľa s uid <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">juro</emphasis> a nastaví jeho hlavnú skupinu (gid) na "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">pokus</emphasis>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1385(para)
msgid "Change a user's password:"
msgstr "Zmena hesla:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1389(command)
msgid "sudo ldapsetpasswd george"
msgstr "sudo ldapsetpasswd juro"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1390(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Changing password for user uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr "Changing password for user uid=juro,ou=Ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1391(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password: "
msgstr "New Password: "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1392(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "New Password (verify): "
msgstr "New Password (verify): "

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1396(para)
msgid "Delete a user:"
msgstr "Odstránenie používateľa:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1400(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuser juro"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1405(para)
msgid "Add a group:"
msgstr "Pridanie skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1409(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddgroup qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1413(para)
msgid "Delete a group:"
msgstr "Odstránenie skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1417(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeletegroup qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1421(para)
msgid "Add a user to a group:"
msgstr "Pridanie používateľa do skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1425(command)
msgid "sudo ldapaddusertogroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapaddusertogroup juro qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1427(para)
msgid ""
"You should now see a <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute for the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group with a value of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">george</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz sa môžeme presvedčiť, že atribút <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> "
"skupiny <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> bude obsahovať hodnotu "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">juro</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1433(para)
msgid "Remove a user from a group:"
msgstr "Odstránenie používateľa zo skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1437(command)
msgid "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup george qa"
msgstr "sudo ldapdeleteuserfromgroup juro qa"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1439(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute should now be removed from the "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis> group."
msgstr ""
"Atribút <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> by mal byť teraz odstránený zo "
"skupiny <emphasis role=\"italic\">qa</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1445(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> script allows you to add, "
"remove, or replace a user's attributes. The script uses the same syntax as "
"the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Skript <application>ldapmodifyuser</application> umožňuje pridať, odstrániť "
"alebo nahradiť atribúty používateľa. Skript používa rovnakú syntax ako "
"nástroj <application>ldapmodify</application>. Napríklad:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1450(command)
msgid "sudo ldapmodifyuser george"
msgstr "sudo ldapmodifyuser juro"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1451(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: george\n"
"uid: george\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/george\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: george\n"
"description: User account\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
"dn: uid=george,ou=People,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"# About to modify the following entry :\n"
"dn: uid=juro,ou=Ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"objectClass: account\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: george\n"
"uid: george\n"
"uidNumber: 1001\n"
"gidNumber: 1001\n"
"homeDirectory: /home/juro\n"
"loginShell: /bin/bash\n"
"gecos: juro\n"
"description: User account\n"
"userPassword:: e1NTSEF9eXFsTFcyWlhwWkF1eGUybVdFWHZKRzJVMjFTSG9vcHk=\n"
"\n"
"# Enter your modifications here, end with CTRL-D.\n"
"dn: uid=jurp,ou=Ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1467(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"replace: gecos\n"
"gecos: George Carlin"
msgstr ""
"replace: gecos\n"
"gecos: Juraj Jánošík"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1470(para)
msgid ""
"The user's <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> should now be <quote>George "
"Carlin</quote>."
msgstr ""
"Atribút <emphasis>gecos</emphasis> by mal mať teraz hodnotu <quote>Juraj "
"Jánošík</quote>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1475(para)
msgid ""
"Another great feature of <application>ldapscripts</application>, is the "
"template system. Templates allow you to customize the attributes of user, "
"group, and machine objectes. For example, to enable the "
"<emphasis>user</emphasis> template edit "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""
"Ďalšou obrovskou výhodou balíka <application>ldapscripts</application> je "
"využívanie systémových šablón. Šablóny umožňujú prispôsobiť atribúty "
"používateľa, skupiny a počítača. Ak chceme napríklad použiť šablónu "
"<emphasis>user</emphasis>, otvoríme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapscripts.conf</filename> a pridáme riadok:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1482(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"UTEMPLATE=\"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1486(para)
msgid ""
"There are <emphasis role=\"italic\">sample</emphasis> templates in the "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename> directory. Copy or rename the "
"<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">Vzorové</emphasis> šablóny sa nachádzajú v "
"priečinku <filename>/etc/ldapscripts</filename>. Skopírujeme súbor  "
"<filename>ldapadduser.template.sample</filename> do  "
"<filename>/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1493(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template.sample "
"/etc/ldapscripts/ldapadduser.template"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1496(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new template to add the desired attributes. The following will "
"create new user's as with an <emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> of "
"<emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme novú šablónu a upravíme príslušné atribúty. Nasledujúca šablóna "
"slúži na vytváranie nových používateľov s prednastaveným atribútom "
"<emphasis>objectClass</emphasis> na hodnotu "
"<emphasis>inetOrgPerson</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1501(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"gecos: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"description: User account\n"
"title: Employee\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: uid=&lt;user&gt;,&lt;usuffix&gt;,&lt;suffix&gt;\n"
"objectClass: inetOrgPerson\n"
"objectClass: posixAccount\n"
"cn: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"sn: &lt;ask&gt;\n"
"uid: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"uidNumber: &lt;uid&gt;\n"
"gidNumber: &lt;gid&gt;\n"
"homeDirectory: &lt;home&gt;\n"
"loginShell: &lt;shell&gt;\n"
"gecos: &lt;user&gt;\n"
"description: User account\n"
"title: Employee\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1517(para)
msgid ""
"Notice the <emphasis>&lt;ask&gt;</emphasis> option used for the "
"<emphasis>cn</emphasis> value. Using &lt;ask&gt; will configure "
"<application>ldapadduser</application> to prompt you for the attribute value "
"during user creation."
msgstr ""
"Všimnime si použitie <emphasis>&lt;otázky&gt;</emphasis> pre "
"<emphasis>cn</emphasis> hodnoty. Použitím &lt;otázky&gt; prinútime nástroj "
"<application>ldapadduser</application> aby sa opýtal na hodnotu atribútu pri "
"vytváraní používateľa."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1525(para)
msgid ""
"There are more useful scripts in the package, to see a full list enter: "
"<command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"
msgstr ""
"Existuje viac užitočných skriptov. Ak chceme zobraziť ich zoznam, zadáme "
"príkaz: <command>dpkg -L ldapscripts | grep bin</command>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1534(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/OpenLDAPServer\">OpenLDAP "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1539(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see <ulink url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">OpenLDAP "
"Home Page</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Viac informácii je na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.openldap.org/\">OpenLDAP Home Page</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1544(para)
msgid ""
"Though starting to show it's age, a great source for in depth LDAP "
"information is O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
"Administration</ulink>"
msgstr ""
"Aj napriek svojmu veku je významným zdrojom podrobných informácii o LDAP "
"O'Reillyho <ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/ldapsa/\">LDAP System "
"Administration</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1550(para)
msgid ""
"Packt's <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-Server-Open-"
"Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink> is a great reference covering "
"newer versions of OpenLDAP."
msgstr ""
"Kniha vydavateľstva <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/OpenLDAP-Developers-"
"Server-Open-Source-Linux/book\">Mastering OpenLDAP</ulink>  je skvelou "
"príručkou, ktorá obsahuje informácie o novších verziách OpenLDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1556(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>auth-client-config</application> see "
"the man page: <command>man auth-client-config</command>."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácii o <application>auth-client-config</application> je na man "
"stránke: <command>man auth-client-config</command>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1561(para)
msgid ""
"For more details regarding the <application>ldapscripts</application> "
"package see the man pages: <command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man "
"ldapadduser</command>, <command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Ďalšie detaily o balíku <application>ldapscripts</application> sú na man "
"stránkach: <command>man ldapscripts</command>, <command>man "
"ldapadduser</command>, <command>man ldapaddgroup</command>, atď."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1571(title)
msgid "Samba and LDAP"
msgstr "Samba a LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1573(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Samba to use LDAP for user, group, and "
"machine account information and authentication. The assumption is, you "
"already have a working OpenLDAP directory installed and the server is "
"configured to use it for authentication. See <xref linkend=\"openldap-"
"server\"/> and <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-config\"/> for details on "
"setting up OpenLDAP. For more information on installing and configuring "
"Samba see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o tom, ako nakonfigurovať systém Samba tak, aby na "
"autentifikáciu používal informácie o kontách používateľov, skupín a "
"počítačov z adresára LDAP. Predpoklad je, že už máme funkčnú inštaláciu "
"adresára OpenLDAP a že server je nastavený tak, aby adresár využíval pri "
"autentifikácii. Viac informácií o nastavovaní OpenLDAP nájdeme v častiach "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/> a <xref linkend=\"openldap-auth-"
"config\"/>. Viac  informácií o inštalácii a konfigurácii servera Samba sa "
"zasa nachádza v časti <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1583(para)
msgid ""
"There are three packages needed when integrating Samba with LDAP. "
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application>, and "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> packages . To install the packages, "
"from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Na prepojenie systému Samba s adresárom LDAP sú potrebné tri balíky: "
"<application>samba</application>, <application>samba-doc</application> a "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application>. Nainštalujeme ich zadaním "
"nasledujúceho príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1589(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install samba samba-doc smbldap-tools"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1592(para)
msgid ""
"Strictly speaking the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package isn't "
"needed, but unless you have another package or custom scripts, a method of "
"managing users, groups, and computer accounts is needed."
msgstr ""
"Presnejšie povedané, balík <application>smbldap-tools</application> "
"nepotrebujeme, ale namiesto neho by sme museli použiť iný balík alebo "
"vlastné skripty, aby sme mohli spravovať kontá používateľov, skupín a "
"počítačov."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1599(title)
msgid "OpenLDAP Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia OpenLDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1601(para)
msgid ""
"In order for Samba to use OpenLDAP as a <emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis>, "
"the user objects in the directory will need additional attributes. This "
"section assumes you want Samba to be configured as a Windows NT domain "
"controller, and will add the necessary LDAP objects and attributes."
msgstr ""
"Aby Samba mohla použiť OpenLDAP ako <emphasis>pozadie pre "
"autentifikáciu</emphasis>, k používateľským objektom v adresári je potrebné "
"pridať ďalšie atribúty. V tejto časti predpokladáme, že chceme systém Samba "
"nastaviť ako tzv. radič domény Windows NT a že chceme podľa toho pridať "
"príslušné objekty a atribúty do adresára LDAP."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1609(para)
msgid ""
"The Samba attributes are defined in the <filename>samba.schema</filename> "
"file which is part of the <application>samba-doc</application> package. The "
"schema file needs to be unzipped and copied to "
"<filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Atribúty systému Samba sú definované v súbore schémy "
"<filename>samba.schema</filename>, ktorá je súčasťou balíka "
"<application>samba-doc</application>. Súbor schémy je potrebné rozzipovať a "
"skopírovať do priečinka <filename>/etc/ldap/schema</filename>. Do "
"príkazového riadka teda zadajme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1616(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
"/etc/ldap/schema/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/examples/LDAP/samba.schema.gz "
"/etc/ldap/schema/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1617(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1623(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>samba</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Schému <emphasis>samba</emphasis> je potrebné pridať do vetvy "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Postup, ako pridať novú schému do "
"<application>slapd</application>, je detailne popísaný v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1631(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2666(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a configuration file named "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename>, or a similar descriptive name, "
"containing the following lines:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr vytvoríme konfiguračný súbor, ktorý pomenujeme "
"<filename>schema_convert.conf</filename> alebo iným viacvravnejším názvom a "
"vložíme do neho tieto riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1636(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/samba.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1666(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2701(para)
msgid ""
"Now use <application>slapcat</application> to convert the schema files:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz použijeme nástroj <application>slapcat</application> na skonvertovanie "
"súborov schém:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1671(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}samba,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=samba.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1674(para) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2709(para)
msgid ""
"Change the above file and path names to match your own if they are different."
msgstr ""
"Ak by sme použili iné meno súboru a cestu k priečinku, je potrebné ich "
"zmeniť aj v predchádzajúcom príkaze."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1681(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename> file, changing "
"the following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme vygenerovaný súbor <filename>/tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif</filename>, "
"zmeníme nasledujúce atribúty:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1685(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=samba,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: samba\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1695(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: b53b75ca-083f-102d-9fff-2f64fd123c95\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20080827045234.341425Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20080827045234Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1720(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=samba.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1726(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>, where \"X\" is the next "
"sequential schema, entry in the cn=config tree."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali mať vo vetve cn=config záznam <emphasis>dn: "
"cn={X}misc,cn=schema,cn=config</emphasis>, kde \"X\" poradové číslo "
"sekvenčnej schémy."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1734(para)
msgid ""
"Copy and paste the following into a file named "
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Nasledujúce riadky nakopírujeme do súboru "
"<filename>samba_indexes.ldif</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1738(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"changetype: modify\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: uidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: gidNumber eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: loginShell eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: uid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: memberUid eq,pres,sub\n"
"olcDbIndex: uniqueMember eq,pres\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaGroupType eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaSIDList eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: sambaDomainName eq\n"
"olcDbIndex: default sub\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1756(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>ldapmodify</application> utility load the new indexes:"
msgstr ""
"Pomocou nástroja <application>ldapmodify</application> načítame nové indexy:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1761(command)
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f samba_indexes.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1763(para)
msgid ""
"If all went well you should see the new indexes using "
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak všetko prebehne dobre, môžeme si nové indexy prezrieť pomocou "
"<application>ldapsearch</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1768(command)
msgid ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"
msgstr ""
"ldapsearch -xLLL -D cn=admin,cn=config -x -b cn=config -W olcDatabase={1}hdb"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1774(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure the <application>smbldap-tools</application> package to "
"match your environment. The package comes with a configuration script that "
"will ask questions about the needed options. To run the script enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ako ďalšie nakonfigurujeme balík <application>smbldap-tools</application>, "
"aby bol v súlade s naším rozhraním. Balík je dodávaný spolu s konfiguračným "
"skriptom, ktorý sa nás bude pýtať na potrebné nastavenia. Ak chceme skript "
"spustiť, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1780(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1781(command)
msgid "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"
msgstr "sudo perl /usr/share/doc/smbldap-tools/configure.pl"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1784(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have answered the questions, there should be <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename> files. These files are generated by the "
"configure script, so if you made any mistakes while executing the script it "
"may be simpler to edit the file appropriately."
msgstr ""
"Keď odpovieme na všetky otázky, zapíšu sa do súborov <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap.conf</filename> a <filename>/etc/smbldap-"
"tools/smbldap_bind.conf</filename>. Tieto súbory sú generované "
"konfiguračnými skriptami, takže ak sa pomýlime, niekedy je jednoduchšie "
"opraviť nastavenie v súboroch, ako spúšťať skript odznova."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1794(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>smbldap-populate</application> script will add the "
"necessary users, groups, and LDAP objects required for Samba. It is a good "
"idea to make a backup LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) file with "
"<application>slapcat</application> before executing the command:"
msgstr ""
"Skript <application>smbldap-populate</application> pridá potrebných "
"používateľov, skupiny a LDAP objekty potrebné pre systém Samba. Pred tým, "
"ako spustíme tento príkaz, môžeme si pomocou "
"<application>slapcat</application> odzálohovať súbor LDAP Data Interchange "
"Format (LDIF):"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1801(command)
msgid "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"
msgstr "sudo slapcat -l backup.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1807(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a current backup execute <application>smbldap-"
"populate</application> by entering:"
msgstr ""
"Po dokončení zálohovania môžeme spustiť <application>smbldap-"
"populate</application> zadaním príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1812(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-populate"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-populate"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1816(para)
msgid ""
"You can create an LDIF file containing the new Samba objects by executing "
"<command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. This allows you to "
"look over the changes making sure everything is correct."
msgstr ""
"LDIF súbor obsahujúci nové objekty systému Samba môžete vytvoriť spustením "
"príkazu <command>sudo smbldap-populate -e samba.ldif</command>. V tomto "
"súbore sa môžete pozrieť na vykonané zmeny a uistiť sa, či je všetko správne."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1824(para)
msgid ""
"Your LDAP directory now has the necessary domain information to authenticate "
"Samba users."
msgstr ""
"Náš LDAP adresár teraz obsahuje všetky potrebné informácie na to, aby mohol "
"autentifikovať používateľov systému Samba."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1830(title)
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia systému Samba"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1832(para)
msgid ""
"There a multiple ways to configure Samba for details on some common "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"windows-networking\"/>. To configure "
"Samba to use LDAP, edit the main Samba configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> commenting the <emphasis>passdb "
"backend</emphasis> option and adding the following:"
msgstr ""
"Existuje viacero spôsobov, akými sa dá nakonfigurovať Samba. Viac informácii "
"o najčastejších spôsoboch sa dozvieme v časti <xref linkend=\"windows-"
"networking\"/>. Ak chceme nastaviť systém Samba tak, aby používal LDAP, "
"otvoríme hlavný konfiguračný súbor systému Samba "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> zakomentujeme možnosť "
"<emphasis>passdb backend</emphasis> a pridáme nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1838(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# LDAP Settings\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=People\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Groups\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Computers\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"#   passdb backend = tdbsam\n"
"\n"
"# Nastavenia LDAP\n"
"   passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://hostname\n"
"   ldap suffix = dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"   ldap user suffix = ou=Ludia\n"
"   ldap group suffix = ou=Skupiny\n"
"   ldap machine suffix = ou=Pocitace\n"
"   ldap idmap suffix = ou=Idmap\n"
"   ldap admin dn = cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"   ldap ssl = start tls\n"
"   ldap passwd sync = yes\n"
"...\n"
"   add machine script = sudo /usr/sbin/smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w \"%u\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1855(para)
msgid "Restart <application>samba</application> to enable the new settings:"
msgstr ""
"Aby sa nové nastavenia prejavili, reštartujeme službu "
"<application>samba</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1863(para)
msgid ""
"Now Samba needs to know the LDAP admin password. From a terminal prompt "
"enter:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz Samba potrebuje vedieť, aké je heslo administrátora LDAP. Do "
"príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1868(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -w secret"
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -w tajne"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1872(para)
msgid ""
"Replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">secret</emphasis> with your LDAP admin "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Slovo <emphasis role=\"italic\">tajne</emphasis> nahraďte heslom LDAP "
"administrátora."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1877(para)
msgid ""
"If you currently have users in LDAP, and you want them to authenticate using "
"Samba, they will need some Samba attributes defined in the "
"<filename>samba.schema</filename> file. Add the Samba attributes to existing "
"users using the <application>smbpasswd</application> utility, replacing "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">username</emphasis> with an actual user:"
msgstr ""
"Ak už v adresári LDAP máme vložených používateľov a chceme, aby sa vedeli "
"autentifikovať v systéme Samba, je potrebné vyplniť niekoľko Samba "
"atribútov, ktoré sú zadefinované v súbore <filename>samba.schema</filename> "
". Samba atribúty k existujúcim používateľom pridáme pomocou nástroja "
"<application>smbpasswd</application>, tak že použijeme používateľské meno "
"aktuálneho používateľa:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1885(command)
msgid "sudo smbpasswd -a username"
msgstr "sudo smbpasswd -a menopouzivatela"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1888(para)
msgid "You will then be asked to enter the user's password."
msgstr "Po spustení nástroja bude potrebné zadať heslo používateľa."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1892(para)
msgid ""
"To add new user, group, and machine accounts use the utilities from the "
"<application>smbldap-tools</application> package. Here are some examples:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme pridať nové kontá používateľov, skupín a počítačov. použijeme "
"nástroje balíčka <application>smbldap-tools</application>. Tu je niekoľko "
"príkladov:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1899(para)
msgid ""
"To add a new user to LDAP with Samba attributes enter the following, "
"replacing username with an actual username:"
msgstr ""
"Nového používateľa do adresára LDAP pridáme cez Samba atribúty zadaním "
"nasledujúceho príkazu, v ktorom nahradíme menopouzivatela aktuálnym menom "
"používateľa:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1903(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -a -P menopouzivatela"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1905(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-a</emphasis> option adds the Samba attributes, and the "
"<emphasis>-P</emphasis> options calls the <application>smbldap-"
"passwd</application> utility after the user is created allowing you to enter "
"a password for the user."
msgstr ""
"Prepínač <emphasis>-a</emphasis> pridá Samba atribúty a prepínač <emphasis>-"
"P</emphasis> spustí nástroj <application>smbldap-passwd</application> po "
"tom, ako je používateľ vytvorený a umožní nám zadať heslo pre používateľa."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1911(para)
msgid "To remove a user from the directory enter:"
msgstr "Ak chceme používateľa z adresára odstrániť, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1915(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-userdel username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-userdel menopouzivatela"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1917(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>smbldap-userdel</application> utility also has a <emphasis>-"
"r</emphasis> option to remove the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>smbldap-userdel</application> má aj prepínač <emphasis>-"
"r</emphasis>. ktorý súčasne odstráni aj domovský priečinok používateľa."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1922(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>smbldap-groupadd</application> to add a group, replacing "
"groupname with an appropriate group:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme pridať skupinu, použijeme <application>smbldap-"
"groupadd</application> a nahradíme menoskupiny prislúchajúcim menom skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1926(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupadd -a menoskupiny"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1928(para)
msgid ""
"Similar to <application>smbldap-useradd</application>, the <emphasis>-"
"a</emphasis> adds the Samba attributes."
msgstr ""
"Podobne aj pri <application>smbldap-useradd</application> prepínač "
"<emphasis>-a</emphasis> pridá Samba atribúty."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1933(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user to a group use <application>smbldap-groupmod</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme pridať používateľa do skupiny, použijeme <application>smbldap-"
"groupmod</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1937(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -m menopouzivatela menoskupiny"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1939(para)
msgid ""
"Be sure to replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with a real user. Also, the "
"<emphasis>-m</emphasis> option can add more than one user at a time by "
"listing them in <emphasis>comma separated</emphasis> format."
msgstr ""
"Nesmieme zabudnúť <emphasis>menopouzivatela</emphasis> nahradiť menom "
"skutočného používateľa. Prepínač <emphasis>-m</emphasis> umožňuje pridať "
"viacero používateľov <emphasis>oddelených čiarkami</emphasis> naraz."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1945(para)
msgid ""
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> can also be used to remove a "
"user from a group:"
msgstr ""
"<application>smbldap-groupmod</application> sa používa na odstránenie "
"používateľa zo skupiny:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1949(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x username groupname"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-groupmod -x menopouzivatela menoskupiny"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1953(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, the <application>smbldap-useradd</application> utility can add "
"Samba machine accounts:"
msgstr ""
"Pomocou nástroja <application>smbldap-useradd</application> môžeme pridať do "
"systému Samba aj účet pre počítač:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1957(command)
msgid "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w username"
msgstr "sudo smbldap-useradd -t 0 -w menopocitaca"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1959(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>username</emphasis> with the name of the workstation. The "
"<emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> option creates the machine account without a "
"delay, while the <emphasis>-w</emphasis> option specifies the user as a "
"machine account. Also, note the <emphasis>add machine script</emphasis> "
"option in <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> was changed to use "
"<application>smbldap-useradd</application>."
msgstr ""
"V príkaze nahradíme <emphasis>menopocitaca</emphasis> skutočným menom "
"pracovnej stanice. Prepínač <emphasis>-t 0</emphasis> vytvorí konto počítača "
"bez zdržania, zatiaľčo prepínač <emphasis>-w</emphasis> hovorí o tom, že sa "
"jedná o účet počítača. Tiež si môžeme všimnúť, že sa v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> zmenilo nastavenie <emphasis>add "
"machine script</emphasis> tak, aby sa použil nástroj <application>smbldap-"
"useradd</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1968(para)
msgid ""
"There are more useful utilities and options in the <application>smbldap-"
"tools</application> package. The man page for each utility provides more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"V balíku <application>smbldap-tools</application> sú aj ďalšie užitočné "
"nástroje. Viac sa o nich dozvieme na man stránkach."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1979(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple places where LDAP and Samba is documented in the <ulink "
"url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba HOWTO "
"Collection</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Existuje viacero stránok, kde sú zdokumentované LDAP a Samba. Napríklad "
"<ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/\">Samba "
"HOWTO Collection</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1985(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically see the <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">passdb section</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Konkrétne odporúčame <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-"
"HOWTO-Collection/passdb.html\">passdb section</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1991(para)
msgid ""
"Another good site is <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ďalšia výborná stránka je <ulink url=\"http://www.iallanis.info/smbldap-"
"tools/docs/samba-ldap-howto/\">Samba OpenLDAP HOWTO</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:1997(para)
msgid ""
"Again, for more information on <application>smbldap-tools</application> see "
"the man pages: <command>man smbldap-useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-"
"groupadd</command>, <command>man smbldap-populate</command>, etc."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácii o <application>smbldap-tools</application> opäť nájdete na "
"man stránkach: <command>man smbldap-useradd</command>, <command>man smbldap-"
"groupadd</command>, <command>man smbldap-populate</command>, atď."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2004(para)
msgid ""
"Also, there is a list of <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Samba#samba-ldap\">Ubuntu "
"wiki</ulink> articles with more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2013(title)
msgid "Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2015(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> is a network authentication system based "
"on the principal of a trusted third party. The other two parties being the "
"user and the service the user wishes to authenticate to. Not all services "
"and applications can use Kerberos, but for those that can, it brings the "
"network environment one step closer to being Single Sign On (SSO)."
msgstr ""
"<application>Kerberos</application> je sieťový autentifikačný systém "
"založený na princípe dôveryhodnej tretej strany. Na zvyšných dvoch stranách "
"sa nachádza používateľ a služba, kvôli ktorej sa chce používateľ "
"autentifikovať. Nie všetky služby a aplikácie môžu použiť Kerberos, ale pre "
"tie, ktoré môžu, Kerberos ponúkne sieťové rozhranie, ktoré je o jeden krok "
"bližšie k tzv. Single Sign On (SSO) – jeden podpis na všetko."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2021(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers installation and configuration of a Kerberos server, and "
"some example client configurations."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o inštalácii a konfigurácii Kerberos servera a uvádza i "
"niekoľko príkladov konfigurácie klienta."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2028(para)
msgid ""
"If you are new to Kerberos there are a few terms that are good to understand "
"before setting up a Kerberos server. Most of the terms will relate to things "
"you may be familiar with in other environments:"
msgstr ""
"Ak ešte Kerberos nepoznáme, bude dobré sa najskôr oboznámiť s niektorými "
"dôležitými pojmami skôr, ako začneme nastavovať server Kerberos. Väčšina "
"pojmov je odvodená od vecí, ktoré sú podobné v iných rozhraniach:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2035(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Principal:</emphasis> any users, computers, and services provided "
"by servers need to be defined as Kerberos Principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Principal (splnomocniteľ):</emphasis> všetci používatelia, "
"počítače a služby poskytované servermi musia byť zadefinované ako "
"splnomocnitelia systému Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2040(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Instances:</emphasis> are used for service principals and special "
"administrative principals."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Instances (rozhrania):</emphasis> používajú sa na obsluhu "
"splnomocniteľov a pre špeciálnych administratívnych splnomocniteľov."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2045(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Realms:</emphasis> the unique realm of control provided by the "
"Kerberos installation. Usually the DNS domain converted to uppercase "
"(EXAMPLE.COM)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Realms (pôsobiská):</emphasis> jedinečná sféra pôsobenia "
"inštalácie systému Kerberos. Zvyčajne to je DNS doména prevedená na veľké "
"písmená (NIECO.SK)."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2051(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center:</emphasis> (KDC) consist of three parts, "
"a database of all principals, the authentication server, and the ticket "
"granting server. For each realm there must be at least one KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Key Distribution Center (distribučné centrum kľúčov):</emphasis> "
"(KDC) sa skladá z troch častí, databázy všetkých splnomocniteľov, "
"autentifikačného servera a servera poskytujúceho vstupenky. Pre každé "
"pôsobisko musí existovať aspoň jedno KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2057(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket:</emphasis> issued by the Authentication "
"Server (AS), the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT) is encrypted in the user's "
"password which is known only to the user and the KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Ticket (vstupenka poskytujúca "
"vstupenku):</emphasis> je poskytovaný Autentifikačným serverom (AS). Ticket "
"Granting Ticket (TGT) je zašifrované heslo používateľa, ktoré je známe iba "
"používateľovi a KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2063(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server:</emphasis> (TGS) issues service tickets to "
"clients upon request."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ticket Granting Server (server poskytujúci vstupenku):</emphasis> "
"(TGS) služba poskytujúca vstupenky klientom, ktorí o ne žiadajú."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2068(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Tickets:</emphasis> confirm the identity of the two principals. "
"One principal being a user and the other a service requested by the user. "
"Tickets establish an encryption key used for secure communication during the "
"authenticated session."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Tickets (vstupenky):</emphasis> potvrdzujú identitu dvoch "
"splnomocniteľov. Prvým splnomocniteľom – používateľom a druhým "
"splnomocniteľom – službou, ktorú používateľ chce použiť. Vstupenky vytvoria "
"šifrovací kľúč, ktorý bude použitý počas autentifikovaného pripojenia."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2074(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Keytab Files:</emphasis> are files extracted from the KDC "
"principal database and contain the encryption key for a service or host."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Keytab Files (súbory tabuliek kľúčov):</emphasis> sú súbory "
"extrahované KDC databázy splnomocniteľov a obsahujú zašifrované kľúče pre "
"služby a stanice."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2081(para)
msgid ""
"To put the pieces together, a Realm has at least one KDC, preferably two for "
"redundancy, which contains a database of Principals. When a user principal "
"logs into a workstation, configured for Kerberos authentication, the KDC "
"issues a Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT). If the user supplied credentials "
"match, the user is authenticated and can then request tickets for Kerberized "
"services from the Ticket Granting Server (TGS). The service tickets allow "
"the user to authenticate to the service without entering another username "
"and password."
msgstr ""
"Aby sme jednotlivé pojmy dali do súvisu, vedzme, že pôsobisko – Realm má "
"najmenej jedno distribučné centrum kľúčov KDC (odporúčajú sa však dve kvôli "
"redundacii), ktoré obsahuje a databázu splnomocniteľov – Principal. Keď sa "
"používateľ – splnomocniteľ prihlasuje k pracovnej stanici, ktorá je "
"nakonfigurovaná na autentifikáciu pomocou systému Kerberos, KDC vydá "
"vstupenku poskytujúcu vstupenku (TGT), ktorá obsahuje zašifrované heslo. Ak "
"sa heslo zhoduje s tým, ktoré zadal používateľ, používateľ je "
"autentifikovaný a môže dostať vstupenky od servera poskytujúceho vstupenky "
"(TGS). Vstupenky tejto služby umožnia používateľovi autentifikovať sa do "
"ostatných služieb bez ďalšieho zadávania používateľského mena a hesla."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2090(title)
msgid "Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Server Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2094(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing the Kerberos server a properly configured DNS server is "
"needed for your domain. Since the Kerberos Realm by convention matches the "
"domain name, this section uses the <emphasis>example.com</emphasis> domain "
"configured in <xref linkend=\"dns-primarymaster-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Pred tým, ako sa pustíme do inštalácie servera Kerberos, je potrebné mať pre "
"našu doménu správne nakonfigurovaný DNS server. Pretože pôsobisko systému "
"Kerberos by sa podľa zvyklostí malo zhodovať s menom domény, budeme používať "
"doménu <emphasis>nieco.sk</emphasis>, ktorej konfigurácia je popísaná v "
"časti <xref linkend=\"dns-primarymaster-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2100(para)
msgid ""
"Also, Kerberos is a time sensitive protocol. So if the local system time "
"between a client machine and the server differs by more than five minutes "
"(by default), the workstation will not be able to authenticate. To correct "
"the problem all hosts should have their time synchronized using the "
"<emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis>. For details on setting up "
"NTP see <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Kerberos je protokol citlivý na čas. Preto, ak je časový rozdiel medzi "
"lokálnym systémom a počítačom klienta väčší ako päť minút (predvolená "
"hodnota), pracovná stanica sa nebude môcť autentifikovať. Aby sme tomuto "
"problému zabránili, je potrebné zosynchronizovať čas použitím protokolu "
"<emphasis>Network Time Protocol (NTP)</emphasis>. Viac informácii o NTP sa "
"nachádza v časti <xref linkend=\"NTP\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2107(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in installing a Kerberos Realm is to install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> and <application>krb5-admin-"
"server</application> packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Prvým krokom pri inštalácii Pôsobiska systému Kerberos je nainštalovanie "
"balíkov <application>krb5-kdc</application> a <application>krb5-admin-"
"server</application>. V príkazovom riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2113(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2288(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2116(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked at the end of the install to supply a name for the "
"Kerberos and Admin servers, which may or may not be the same server, for the "
"realm."
msgstr ""
"Na konci inštalácie bude potrebné zadať názov servera Kerberos a názov Admin "
"servera, ktoré môžu, ale nemusia byť pre pôsobisko zhodné."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2121(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create the new realm with the <application>kdb5_newrealm</application> "
"utility:"
msgstr ""
"Ako ďalšie vytvoríme nové pôsobisko pomocou nástroja "
"<application>kdb5_newrealm</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2126(command)
msgid "sudo krb5_newrealm"
msgstr "sudo krb5_newrealm"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2133(para)
msgid ""
"The questions asked during installation are used to configure the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file. If you need to adjust the Key "
"Distribution Center (KDC) settings simply edit the file and restart the "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon."
msgstr ""
"Parametre, ktoré sme zadali pri inštalácii, sa uložili do konfiguračného "
"súboru <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Ak budeme chcieť zmeniť "
"nastavenia Distribučného centra kľúčov (KDC), jednoducho zmeníme nastavenia "
"v súbore a reštartujeme démon <application>krb5-kdc</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2141(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the KDC running an admin user is needed. It is recommended to use a "
"different username from your everyday username. Using the "
"<application>kadmin.local</application> utility in a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz, keď je KDC spustené, je potrebné vytvoriť používateľa s "
"administrátorskými právami. Odporúčame použiť iné meno, ako bežne používate. "
"Použijeme na to nástroj <application>kadmin.local</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2147(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2943(command)
msgid "sudo kadmin.local"
msgstr "sudo kadmin.local"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2148(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@NIECO.SK with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2149(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " addprinc steve/admin"
msgstr " addprinc stefan/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2150(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no "
"policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\" created.\n"
"kadmin.local:"
msgstr ""
"WARNING: no policy specified for stefan/admin@NIECO.SK; defaulting to no "
"policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"stefan/admin@NIECO.SK\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"stefan/admin@NIECO.SK\": \n"
"Principal \"stefan/admin@NIECO.SK\" created.\n"
"kadmin.local:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2154(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid " quit"
msgstr " quit"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2157(para)
msgid ""
"In the above example <emphasis role=\"italic\">steve</emphasis> is the "
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> "
"is an <emphasis>Instance</emphasis>, and <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> signifies the realm. The <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">\"every day\"</emphasis> Principal would be "
"<emphasis>steve@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, and should have only normal user "
"rights."
msgstr ""
"V predchádzajúcom príklade je ako Splnomocniteľ – "
"<emphasis>Principal</emphasis> nastavený <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">stefan</emphasis>, <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">/admin</emphasis> je Rozhranie – "
"<emphasis>Instance</emphasis> a  <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">@NIECO.SK</emphasis> predstavuje pôsobisko. <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">\"Každodenný\"</emphasis> splnomocniteľ bude "
"<emphasis>stefan@NIECO.SK</emphasis> a mal by mať iba normálne používateľské "
"práva."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2165(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> and <emphasis>steve</emphasis> with "
"your Realm and admin username."
msgstr ""
"Nahraďte <emphasis>NIECO.SK</emphasis> a <emphasis>stefan</emphasis>, "
"pôsobiskom a menom používateľa, ktoré chcete použiť."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2173(para)
msgid ""
"Next, the new admin user needs to have the appropriate Access Control List "
"(ACL) permissions. The permissions are configured in the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz novému používateľovi pridelíme práva (ACL). Práva sú nastavené v "
"súbore <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kadm5.acl</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2178(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM        *\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"stefan/admin@NIECO.SK        *\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2182(para)
msgid ""
"This entry grants <emphasis>steve/admin</emphasis> the ability to perform "
"any operation on all principals in the realm."
msgstr ""
"Tento záznam poskytne používateľovi <emphasis>stefan/admin</emphasis> "
"schopnosť vykonávať ľubovoľnú operácie so všetkými splnomocniteľmi v "
"pôsobisku."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2189(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the <application>krb5-admin-server</application> for the new ACL "
"to take affect:"
msgstr ""
"Aby sa nové ACL oprávnenia prejavili, je potrebné reštartovať "
"<application>krb5-admin-server</application> :"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2194(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-admin-server restart"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2200(para)
msgid ""
"The new user principal can be tested using the <application>kinit "
"utility</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Novovytvoreného splnomocniteľa môžeme otestovať pomocou nástroja "
"<application>kinit utility</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2205(command)
msgid "kinit steve/admin"
msgstr "kinit stefan/admin"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2206(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM's Password:"
msgstr "stefan/admin@NIECO.SK's Password:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2209(para)
msgid ""
"After entering the password, use the <application>klist</application> "
"utility to view information about the Ticket Granting Ticket (TGT):"
msgstr ""
"Po zadaní hesla, použijeme nástroj  <application>klist</application>, ktorý "
"zobrazí informácie o TGT:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2215(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2550(command)
msgid "klist"
msgstr "klist"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2216(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Principal: steve/admin@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"  Issued           Expires          Principal\n"
"Jul 13 17:53:34  Jul 14 03:53:34  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr ""
"Credentials cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"        Principal: stefan/admin@NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"  Issued           Expires          Principal\n"
"Jul 13 17:53:34  Jul 14 03:53:34  krbtgt/NIECO.SK@NIECO.SK"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2223(para)
msgid ""
"You may need to add an entry into the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> for "
"the KDC. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Pre KDC je potrebné pridať záznam aj do súboru "
"<filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Napríklad:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2227(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.example.com       kdc01\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"192.168.0.1   kdc01.nieco.sk      kdc01\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2231(para)
msgid ""
"Replacing <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> with the IP address of your KDC."
msgstr ""
"Adresu <emphasis>192.168.0.1</emphasis> nahradíme IP adresou nášho KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2238(para)
msgid ""
"In order for clients to determine the KDC for the Realm some DNS SRV records "
"are needed. Add the following to "
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Aby klienti vedeli nájsť KDC v pôsobisku, je potrebné pridať niekoľko DNS "
"SRV záznamov. Pridáme ich do súboru "
"<filename>/etc/named/db.example.com</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2243(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.example.com. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.EXAMPLE.COM. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.example.com.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.EXAMPLE.COM.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"_kerberos._udp.NIECO.SK.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.nieco.sk.\n"
"_kerberos._tcp.NIECO.SK.     IN SRV 1  0 88  kdc01.nieco.sk.\n"
"_kerberos._udp.NIECO.SK.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.nieco.sk. \n"
"_kerberos._tcp.NIECO.SK.     IN SRV 10 0 88  kdc02.nieco.sk. \n"
"_kerberos-adm._tcp.NIECO.SK. IN SRV 1  0 749 kdc01.nieco.sk.\n"
"_kpasswd._udp.NIECO.SK.      IN SRV 1  0 464 kdc01.nieco.sk.\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2253(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> with your domain name, primary KDC, and secondary "
"KDC."
msgstr ""
"Nahraďte <emphasis>NIECO.SK</emphasis>, <emphasis>kdc01</emphasis> a "
"<emphasis>kdc02</emphasis> názvom domény a názvami primárneho a sekundárneho "
"KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2259(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for detailed instructions on setting up DNS."
msgstr ""
"Podrobné inštrukcie o nastavovaní DNS nájdete v kapitole <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2266(para)
msgid "Your new Kerberos Realm is now ready to authenticate clients."
msgstr ""
"Nové pôsobisko systému Kerberos je teraz pripravené na autetifikovanie "
"klientov."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2273(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC"
msgstr "Sekundárny KDC"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2275(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have one Key Distribution Center (KDC) on your network, it is good "
"practice to have a Secondary KDC in case the primary becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Ak už máme funkčné jedno Distribučné centrum kľúčov (KDC), je dobrým zvykom "
"vytvoriť aj sekundárne KDC pre prípad, že primárne sa stane nedostupným."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2283(para)
msgid ""
"First, install the packages, and when asked for the Kerberos and Admin "
"server names enter the name of the Primary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nainštalujeme balíky. Pri otázke inštalátora na Kerberos server a "
"Admin server zadáme meno primárneho KDC:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2294(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have the packages installed, create the Secondary KDC's host "
"principal. From a terminal prompt, enter:"
msgstr ""
"Po nainštalovaní balíkov vytvoríme splnomocniteľa pre hostiteľa (host) "
"sekundárneho KDC. V príkazovom riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2299(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"addprinc -randkey host/kdc02.nieco.sk\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2303(para)
msgid ""
"After, issuing any <application>kadmin</application> commands you will be "
"prompted for your <emphasis>username/admin@EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> principal "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Vždy po zadaní príkazu <application>kadmin</application> bude potrebné zadať "
"heslo pre <emphasis>pouzivatel/admin@NIECO.SK</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2312(para)
msgid "Extract the <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file:"
msgstr "Extrahujeme súbor <emphasis>tabuľky kľúčov</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2317(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc02 host/kdc02.nieco.sk\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2323(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> in the current "
"directory, move the file to <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz by v priečinku kde sa nachádzame mal pribudnúť súbor "
"<filename>keytab.kdc02</filename>. Presunieme ho do priečinka "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2329(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc02 /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2333(para)
msgid ""
"If the path to the <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename> file is different "
"adjust accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Ak ste použili inú cestu k súboru <filename>keytab.kdc02</filename>, použite "
"tú."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2338(para)
msgid ""
"Also, you can list the principals in a Keytab file, which can be useful when "
"troubleshooting, using the <application>klist</application> utility:"
msgstr ""
"Z tabuľky kľúčov sa pomocou nástroja <application>klist</application> dá "
"vypísať aj zoznam splnomocniteľov, čo môže byť užitočné pri riešení "
"problémov:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2344(command)
msgid "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"
msgstr "sudo klist -k /etc/krb5.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2350(para)
msgid ""
"Next, there needs to be a <filename>kpropd.acl</filename> file on each KDC "
"that lists all KDCs for the Realm. For example, on both primary and "
"secondary KDC, create <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ako ďalšie je potrebné vytvoriť súbor <filename>kpropd.acl</filename>, ktorý "
"bude obsahovať zoznam všetkých KDC v pôsobisku. Na oboch serveroch – "
"primárnom aj sekundárnom, vytvoríme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/kpropd.acl</filename> s takýmto obsahom:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2355(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"host/kdc01.nieco.sk@NIECO.SK\n"
"host/kdc02.example.com@NIECO.SK\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2363(para)
msgid "Create an empty database on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>:"
msgstr "Vytvoríme databázu na <emphasis>sekundárnom KDC</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2368(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util -s create"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util -s create"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2374(para)
msgid ""
"Now start the <application>kpropd</application> daemon, which listens for "
"connections from the <application>kprop</application> utility. "
"<application>kprop</application> is used to transfer dump files:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz spustíme démona <application>kpropd</application>, ktorý bude načúvať "
"pripojeniam nástroja <application>kpropd</application>. Nástroj "
"<application>kpropd</application> sa používa na prenos vyexportovaných "
"súborov:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2381(command)
msgid "sudo kpropd -S"
msgstr "sudo kpropd -S"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2387(para)
msgid ""
"From a terminal on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis>, create a dump file "
"of the principal database:"
msgstr ""
"V príkazovom riadku <emphasis>primárneho KDC</emphasis>, vyexportujeme súbor "
"so splnomocniteľmi:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2392(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2398(para)
msgid ""
"Extract the Primary KDC's <emphasis>keytab</emphasis> file and copy it to "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Vyextrahujeme súbor <emphasis>tabuľky kľúčov</emphasis> primárneho KDC a "
"skopírujeme ho do <filename>/etc/krb5.keytab</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2403(command)
msgid "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.example.com\""
msgstr "kadmin -q \"ktadd -k keytab.kdc01 host/kdc01.nieco.sk\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2404(command)
msgid "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"
msgstr "sudo mv keytab.kdc01 /etc/kr5b.keytab"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2408(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure there is a <emphasis>host</emphasis> for "
"<emphasis>kdc01.example.com</emphasis> before extracting the Keytab."
msgstr ""
"Pred extrahovaním tabuľky kľúčov sa uistite, či existuje "
"<emphasis>host</emphasis> pre <emphasis>kdc01.nieco.sk</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2416(para)
msgid ""
"Using the <application>kprop</application> utility push the database to the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>kprop</application> vloží databázu do sekundárneho KDC:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2421(command)
msgid "sudo kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com"
msgstr "sudo kprop -r NIECO.SK -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.nieco.sk"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2425(para)
msgid ""
"There should be a <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis> message if the propagation "
"worked. If there is an error message check "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> on the secondary KDC for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Ak operácia prebehne správne, program vypíše <emphasis>SUCCEEDED</emphasis>. "
"Ak nastane chyba, viac informácii sa dozviete v súbore "
"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> na sekundárnom KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2431(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to create a <application>cron</application> job to "
"periodically update the database on the Secondary KDC. For example, the "
"following will push the database every hour:"
msgstr ""
"Môžeme tiež naplánovať úlohu pre <application>cron</application>, ktorá bude "
"periodicky aktualizovať databázu sekundárneho KDC. Napríklad, ak chceme "
"aktualizáciu vykonávať každú hodinu, pridáme do súboru /etc/crontab "
"nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2436(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h  dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump &amp;&amp; "
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r EXAMPLE.COM -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.example.com\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"# m h  dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 * * * * /usr/sbin/kdb5_util dump /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump &amp;&amp; "
"/usr/sbin/kprop -r NIECO.SK -f /var/lib/krb5kdc/dump kdc02.nieco.sk\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2444(para)
msgid ""
"Back on the <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis>, create a "
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis> file to hold the Kerberos master key:"
msgstr ""
"Vrátime sa na <emphasis>sekundárne KDC</emphasis>, kde vytvoríme súbor "
"<emphasis>stash</emphasis>, ktorý bude obsahovať hlavný kľúč systému "
"Kerberos:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2450(command)
msgid "sudo kdb5_util stash"
msgstr "sudo kdb5_util stash"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2456(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon on the "
"Secondary KDC:"
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec spustíme démon <application>krb5-kdc</application> na sekundárnom "
"KDC:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2461(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3073(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/krb5-kdc start"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2467(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Secondary KDC</emphasis> should now be able to issue tickets "
"for the Realm. You can test this by stopping the <application>krb5-"
"kdc</application> daemon on the Primary KDC, then use "
"<application>kinit</application> to request a ticket. If all goes well you "
"should receive a ticket from the Secondary KDC."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Sekundárne KDC</emphasis> by teraz malo byť schopné vydávať "
"vstupenky pre pôsobisko. Môžeme to otestovať stopnutím démona "
"<application>krb5-kdc</application> na primárnom KDC a následným požiadaním "
"o vstupenku pomocou nástroja <application>kinit</application>. Ak sme všetko "
"urobili správne, mala by nám byť vstupenka poskytnutá zo sekundárneho KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2475(title)
msgid "Kerberos Linux Client"
msgstr "Linuxový klient systému Kerberos"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2477(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring a Linux system as a "
"<application>Kerberos</application> client. This will allow access to any "
"kerberized services once a user has successfully logged into the system."
msgstr ""
"V tejto časti si povieme, ako nastaviť operačný systém Linux tak, aby bol "
"klientom systému <application>Kerberos</application>. To umožní "
"používateľovi, ktorý sa úspešne do systému prihlási, prístup ku všetkým "
"kerberizovaným službám bez toho, aby musel zakaždým zadať heslo."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2485(para)
msgid ""
"In order to authenticate to a Kerberos Realm, the <application>krb5-"
"user</application> and <application>libpam-krb5</application> packages are "
"needed, along with a few others that are not strictly necessary but make "
"life easier. To install the packages enter the following in a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Aby bolo možné prihlásiť sa do pôsobiska systému Kerberos, sú potrebné "
"balíky <application>krb5-user</application> a <application>libpam-"
"krb5</application> spolu s ďalšími, ktoré síce nie sú nutné, ale uľahčia nám "
"prácu. Ak chceme tieto balíky nainštalovať, do príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2492(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"
msgstr ""
"sudo apt-get install krb5-user libpam-krb5 libpam-ccreds auth-client-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2495(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>auth-client-config</application> package allows simple "
"configuration of PAM for authentication from multiple sources, and the "
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> will cache authentication "
"credentials allowing you to login in case the Key Distribution Center (KDC) "
"is unavailable. This package is also useful for laptops that may "
"authenticate using Kerberos while on the corporate network, but will need to "
"be accessed off the network as well."
msgstr ""
"Balík <application>auth-client-config</application> umožňuje jednoduchú "
"konfiguráciu PAM pre autentifikáciu z viacerých zdrojov a "
"<application>libpam-ccreds</application> dočasne uchováva údaje o "
"prihlásení, ktoré nám umožnia prihlásiť sa, aj keď je distribučné centrum "
"kľúčov (KDC) nedostupné. Tento balík je tiež užitočný pre notebooky, ktoré "
"sa musia vedieť prihlásiť do firemnej siete pomocou systému Kerberos, ale "
"musia používateľovi umožniť prístup aj vtedy, ak nie sú pripojené do siete."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2506(para)
msgid "To configure the client in a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Ak chceme nastaviť klienta, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2511(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure krb5-config"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2514(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted to enter the name of the Kerberos Realm. Also, if "
"you don't have DNS configured with Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis> "
"records, the menu will prompt you for the hostname of the Key Distribution "
"Center (KDC) and Realm Administration server."
msgstr ""
"Pri konfigurácii bude potrebné zadať meno pôsobiska systému Kerberos a ak "
"nemáte nastavené v DNS Kerberos <emphasis>SRV</emphasis> záznamy, bude "
"potrebné zadať i adresu distribučného centra kľúčov (KDC) a adresu Admin "
"servera pôsobiska."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2520(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> adds entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> file for your Realm. You should have "
"entries similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> tieto zadané údaje o "
"pôsobisku uloží do súboru <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>. Záznamy v "
"súbore budú vyzerať asi takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2525(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"...\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = }                \n"
"                kdc = 192.168.0.1               \n"
"                admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = NIECO.SK\n"
"...\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        NIECO.SK = }                \n"
"                kdc = 192.168.0.1               \n"
"                admin_server = 192.168.0.1\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2536(para)
msgid ""
"You can test the configuration by requesting a ticket using the "
"<application>kinit</application> utility. For example:"
msgstr ""
"Nastavenie môžeme otestovať požiadaním o vstupenku pomocou nástroja "
"<application>kinit</application>. Napríklad takto:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2541(command)
msgid "kinit steve@EXAMPLE.COM"
msgstr "kinit stefan@NIECO.SK"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2542(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Password for steve@EXAMPLE.COM:"
msgstr "Password for stefan@NIECO.SK:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2545(para)
msgid ""
"When a ticket has been granted, the details can be viewed using "
"<application>klist</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak nám bude vstupenka poskytnutá, detail môžeme zobraziť pomocou "
"<application>klist</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2551(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"Default principal: steve@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"Valid starting     Expires            Service principal\n"
"07/24/08 05:18:56  07/24/08 15:18:56  krbtgt/EXAMPLE.COM@EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"        renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
"klist: You have no tickets cached"
msgstr ""
"Ticket cache: FILE:/tmp/krb5cc_1000\n"
"Default principal: stefan@NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"Valid starting     Expires            Service principal\n"
"07/24/08 05:18:56  07/24/08 15:18:56  krbtgt/NIECO.SK@NIECO.SK\n"
"        renew until 07/25/08 05:18:57\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"Kerberos 4 ticket cache: /tmp/tkt1000\n"
"klist: You have no tickets cached"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2563(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>auth-client-config</application> to configure the "
"<application>libpam-krb5</application> module to request a ticket during "
"login:"
msgstr ""
"Potom použijeme nástroj <application>auth-client-config</application>, "
"ktorým nastavíme modul <application>libpam-krb5</application>, aby žiadal o "
"vstupenku pri prihlasovaní:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2569(command)
msgid "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"
msgstr "sudo auth-client-config -a -p kerberos_example"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2572(para)
msgid ""
"You will should now receive a ticket upon successful login authentication."
msgstr "Teraz by sme po úspešnom prihlásení mali obdržať vstupenku."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2583(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on Kerberos see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink> site."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácii o systéme Kerberos sa nachádza na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/\">MIT Kerberos</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2588(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"Kerberos</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2593(para)
msgid ""
"O'Reilly's <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Guide</ulink> is a great reference when setting up Kerberos."
msgstr ""
"Dobrou príručkou o nastavovaní systému Kerberos je O'Reillyho <ulink "
"url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/9780596004033/\">Kerberos: The Definitive "
"Guide</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2599(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to stop by the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> IRC "
"channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink> if you have "
"Kerberos questions."
msgstr ""
"Na niektoré otázky o systéme Kerberos nám určite niekto odpovie aj na IRC "
"kanále <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> na <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net/\">Freenode</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2609(title)
msgid "Kerberos and LDAP"
msgstr "Kerberos a LDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2611(para)
msgid ""
"Replicating a Kerberos principal database between two servers can be "
"complicated, and adds an additional user database to your network. "
"Fortunately, MIT Kerberos can be configured to use an "
"<application>LDAP</application> directory as a principal database. This "
"section covers configuring a primary and secondary kerberos server to use "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> for the principal database."
msgstr ""
"Replikovanie databázy splnomocniteľov systému Kerberos medzi dvoma servermi "
"môže byť komplikované a navyše to pridáva do systému ďalšiu databázu "
"používateľov. Našťastie sa dá systém Kerberos nakonfigurovať tak, aby použil "
"pre uloženie databázy splnomocniteľov adresár  "
"<application>LDAP</application>. V tejto časti si ukážeme, ako nastaviť "
"primárny a sekundárny server Kerberosu tak, aby používali  "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> pre uloženie databázy splnomocniteľov."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2619(title)
msgid "Configuring OpenLDAP"
msgstr "Konfigurácia OpenLDAP"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2621(para)
msgid ""
"First, the necessary <emphasis>schema</emphasis> needs to be loaded on an "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> server that has network connectivity to "
"the Primary and Secondary KDCs. The rest of this section assumes that you "
"also have LDAP replication configured between at least two servers. For "
"information on setting up OpenLDAP see <xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Ako prvé je potrebné nahrať príslušnú <emphasis>schému</emphasis> do "
"<application>OpenLDAP</application> servera, ktorá bude zabezpečovať sieťové "
"pripojenie k primárnemu a sekundárnemu KDC. Vo zvyšku tejto časti "
"predpokladáme, že už máme nastavenú replikáciu LDAP adresára aspoň medzi "
"dvoma servermi. Viac informácií o nastavení OpenLDAP sa nachádza v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"openldap-server\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2628(para)
msgid ""
"It is also required to configure OpenLDAP for TLS and SSL connections, so "
"that traffic between the KDC and LDAP server is encrypted. See <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Je tiež potrebné nastaviť OpenLDAP server tak, aby prijímal TLS a SSL "
"pripojenia, aby komunikácia medzi KDC a LDAP serverom bola šifrovaná. Viac "
"informácií je v časti <xref linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2635(para)
msgid ""
"To load the schema into LDAP, on the LDAP server install the "
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application> package. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""
"Schému do LDAP nahráme tak, že na LDAP serveri nainštalujeme balík "
"<application>krb5-kdc-ldap</application>. Do príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2641(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2646(para)
msgid "Next, extract the <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename> file:"
msgstr "Potom rozbalíme súbor <filename>kerberos.schema.gz</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2651(command)
msgid "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"
msgstr "sudo gzip -d /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema.gz"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2652(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"
msgstr ""
"sudo cp /usr/share/doc/krb5-kdc-ldap/kerberos.schema /etc/ldap/schema/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2658(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>kerberos</emphasis> schema needs to be added to the "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> tree. The procedure to add a new schema to "
"<application>slapd</application> is also detailed in <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Schému <emphasis>kerberos</emphasis> je potrebné pridať do stromu "
"<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Postup ako pridávať schému do "
"<application>slapd</application> je vysvetlený  v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2671(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/core.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/collective.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/corba.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/cosine.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/duaconf.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/dyngroup.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/java.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/misc.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/nis.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/openldap.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/ppolicy.schema\n"
"include /etc/ldap/schema/kerberos.schema\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2691(para)
msgid "Create a temporary directory to hold the LDIF files:"
msgstr "Vytvoríme dočasný priečinok, do ktorého sa uložia LDIF súbory:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2706(command)
msgid ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr ""
"slapcat -f schema_convert.conf -F /tmp/ldif_output -n0 -s "
"\"cn={12}kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\" &gt; /tmp/cn=kerberos.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2716(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the generated <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> file, "
"changing the following attributes:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme vygenerovaný súbor <filename>/tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif</filename> a "
"zmeníme nasledujúce atribúty:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2720(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"dn: cn=kerberos,cn=schema,cn=config\n"
"...\n"
"cn: kerberos\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2726(para)
msgid "And remove the following lines from the end of the file:"
msgstr "a odstránime nasledujúce riadky z konca súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2730(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"structuralObjectClass: olcSchemaConfig\n"
"entryUUID: 18ccd010-746b-102d-9fbe-3760cca765dc\n"
"creatorsName: cn=config\n"
"createTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"
"entryCSN: 20090111203515.326445Z#000000#000#000000\n"
"modifiersName: cn=config\n"
"modifyTimestamp: 20090111203515Z\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2749(para)
msgid "Load the new schema with <application>ldapadd</application>:"
msgstr "Načítame novú schému pomocou <application>ldapadd</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2754(command)
msgid "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"
msgstr "ldapadd -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f /tmp/cn\\=kerberos.ldif"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2760(para)
msgid ""
"Add an index for the <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis> attribute:"
msgstr "Pridáme index pre atribút <emphasis>krb5principalname</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2765(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2782(command)
msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"
msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2767(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"add: olcDbIndex\n"
"olcDbIndex: krbPrincipalName eq,pres,sub"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2766(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password:\n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2777(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Access Control Lists (ACL):"
msgstr "Nakoniec aktualizujeme zoznamy prístupových práv (ACL):"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2784(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=exampl\n"
" e,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read"
msgstr ""
"dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
"replace: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange,krbPrincipalKey by "
"dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco\n"
" ,dc=sk\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * none\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
"-\n"
"add: olcAccess\n"
"olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" write by * read"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2783(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"
msgstr ""
"Enter LDAP Password: \n"
"<placeholder-1/>\n"
"\n"
"modifying entry \"olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\"\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2804(para)
msgid ""
"That's it, your LDAP directory is now ready to serve as a Kerberos principal "
"database."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by LDAP adresár mal byť schopný spracovať zoznam splnomocniteľov "
"systému Kerberos."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2810(title)
msgid "Primary KDC Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia primárneho KDC"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2812(para)
msgid ""
"With <application>OpenLDAP</application> configured it is time to configure "
"the KDC."
msgstr ""
"Ak už máme nakonfigurovaný <application>OpenLDAP</application>, môžme sa "
"pustiť do konfigurácie KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2818(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Najskôr nainštalujeme potrebné balíky:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2823(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2980(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install krb5-kdc krb5-admin-server krb5-kdc-ldap"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2829(para)
msgid ""
"Now edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> adding the following options to "
"under the appropriate sections:"
msgstr ""
"Potom otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> a pridáme "
"nasledujúce nastavenia do príslušnej časti súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2833(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        NIECO.SK = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.nieco.sk\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.nieco.sk\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.nieco.sk\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.nieco.sk\n"
"                default_domain = nieco.sk\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .nieco.sk = NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.nieco.sk "
"ldaps://ldap02.nieco.sk\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2878(para)
msgid ""
"Change <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>ldap01.example.com</emphasis> to the appropriate domain, LDAP "
"object, and LDAP server for your network."
msgstr ""
"Hodnoty <emphasis>nieco.sk</emphasis>, <emphasis>dc=nieco,dc=sk</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk</emphasis>  a "
"<emphasis>ldap01.nieco.sk</emphasis> zmeňte za hodnoty zodpovedajúce doméne, "
"LDAP objektom a LDAP serveru, ktoré používate v sieti."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2887(para)
msgid ""
"Next, use the <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> utility to create "
"the realm:"
msgstr ""
"Ďalej použijeme nástroj <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> a "
"vytvoríme pôsobisko:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2892(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com create -subtrees "
"dc=example,dc=com -r EXAMPLE.COM -s -H ldap://ldap01.example.com"
msgstr ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D  cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk create -subtrees "
"dc=nieco,dc=sk -r NIECO.SK -s -H ldap://ldap01.nieco.sk"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2898(para)
msgid ""
"Create a stash of the password used to bind to the LDAP server. This "
"password is used by the <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> options in "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Vytvoríme obtlačok hesla, ktorý bude potrebný na prístup k LDAP serveru. "
"Toto heslo použijeme pre nastavenie <emphasis>ldap_kdc_dn</emphasis> a  "
"<emphasis>ldap_kadmin_dn</emphasis> v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2904(command) serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3042(command)
msgid ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com stashsrvpw -f "
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com"
msgstr ""
"sudo kdb5_ldap_util -D  cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk stashsrvpw -f "
"/etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2910(para)
msgid "Copy the CA certificate from the LDAP server:"
msgstr "Nakopírujeme certifikáty CA z LDAP serveru:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2915(command)
msgid "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."
msgstr "scp ldap01:/etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem ."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2916(command)
msgid "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"
msgstr "sudo cp cacert.pem /etc/ssl/certs"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2919(para)
msgid ""
"And edit <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename> to use the certificate:"
msgstr ""
"a nastavíme ich použitie v súbore <filename>/etc/ldap/ldap.conf</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2923(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2928(para)
msgid ""
"The certificate will also need to be copied to the Secondary KDC, to allow "
"the connection to the LDAP servers using LDAPS."
msgstr ""
"Aby bolo možné pripojiť sa k LDAP serverom pomocou LDAPS, je potrebné "
"certifikáty prekopírovať aj na sekundárne KDC."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2937(para)
msgid ""
"You can now add Kerberos principals to the LDAP database, and they will be "
"copied to any other LDAP servers configured for replication. To add a "
"principal using the <application>kadmin.local</application> utility enter:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz je možné pridať splnomocniteľov systému Kerberos do LDAP databázy a tá "
"sa automaticky replikuje na ostatné LDAP servery. Splnomocniteľov môžeme "
"pridať pomocou nástroja <application>kadmin.local</application> zadaním:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2945(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com\" steve"
msgstr "addprinc -x dn=\"uid=stefan,ou=ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" stefan"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2944(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"WARNING: no policy specified for steve@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\": \n"
"Principal \"steve@EXAMPLE.COM\" created."
msgstr ""
"Authenticating as principal root/admin@NIECO.SK with password.\n"
"kadmin.local:  <placeholder-1/>\n"
"WARNING: no policy specified for stefan@NIECO.SK; defaulting to no policy\n"
"Enter password for principal \"stefan@NIECO.SK\": \n"
"Re-enter password for principal \"stefan@NIECO.SK\": \n"
"Principal \"stefan@NIECO.SK\" created."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2952(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange, and "
"krbExtraData attributes added to the "
"<emphasis>uid=steve,ou=people,dc=example,dc=com</emphasis> user object. Use "
"the <application>kinit</application> and <application>klist</application> "
"utilities to test that the user is indeed issued a ticket."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali mať v objekte používateľa "
"<emphasis>uid=stefan,ou=ludia,dc=nieco,dc=sk</emphasis> pridané atribúty "
"krbPrincipalName, krbPrincipalKey, krbLastPwdChange a krbExtraData. Na "
"otestovanie toho, či bude používateľovi pridelaná vstupenka použijeme "
"nástroje <application>kinit</application> a <application>klist</application>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2959(para)
msgid ""
"If the user object is already created the <emphasis>-x dn=\"...\"</emphasis> "
"option is needed to add the Kerberos attributes. Otherwise a new "
"<emphasis>principal</emphasis> object will be created in the realm subtree."
msgstr ""
"Ak objekt používateľa už existuje, je potrebné k atribútom systému Kerberos "
"pridať ešte <emphasis>-x dn=\"...\"</emphasis>. Inak sa vytvorí nový objekt "
"<emphasis>splnomocniteľa</emphasis> v strome pôsobiska."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2967(title)
msgid "Secondary KDC Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurácia sekundárneho KDC"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2969(para)
msgid ""
"Configuring a Secondary KDC using the LDAP backend is similar to configuring "
"one using the normal Kerberos database."
msgstr ""
"Konfigurácia sekundárneho KDC s použitím LDAP je podobná konfigurácii s "
"normálnou Kerberos databázou."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2975(para)
msgid "First, install the necessary packages. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr "Najskôr nainštalujeme potrebné balíky. V príkazovom riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2986(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> to use the LDAP backend:"
msgstr ""
"Potom otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/krb5.conf</filename> a nastavíme "
"použitie LDAP databázy:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:2990(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        EXAMPLE.COM = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.example.com\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.example.com\n"
"                default_domain = example.com\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=example,dc=com\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.example.com "
"ldaps://ldap02.example.com\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"[libdefaults]\n"
"        default_realm = NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[realms]\n"
"        NIECO.SK = {\n"
"                kdc = kdc01.nieco.sk\n"
"                kdc = kdc02.nieco.sk\n"
"                admin_server = kdc01.nieco.sk\n"
"                admin_server = kdc02.nieco.sk\n"
"                default_domain = nieco.sk\n"
"                database_module = openldap_ldapconf\n"
"        }\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[domain_realm]\n"
"        .nieco.sk = NIECO.SK\n"
"\n"
"...\n"
"\n"
"[dbdefaults]\n"
"        ldap_kerberos_container_dn = dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
"\n"
"[dbmodules]\n"
"        openldap_ldapconf = {\n"
"                db_library = kldap\n"
"                ldap_kdc_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_kadmind_dn = \"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\"\n"
"\n"
"                # this object needs to have read and write rights on\n"
"                # the realm container, principal container and realm sub-"
"trees\n"
"                ldap_service_password_file = /etc/krb5kdc/service.keyfile\n"
"                ldap_servers = ldaps://ldap01.nieco.sk "
"ldaps://ldap02.nieco.sk\n"
"                ldap_conns_per_server = 5\n"
"        }\n"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3037(para)
msgid "Create the stash for the LDAP bind password:"
msgstr "Vytvoríme obtlačok LDAP hesla:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3048(para)
msgid ""
"Now, on the <emphasis>Primary KDC</emphasis> copy the "
"<filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM</filename><emphasis>Master "
"Key</emphasis> stash to the Secondary KDC. Be sure to copy the file over an "
"encrypted connection such as <application>scp</application>, or on physical "
"media."
msgstr ""
"Teraz na <emphasis>primárnom KDC</emphasis> skopírujeme <emphasis>Master "
"kľúč</emphasis> <filename>/etc/krb5kdc/.k5.NIECO.SK</filename> na sekundárny "
"KDC. Súbor je kvôli bezpečnosti potrebné kopírovať cez zašifrované spojenie "
"akým je napríklad <application>scp</application> alebo prostredníctvom "
"fyzického média."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3055(command)
msgid "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.EXAMPLE.COM steve@kdc02.example.com:~"
msgstr "sudo scp /etc/krb5kdc/.k5.NIECO.SK stefan@kdc02.nieco.sk:~"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3056(command)
msgid "sudo mv .k5.EXAMPLE.COM /etc/krb5kdc/"
msgstr "sudo mv .k5.NIECO.SL /etc/krb5kdc/"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3060(para)
msgid ""
"Again, replace <emphasis>EXAMPLE.COM</emphasis> with your actual realm."
msgstr ""
"Rovnako nahraďte <emphasis>NIECO.SK</emphasis> pôsobiskom, ktoré používate."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3068(para)
msgid "Finally, start the <application>krb5-kdc</application> daemon:"
msgstr "Nakoniec spustíme démon <application>krb5-kdc</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3079(para)
msgid ""
"You now have redundant KDCs on your network, and with redundant LDAP servers "
"you should be able to continue to authenticate users if one LDAP server, one "
"Kerberos server, or one LDAP and one Kerberos server become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali mať v našej sieti redundantdé distribučné centrá kľúčov "
"KDC a vďaka redundantným LDAP serverom by sa mali používatelia vedieť "
"prihlásiť aj po výpadku jedného LDAP servera a jedného Kerberos servera."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3091(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
"Guide</ulink> has some additional details."
msgstr ""
"Niektoré ďalšie podrebnejšie informácie sa nachádzajú na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Configuring-Kerberos-with-OpenLDAP-back_002dend\"> Kerberos Admin "
"Guide</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3097(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
"url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
"admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
"5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.html"
"\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3105(para)
msgid ""
"Another useful link is the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">kr"
"b5.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/network-auth.xml:3110(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Kerberos#kerberos-ldap\">Kerberos "
"and LDAP</ulink> Ubuntu wiki page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:13(title)
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"The monitoring of essential servers and services is an important part of "
"system administration. Most network services are monitored for performance, "
"availability, or both. This section will cover installation and "
"configuration of <application>Nagios</application> for availability "
"monitoring, and <application>Munin</application> for performance monitoring."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section will use two servers with hostnames "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>. "
"<emphasis>Server01</emphasis> will be configured with "
"<application>Nagios</application> to monitor services on itself and "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Server01 will also be setup with the "
"<application>munin</application> package to gather information from the "
"network. Using the <application>munin-node</application> package, "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> will be configured to send information to "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"Hopefully these simple examples will allow you to monitor additional servers "
"and services on your network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:39(title)
msgid "Nagios"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:44(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install the "
"<application>nagios</application> package. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:50(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios3 nagios-nrpe-plugin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"You will be asked to enter a password for the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> user. The user's credentials are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users</filename>. To change the "
"<emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> password, or add additional users to the "
"Nagios CGI scripts, use the <application>htpasswd</application> that is part "
"of the <application>apache2-utils</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to change the password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> "
"user enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:65(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:68(para)
msgid "To add a user:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:73(command)
msgid "sudo htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users steve"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:76(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>nagios-nrpe-"
"server</application> package. From a terminal on server02 enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:82(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nagios-nrpe-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:86(para)
msgid ""
"<application>NRPE</application> allows you to execute local checks on remote "
"hosts. There are other ways of accomplishing this through other Nagios "
"plugins as well as other checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:94(title)
msgid "Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of directories containing "
"<application>Nagios</application> configuration and check files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios3</filename>: contains configuration files for the "
"operation of the <application>nagios</application> daemon, CGI files, hosts, "
"etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios-plugins</filename>: houses configuration files for the "
"service checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:113(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/etc/nagios</filename>: on the remote host contains the "
"<application>nagios-nrpe-server</application> configuration files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:118(para)
msgid ""
"<filename>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/</filename>: where the check binaries are "
"stored. To see the options of a check use the <emphasis>-h</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:123(para)
msgid "For example: <command>/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_dhcp -h</command>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:129(para)
msgid ""
"There are a plethora of checks <application>Nagios</application> can be "
"configured to execute for any given host. For this example Nagios will be "
"configured to check disk space, DNS, and a MySQL hostgroup. The DNS check "
"will be on <emphasis>server02</emphasis>, and the MySQL hostgroup will "
"include both <emphasis>server01</emphasis> and <emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:136(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"httpd\"/> for details on setting up Apache, <xref "
"linkend=\"dns\"/> for DNS, and <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for MySQL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:141(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, there are some terms that once explained will hopefully make "
"understanding Nagios configuration easier:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host</emphasis>: a server, workstation, network device, etc that "
"is being monitored."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:152(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Host Group</emphasis>: a group of similar hosts. For example, you "
"could group all web servers, file server, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:157(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service</emphasis>: the service being monitored on the host. Such "
"as HTTP, DNS, NFS, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Service Group</emphasis>: allows you to group multiple services "
"together. This is useful for grouping multiple HTTP for example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Contact</emphasis>: person to be notified when an event takes "
"place. Nagios can be configured to send emails, SMS messages, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"By default Nagios is configured to check HTTP, disk space, SSH, current "
"users, processes, and load on the <emphasis>localhost</emphasis>. Nagios "
"will also <application>ping</application> check the "
"<emphasis>gateway</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:179(para)
msgid ""
"Large Nagios installations can be quite complex to configure. It is usually "
"best to start small, one or two hosts, get things configured the way you "
"like then expand."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:194(para)
msgid ""
"First, create a <emphasis>host</emphasis> configuration file for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:199(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/nagios3/conf.d/localhost_nagios2.cfg "
"/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"In the above and following command examples, replace "
"<emphasis>\"server01\"</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>\"server02\"</emphasis><emphasis>172.18.100.100</emphasis>, and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the host names and IP addresses of "
"your servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:212(para)
msgid "Next, edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:216(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"define host{\n"
"        use                     generic-host            ; Name of host "
"template to use\n"
"        host_name               server02\n"
"        alias                   Server 02\n"
"        address                 172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
"\n"
"# check DNS service.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             DNS\n"
"        check_command                   check_dns!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"Restart the <application>nagios</application> daemon to enable the new "
"configuration:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:241(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:308(command) serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:375(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios3 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a service definition for the MySQL check by adding the following to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/services_nagios2.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:255(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# check MySQL servers.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        hostgroup_name                  mysql-servers\n"
"        service_description             MySQL\n"
"        check_command                   "
"check_mysql_cmdlinecred!nagios!secret!$HOSTADDRESS\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        notification_interval           0 ; set &gt; 0 if you want to be "
"renotified\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:269(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>mysqsl-servers</emphasis> hostgroup now needs to be defined. "
"Edit <filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/hostgroups_nagios2.cfg</filename> adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:274(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# MySQL hostgroup.\n"
"define hostgroup {\n"
"        hostgroup_name  mysql-servers\n"
"                alias           MySQL servers\n"
"                members         localhost, server02\n"
"        }\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:286(para)
msgid ""
"The Nagios check needs to authenticate to MySQL. To add a "
"<emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user to MySQL enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:291(command)
msgid "mysql -u root -p -e \"create user nagios identified by 'secret';\""
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>nagios</emphasis> user will need to be added all hosts in the "
"<emphasis>mysql-servers</emphasis> hostgroup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:303(para)
msgid ""
"Restart <application>nagios</application> to start checking the MySQL "
"servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"Lastly configure NRPE to check the disk space on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> add the service check to "
"<filename>/etc/nagios3/conf.d/server02.cfg</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:327(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# NRPE disk check.\n"
"define service {\n"
"        use                             generic-service\n"
"        host_name                       server02\n"
"        service_description             nrpe-disk\n"
"        check_command                   "
"check_nrpe_1arg!check_all_disks!172.18.100.101\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:340(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> edit "
"<filename>/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:344(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allowed_hosts=172.18.100.100\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:348(para)
msgid "And below in the command definition area add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:352(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"command[check_all_disks]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -"
"e\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:359(para)
msgid "Finally, restart <application>nagios-nrpe-server</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:364(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nagios-nrpe-server restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:370(para)
msgid ""
"Also, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> restart "
"<application>nagios</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to see the host and service checks in the Nagios CGI "
"files. To access them point a browser to http://server01/nagios3. You will "
"then be prompted for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin</emphasis> username and "
"password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:393(para)
msgid ""
"This section has just scratched the surface of Nagios' features. The "
"<application>nagios-plugins-extra</application> and <application>nagios-snmp-"
"plugins</application> contain many more service checks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:400(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/\">Nagios</ulink> website."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:405(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://nagios.sourceforge.net/docs/3_0/\">Online Documentation</ulink> "
"site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"There is also a list of <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.nagios.org/propaganda/books/\">books</ulink> related to "
"Nagios and network monitoring:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Nagios\">Nagios Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:425(title)
msgid "Munin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Munin</application> on "
"<emphasis>server01</emphasis><application>apache2</application> will need to "
"be installed. The default configuration is fine for running a "
"<application>munin</application> server. For more information see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:436(para)
msgid ""
"First, on <emphasis>server01</emphasis> install "
"<application>munin</application>. In a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:441(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"Now on <emphasis>server02</emphasis> install the <application>munin-"
"node</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:449(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-node"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"On <emphasis>server01</emphasis> edit the "
"<filename>/etc/munin/munin.conf</filename> adding the IP address for "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:461(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"## First our \"normal\" host.\n"
"[server02]\n"
"       address 172.18.100.101\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>server02</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>172.18.100.101</emphasis> with the actual hostname and IP address "
"for your server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:474(para)
msgid ""
"Next, configure <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis>. Edit <filename>/etc/munin/munin-"
"node.conf</filename> to allow access by <emphasis>server01</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:479(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"allow ^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:484(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>^172\\.18\\.100\\.100$</emphasis> with IP address for your "
"<application>munin</application> server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>munin-node</application> on "
"<emphasis>server02</emphasis> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:494(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/munin-node restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:497(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, in a browser go to <emphasis>http://server01/munin</emphasis>, and "
"you should see links to nice graphs displaying information from the standard "
"<emphasis>munin-plugins</emphasis> for disk, network, processes, and system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"Since this is a new install it may take some time for the graphs to display "
"anything useful."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:510(title)
msgid "Additional Plugins"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>munin-plugins-extra</application> package contains "
"performance checks additional services such as DNS, DHCP, Samba, etc. To "
"install the package, from a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:518(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install munin-plugins-extra"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:521(para)
msgid "Be sure to install the package on both the server and node machines."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:531(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/\">Munin</ulink> "
"website for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:536(para)
msgid ""
"Specifically the <ulink "
"url=\"http://munin.projects.linpro.no/wiki/Documentation\">Munin "
"Documentation</ulink> page includes information on additional plugins, "
"writing plugins, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"Also, there is a book in German by Open Source Press: <ulink "
"url=\"https://www.opensourcepress.de/index.php?26&amp;backPID=178&amp;tt_prod"
"ucts=152\">Munin Graphisches Netzwerk- und System-Monitoring</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/monitoring.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Munin\">Munin Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:13(title)
msgid "Email Services"
msgstr "Emailové služby"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"The process of getting an email from one person to another over a network or "
"the Internet involves many systems working together. Each of these systems "
"must be correctly configured for the process to work. The sender uses a "
"<emphasis>Mail User Agent</emphasis> (MUA), or email client, to send the "
"message through one or more <emphasis>Mail Transfer Agents</emphasis> (MTA), "
"the last of which will hand it off to a <emphasis>Mail Delivery "
"Agent</emphasis> (MDA) for delivery to the recipient's mailbox, from which "
"it will be retrieved by the recipient's email client, usually via a POP3 or "
"IMAP server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:24(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:832(application) serverguide/C/mail.xml:866(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:944(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1510(title)
msgid "Postfix"
msgstr "Postfix"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"in Ubuntu. It attempts to be fast and easy to administer and secure. It is "
"compatible with the MTA <application>sendmail</application>. This section "
"explains how to install and configure <application>postfix</application>. It "
"also explains how to set it up as an SMTP server using a secure connection "
"(for sending emails securely)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:34(para)
msgid ""
"This guide does not cover setting up Postfix <emphasis>Virtual "
"Domains</emphasis>, for information on Virtual Domains and other advanced "
"configurations see <xref linkend=\"postfix-references\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:41(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>postfix</application> run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:47(para)
msgid ""
"Simply press return when the installation process asks questions, the "
"configuration will be done in greater detail in the next stage."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:52(title)
msgid "Basic Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>postfix</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:57(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure postfix"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:63(para)
msgid "Internet Site"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:64(para)
msgid "mail.example.com"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:65(para)
msgid "steve"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:66(para)
msgid "mail.example.com, localhost.localdomain, localhost"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:67(para)
msgid "No"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:68(para)
msgid "127.0.0.0/8 [::ffff:127.0.0.0]/104 [::1]/128 192.168.0.0/24"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:69(para)
msgid "0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:70(para)
msgid "+"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:71(para)
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. On each screen, select the following "
"values: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"Replace mail.example.com with the domain for which you'll accept email, "
"192.168.0.0/24 with the actual network and class range of your mail server, "
"and steve with the appropriate username."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:81(para)
msgid ""
"Now is a good time to decide which mailbox format you want to use. By "
"default Postfix will use <emphasis role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> for the "
"mailbox format. Rather than editing the configuration file directly, you can "
"use the <command>postconf</command> command to configure all "
"<application>postfix</application> parameters. The configuration parameters "
"will be stored in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> file. Later if "
"you wish to re-configure a particular parameter, you can either run the "
"command or change it manually in the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"To configure the mailbox format for <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">Maildir:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:97(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'home_mailbox = Maildir/'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:100(para)
msgid ""
"This will place new mail in /home/<emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">username</emphasis>/Maildir so you will need to configure "
"your Mail Delivery Agent (MDA) to use the same path."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:108(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:556(title)
msgid "SMTP Authentication"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH allows a client to identify itself through an authentication "
"mechanism (SASL). Transport Layer Security (TLS) should be used to encrypt "
"the authentication process. Once authenticated the SMTP server will allow "
"the client to relay mail."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:117(para)
msgid "Configure Postfix for SMTP-AUTH using SASL (Dovecot SASL):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:120(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_type = dovecot'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_path = private/auth-client'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_local_domain ='\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_security_options = noanonymous'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'broken_sasl_auth_clients = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_sasl_auth_enable = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_recipient_restrictions = "
"permit_sasl_authenticated,permit_mynetworks,reject_unauth_destination'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'inet_interfaces = all'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>smtpd_sasl_path</emphasis> configuration is a path relative to "
"the Postfix queue directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"Next, obtain a digital certificate for TLS. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
"and-security\"/> for details. This example also uses a Certificate Authority "
"(CA). For information on generating a CA certificate see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"You can get the digital certificate from a certificate authority. But unlike "
"web clients, SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
"certificates\", so alternatively, you can create the certificate yourself. "
"Refer to <xref linkend=\"creating-a-self-signed-certificate\"/> for more "
"details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a certificate, configure Postfix to provide TLS encryption for "
"both incoming and outgoing mail:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:158(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_auth_only = no'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_use_tls = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/server.key'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_received_header = yes'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom'\n"
"sudo postconf -e 'myhostname = mail.example.com'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:173(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using your own <emphasis>Certificate Authority</emphasis> to sign "
"the certificate enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:177(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Again, for more details about certificates see <xref linkend=\"certificates-"
"and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"After running all the commands, <application>Postfix</application> is "
"configured for SMTP-AUTH and a self-signed certificate has been created for "
"TLS encryption."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"Now, the file <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename> should look like "
"<ulink url=\"../sample/postfix_configuration\">this</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"The postfix initial configuration is complete. Run the following command to "
"restart the postfix daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:201(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:315(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:378(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:984(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1561(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postfix restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:204(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> supports SMTP-AUTH as defined in <ulink "
"url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2554.txt\">RFC2554</ulink>. It is based "
"on <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2222.txt\">SASL</ulink>. "
"However it is still necessary to set up SASL authentication before you can "
"use SMTP-AUTH."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:214(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:609(title)
msgid "Configuring SASL"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:215(para)
msgid ""
"Postfix supports two SASL implementations Cyrus SASL and Dovecot SASL. To "
"enable Dovecot SASL the <application>dovecot-common</application> package "
"will need to be installed. From a terminal prompt enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:221(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-common"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"Next you will need to edit <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. "
"In the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section uncomment the "
"<emphasis>socket listen</emphasis> option and change the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:227(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  socket listen {\n"
"    #master {\n"
"      # Master socket provides access to userdb information. It's typically\n"
"      # used to give Dovecot's local delivery agent access to userdb so it\n"
"      # can find mailbox locations.\n"
"      #path = /var/run/dovecot/auth-master\n"
"      #mode = 0600\n"
"      # Default user/group is the one who started dovecot-auth (root)\n"
"      #user = \n"
"      #group = \n"
"    #}\n"
"    client {\n"
"      # The client socket is generally safe to export to everyone. Typical "
"use\n"
"      # is to export it to your SMTP server so it can do SMTP AUTH lookups\n"
"      # using it.\n"
"      path = /var/spool/postfix/private/auth-client\n"
"      mode = 0660\n"
"      user = postfix\n"
"      group = postfix\n"
"    }\n"
"  }\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"In order to let <application>Outlook</application> clients use SMTPAUTH, in "
"the <emphasis>auth default</emphasis> section of /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf "
"add <emphasis>\"login\"</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:256(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mechanisms = plain login\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:260(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have <application>Dovecot</application> configured restart it with:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:264(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:735(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:269(title)
msgid "Postfix-Dovecot"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"Another option for configuring <application>Postfix</application> for SMTP-"
"AUTH is using the <application>dovecot-postfix</application> package. This "
"package will install <application>Dovecot</application> and configure "
"<application>Postfix</application> to use it for both SASL authentication "
"and as a Mail Delivery Agent (MDA). The package also configures "
"<application>Dovecot</application> for IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, and POP3S."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:280(para)
msgid ""
"You may or may not want to run IMAP, IMAPS, POP3, or POP3S on your mail "
"server. For example, if you are configuring your server to be a mail "
"gateway, spam/virus filter, etc. If this is the case it may be easier to use "
"the above commands to configure Postfix for SMTPAUTH."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:287(para)
msgid "To install the package, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:292(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-postfix"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:295(para)
msgid ""
"You should now have a working mail server, but there are a few options that "
"you may wish to further customize. For example, the package uses the "
"certificate and key from the <application>ssl-cert</application> package, "
"and in a production environment you should use a certificate and key "
"generated for the host. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> "
"for more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:301(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have a customized certificate and key for the host, change the "
"following options in <filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:305(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-mail.pem\n"
"smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-mail.key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:310(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"SMTP-AUTH configuration is complete. Now it is time to test the setup."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:324(para)
msgid "To see if SMTP-AUTH and TLS work properly, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:329(command)
msgid "telnet mail.example.com 25"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:331(para)
msgid ""
"After you have established the connection to the postfix mail server, type:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:335(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ehlo mail.example.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"If you see the following lines among others, then everything is working "
"perfectly. Type <command>quit</command> to exit."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:342(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"250-STARTTLS\n"
"250-AUTH LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250-AUTH=LOGIN PLAIN\n"
"250 8BITMIME\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:352(para)
msgid ""
"This section introduces some common ways to determine the cause if problems "
"arise."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:356(title)
msgid "Escaping chroot"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:357(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu <application>postfix</application> package will by default "
"install into a <emphasis>chroot</emphasis> environment for security reasons. "
"This can add greater complexity when troubleshooting problems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"To turn off the chroot operation locate for the following line in the "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:365(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:368(para)
msgid "and modify it as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:371(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      inet  n       -       n       -       -       smtpd\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"You will then need to restart Postfix to use the new configuration. From a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:382(title)
msgid "Log Files"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:383(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Postfix</application> sends all log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. However error and warning messages "
"can sometimes get lost in the normal log output so they are also logged to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.err</filename> and "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.warn</filename> respectively."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:388(para)
msgid ""
"To see messages entered into the logs in real time you can use the "
"<application>tail -f</application> command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:393(command)
msgid "tail -f /var/log/mail.err"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:395(para)
msgid ""
"The amount of detail that is recorded in the logs can be increased. Below "
"are some configuration options for increasing the log level for some of the "
"areas covered above."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:401(para)
msgid ""
"To increase <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> activity logging set the "
"<emphasis>smtpd_tls_loglevel</emphasis> option to a value from 1 to 4."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:405(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'smtpd_tls_loglevel = 4'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:409(para)
msgid ""
"If you are having trouble sending or receiving mail from a specific domain "
"you can add the domain to the <emphasis>debug_peer_list</emphasis> parameter."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:414(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'debug_peer_list = problem.domain'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"You can increase the verbosity of any <application>Postfix</application> "
"daemon process by editing the <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> "
"and adding a <emphasis>-v</emphasis> after the entry. For example edit the "
"<emphasis>smtp</emphasis> entry:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:422(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp      unix  -       -       -       -       -       smtp -v\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:428(para)
msgid ""
"It is important to note that after making one of the logging changes above "
"the <application>Postfix</application> process will need to be reloaded in "
"order to recognize the new configuration: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/postfix "
"reload</command>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"To increase the amount of information logged when troubleshooting "
"<emphasis>SASL</emphasis> issues you can set the following options in "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:439(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth_debug=yes\n"
"auth_debug_passwords=yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"Just like <application>Postfix</application> if you change a "
"<application>Dovecot</application> configuration the process will need to be "
"reloaded: <command>sudo /etc/init.d/dovecot reload</command>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:452(para)
msgid ""
"Some of the options above can drastically increase the amount of information "
"sent to the log files. Remember to return the log level back to normal after "
"you have corrected the problem. Then reload the appropriate daemon for the "
"new configuration to take affect."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:460(para)
msgid ""
"Administering a <application>Postfix</application> server can be a very "
"complicated task. At some point you may need to turn to the Ubuntu community "
"for more experienced help."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:464(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>Postfix</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>. You can also post a message to "
"one of the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support/community/webforums\">Web Forums</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:469(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth <application>Postfix</application> information Ubuntu "
"developers highly recommend: <ulink url=\"http://www.postfix-book.com/\">The "
"Book of Postfix</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:473(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html\">Postfix</ulink> website "
"also has great documentation on all the different configuration options "
"available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Postfix\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Postifx</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:485(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:872(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:988(title)
msgid "Exim4"
msgstr "Exim4"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is another Message Transfer Agent (MTA) "
"developed at the University of Cambridge for use on Unix systems connected "
"to the Internet. Exim can be installed in place of "
"<application>sendmail</application>, although the configuration of "
"<application>exim</application> is quite different to that of "
"<application>sendmail</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:497(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>exim4</application>, run the following command: "
"<screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install exim4</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:506(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>Exim4</application>, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:510(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The user interface will be displayed. The user interface lets you configure "
"many parameters. For example, In <application>Exim4</application> the "
"configuration files are split among multiple files. If you wish to have them "
"in one file you can configure accordingly in this user interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:520(para)
msgid ""
"All the parameters you configure in the user interface are stored in "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf.conf</filename> file. If you wish to "
"re-configure, either you re-run the configuration wizard or manually edit "
"this file using your favorite editor. Once you configure, you can run the "
"following command to generate the master configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:531(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:604(command)
msgid "sudo update-exim4.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:533(para)
msgid ""
"The master configuration file, is generated and it is stored in "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"At any time, you should not edit the master configuration file, "
"<filename>/var/lib/exim4/config.autogenerated</filename> manually. It is "
"updated automatically every time you run <command>update-exim4.conf</command>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:547(para)
msgid ""
"You can run the following command to start <application>Exim4</application> "
"daemon."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:552(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:994(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:557(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring Exim4 to use SMTP-AUTH with TLS and SASL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:560(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to create a certificate for use with TLS. Enter the "
"following into a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:564(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/share/doc/exim4-base/examples/exim-gencert"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:566(para)
msgid ""
"Now Exim4 needs to be configured for TLS by editing "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/03_exim4-config_tlsoptions</filename> add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:570(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"MAIN_TLS_ENABLE = yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:573(para)
msgid ""
"Next you need to configure <application>Exim4</application> to use the "
"<application>saslauthd</application> for authentication. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/auth/30_exim4-config_examples</filename> and "
"uncomment the <emphasis>plain_saslauthd_server</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>login_saslauthd_server</emphasis> sections:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:578(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
" plain_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = PLAIN\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth2}{$auth3}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth2\n"
"   server_prompts = :\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
"#\n"
" login_saslauthd_server:\n"
"   driver = plaintext\n"
"   public_name = LOGIN\n"
"   server_prompts = \"Username:: : Password::\"\n"
"   # don't send system passwords over unencrypted connections\n"
"   server_condition = ${if saslauthd{{$auth1}{$auth2}}{1}{0}}\n"
"   server_set_id = $auth1\n"
"   .ifndef AUTH_SERVER_ALLOW_NOTLS_PASSWORDS\n"
"   server_advertise_condition = ${if eq{$tls_cipher}{}{}{*}}\n"
"   .endif\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:600(para)
msgid "Finally, update the Exim4 configuration and restart the service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:605(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/exim4 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"This section provides details on configuring the saslauthd to provide "
"authentication for <application>Exim4</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to install the sasl2-bin package. From a terminal prompt "
"enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:617(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install sasl2-bin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:619(para)
msgid ""
"To configure saslauthd edit the /etc/default/saslauthd configuration file "
"and set START=no to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:622(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"START=yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:625(para)
msgid ""
"Next the <emphasis>Debian-exim</emphasis> user needs to be part of the "
"<emphasis>sasl</emphasis> group in order for Exim4 to use the saslauthd "
"service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:630(command)
msgid "sudo adduser Debian-exim sasl"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:632(para)
msgid "Now start the <application>saslauthd</application> service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:636(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/saslauthd start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Exim4</application> is now configured with SMTP-AUTH using TLS "
"and SASL authentication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:647(para)
msgid ""
"See <ulink url=\"http://www.exim.org/\">exim.org</ulink> for more "
"information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:652(para)
msgid ""
"There is also an <ulink url=\"http://www.uit.co.uk/content/exim-smtp-mail-"
"server\">Exim4 Book</ulink> available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:657(para)
msgid ""
"Another resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Exim4\">Exim4 Ubuntu Wiki </ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:666(title)
msgid "Dovecot Server"
msgstr "Dovecot Server"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:667(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Dovecot</application> is a Mail Delivery Agent, written with "
"security primarily in mind. It supports the major mailbox formats: mbox or "
"Maildir. This section explain how to set it up as an imap or pop3 server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>dovecot</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:680(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:685(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application>, you can edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>. You can choose the protocol "
"you use. It could be pop3, pop3s (pop3 secure), imap and imaps (imap "
"secure). A description of these protocols is beyond the scope of this guide. "
"For further information, refer to the Wikipedia articles on <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/POP3\">POP3</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Message_Access_Protocol\">IMAP</u"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:695(para)
msgid ""
"IMAPS and POP3S are more secure that the simple IMAP and POP3 because they "
"use SSL encryption to connect. Once you have chosen the protocol, amend the "
"following line in the file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:701(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"protocols = pop3 pop3s imap imaps\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:704(para)
msgid ""
"Next, choose the mailbox you would like to use. "
"<application>Dovecot</application> supports <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">maildir</emphasis> and <emphasis "
"role=\"strong\">mbox</emphasis> formats. These are the most commonly used "
"mailbox formats. They both have their own benefits and are discussed on "
"<ulink url=\"http://wiki.dovecot.org/MailboxFormat\">the Dovecot web "
"site</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:712(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen your mailbox type, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and change the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:717(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mail_location = maildir:~/Maildir # (for maildir)\n"
"or\n"
"mail_location = mbox:~/mail:INBOX=/var/spool/mail/%u # (for mbox)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:723(para)
msgid ""
"You should configure your Mail Transport Agent (MTA) to transfer the "
"incoming mail to this type of mailbox if it is different from the one you "
"have configured."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:729(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured dovecot, restart the "
"<application>dovecot</application> daemon in order to test your setup:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:738(para)
msgid ""
"If you have enabled imap, or pop3, you can also try to log in with the "
"commands <command>telnet localhost pop3</command> or <command>telnet "
"localhost imap2</command>. If you see something like the following, the "
"installation has been successful:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:745(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bhuvan@rainbow:~$ telnet localhost pop3\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.localdomain.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"+OK Dovecot ready.\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:754(title)
msgid "Dovecot SSL Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:755(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>dovecot</application> to use SSL, you can edit the "
"file <filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> and amend following "
"lines:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:760(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ssl_cert_file = /etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"ssl_key_file = /etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
"ssl_disable = no\n"
"disable_plaintext_auth = no\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:766(para)
msgid ""
"You can get the SSL certificate from a Certificate Issuing Authority or you "
"can create self signed SSL certificate. The latter is a good option for "
"email, because SMTP clients rarely complain about \"self-signed "
"certificates\". Please refer to <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
"security\"/> for details about how to create self signed SSL certificate. "
"Once you create the certificate, you will have a key file and a certificate "
"file. Please copy them to the location pointed in the "
"<filename>/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</filename> configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:781(title)
msgid "Firewall Configuration for an Email Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:787(para)
msgid "IMAP - 143"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:788(para)
msgid "IMAPS - 993"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:789(para)
msgid "POP3 - 110"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:790(para)
msgid "POP3S - 995"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:782(para)
msgid ""
"To access your mail server from another computer, you must configure your "
"firewall to allow connections to the server on the necessary ports. "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:799(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.dovecot.org/\">Dovecot website</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:804(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Dovecot\">Dovecot "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:813(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:890(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1113(title)
msgid "Mailman"
msgstr "Mailman"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:814(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman is an open source program for managing electronic mail discussions "
"and e-newsletter lists. Many open source mailing lists (including all the "
"<ulink url=\"http://lists.ubuntu.com\">Ubuntu mailing lists</ulink>) use "
"Mailman as their mailing list software. It is powerful and easy to install "
"and maintain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:824(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web interface for the administrators and users, using an "
"external mail server to send and receive emails. It works perfectly with the "
"following mail servers:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:835(application)
msgid "Exim"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:838(application)
msgid "Sendmail"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:841(application)
msgid "Qmail"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:846(para)
msgid ""
"We will see how to install and configure Mailman with, the Apache web "
"server, and either the Postfix or Exim mail server. If you wish to install "
"Mailman with a different mail server, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:853(para)
msgid ""
"You only need to install one mail server and "
"<application>Postfix</application> is the default Ubuntu Mail Transfer Agent."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:858(title) serverguide/C/mail.xml:917(title)
msgid "Apache2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:859(para)
msgid ""
"To install apache2 you refer to <ulink url=\"./web-servers.xml#http-"
"installation\">HTTPD Installation</ulink> section for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:867(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on installing and configuring Postfix refer to <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix\"/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:873(para)
msgid "To install Exim4 refer to <xref linkend=\"exim4\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:884(application)
msgid "dc_use_split_config='true'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:876(para)
msgid ""
"Once exim4 is installed, the configuration files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory. In Ubuntu, by default, the exim4 "
"configuration files are split across different files. You can change this "
"behavior by changing the following variable in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/update-exim4.conf</filename> file: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:891(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>Mailman</application>, run following command at a "
"terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:895(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mailman"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:897(para)
msgid ""
"It copies the installation files in "
"<application>/var/lib/mailman</application> directory. It installs the CGI "
"scripts in <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> directory. It "
"creates <emphasis>list</emphasis> linux user. It creates the "
"<emphasis>list</emphasis> linux group. The mailman process will be owned by "
"this user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:909(para)
msgid ""
"This section assumes you have successfully installed "
"<application>mailman</application>, <application>apache2</application>, and "
"<application>postfix</application> or <application>exim4</application>. Now "
"you just need to configure them."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:918(para)
msgid ""
"An example Apache configuration file comes with "
"<application>Mailman</application> and is placed in "
"<filename>/etc/mailman/apache.conf</filename>. In order for Apache to use "
"the config file it needs to be copied to <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:924(command)
msgid ""
"sudo cp /etc/mailman/apache.conf /etc/apache2/sites-available/mailman.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:926(para)
msgid ""
"This will setup a new Apache <emphasis>VirtualHost</emphasis> for the "
"Mailman administration site. Now enable the new configuration and restart "
"Apache:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:931(command)
msgid "sudo a2ensite mailman.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:934(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman uses apache2 to render its CGI scripts. The mailman CGI scripts are "
"installed in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman</application> "
"directory. So, the mailman url will be http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/. You "
"can make changes to the <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/mailman.conf</filename> file if you wish to change this behavior."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:945(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, we will associate the "
"domain lists.example.com with the mailing lists. Please replace "
"<emphasis>lists.example.com</emphasis> with the domain of your choosing."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:949(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the postconf command to add the necessary configuration to "
"<filename>/etc/postfix/main.cf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:953(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'relay_domains = lists.example.com'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:954(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:955(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'mailman_destination_recipient_limit = 1'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:957(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> double check that you have "
"the following transport:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:960(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"mailman   unix  -       n       n       -       -       pipe\n"
"  flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py\n"
"  ${nexthop} ${user}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:965(para)
msgid ""
"It calls the <emphasis>postfix-to-mailman.py</emphasis> script when a mail "
"is delivered to a list."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:968(para)
msgid ""
"Associate the domain lists.example.com to the Mailman transport with the "
"transport map. Edit the file <filename>/etc/postfix/transport</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:971(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"lists.example.com      mailman:\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:974(para)
msgid ""
"Now have <application>Postfix</application> build the transport map by "
"entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:978(command)
msgid "sudo postmap -v /etc/postfix/transport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:980(para)
msgid "Then restart Postfix to enable the new configurations:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:989(para)
msgid ""
"Once Exim4 is installed, you can start the Exim server using the following "
"command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1005(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1020(title)
msgid "Main"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1008(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1060(title)
msgid "Transport"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1011(para) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1083(title)
msgid "Router"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"In order to make mailman work with Exim4, you need to configure Exim4. As "
"mentioned earlier, by default, Exim4 uses multiple configuration files of "
"different types. For details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.exim.org\">Exim</ulink> web site. To run mailman, we should "
"add new a configuration file to the following configuration types: "
"<placeholder-1/> Exim creates a master configuration file by sorting all "
"these mini configuration files. So, the order of these configuration files "
"is very important."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1027(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# start\n"
"# Home dir for your Mailman installation -- aka Mailman's prefix\n"
"# directory.\n"
"# On Ubuntu this should be \"/var/lib/mailman\"\n"
"# This is normally the same as ~mailman\n"
"MM_HOME=/var/lib/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# User and group for Mailman, should match your --with-mail-gid\n"
"# switch to Mailman's configure script.  Value is normally \"mailman\"\n"
"MM_UID=list\n"
"MM_GID=list\n"
"#\n"
"# Domains that your lists are in - colon separated list\n"
"# you may wish to add these into local_domains as well\n"
"domainlist mm_domains=hostname.com\n"
"#\n"
"# -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=\n"
"#\n"
"# These values are derived from the ones above and should not need\n"
"# editing unless you have munged your mailman installation\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the Mailman mail wrapper script\n"
"MM_WRAP=MM_HOME/mail/mailman\n"
"#\n"
"# The path of the list config file (used as a required file when\n"
"# verifying list addresses)\n"
"MM_LISTCHK=MM_HOME/lists/${lc::$local_part}/config.pck\n"
"# end\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1021(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to the main type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/main/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file, named <filename>04_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1067(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_transport:\n"
"   driver = pipe\n"
"   command = MM_WRAP \\\n"
"               '${if def:local_part_suffix \\\n"
"                     {${sg{$local_part_suffix}{-(\\\\w+)(\\\\+.*)?}{\\$1}}} "
"\\\n"
"                     {post}}' \\\n"
"               $local_part\n"
"    current_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    home_directory = MM_HOME\n"
"    user = MM_UID\n"
"    group = MM_GID\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to transport type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/transport/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content to a new file named <filename> 40_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1088(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  mailman_router:\n"
"   driver = accept\n"
"   require_files = MM_HOME/lists/$local_part/config.pck\n"
"   local_part_suffix_optional\n"
"   local_part_suffix = -bounces : -bounces+* : \\\n"
"                       -confirm+* : -join : -leave : \\\n"
"                       -owner : -request : -admin\n"
"   transport = mailman_transport\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1084(para)
msgid ""
"All the configuration files belonging to router type are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/exim4/conf.d/router/</filename> directory. You can add the "
"following content in to a new file named <filename>101_exim4-"
"config_mailman</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1101(para)
msgid ""
"The order of main and transport configuration files can be in any order. "
"But, the order of router configuration files must be the same. This "
"particular file must appear before the <application>200_exim4-"
"config_primary</application> file. These two configuration files contain "
"same type of information. The first file takes the precedence. For more "
"details, please refer to the references section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1114(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you can run it using the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1118(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mailman start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1120(para)
msgid ""
"Once mailman is installed, you should create the default mailing list. Run "
"the following command to create the mailing list:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1126(command)
msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/newlist mailman"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1129(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  Enter the email address of the person running the list: bhuvan at "
"ubuntu.com\n"
"  Initial mailman password:\n"
"  To finish creating your mailing list, you must edit your "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename> (or\n"
"  equivalent) file by adding the following lines, and possibly running the\n"
"  `newaliases' program:\n"
"\n"
"  ## mailman mailing list\n"
"  mailman:              \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman post mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-admin:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman admin mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-bounces:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman bounces mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-confirm:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman confirm mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-join:         \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman join mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-leave:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman leave mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-owner:        \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman owner mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-request:      \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman request mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-subscribe:    \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman subscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"  mailman-unsubscribe:  \"|/var/lib/mailman/mail/mailman unsubscribe "
"mailman\"\n"
"\n"
"  Hit enter to notify mailman owner...\n"
"\n"
"  # \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1152(para)
msgid ""
"We have configured either Postfix or Exim4 to recognize all emails from "
"mailman. So, it is not mandatory to make any new entries in "
"<filename>/etc/aliases</filename>. If you have made any changes to the "
"configuration files, please ensure that you restart those services before "
"continuing to next section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1160(para)
msgid ""
"The Exim4 does not use the above aliases to forward mails to Mailman, as it "
"uses a <emphasis>discover</emphasis> approach. To suppress the aliases while "
"creating the list, you can add <emphasis>MTA=None</emphasis> line in Mailman "
"configuration file, <filename>/etc/mailman/mm_cfg.py</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1171(title)
msgid "Administration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1172(para)
msgid ""
"We assume you have a default installation. The mailman cgi scripts are still "
"in the <application>/usr/lib/cgi-bin/mailman/</application> directory. "
"Mailman provides a web based administration facility. To access this page, "
"point your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1180(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/admin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1184(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will ask for your "
"authentication password. If you enter the correct password, you will be able "
"to change administrative settings of this mailing list. You can create a new "
"mailing list using the command line utility "
"(<command>/usr/sbin/newlist</command>). Alternatively, you can create a new "
"mailing list using the web interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1197(title)
msgid "Users"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1198(para)
msgid ""
"Mailman provides a web based interface for users. To access this page, point "
"your browser to the following url:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1203(para)
msgid "http://hostname/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1207(para)
msgid ""
"The default mailing list, <emphasis>mailman</emphasis>, will appear in this "
"screen. If you click the mailing list name, it will display the subscription "
"form. You can enter your email address, name (optional), and password to "
"subscribe. An email invitation will be sent to you. You can follow the "
"instructions in the email to subscribe."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1219(ulink)
msgid "GNU Mailman - Installation Manual"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1223(ulink)
msgid "HOWTO - Using Exim 4 and Mailman 2.1 together"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1226(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Mailman\">Mailman Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1232(title)
msgid "Mail Filtering"
msgstr "Filtrovanie pošty"

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1233(para)
msgid ""
"One of the largest issues with email today is the problem of Unsolicited "
"Bulk Email (UBE). Also known as SPAM, such messages may also carry viruses "
"and other forms of malware. According to some reports these messages make up "
"the bulk of all email traffic on the Internet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1238(para)
msgid ""
"This section will cover integrating <application>Amavisd-new</application>, "
"<application>Spamassassin</application>, and "
"<application>ClamAV</application> with the "
"<application>Postfix</application> Mail Transport Agent (MTA). "
"<application>Postfix</application> can also check email validity by passing "
"it through external content filters. These filters can sometimes determine "
"if a message is spam without needing to process it with more resource "
"intensive applications. Two common filters are <application>dkim-"
"filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1248(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> is a wrapper program that can call "
"any number of content filtering programs for spam detection, antivirus, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1254(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Spamassassin</application> uses a variety of mechanisms to "
"filter email based on the message content."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1259(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is an open source antivirus application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1264(para)
msgid ""
"<application>dkim-filter</application> implements a Sendmail Mail Filter "
"(Milter) for the DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) standard."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1270(para)
msgid ""
"<application>python-policyd-spf</application> enables Sender Policy "
"Framework (SPF) checking with <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1275(para)
msgid "This is how the pieces fit together:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1280(para)
msgid "An email message is accepted by <application>Postfix</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1285(para)
msgid ""
"The message is passed through any external filters <application>dkim-"
"filter</application> and <application>python-policyd-spf</application> in "
"this case."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1291(para)
msgid "<application>Amavisd-new</application> then processes the message."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1296(para)
msgid ""
"<application>ClamAV</application> is used to scan the message. If the "
"message contains a virus <application>Postfix</application> will reject the "
"message."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1302(para)
msgid ""
"Clean messages will then be analyzed by "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> to find out if the message is spam. "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> will then add X-Header lines "
"allowing <application>Amavisd-new</application> to further manipulate the "
"message."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1309(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if a message has a Spam score of over fifty the message could "
"be automatically dropped from the queue without the recipient ever having to "
"be bothered. Another, way to handle flagged messages is to deliver them to "
"the Mail User Agent (MUA) allowing the user to deal with the message as they "
"see fit."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1316(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"postfix\"/> for instructions on installing and "
"configuring Postfix."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1319(para)
msgid ""
"To install the rest of the applications enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1323(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install amavisd-new spamassassin clamav-daemon"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1324(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dkim-filter python-policyd-spf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1326(para)
msgid ""
"There are some optional packages that integrate with "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> for better spam detection:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1330(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install pyzor razor"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1332(para)
msgid ""
"Along with the main filtering applications compression utilities are needed "
"to process some email attachments:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1336(command)
msgid ""
"sudo apt-get install arj cabextract cpio lha nomarch pax rar unrar unzip zip"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1339(para)
msgid ""
"If some packages are not found, check that the "
"<emphasis>multiverse</emphasis> repository is enabled in "
"<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1340(para)
msgid ""
"If you make changes to the file, be sure to run <command>sudo apt-get "
"update</command> before trying to install again."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1345(para)
msgid "Now configure everything to work together and filter email."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1349(title)
msgid "ClamAV"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1350(para)
msgid ""
"The default behaviour of <application>ClamAV</application> will fit our "
"needs. For more ClamAV configuration options, check the configuration files "
"in <filename>/etc/clamav</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1355(para)
msgid ""
"Add the <emphasis>clamav</emphasis> user to the <emphasis>amavis</emphasis> "
"group in order for <application>Amavisd-new</application> to have the "
"appropriate access to scan files:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1360(command)
msgid "sudo adduser clamav amavis"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1364(title)
msgid "Spamassassin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1365(para)
msgid ""
"Spamassassin automatically detects optional components and will use them if "
"they are present. This means that there is no need to configure "
"<application>pyzor</application> and <application>razor</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1369(para)
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>/etc/default/spamassassin</filename> to activate the "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> daemon. Change "
"<emphasis>ENABLED=0</emphasis> to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1373(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ENABLED=1\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1376(para)
msgid "Now start the daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1380(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/spamassassin start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1384(title)
msgid "Amavisd-new"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1385(para)
msgid ""
"First activate spam and antivirus detection in <application>Amavisd-"
"new</application> by editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/15-"
"content_filter_mode</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1389(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"use strict;\n"
"\n"
"# You can modify this file to re-enable SPAM checking through spamassassin\n"
"# and to re-enable antivirus checking.\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default antivirus checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_virus_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_virus_checks, \\@bypass_virus_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_virus_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Default SPAM checking mode\n"
"# Uncomment the two lines below to enable it\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"@bypass_spam_checks_maps = (\n"
"   \\%bypass_spam_checks, \\@bypass_spam_checks_acl, \\"
"$bypass_spam_checks_re);\n"
"\n"
"1;  # insure a defined return\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1414(para)
msgid ""
"Bouncing spam can be a bad idea as the return address is often faked. "
"Consider editing <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/20-debian_defaults</filename> "
"to set <emphasis>$final_spam_destiny</emphasis> to D_DISCARD rather than "
"D_BOUNCE, as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1420(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$final_spam_destiny       = D_DISCARD;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1424(para)
msgid ""
"Additionally, you may want to adjust the following options to flag more "
"messages as spam:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1428(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$sa_tag_level_deflt = -999; # add spam info headers if at, or above that "
"level\n"
"$sa_tag2_level_deflt = 6.0; # add 'spam detected' headers at that level\n"
"$sa_kill_level_deflt = 21.0; # triggers spam evasive actions\n"
"$sa_dsn_cutoff_level = 4; # spam level beyond which a DSN is not sent\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1435(para)
msgid ""
"If the server's <emphasis>hostname</emphasis> is different from the domain's "
"MX record you may need to manually set the <emphasis>$myhostname</emphasis> "
"option. Also, if the server receives mail for multiple domains the "
"<emphasis>@local_domains_acl</emphasis> option will need to be customized. "
"Edit the <filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1442(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$myhostname = 'mail.example.com';\n"
"@local_domains_acl = ( \"example.com\", \"example.org\" );\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1447(para)
msgid ""
"After configuration <application>Amavisd-new</application> needs to be "
"restarted:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1451(command) serverguide/C/mail.xml:1497(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/amavis restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1454(title)
msgid "DKIM Whitelist"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1456(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> can be configured to automatically "
"<emphasis>Whitelist</emphasis> addresses from domains with valid Domain "
"Keys. There are some pre-configured domains in the "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/40-policy_banks</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1462(para)
msgid "There are multiple ways to configure the Whitelist for a domain:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1468(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from the \"example.com\" domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1473(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will whitelist any "
"address from any <emphasis>subdomains</emphasis> of \"example.com\" that "
"have a valid signature."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1479(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'.example.com/@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: will "
"whitelist subdomains of \"example.com\" that use the signature of <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> the parent domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1485(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>'./@example.com' =&gt; 'WHITELIST',</emphasis>: adds addresses "
"that have a valid signature from \"example.com\". This is usually used for "
"discussion groups that sign thier messages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1492(para)
msgid ""
"A domain can also have multiple Whitelist configurations. After, editing the "
"file restart <application>amaisd-new</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1501(para)
msgid ""
"In this context, once a domain has been added to the Whitelist the message "
"will not receive any anti-virus or spam filtering. This may or may not be "
"the intended behavior you wish for a domain."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1511(para)
msgid ""
"For <application>Postfix</application> integration, enter the following from "
"a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1515(command)
msgid "sudo postconf -e 'content_filter = smtp-amavis:[127.0.0.1]:10024'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1517(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/postfix/master.cf</filename> and add the following "
"to the end of the file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1520(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"smtp-amavis     unix    -       -       -       -       2       smtp\n"
"        -o smtp_data_done_timeout=1200\n"
"        -o smtp_send_xforward_command=yes\n"
"        -o disable_dns_lookups=yes\n"
"        -o max_use=20\n"
"\n"
"127.0.0.1:10025 inet    n       -       -       -       -       smtpd\n"
"        -o content_filter=\n"
"        -o local_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o relay_recipient_maps=\n"
"        -o smtpd_restriction_classes=\n"
"        -o smtpd_delay_reject=no\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_helo_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_sender_restrictions=\n"
"        -o smtpd_recipient_restrictions=permit_mynetworks,reject\n"
"        -o smtpd_data_restrictions=reject_unauth_pipelining\n"
"        -o smtpd_end_of_data_restrictions=\n"
"        -o mynetworks=127.0.0.0/8\n"
"        -o smtpd_error_sleep_time=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_soft_error_limit=1001\n"
"        -o smtpd_hard_error_limit=1000\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_count_limit=0\n"
"        -o smtpd_client_connection_rate_limit=0\n"
"        -o "
"receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks,no_unknown_recipient_checks\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1547(para)
msgid ""
"Also add the following two lines immediately below the "
"<emphasis>\"pickup\"</emphasis> transport service:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1550(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"         -o content_filter=\n"
"         -o receive_override_options=no_header_body_checks\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1554(para)
msgid ""
"This will prevent messages that are generated to report on spam from being "
"classified as spam."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1557(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>Postfix</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1563(para)
msgid "Content filtering with spam and virus detection is now enabled."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1570(para)
msgid ""
"First, test that the <application>Amavisd-new</application> SMTP is "
"listening:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1573(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"telnet localhost 10024\n"
"Trying 127.0.0.1...\n"
"Connected to localhost.\n"
"Escape character is '^]'.\n"
"220 [127.0.0.1] ESMTP amavisd-new service ready\n"
"^]\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1581(para)
msgid ""
"In the Header of messages that go through the content filter you should see:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1584(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
"X-Virus-Scanned: Debian amavisd-new at example.com\n"
"X-Spam-Status: No, hits=-2.3 tagged_above=-1000.0 required=5.0 tests=AWL, "
"BAYES_00\n"
"X-Spam-Level: \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1591(para)
msgid ""
"Your output will vary, but the important thing is that there are <emphasis>X-"
"Virus-Scanned</emphasis> and <emphasis>X-Spam-Status</emphasis> entries."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1599(para)
msgid ""
"The best way to figure out why something is going wrong is to check the log "
"files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1604(para)
msgid ""
"For instructions on <application>Postfix</application> logging see the <xref "
"linkend=\"postfix-troubleshooting\"/> section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1610(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Amavisd-new</application> uses "
"<application>Syslog</application> to send messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/mail.log</filename>. The amount of detail can be "
"increased by adding the <emphasis>$log_level</emphasis> option to "
"<filename>/etc/amavis/conf.d/50-user</filename>, and setting the value from "
"1 to 5."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1615(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$log_level = 2;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1619(para)
msgid ""
"When the <application>Amavisd-new</application> log output is increased "
"<application>Spamassassin</application> log output is also increased."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1626(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>ClamAV</application> log level can be increased by editing "
"<filename>/etc/clamav/clamd.conf</filename> and setting the following option:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1630(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"LogVerbose true\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1633(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>ClamAV</application> will send log messages to "
"<filename>/var/log/clamav/clamav.log</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1639(para)
msgid ""
"After changing an applications log settings remember to restart the service "
"for the new settings to take affect. Also, once the issue you are "
"troubleshooting is resolved it is a good idea to change the log settings "
"back to normal."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1647(para)
msgid "For more information on filtering mail see the following links:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1653(ulink)
msgid "Amavisd-new Documentation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1657(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.clamav.org/doc/latest/html/\">ClamAV "
"Documentation</ulink> and <ulink "
"url=\"http://wiki.clamav.net/Main/WebHome\">ClamAV Wiki</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1664(ulink)
msgid "Spamassassin Wiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1669(ulink)
msgid "Pyzor Homepage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1674(ulink)
msgid "Razor Homepage"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1679(ulink)
msgid "DKIM.org"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1684(ulink)
msgid "Postfix Amavis New"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/mail.xml:1688(para)
msgid ""
"Also, feel free to ask questions in the <emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> "
"IRC channel on <ulink url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:13(title)
msgid "LAMP Applications"
msgstr "Aplikácie LAMPu"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"LAMP installations (Linux + Apache + MySQL + PHP) are a popular setup for "
"Ubuntu servers. There is a plethora of Open Source applications written "
"using the LAMP application stack. Some popular LAMP applications are Wiki's, "
"Content Management Systems, and Management Software such as phpMyAdmin."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:26(para)
msgid ""
"One advantage of LAMP is the substantial flexibility for different database, "
"web server, and scripting languages. Popular substitutes for MySQL include "
"Posgresql and SQLite. Python, Perl, and Ruby are also frequently used "
"instead of PHP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"The traditional way to install most <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications "
"is:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:38(para)
msgid "Download an archive containing the application source files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"Unpack the archive, usually in a directory accessible to a web server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on where the source was extracted, configure a web browser to "
"serve the files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:53(para)
msgid "Configure the application to connect to the database."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:58(para)
msgid ""
"Run a script, or browse to a page of the application, to install the "
"database needed by the application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:63(para)
msgid ""
"Once the steps above, or similar steps, are completed you are ready to begin "
"using the application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"A disadvantage of using this approach is that the application files are not "
"placed in the file system in a standard way, which can cause confusion as to "
"where the application is installed. Another larger disadvantage is updating "
"the application. When a new version is released, the same process used to "
"install the application is needed to apply updates."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:76(para)
msgid ""
"Fortunately, a number of <emphasis>LAMP</emphasis> applications are already "
"packaged for Ubuntu, and are available for installation in the same way as "
"non-LAMP applications. Depending on the application some extra configuration "
"and setup steps may be needed, however."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:82(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers howto install and configure the Wiki applications "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, <application>MediaWiki</application>, "
"and the MySQL management application <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:88(para)
msgid ""
"A Wiki is a website that allows the visitors to easily add, remove and "
"modify available content easily. The ease of interaction and operation makes "
"Wiki an effective tool for mass collaborative authoring. The term Wiki is "
"also referred to the collaborative software."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:100(title)
msgid "Moin Moin"
msgstr "Moin Moin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"MoinMoin is a Wiki engine implemented in Python, based on the PikiPiki Wiki "
"engine, and licensed under the GNU GPL."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MoinMoin</application>, run the following command in "
"the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Na nainštalovanie <application>MoinMoin</application>, spustite nasledujúci "
"príkaz v termináli:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:116(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install python-moinmoin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"You should also install <application>apache2</application> web server. For "
"installing <application>apache2</application> web server, please refer to "
"<xref linkend=\"http-installation\"/> sub-section in <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/> section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"For configuring your first Wiki application, please run the following set of "
"commands. Let us assume that you are creating a Wiki named "
"<emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:137(command)
msgid "cd /usr/share/moin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:138(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:139(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R data mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:140(command)
msgid "sudo cp -R underlay mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:141(command)
msgid "sudo cp server/moin.cgi mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:142(command)
msgid "sudo chown -R www-data.www-data mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:143(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R ug+rwX mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:144(command)
msgid "sudo chmod -R o-rwx mywiki"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"Now you should configure <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"new Wiki <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>. To configure "
"<application>MoinMoin</application>, open "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and change the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:155(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/org/mywiki/data'"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:157(para)
msgid "to"
msgstr "až"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:161(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"
msgstr "data_dir = '/usr/share/moin/mywiki/data'"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:163(para)
msgid ""
"Also, below the <emphasis>data_dir</emphasis> option add the "
"<emphasis>data_underlay_dir</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:167(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"data_underlay_dir='/usr/share/moin/mywiki/underlay'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"If the <filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file does not exists, you "
"should copy <filename>/etc/moin/moinmaster.py</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/moin/mywiki.py</filename> file and do the above mentioned "
"change."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"If you have named your Wiki as <emphasis>my_wiki_name</emphasis> you should "
"insert a line <quote>(\"my_wiki_name\", r\".*\")</quote> in "
"<filename>/etc/moin/farmconfig.py</filename> file after the line "
"<quote>(\"mywiki\", r\".*\")</quote>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured <application>MoinMoin</application> to find your "
"first Wiki application <emphasis>mywiki</emphasis>, you should configure "
"<application>apache2</application> and make it ready for your Wiki "
"application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"You should add the following lines in <filename>/etc/apache2/sites-"
"available/default</filename> file inside the <quote>&lt;VirtualHost "
"*&gt;</quote> tag:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:202(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"### moin\n"
"  ScriptAlias /mywiki \"/usr/share/moin/mywiki/moin.cgi\"\n"
"  alias /moin_static184 \"/usr/share/moin/htdocs\"\n"
"  &lt;Directory /usr/share/moin/htdocs&gt;\n"
"  Order allow,deny\n"
"  allow from all\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"### end moin\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Adjust the <emphasis>\"moin_static184\"</emphasis> in the "
"<emphasis>alias</emphasis> line above, to the "
"<application>moinmoin</application> version installed."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:220(para)
msgid ""
"Once you configure the <application>apache2</application> web server and "
"make it ready for your Wiki application, you should restart it. You can run "
"the following command to restart the <application>apache2</application> web "
"server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:233(title)
msgid "Verification"
msgstr "Overenie"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"You can verify the Wiki application and see if it works by pointing your web "
"browser to the following URL:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:239(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"You can also run the test command by pointing your web browser to the "
"following URL:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:248(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mywiki?action=test\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:252(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">MoinMoin</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://moinmo.in/\">moinmoin "
"Wiki</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:268(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MoinMoin\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"MoinMoin</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:277(title)
msgid "MediaWiki"
msgstr "MediaWiki"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:279(para)
msgid ""
"MediaWiki is an web based Wiki software written in the PHP language. It can "
"either use <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> Database Management System."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:289(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>MediaWiki</application> you should also "
"install <application>Apache2</application>, the "
"<application>PHP5</application> scripting language and Database a Management "
"System. <application>MySQL</application> or "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> are the most common, choose one "
"depending on your need. Please refer to those sections in this manual for "
"installation instructions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:297(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>MediaWiki</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Na nainštalovanie <application>MediaWiki</application>, spustite nasledujúci "
"príkaz v termináli:"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:303(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install mediawiki php5-gd"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:306(para)
msgid ""
"For additional <application>MediaWiki</application> functionality see the "
"<application>mediawiki-extensions</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"The Apache configuration file <filename>mediawiki.conf</filename> for "
"MediaWiki is installed in <filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/</filename> "
"directory. You should uncomment the following line in this file to access "
"MediaWiki application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:324(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Alias /mediawiki /var/lib/mediawiki\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"After you uncomment the above line, restart Apache server and access "
"MediaWiki using the following url:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:333(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"http://localhost/mediawiki/config/index.php\n"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"Please read the <quote>Checking environment...</quote> section in this page. "
"You should be able to fix many issues by carefully reading this section."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:345(para)
msgid ""
"Once the configuration is complete, you should copy the "
"<filename>LocalSettings.php</filename> file to "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki</filename> directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:352(command)
msgid "sudo mv /var/lib/mediawiki/config/LocalSettings.php /etc/mediawiki/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:355(para)
msgid ""
"You may also want to edit "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename> adjusting:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:360(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ini_set( 'memory_limit', '64M' );\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:367(title)
msgid "Extensions"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:368(para)
msgid ""
"The extensions add new features and enhancements for the MediaWiki "
"application. The extensions give wiki administrators and end users the "
"ability to customize MediaWiki to their requirements."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:374(para)
msgid ""
"You can download MediaWiki extensions as an archive file or checkout from "
"the Subversion repository. You should copy it to "
"<filename>/var/lib/mediawiki/extensions</filename> directory. You should "
"also add the following line at the end of file: "
"<filename>/etc/mediawiki/LocalSettings.php</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:382(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"require_once \"$IP/extensions/ExtentionName/ExtentionName.php\";\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"For more details, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink> web site."
msgstr ""
"Ak chcete viac informácií, pozrite si prosím domovskú stránku <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.mediawiki.org\">MediaWiki</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:398(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/Mediawiki/book\">MediaWiki "
"Administrators’ Tutorial Guide</ulink> contains a wealth of information for "
"new MediaWiki administrators."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:404(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MediaWiki\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki MediaWiki</ulink> page is a good resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:414(title)
msgid "phpMyAdmin"
msgstr "phpMyAdmin"

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:416(para)
msgid ""
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> is a LAMP application specifically "
"written for administering <application>MySQL</application> servers. Written "
"in <application>PHP</application>, and accessed through a web browser, "
"phpMyAdmin provides a graphical interface for database administration tasks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:425(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>phpMyAdmin</application> you will need access "
"to a <application>MySQL</application> database either on the same host as "
"that phpMyAdmin is installed on, or on a host accessible over the network. "
"For more information see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/>. From a terminal prompt "
"enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:432(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install phpmyadmin"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:435(para)
msgid ""
"At the prompt choose which web server to be configured for "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>. The rest of this section will use "
"<application>Apache2</application> for the web server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:440(para)
msgid ""
"In a browser go to <emphasis>http://servername/phpmyadmin</emphasis>, "
"replacing <emphasis role=\"italic\">serveranme</emphasis> with the server's "
"actual hostname. At the login, page enter <emphasis>root</emphasis> for the "
"<emphasis>username</emphasis>, or another <application>MySQL</application> "
"user if you any setup, and enter the <application>MySQL</application> user's "
"password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:447(para)
msgid ""
"Once logged in you can reset the <emphasis>root</emphasis> password if "
"needed, create users, create/destroy databases and tables, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:455(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files for <application>phpMyAdmin</application> are "
"located in <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin</filename>. The main configuration file "
"is <filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>. This file contains "
"configuration options that apply globally to "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:461(para)
msgid ""
"To use <application>phpMyAdmin</application> to administer a MySQL database "
"hosted on another server, adjust the following in "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/config.inc.php</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:466(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"$cfg['Servers'][$i]['host'] = 'db_server';\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">db_server</emphasis> with the actual "
"remote database server name or IP address. Also, be sure that the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> host has permissions to access the "
"remote database."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"Once configured, log out of <application>phpMyAdmin</application> and back "
"in, and you should be accessing the new server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:481(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>config.header.inc.php</filename> and "
"<filename>config.footer.inc.php</filename> files are used to add a HTML "
"header and footer to <application>phpMyAdmin</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"Another important configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/phpmyadmin/apache.conf</filename>, this file is symlinked to "
"<filename>/etc/apache2/conf.d/phpmyadmin.conf</filename>, and is used to "
"configure <application>Apache2</application> to serve the "
"<application>phpMyAdmin</application> site. The file contains directives for "
"loading <application>PHP</application>, directory permissions, etc. For more "
"information on configuring <application>Apache2</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"httpd\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:500(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>phpMyAdmin</application> documentation comes installed with "
"the package and can be accessed from the <emphasis>phpMyAdmin "
"Documentation</emphasis> link (a question mark with a box around it) under "
"the phpMyAdmin logo. The official docs can also be access on the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.phpmyadmin.net/home_page/docs.php\">phpMyAdmin</ulink> site."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:507(para)
msgid ""
"Also, <ulink url=\"http://www.packtpub.com/phpmyadmin-3rd-"
"edition/book\">Mastering phpMyAdmin</ulink> is a great resource."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/lamp-applications.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"A third resource is the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/phpMyAdmin\">phpMyAdmin Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:14(para)
msgid "Welcome to the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server Guide</emphasis>!"
msgstr "Vitajte v <emphasis>Príručke Ubuntu servera </emphasis>!"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"Here you can find information on how to install and configure various server "
"applications. It is a step-by-step, task-oriented guide for configuring and "
"customizing your system."
msgstr ""
"Nájdete tu informácie o tom, ako sa inštalujú a spravujú rôzne serverové "
"aplikácie. Príručka je zameraná na konkrétne úlohy a popisujúca krok po "
"kroku ako sa konfiguruje a prispôsobuje systém Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"This guide assumes you have a basic understanding of your Ubuntu system. "
"Some installation details are covered in <xref linkend=\"installation\"/>, "
"but if you need detailed instructions installing Ubuntu please refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Táto príručka predpokladá, že máte základné vedomosti o systéme Ubuntu. "
"Niektoré detaily inštalácie sú síce uvedené v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"installation\"/>, ale ak potrebujete podrobnejší návod o "
"inštalácii Ubuntu, nájdete ho v anglickom jazyku na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"A HTML version of the manual is available online at <ulink "
"url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">the Ubuntu Documentation website</ulink>. The "
"HTML files are also available in the <application>ubuntu-"
"serverguide</application> package. See <xref linkend=\"package-"
"management\"/> for details on installing packages."
msgstr ""
"HTML verzia tejto príručky je tiež dostupná online v anlickom jazyku na "
"stránke <ulink url=\"http://help.ubuntu.com\">the Ubuntu Documentation "
"website</ulink> alebo v slovenskom jazyku na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://sospreskoly.org/prirucka-ubuntu-servera\">Dokumentácia "
"Ubuntu</ulink>. HTML súbory sú tiež dostupné v balíku <application>ubuntu-"
"serverguide</application>. Detaily o inštalácii balíkov nájdete v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"package-management\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to install the <application>ubuntu-serverguide</application> "
"you can view this document from a console by:"
msgstr ""
"Ak si nainštalujete balík <application>ubuntu-serverguide</application> "
"môžete si tento dokument z konzoly zobraziť príkazom:"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:36(command)
msgid "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/C/index.html"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using a localized version of Ubuntu, replace "
"<emphasis>C</emphasis> with your language localization (e.g. "
"<emphasis>en_GB</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:53(title)
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Podpora"

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:55(para)
msgid ""
"There are a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is "
"supported, commercial support and community support. The main commercial "
"support (and development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They "
"supply reasonably priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server "
"basis. For more information see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/introduction.xml:62(para)
msgid ""
"Community support is also provided by dedicated individuals, and companies, "
"that wish to make Ubuntu the best distribution possible. Support is provided "
"through multiple mailing lists, IRC channels, forums, blogs, wikis, etc. The "
"large amount of information available can be overwhelming, but a good search "
"engine query can usually provide an answer to your questions. See the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink> page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Podpora komunity je poskytovaná zanietenými spoločnosťami a jednotlivcami, "
"ktorí chcú urobiť z Ubuntu najlepšiu možnú distribúciu. Podpora je "
"poskytovaná prostredníctvom rôznych emailových konferencií, IRC kanalov, "
"fór, wiki stránok, atď. Veľké množstvo dostupných informácií môže byť "
"spracované vyhľadávačmi, ktoré zvyčajne poskytnú správne odpovede na vaše "
"otázky. Viac informácii sa nachádza v anglickom jazyku na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/support\">Ubuntu Support</ulink>"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"This chapter provides a quick overview of installing Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server "
"Edition. For more detailed instructions, please refer to the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Táto kapitola obsahuje rýchly prehľad o inštalácii vydania Ubuntu 10.04 LTS "
"Server Edition. Viac informácií sa nachádza v anglickom jazyku na stránke "
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\">Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:19(title)
msgid "Preparing to Install"
msgstr "Príprava na inštaláciu"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:20(para)
msgid ""
"This section explains various aspects to consider before starting the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o rôznych aspektoch, ktoré je potrebné zvážiť pred začatím "
"inštalácie."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:24(title)
msgid "System Requirements"
msgstr "Systémové požiadavky"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition supports two (2) major architectures: Intel "
"x86 and AMD64. The table below lists recommended hardware specifications. "
"Depending on your needs, you might manage with less than this. However, most "
"users risk being frustrated if they ignore these suggestions."
msgstr ""
"Vydanie Ubuntu 10.04 LTS Server Edition podporuje dve hlavné architektúry: "
"Intel x86 a AMD64. Nasledujúca tabuľka zobrazuje odporúčané hardvérové "
"požiadavky. V závislosti od toho, čo potrebujeme, môže postačovať aj menšie "
"vybavenie ako je uvedené. Avšak ak tieto požiadavky odignorujeme, môže sa "
"stať, že budeme sklamaní."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:27(title)
msgid "Recommended Minimum Requirements"
msgstr "Odporúčané minimálne požiadavky"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:35(para)
msgid "Install Type"
msgstr "Typ inštalácie"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:36(para)
msgid "RAM"
msgstr "Operačná pamäť"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:37(para)
msgid "Hard Drive Space"
msgstr "Voľné miesto na disku"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:40(para)
msgid "Base System"
msgstr "Základný systém"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:41(para)
msgid "All Tasks Installed"
msgstr "Úplná inštalácia"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:46(para)
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:47(para)
msgid "128 megabytes"
msgstr "128 megabajtov"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:48(para)
msgid "500 megabytes"
msgstr "500 megabajtov"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:49(para)
msgid "1 gigabyte"
msgstr "1 gigabajt"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:54(para)
msgid ""
"The Server Edition provides a common base for all sorts of server "
"applications. It is a minimalist design providing a platform for the desired "
"services, such as file/print services, web hosting, email hosting, etc."
msgstr ""
"Vydanie Server Edition poskytuje základný systém pre všetky ostatné "
"serverové aplikácie. Jeho minimalistický návrh poskytuje platformu pre "
"požadované služby, ako sú napríklad súborové a tlačové služby, web hosting, "
"email hosting, atď."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:60(para)
msgid ""
"The requirements for UEC are slightly different for Front End requirements "
"see <xref linkend=\"uec-frontend-requirements\"/> and for UEC Node "
"requirements see <xref linkend=\"uec-node-requirements\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:68(title)
msgid "Server and Desktop Differences"
msgstr "Rozdiely medzi vydaniami Server a Desktop"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:69(para)
msgid ""
"There are a few differences between the <emphasis>Ubuntu Server "
"Edition</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop Edition</emphasis>. It "
"should be noted that both editions use the same "
"<application>apt</application> repositories. Making it just as easy to "
"install a <emphasis role=\"italic\">server</emphasis> application on the "
"Desktop Edition as it is on the Server Edition."
msgstr ""
"Existuje niekoľko rozdielov medzi vydaniami <emphasis>Ubuntu Server "
"Edition</emphasis> (vydanie určené pre servery) a <emphasis>Ubuntu Desktop "
"Edition</emphasis> (vydanie určené stolné počítače). Je potrebné poznamenať, "
"že obe verzie používajú rovnaké <application>apt</application> zdroje "
"softvéru. Takže je rovnako jednoduché nainštalovať <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">serverové</emphasis> aplikácie vo vydaní Desktop Edition, "
"ako aj vo vydaní Server Edition."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"The differences between the two editions are the lack of an X window "
"environment in the Server Edition, the installation process, and different "
"Kernel options."
msgstr ""
"Rozdiely medzi oboma vydaniami je ten, že vo vydaní Server Edition nie je "
"grafické prostredie X window, ďalej v inštalačnom procese a v tom, že "
"používajú rozdielne jadrá Kernel."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:82(title)
msgid "Kernel Differences:"
msgstr "Rozdiely v jadrách:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"The Server Edition uses the <emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> I/O scheduler "
"instead of the <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis> scheduler used by the Desktop "
"Edition."
msgstr ""
"Vydanie Server Edition používa V/V plánovač <emphasis>Deadline</emphasis> "
"miesto plánovača <emphasis>CFQ</emphasis>, ktorý používa vydanie Desktop "
"Edition."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:91(para)
msgid "<emphasis>Preemption</emphasis> is turned off in the Server Edition."
msgstr "Vo vydaní Server Edition je vypnutá <emphasis>preempcia</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:96(para)
msgid ""
"The timer interrupt is 100 Hz in the Server Edition and 250 Hz in the "
"Desktop Edition."
msgstr ""
"Frekvencia prerušení časovača je vo vydaní Server Edition 100Hz a vo vydaní "
"Desktop Edition 250Hz."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"When running a 64-bit version of Ubuntu on 64-bit processors you are not "
"limited by memory addressing space."
msgstr ""
"Ak ste sa rozhodli použiť 64-bitovú verziu Ubuntu pre 64-bitové procesory, "
"nebudete obmedzený adresným priestorom pamäte."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"To see all kernel configuration options you can look through "
"<filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. Also, <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> is a "
"great resource on the options available."
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme vidieť všetky nastavenia jadra, môžeme ich nájsť v súbore "
"<filename>/boot/config-2.6.31-server</filename>. Stránka v anglickom jazyku "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.kroah.com/lkn/\">Linux Kernel in a Nutshell</ulink> "
"je tiež výborným zdrojom, kde sa dá dozvedieť viac o nastaveniach jadra."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:116(title)
msgid "Backing Up"
msgstr "Vytvorenie zálohy"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:119(para)
msgid ""
"Before installing <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> you "
"should make sure all data on the system is backed up. See <xref "
"linkend=\"backups\"/> for backup options."
msgstr ""
"Pred inštalovaním <application>Ubuntu Server Edition</application> by sme sa "
"mali presvedčiť, či máme všetky dáta zo systému odzálohované. Informácie o "
"zálohovaní sa nachádzajú v časti <xref linkend=\"backups\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:123(para)
msgid ""
"If this is not the first time an operating system has been installed on your "
"computer, it is likely you will need to re-partition your disk to make room "
"for Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Ak neinštalujeme operačný systém na čistý počítač, bude potrebné zmeniť "
"rozdelenie diskových oddielov na našom disku, aby sa vytvorilo miesto pre "
"Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"Any time you partition your disk, you should be prepared to lose everything "
"on the disk should you make a mistake or something goes wrong during "
"partitioning. The programs used in installation are quite reliable, most "
"have seen years of use, but they also perform destructive actions."
msgstr ""
"Pri rozdeľovaní nášho disku, by sme mali byť pripravený na možnosť straty "
"všetkých dát, ktorá môže nastať v dôsledku chyby počas prerozdeľovania "
"diskových. Programy používané v inštalácii sú celkom spoľahlivé, väčšina z "
"nich je preverená rokmi používania, ale vykonávajú aj deštruktívne činnosti."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:139(title)
msgid "Installing from CD"
msgstr "Inštalácia z CD"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:140(para)
msgid ""
"The basic steps to install Ubuntu Server Edition from CD are the same for "
"installing any operating system from CD. Unlike the <emphasis>Desktop "
"Edition</emphasis> the <emphasis>Server Edition</emphasis> does not include "
"a graphical installation program. Instead the Server Edition uses a console "
"menu based process."
msgstr ""
"Základné kroky inštalácie vydania Ubuntu Server Edition z CD sú rovnaké ako "
"pri inštalovaní ktoréhokoľvek iného operačného systému z CD. Na rozdiel od "
"vydania <emphasis>Desktop Edition</emphasis>, vydanie <emphasis>Server "
"Edition</emphasis> neobsahuje grafický inštalačný program. Vydanie Server "
"Edition miesto neho používa textový režim."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:147(para)
msgid ""
"First, download and burn the appropriate ISO file from the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\"> Ubuntu web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Najskôr si stiahneme a napálime príslušný ISO súbor zo stránky <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.ubuntu.com/getubuntu/download\">Ubuntu</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:153(para)
msgid "Boot the system from the CD-ROM drive."
msgstr "Zaveďieme systém z CD-ROM mechaniky."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"At the boot prompt you will be asked to select the language. Afterwards the "
"installation process begins by asking for your keyboard layout."
msgstr ""
"Na začiatku zavádzania vyberieme jazyk. Potom sa začne inštalačný proces "
"dialógom nastavenia klávesnice."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"From the main boot menu there are some additional options to install Ubuntu "
"Server Edition. You can install a basic Ubuntu Server, or install Ubuntu "
"Server as part of a <emphasis>Ubuntu Enterprise Cloud</emphasis>. For more "
"information on UEC see <xref linkend=\"uec\"/>. The rest of this section "
"will cover the basic Ubuntu Server install."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"The installer then discovers your hardware configuration, and configures the "
"network settings using DHCP. If you do not wish to use DHCP at the next "
"screen choose \"Go Back\", and you have the option to \"Configure the "
"network manually\"."
msgstr ""
"Potom inštalátor preskúma hardvérovú konfiguráciu a nastaví sieť pomocou "
"DHCP. Na ďalšej obrazovke môžeme zvoliť  \"Vrátiť späť\" a potom zvoliť "
"\"Nastaviť sieť ručne\"."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:179(para)
msgid "Next, the installer asks for the system's hostname and Time Zone."
msgstr "Ako ďalšie je potrebné zadať názov počítača a časové pásmo."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"You can then choose from several options to configure the hard drive layout. "
"For advanced disk options see <xref linkend=\"advanced-installation\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Budeme si môcť zvoliť z niekoľkých možností konfigurácie pevného disku. Viac "
"o rozdeľovaní disku sa dozvieme v časti <xref linkend=\"advanced-"
"installation\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:190(para)
msgid "The Ubuntu base system is then installed."
msgstr "Potom sa nainštaluje základný systém Ubuntu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:195(para)
msgid ""
"A new user is setup, this user will have <emphasis>root</emphasis> access "
"through the <application>sudo</application> utility."
msgstr ""
"Bude nastavený nový používateľ, ktorý bude môcť získať práva používateľa "
"<emphasis>root</emphasis> prostredníctvom nástroja "
"<application>sudo</application>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"After the user is setup, you will be asked to encrypt your <filename "
"role=\"directory\">home</filename> directory."
msgstr ""
"Po tom, ako sa nastaví používateľ, inštalátor sa opýta, či má zašifrovať "
"jeho domovský priečinok <filename role=\"directory\">home</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:207(para)
msgid ""
"The next step in the installation process is to decide how you want to "
"update the system. There are three options:"
msgstr ""
"Ďalším krokom inštalácie je výber spôsobu aktualizácie. Na výber máte tri "
"možnosti:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>No automatic updates</emphasis>: this requires an administrator to "
"log into the machine and manually install updates."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Bez automatických aktualizácií</emphasis>: toto bude vyžadovať, "
"aby sa správca prihlásil do systému a aktualizácie nainštaloval ručne."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:219(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Install security updates Automatically</emphasis>: will install "
"the <application>unattended-upgrades</application> package, which will "
"install security updates without the intervention of an administrator. For "
"more details see <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Automatická inštalácia bezpečnostných aktualizácií</emphasis>: "
"nainštaluje balíček <application>unattended-upgrades</application>, ktorý "
"bude inštalovať bezpečnostné aktualizácie bez nutnosti zásahu správcu. Viac "
"informácií sa dozviete v časti <xref linkend=\"automatic-updates\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:226(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manage the system with Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape is a paid "
"service provided by Canonical to help manage your Ubuntu machines. See the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink> "
"site for details."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Správa systému pomocou Landscape</emphasis>: Landscape je platená "
"služba spoločnosti Canonical, ktorá pomáha spravovať počítače s Ubuntu. Viac "
"informácií sa nachádza na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.canonical.com/projects/landscape\">Landscape</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"You now have the option to install, or not install, several package tasks. "
"See <xref linkend=\"install-tasks\"/> for details. Also, there is an option "
"to launch <application>aptitude</application> to choose specific packages to "
"install. For more information see <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz sa zobrazí výber súčastí systému. Viac sa dozvieme v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"install-tasks\"/>. Je tu tiež možnosť spustiť aptitude so "
"zvolenými súčasťami, ktorý ich nainštaluje. Viac informácii sa dozvieme v "
"časti <xref linkend=\"aptitude\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:243(para)
msgid "Finally, the last step before rebooting is to set the clock to UTC."
msgstr "Posledný krok pred reštartom je nastavenie hodín na UTC."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"If at any point during installation you are not satisfied by the default "
"setting, use the \"Go Back\" function at any prompt to be brought to a "
"detailed installation menu that will allow you to modify the default "
"settings."
msgstr ""
"Ak nie ste v akomkoľvek bode inštalácie spokojný s predvoleným nastavením, "
"použite \"Vrátiť späť\" a získate detailnú inštalačnú ponuku, ktorá vám "
"umožní upraviť predvolené nastavenia."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"At some point during the installation process you may want to read the help "
"screen provided by the installation system. To do this, press F1."
msgstr ""
"Na niektorých miestach v inštalačnom procese si môžeme vyvolať pomocníka "
"poskytovaného inštalačným systémom. Ak tak chceme urobiť, stlačíme F1."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"Once again, for detailed instructions see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 LTS/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu "
"Installation Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Znovu zdôrazňujeme, že detailnejšie inštrukcie sa nachádzajú v anglickom "
"jazyku na stránke <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04 "
"LTS/installation-guide/\"> Ubuntu Installation Guide</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:265(title)
msgid "Package Tasks"
msgstr "Súčasti systému"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:266(para)
msgid ""
"During the Server Edition installation you have the option of installing "
"additional packages from the CD. The packages are grouped by the type of "
"service they provide."
msgstr ""
"Počas inštalácie vydania Server Edition sa nám zobrazí možnosť nainštalovať "
"ďalšie súčasti z CD. Balíky súčastí sú zoskupené podľa typu služby, ktoré "
"poskytujú."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:272(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Walrus storage service"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:277(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: all-in-one cluster"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:282(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Cluster controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:287(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Node controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:292(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: Storage controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:297(para)
msgid "Cloud computing: top-level cloud controller"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:302(para)
msgid "DNS server: Selects the BIND DNS server and its documentation."
msgstr "DNS server: Vyberie BIND DNS server a jeho dokumentáciu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:307(para)
msgid "LAMP server: Selects a ready-made Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server."
msgstr "LAMP server: Vyberie zostavu Linux/Apache/MySQL/PHP server."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
"Mail server: This task selects a variety of package useful for a general "
"purpose mail server system."
msgstr ""
"Mail server: Táto súčasť vyberie rôzne užitočné balíčky pre bežne používaný "
"poštový server."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:317(para)
msgid "OpenSSH server: Selects packages needed for an OpenSSH server."
msgstr "OpenSSH server: Vyberie balíčky potrebné pre OpenSSH server."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"PostgreSQL database: This task selects client and server packages for the "
"PostgreSQL database."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL databáza: Táto súčasť vyberie balíčky klienta a servera databázy "
"PostgreSQL."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:327(para)
msgid "Print server: This task sets up your system to be a print server."
msgstr "Print server: Táto súčasť nastaví systém ako tlačový server."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:332(para)
msgid ""
"Samba File server: This task sets up your system to be a Samba file server, "
"which is especially suitable in networks with both Windows and Linux systems."
msgstr ""
"Samba File server: Táto súčasť nastaví váš systém tak, aby sa stal súborovým "
"serverom Samba, čo je užitočné najmä v sieťach s kombináciou systémov "
"Windows a Linux."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:338(para)
msgid ""
"Tomcat server: Installs the Apache Tomcat and needed dependencies Java, gcj, "
"etc."
msgstr ""
"Tomcat server: Nainštaluje Apache Tomcat a ďalšie potrebné súčasti Java, "
"gcj, atď."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:343(para)
msgid ""
"Virtual machine host: Includes packages needed to run KVM virtual machines."
msgstr ""
"Virtual machine host: Obsahuje balíčky potrebné pre spustenie virtuálnych "
"počítačov KVM."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:348(para)
msgid ""
"Manually select packages: Executes <application>apptitude</application> "
"allowing you to individually select packages."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:353(para)
msgid ""
"Installing the package groups is accomplished using the "
"<application>tasksel</application> utility. One of the important difference "
"between Ubuntu (or Debian) and other GNU/Linux distribution is that, when "
"installed, a package is also configured to reasonable defaults, eventually "
"prompting you for additional required information. Likewise, when installing "
"a task, the packages are not only installed, but also configured to provided "
"a fully integrated service."
msgstr ""
"Inštalovanie skupín balíčkov je vykonávané pomocou nástroja "
"<application>tasksel</application>. Jeden z najvýznamnejších rozdielov medzi "
"Ubuntu (alebo Debianom) a ostatnými GNU/Linux distribúciami je to, že "
"inštalované balíky sa zároveň nakonfigurujú pomocou rozumných predvolených "
"hodnôt, poprípade si vyžiadajú potrebné informácie. Preto, keď inštalujeme "
"súčasť, balíky sa nielen nainštalujú, ale i nakonfigurujú tak, aby "
"poskytovali ucelenú službu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:360(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on the <emphasis>Cloud Computing</emphasis> tasks see "
"<xref linkend=\"uec\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation process has finished you can view a list of available "
"tasks by entering the following from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Po ukončení inštalačného procesu môžeme zobraziť zoznam dostupných súčastí "
"zadaním nasledujúceho príkazu do príkazového riadka:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:368(command)
msgid "tasksel --list-tasks"
msgstr "tasksel --list-tasks"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"The output will list tasks from other Ubuntu based distributions such as "
"Kubuntu and Edubuntu. Note that you can also invoke the "
"<command>tasksel</command> command by itself, which will bring up a menu of "
"the different tasks available."
msgstr ""
"Výstup zobrazí zoznam súčastí z iných distribúcií založených na Ubuntu ako "
"napríklad Kubuntu a Edubuntu. Príkaz <command>tasksel</command> môžete "
"spustiť aj bez parametrov, čím sa otvorí ponuka rôznych dostupných súčastí."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"You can view a list of which packages are installed with each task using the "
"<emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis> option. For example, to list the "
"packages installed with the <emphasis>DNS Server</emphasis> task enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Zoznam balíčkov, ktoré boli nainštalované danou súčasťou môžeme zobraziť "
"zadaním parametra <emphasis>--task-packages</emphasis>. Napríklad, ak chceme "
"zobraziť zoznam balíčkov nainštalovaných súčasťou <emphasis>DNS "
"Server</emphasis>, zadáme toto:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:382(command)
msgid "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"
msgstr "tasksel --task-packages dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:384(para)
msgid "The output of the command should list:"
msgstr "Výstupom príkazu by mal byť zoznam:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:387(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind9-doc \n"
"bind9utils \n"
"bind9\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:392(para)
msgid ""
"Also, if you did not install one of the tasks during the installation "
"process, but for example you decide to make your new LAMP server a DNS "
"server as well. Simply insert the installation CD and from a terminal:"
msgstr ""
"Takže ak sme nenainštalovali niektorú zo súčastí počas inštalácie systému, a "
"neskôr sme zistili, že pre nový LAMP server potrebujeme aj DNS server, "
"jednoducho vložíme CD a zadáme príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:397(command)
msgid "sudo tasksel install dns-server"
msgstr "sudo tasksel install dns-server"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:402(title)
msgid "Upgrading"
msgstr "Prechod na novú verziu"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:403(para)
msgid ""
"There are several ways to upgrade from one Ubuntu release to another. This "
"section gives an overview of the recommended upgrade method."
msgstr ""
"Existuje niekoľko spôsobov ako prejsť zo staršej verzie Ubuntu na novšiu. "
"Táto časť poskytuje prehľad odporúčaných metód."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:407(title) serverguide/C/installation.xml:422(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:408(para)
msgid ""
"The recommended way to upgrade a Server Edition installation is to use the "
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application> utility. Part of the "
"<emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis> package, it does not have any "
"graphical dependencies and is installed by default."
msgstr ""
"Odporúčaným spôsobom, ako prejsť na novšiu verziu vydania Server Edition, je "
"použite nástroja <application>do-release-upgrade</application>. Je to časť "
"balíka <emphasis>update-manager-core</emphasis>, ktorá nemá žiadne grafické "
"závislosti a je súčasťou základnej inštalácie."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
"Debian based systems can also be upgraded by using <command>apt-get dist-"
"upgrade</command>. However, using <application>do-release-"
"upgrade</application> is recommended because it has the ability to handle "
"system configuration changes sometimes needed between releases."
msgstr ""
"Systémy založené na Debiane môžu byť tiež aktualizované pomocou príkazu "
"<command>apt-get dist-upgrade</command>. Avšak je odporučené použiť príkaz "
"<application>do-release-upgrade</application>, pretože ten dokáže vykonať "
"zmenu konfigurácie systému, ktorá je niekedy potrebná pri prechode na novšiu "
"verziu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:418(para)
msgid "To upgrade to a newer release, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme prejsť na novú verziu, do príkazového riadka zadáme príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to use <application>do-release-upgrade</application> to "
"upgrade to a development version of Ubuntu. To accomplish this use the "
"<emphasis>-d</emphasis> switch:"
msgstr ""
"Pomocou príkazu <application>do-release-upgrade</application> je tiež možné "
"prejsť na vývojovú verziu Ubuntu. Ak to chceme urobiť, použijeme prepínač "
"<emphasis>-d</emphasis>:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:429(command)
msgid "do-release-upgrade -d"
msgstr "do-release-upgrade -d"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:432(para)
msgid ""
"Upgrading to a development release is <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended "
"for production environments."
msgstr "Prechod na vývojovú verziu nie je odporúčaný pri ostrej prevádzke."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:439(title)
msgid "Advanced Installation"
msgstr "Pokročilá inštalácia"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:442(title)
msgid "Software RAID"
msgstr "Softvérový RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:444(para)
msgid ""
"RAID is a method of configuring multiple hard drives to act as one, reducing "
"the probability of catastrophic data loss in case of drive failure. RAID is "
"implemented in either software (where the operating system knows about both "
"drives and actively maintains both of them) or hardware (where a special "
"controller makes the OS think there's only one drive and maintains the "
"drives 'invisibly')."
msgstr ""
"RAID je metóda, akou sa nastavuje viacero pevných diskov tak, aby sa "
"správali ako jeden, pričom sa redukuje pravdepodobnosť katastrofickej straty "
"dát pri zlyhaní disku. RAID je implementovaný buď ako softvérový (keď "
"operačný systém vie o oboch diskoch a aktívne oba spravuje) alebo hardvérový "
"(keď špeciálny radič vytvorí dojem, že v systéme je iba jeden disk a "
"jednotlivé disky spravuje bez toho, aby o tom vedel operačný systém)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:451(para)
msgid ""
"The RAID software included with current versions of Linux (and Ubuntu) is "
"based on the <application>'mdadm'</application> driver and works very well, "
"better even than many so-called 'hardware' RAID controllers. This section "
"will guide you through installing Ubuntu Server Edition using two RAID1 "
"partitions on two physical hard drives, one for <emphasis>/</emphasis> and "
"another for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Softvérový RAID zahrnutý v aktuálnych verziách Linuxu (a Ubuntu) je založený "
"na ovládači <application>'mdadm'</application>  a pracuje veľmi dobre, "
"lepšie ako niektoré takzvané 'hardverové' RAID radiče. Táto časť vás "
"prevedie inštaláciou vydania Ubuntu Server s použitím dvoch diskových "
"oddielov RAID1 na dvoch fyzických diskoch, jedného oddielu pre "
"<emphasis>/</emphasis> a druhého pre <emphasis>swap</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:461(para) serverguide/C/installation.xml:975(para)
msgid ""
"Follow the installation steps until you get to the <emphasis>Partition "
"disks</emphasis> step, then:"
msgstr ""
"Budeme nasledovať inštalačné kroky, až kým sa nedostanete ku kroku "
"<emphasis>Rozdelenie diskov</emphasis>. Potom:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:468(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>Manual</emphasis> as the partition method."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme <emphasis>manuálny</emphasis> spôsob rozdelenia diskových oddielov."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:475(para)
msgid ""
"Select the first hard drive, and agree to <emphasis>\"Create a new empty "
"partition table on this device?\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme prvý disk a odsúhlasíme otázku <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť na tomto "
"zariadení novú prázdnu tabuľku oblastí?\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:479(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat this step for each drive you wish to be part of the RAID array."
msgstr ""
"Tento krok zopakujeme na každom disku, ktorý chceme zaradiť do poľa RAID."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:486(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"FREE SPACE\"</emphasis> on the first drive then "
"select <emphasis>\"Create a new partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Označíme <emphasis>\"VOĽNÉ MIESTO\"</emphasis> na prvom disku a potom "
"zvolíme <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť novú oblasť\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:493(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select the <emphasis>Size</emphasis> of the partition. This partition "
"will be the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition, and a general rule for swap "
"size is twice that of RAM. Enter the partition size, then choose "
"<emphasis>Primary</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Beginning</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Následne zvolíme <emphasis>veľkosť</emphasis> oblasti. Táto oblasť bude swap "
"a vo všeobecnosti platí, že veľkosť <emphasis>swap</emphasis> je dvojnásobok "
"RAM. Zadáme veľkosť, zvolíme <emphasis>Primárna</emphasis>  a potom "
"<emphasis>Začiatok</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:502(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line at the top. By default this "
"is <emphasis role=\"italic\">\"Ext4 journaling file system\"</emphasis>, "
"change that to <emphasis>\"physical volume for RAID\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme <emphasis>\"Použiť ako:\"</emphasis> v hornom riadku a zmeňíme "
"predvolenú hodnotu <emphasis role=\"italic\">\"žurnálovací súborový systém "
"Ext4\"</emphasis>, na <emphasis>\"fyzický zväzok pre RAID\"</emphasis>, a "
"potom zvolíme <emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:511(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition once again select <emphasis>\"Free "
"Space\"</emphasis> on the first drive then <emphasis>\"Create a new "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pre partíciu <emphasis>/</emphasis> znova vyberieme <emphasis>\"Voľné "
"miesto\"</emphasis> na prvom disku a potom vyberieme <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť "
"novú oblasť\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:519(para)
msgid ""
"Use the rest of the free space on the drive and choose "
"<emphasis>Continue</emphasis>, then <emphasis>Primary</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Použijeme zvyšok voľného miesta na disku a zvolíme "
"<emphasis>Pokračovať</emphasis>, a potom <emphasis>Primárna</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:526(para)
msgid ""
"As with the swap partition, select the <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis> line "
"at the top, changing it to <emphasis>\"physical volume for "
"RAID\"</emphasis>. Also select the <emphasis>\"Bootable flag:\"</emphasis> "
"line to change the value to <emphasis>\"on\"</emphasis>. Then choose "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Tak, ako pri oblasti swap, vyberieme <emphasis>\"Použiť ako:\"</emphasis> v "
"hornom riadku, zmeníme voľbu na <emphasis>\"fyzický zväzok pre "
"RAID\"</emphasis>, a potom zvolíme  <emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti "
"ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:536(para)
msgid "Repeat steps three through eight for the other disk and partitions."
msgstr "Zopakujeme kroky tri až osem pre ostatné disky a oblasti."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:545(title)
msgid "RAID Configuration"
msgstr "Nastavenie poľa RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:547(para)
msgid "With the partitions setup the arrays are ready to be configured:"
msgstr "Vďaka nastaveniu oblastí teraz môžme nastaviť diskové pole:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:554(para)
msgid ""
"Back in the main \"Partition Disks\" page, select <emphasis>\"Configure "
"Software RAID\"</emphasis> at the top."
msgstr ""
"Vrátime sa späť na \"Rozdelenie diskov\" a vyberieme <emphasis>\"Nastaviť "
"softvérový RAID\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:561(para)
msgid "Select <emphasis>\"yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to disk."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme <emphasis>\"áno\"</emphasis>, aby sa zmeny zapísali na disk."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:568(para)
msgid "Choose <emphasis>\"Create MD device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr "Zvolíme <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť MD zariadenie\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"For this example, select <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, but if you are "
"using a different setup choose the appropriate type (RAID0 RAID1 RAID5)."
msgstr ""
"V našom prípade vyberieme <emphasis>\"RAID1\"</emphasis>, ale ak by sme "
"chceli iné nastavenie, môžeme zvoliť jemu prislúchajúci typ (RAID0 RAID1 "
"RAID5)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:581(para)
msgid ""
"In order to use <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis> you need at least "
"<emphasis>three</emphasis> drives. Using RAID0 or RAID1 only "
"<emphasis>two</emphasis> drives are required."
msgstr ""
"Ak chcete použiť <emphasis>RAID5</emphasis>, potrebujete najmenej "
"<emphasis>tri</emphasis> disky. Použitie RAID0 alebo RAID1, vyžaduje iba "
"<emphasis>dva</emphasis> disky."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:590(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the number of active devices <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, or the amount "
"of hard drives you have, for the array. Then select "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Zadáme počet aktívnych zariadení <emphasis>\"2\"</emphasis>, alebo iný počet "
"pevných diskov, ktoré máme pre pole k dispozícii. Potom zvolíme "
"<emphasis>\"Pokračovať\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:598(para)
msgid ""
"Next, enter the number of spare devices <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> by "
"default, then choose <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Ďalej zadáme počet náhradných zariadení <emphasis>\"0\"</emphasis> a zvolíme "
"<emphasis>\"Pokračovať\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"Choose which partitions to use. Generally they will be sda1, sdb1, sdc1, "
"etc. The numbers will usually match and the different letters correspond to "
"different hard drives."
msgstr ""
"Označíme, ktoré oblasti chceme použiť. Najčastejšie to bývajú oblasti sda1, "
"sdb1, sdc1, atď. Čísla sa väčšinou zhodujú, písmená sa odlišujú a "
"prislúchajú rozdielnym pevným diskom."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:610(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>swap</emphasis> partition choose <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb1</emphasis>. Select <emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis> to "
"go to the next step."
msgstr ""
"Pre oblasť <emphasis>swap</emphasis> vyberieme <emphasis>sda1</emphasis> a "
"<emphasis>sdb1</emphasis> a prejdeme na ďalší krok voľbou "
"<emphasis>\"Pokračovať\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:618(para)
msgid ""
"Repeat steps <emphasis>three</emphasis> through <emphasis>seven</emphasis> "
"for the <emphasis>/</emphasis> partition choosing <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Kroky <emphasis>tri</emphasis> až <emphasis>sedem</emphasis> zopakujeme pre "
"oblasť <emphasis>/</emphasis>, pričom vyberieme <emphasis>sda2</emphasis> a "
"<emphasis>sdb2</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:626(para)
msgid "Once done select <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis>."
msgstr "Ak sme skončili, zvolíme <emphasis>\"Dokončiť\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:636(title)
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr "Formátovanie"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:638(para)
msgid ""
"There should now be a list of hard drives and RAID devices. The next step is "
"to format and set the mount point for the RAID devices. Treat the RAID "
"device as a local hard drive, format and mount accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali vidieť zoznam diskov a RAID zariadení. Ďalším krokom je "
"formátovanie a nastavenie ich bodu pripojenia. Zariadenie RAID budeme "
"považovať za bežný lokálny disk, ktorý môžeme rovnako naformátovať a "
"pripojiť."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:646(para)
msgid ""
"Select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#0\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme <emphasis>\"č. 1\"</emphasis> oblasť <emphasis>\"RAID1 zariadenie "
"č. 0\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:653(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"swap "
"area\"</emphasis>, then <emphasis>\"Done setting up partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Zvolíme <emphasis>\"\"Použiť ako:\"</emphasis>. Potom vyberieme "
"<emphasis>\"odkladací swap priestor\"</emphasis>, a následne "
"<emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:661(para)
msgid ""
"Next, select <emphasis>\"#1\"</emphasis> under the <emphasis>\"RAID1 device "
"#1\"</emphasis> partition."
msgstr ""
"# Potom vyberieme <emphasis>\"č. 1\"</emphasis> oblasť <emphasis>\"RAID1 "
"zariadenie č. 1\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:668(para)
msgid ""
"Choose <emphasis>\"Use as:\"</emphasis>. Then select <emphasis>\"Ext4 "
"journaling file system\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Zvolíme <emphasis>\"Použiť ako:\"</emphasis>. Potom vyberieme "
"<emphasis>\"žurnálovací súborový systém Ext4\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:675(para)
msgid ""
"Then select the <emphasis>\"Mount point\"</emphasis> and choose "
"<emphasis>\"/ - the root file system\"</emphasis>. Change any of the other "
"options as appropriate, then select <emphasis>\"Done setting up "
"partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz zvolíme <emphasis>\"Bod pripojenia\"</emphasis> a vyberieme "
"<emphasis>\"/ - koreňový súborový systém\"</emphasis>. Zmeníme ostatné "
"nastavenia podľa potreby a vyberieme <emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti "
"ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:683(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec vyberieme <emphasis>\"Ukončiť rozdeľovanie a zapísať zmeny na "
"disk\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:690(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose to place the root partition on a RAID array, the installer "
"will then ask if you would like to boot in a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> "
"state. See <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/> for further details."
msgstr ""
"Ak nastavíme, že koreňová oblasť má byť v poli RAID, inštalátor sa nás "
"opýta, či chceme systém zavádzať v <emphasis>degradovanom stave</emphasis>. "
"Podrobnosti sa nachádzajú v časti <xref linkend=\"raid-degraded\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:695(para)
msgid "The installation process will then continue normally."
msgstr "Inštalačný proces bude potom normálne pokračovať."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:701(title)
msgid "Degraded RAID"
msgstr "Degradované pole RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:703(para)
msgid ""
"At some point in the life of the computer a disk failure event may occur. "
"When this happens, using Software RAID, the operating system will place the "
"array into what is known as a <emphasis>degraded</emphasis> state."
msgstr ""
"Počas dlhej prevádzky počítača môže nastať porucha disku. Ak je takýto disk "
"súčasťou softvérového poľa RAID, operačný systém prepne pole do tzv. "
"<emphasis>degradovaného</emphasis> stavu."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:708(para)
msgid ""
"If the array has become degraded, due to the chance of data corruption, by "
"default Ubuntu Server Edition will boot to <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis> "
"after thirty seconds. Once the initramfs has booted there is a fifteen "
"second prompt giving you the option to go ahead and boot the system, or "
"attempt manual recover. Booting to the initramfs prompt may or may not be "
"the desired behavior, especially if the machine is in a remote location. "
"Booting to a degraded array can be configured several ways:"
msgstr ""
"Ak pole prejde do degradovaného stavu kvôli možnosti poškodenia dát, Ubuntu "
"Server sa po 30 sekundách reštartuje do tzv. <emphasis>initramfs</emphasis> "
"režimu. Keď je initramfs zavedený, objaví sa na pätnásť sekúnd výzva "
"umožňujúca opustiť tento režim a zaviesť systém alebo sa pokúsiť o ručnú "
"opravu. Naštartovanie do initramfs môže ale aj nemusí byť želaným správaním, "
"najmä ak ide o vzdialený počítač. Zavedenie systému do degradovaného poľa "
"môže byť nastavené rôznymi spôsobmi:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:719(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> utility can be used to "
"configure the default behavior, and during the process you will be queried "
"about additional settings related to the array. Such as monitoring, email "
"alerts, etc. To reconfigure <application>mdadm</application> enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>dpkg-reconfigure</application> môže byť použitý na "
"nakonfigurovanie základného správania. Počas tohto procesu budeme môcť zadať "
"dodatočné nastavenia týkajúce sa poľa. Napríklad monitorovanie, "
"upozorňovanie emailom, atď. Ak chceme zmeniť nastavenie "
"<application>mdadm</application> zadáme príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:726(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"
msgstr "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mdadm"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:732(para)
msgid ""
"The <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> process will change the "
"<filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename> configuration file. "
"The file has the advantage of being able to pre-configure the system's "
"behavior, and can also be manually edited:"
msgstr ""
"Proces <command>dpkg-reconfigure mdadm</command> mdadm zmení konfiguračný "
"súbor <filename>/etc/initramfs-tools/conf.d/mdadm</filename>. Tento súbor má "
"tú výhodu, že pomocou neho dokážeme predkonfigurovať správanie systému a "
"môžeme ho ručne upravovať:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:738(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"BOOT_DEGRADED=true\n"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:743(para)
msgid "The configuration file can be overridden by using a Kernel argument."
msgstr "Nastavenie v súbore môže byť prevážené parametrom jadra Kernel."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:751(para)
msgid ""
"Using a Kernel argument will allow the system to boot to a degraded array as "
"well:"
msgstr ""
"Pomocou parametra jadra Kernel sa systém tiež dá zaviesť do degradovaného "
"poľa:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:757(para)
msgid ""
"When the server is booting press <keycap>Shift</keycap> to open the "
"<application>Grub</application> menu."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:762(para)
msgid "Press <keycap>e</keycap> to edit your kernel command options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:767(para)
msgid "Press the <keycap>down</keycap> arrow to highlight the kernel line."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:772(para)
msgid ""
"Add <emphasis>\"bootdegraded=true\"</emphasis> (without the quotes) to the "
"end of the line."
msgstr "Na koniec riadka dopíšeme \"bootdegraded=true\" (bez úvodzoviek)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:777(para)
msgid ""
"Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>x</keycap></keycombo> to boot "
"the system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:786(para)
msgid ""
"Once the system has booted you can either repair the array see <xref "
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/> for details, or copy important data to "
"another machine due to major hardware failure."
msgstr ""
"Po zavedení systému môžeme pole buď opraviť, ako sa hovorí v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"raid-maintenance\"/>, alebo skopírovať dôležité dáta na iný "
"počítač kvôli neopraviteľnému zlyhaniu hardvéru."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:793(title)
msgid "RAID Maintenance"
msgstr "Údržba poľa RAID"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:795(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mdadm</application> utility can be used to view the status "
"of an array, add disks to an array, remove disks, etc:"
msgstr ""
"Nástroj <application>mdadm</application> sa dá použitý na zobrazenie stavu "
"poľa, pridanie diskov do poľa, odobranie diskov, atď:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:802(para)
msgid "To view the status of an array, from a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr "Ak chceme zobraziť stav poľa, do príkazového riadka zadáme príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:806(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -D /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:809(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-D</emphasis> tells <application>mdadm</application> to "
"display <emphasis>detailed</emphasis> information about the "
"<filename>/dev/md0</filename> device. Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> "
"with the appropriate RAID device."
msgstr ""
"Voľba <emphasis>-D</emphasis> hovorí <application>mdadm</application>, aby "
"zobrazil detailné informácie o zariadení <filename>/dev/md0</filename>. "
"Cestu <filename>/dev/md0</filename> nahradíme prislúchajúcou cestou "
"zariadenia RAID."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:815(para)
msgid "To view the status of a disk in an array:"
msgstr "Ak chceme vidieť stav disku v poli, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:819(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm -E /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:821(para)
msgid ""
"The output if very similar to the <command>mdadm -D</command> command, "
"adjust <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> for each disk."
msgstr ""
"Výstup bude veľmi podobný príkazu <command>mdadm -D</command>. Ak chceme iný "
"disk, zmeníme <filename>/dev/sda1</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:826(para)
msgid "If a disk fails and needs to be removed from an array enter:"
msgstr "Ak disk zlyhá a je ho potrebné odobrať z poľa, zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:830(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --remove /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:832(para)
msgid ""
"Change <filename>/dev/md0</filename> and <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> to "
"the appropriate RAID device and disk."
msgstr ""
"Cesty <filename>/dev/md0</filename> a <filename>/dev/sda1</filename> zmeníme "
"na prislúchjúce cesty k zariadeniu RAID a disku."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:837(para)
msgid "Similarly, to add a new disk:"
msgstr "Podobne pridáme nový disk:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:841(command)
msgid "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"
msgstr "sudo mdadm --add /dev/md0 /dev/sda1"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:846(para)
msgid ""
"Sometimes a disk can change to a <emphasis>faulty</emphasis> state even "
"though there is nothing physically wrong with the drive. It is usually "
"worthwhile to remove the drive from the array then re-add it. This will "
"cause the drive to re-sync with the array. If the drive will not sync with "
"the array, it is a good indication of hardware failure."
msgstr ""
"Niekedy disk prejde do <emphasis>chybného</emphasis> stavu, aj keď nie je "
"fyzicky poškodený. Takýto disk zvyčajne stačí z poľa odstrániť a znova ho "
"pridať. Pole sa potom znova zosynchronizuje. Ak sa disk nezosynchronizuje s "
"poľom, znamená to, že je asi chybný."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:852(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> file also contains useful information "
"about the system's RAID devices:"
msgstr ""
"Súbor <filename>/proc/mdstat</filename> tiež obsahuje užitočné informácie o "
"systémových zariadeniach RAID:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:857(command)
msgid "cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:858(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"unused devices: &lt;none&gt;"
msgstr ""
"Personalities : [linear] [multipath] [raid0] [raid1] [raid6] [raid5] [raid4] "
"[raid10] \n"
"md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]\n"
"      10016384 blocks [2/2] [UU]\n"
"      \n"
"unused devices: &lt;none&gt;"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:865(para)
msgid ""
"The following command is great for watching the status of a syncing drive:"
msgstr ""
"Nasledujúci príkaz je výborný na sledovanie stavu synchronizácie diskov:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:870(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"
msgstr "watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:873(para)
msgid ""
"Press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis> to stop the "
"<application>watch</application> command."
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme sledovanie pomocou nástroja <application>watch</application> "
"prerušiť, stlačíme <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:877(para)
msgid ""
"If you do need to replace a faulty drive, after the drive has been replaced "
"and synced, <application>grub</application> will need to be installed. To "
"install <application>grub</application> on the new drive, enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Ak bolo potrebné vymeniť disk kvôli chybe, po výmene a zosynchronizovaní "
"disku je ešte potrebné nainštalovať <application>grub</application>. Ak "
"chceme <application>grub</application> nainštalovať na nový disk, zadáme "
"príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:883(command)
msgid "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"
msgstr "sudo grub-install /dev/md0"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:886(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <filename>/dev/md0</filename> with the appropriate array device name."
msgstr ""
"Cestu <filename>/dev/md0</filename> nahradíme prislúchajúcou cestou k poľu "
"RAID."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:894(para)
msgid ""
"The topic of RAID arrays is a complex one due to the plethora of ways RAID "
"can be configured. Please see the following links for more information:"
msgstr ""
"Problematika diskových polí RAID je vďaka množstvu spôsobov, akým môžu byť "
"nastavené, veľmi rozsiahla. Viac informácií sa nachádza v anglickom jazyku "
"na nasledujúcich stránkach:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:901(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#raid\">Ubuntu "
"Wiki Articles on RAID</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:907(ulink)
msgid "Software RAID HOWTO"
msgstr "Software RAID HOWTO"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:912(ulink)
msgid "Managing RAID on Linux"
msgstr "Managing RAID on Linux"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:919(title)
msgid "Logical Volume Manager (LVM)"
msgstr "Správca logických zväzkov (LVM)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:921(para)
msgid ""
"Logical Volume Manger, or <emphasis>LVM</emphasis>, allows administrators to "
"create <emphasis>logical</emphasis> volumes out of one or multiple physical "
"hard disks. LVM volumes can be created on both software RAID partitions and "
"standard partitions residing on a single disk. Volumes can also be extended, "
"giving greater flexibility to systems as requirements change."
msgstr ""
"Správca logických zväzkov (<emphasis>LVM</emphasis>) umožňuje správcom "
"vytvoriť <emphasis>logické</emphasis> zväzky z jedného alebo viacerých "
"fyzických diskov. LVM zväzky môžeme vytvoriť na štandardných oddieloch "
"vytvorených na fyzických diskoch, ale aj na oddieloch diskového poľa RAID. "
"Zväzky môžu byť aj rozšírené, čo systémom poskytuje väčšiu flexibilitu, keď "
"potrebujeme niečo zmeniť."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:930(para)
msgid ""
"A side effect of LVM's power and flexibility is a greater degree of "
"complication. Before diving into the LVM installation process, it is best to "
"get familiar with some terms."
msgstr ""
"Vedľajším efektom sily a flexibility LVM je jeho väčšia komplikovanosť. Pred "
"tým, ako sa pustíme do inštalácie LVM, bude lepšie, ak sa oboznámime s "
"niektorými termínmi."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:937(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Volume Group (VG):</emphasis> contains one or several Logical "
"Volumes (LV)."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Skupina zväzkov (VG - Volume Group)</emphasis>: obsahuje jeden "
"alebo viaceré logické zväzky (LV)."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:942(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Logical Volume (LV):</emphasis> is similar to a partition in a non-"
"LVM system. Multiple Physical Volumes (PV) can make up one LV, on top of "
"which resides the actual EXT3, XFS, JFS, etc filesystem."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Logický zväzok (LV - Logical Volume):</emphasis> je podobný ako "
"oddiel v systéme bez LVM. Viacero fyzických zväzkov (PV) môže tvoriť jeden "
"LV, na ktorom sídli aktuálny súborový systém EXT3, XFS, JFS, atď."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:948(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Physical Volume (PV):</emphasis> physical hard disk or software "
"RAID partition. The Volume Group can be extended by adding more PVs."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Fyzický zväzok (PV - Physical Volume):</emphasis> fyzický disk "
"alebo oddiel diskového poľa RAID. Skupina zväzkov môže byť rozšírená "
"pridaním viacerých PV."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:959(para)
msgid ""
"As an example this section covers installing Ubuntu Server Edition with "
"<filename role=\"directory\">/srv</filename> mounted on a LVM volume. During "
"the initial install only one Physical Volume (PV) will be part of the Volume "
"Group (VG). Another PV will be added after install to demonstrate how a VG "
"can be extended."
msgstr ""
"Použitie LVM si ukážeme na na príklade, v ktorom  pripojíme priečinok /srv k "
"zväzku LVM. Počas počiatočnej inštalácie použijeme iba jeden fyzický zväzok "
"(PV), ktorý bude časťou skupiny zväzkov (VG). Ďalší PV pridáme po skončení "
"inštalácie, aby sme demonštrovali, ako sa dá VG rozšíriť."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:965(para)
msgid ""
"There are several installation options for LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use the "
"entire disk and setup LVM\"</emphasis> which will also allow you to assign a "
"portion of the available space to LVM, <emphasis>\"Guided - use entire and "
"setup encrypted LVM\"</emphasis>, or <emphasis>Manually</emphasis> setup the "
"partitions and configure LVM. At this time the only way to configure a "
"system with both LVM and standard partitions, during installation, is to use "
"the Manual approach."
msgstr ""
"Pri inštalácii systému máte k dispozícii niekoľko možností, ktoré nastavia "
"LVM. Možnosť <emphasis>\"Sprievodca - použiť celý disk a nastaviť "
"LVM\"</emphasis>, ktorá Vám umožní použiť časti voľného priestoru pre LVM, "
"<emphasis>\"Sprievodca - použiť celý disk a nastaviť šifrované "
"LVM\"</emphasis>, alebo <emphasis>Manuálne</emphasis> nastaviť oddiely a "
"nastaviť LVM. Ak chceme nastaviť systém tak, aby súčasne používal LVM aj "
"štandardné diskové oddiely, musíme vybrať manuálny spôsob."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:982(para)
msgid ""
"At the <emphasis>\"Partition Disks</emphasis> screen choose "
"<emphasis>\"Manual\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Na obrazovke <emphasis>Rozdelenie diskov</emphasis> zvolíme "
"<emphasis>\"Manuálne\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:989(para)
msgid ""
"Select the hard disk and on the next screen choose \"yes\" to "
"<emphasis>\"Create a new empty partition table on this device\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Vyberieme disk a výberom \"áno\" odsúhlasíme otázku <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť na "
"tomto zariadení novú prázdnu tabuľku oblastí?\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:996(para)
msgid ""
"Next, create standard <emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, <emphasis>swap</emphasis>, "
"and <emphasis>/</emphasis> partitions with whichever filesystem you prefer."
msgstr ""
"Potom vytvoríme bežné oddiely pre priečinky<emphasis>/boot</emphasis>, "
"<emphasis>swap</emphasis> a <emphasis>/</emphasis> so súborovým systémom aký "
"nám vyhovuje."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1004(para)
msgid ""
"For the LVM <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, create a new "
"<emphasis>Logical</emphasis> partition. Then change <emphasis>\"Use "
"as\"</emphasis> to <emphasis>\"physical volume for LVM\"</emphasis> then "
"<emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Pre LVM  priečinok <emphasis>/srv</emphasis>, vytvoríme novú logickú oblasť. "
"Potom zmeníme <emphasis>\"Použiť ako\"</emphasis> na <emphasis>\"fyzický "
"zväzok pre LVM\"</emphasis> a zvolíme <emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti "
"ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1012(para)
msgid ""
"Now select <emphasis>\"Configure the Logical Volume Manager\"</emphasis> at "
"the top, and choose <emphasis>\"Yes\"</emphasis> to write the changes to "
"disk."
msgstr ""
"Teraz vyberieme <emphasis>\"Nastavenie správcu logických zväzkov "
"(LVM)\"</emphasis> v hornej časti ponuky a výberom "
"<emphasis>\"Áno\"</emphasis> potvrdíme zápis zmien na disk."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1020(para)
msgid ""
"For the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> on the next "
"screen, choose <emphasis>\"Create volume group\"</emphasis>. Enter a name "
"for the VG such as <emphasis>vg01</emphasis>, or something more descriptive. "
"After entering a name, select the partition configured for LVM, and choose "
"<emphasis>\"Continue\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"V časti <emphasis>\"Krok nastavenia LVM\"</emphasis> na ďalšej obrazovke "
"zvolíme <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť skupinu zväzkov\"</emphasis>. Ako názov skupiny "
"zväzkov zadáme napríklad <emphasis>vg01</emphasis> alebo niečo "
"viacvravnejšie. Po zadaní mena označíme oddiel, ktorý sme nastavili pre LVM "
"a zvolíme <emphasis>\"Pokračovať\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1029(para)
msgid ""
"Back at the <emphasis>\"LVM configuration action\"</emphasis> screen, select "
"<emphasis>\"Create logical volume\"</emphasis>. Select the newly created "
"volume group, and enter a name for the new LV, for example "
"<emphasis>srv</emphasis> since that is the intended mount point. Then choose "
"a size, which may be the full partition because it can always be extended "
"later. Choose <emphasis>\"Finish\"</emphasis> and you should be back at the "
"main <emphasis>\"Partition Disks\"</emphasis> screen."
msgstr ""
"Na obrazovke s ponukou <emphasis>\"Krok nastavenia LVM\"</emphasis> "
"vyberieme <emphasis>\"Vytvoriť logický zväzok\"</emphasis>. Vyberieme "
"novovytvorenú skupinu zväzkov a zadáme názov nového logického zväzku, "
"napríklad srv podľa miesta, kam ho chceme pripojiť. Potom zvolíme veľkosť, "
"ktorá môže pokojne obsiahnuť celé dostupné miesto, pretože sa dá neskôr "
"rozšíriť. Zvolíme <emphasis>\"Ukončiť\"</emphasis>, čím sa vrátime späť na "
"hlavnú obrazovku <emphasis>\"Rozdelenie diskov\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1039(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a filesystem to the new LVM. Select the partition under "
"<emphasis>\"LVM VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis>, or whatever name you have "
"chosen, the choose <emphasis>Use as</emphasis>. Setup a file system as "
"normal selecting <emphasis>/srv</emphasis> as the mount point. Once done, "
"select <emphasis>\"Done setting up the partition\"</emphasis>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz priradíme súborový systém novému LVM. Vyberieme oddiel <emphasis>\"LVM "
"VG vg01, LV srv\"</emphasis> (resp. s menami, aké sme použili) a potom "
"zmeníme <emphasis>Použiť ako</emphasis>. Nastavíme súborový systém a "
"vyberieme /srv ako bod pripojenia. Po skončení zvolíme "
"<emphasis>\"Nastavenie oblasti ukončené\"</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1048(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, select <emphasis>\"Finish partitioning and write changes to "
"disk\"</emphasis>. Then confirm the changes and continue with the rest of "
"the installation."
msgstr ""
"Nakoniec vyberieme <emphasis>\"Ukončiť rozdeľovanie a zapísať zmeny na "
"disk\"</emphasis>. Potvríme zmeny a dokončíme inštaláciu systému."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1056(para)
msgid "There are some useful utilities to view information about LVM:"
msgstr ""
"Existuje niekoľko užitočných nástrojov, ktoré zobrazujú informácie o LVM:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1061(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> shows information about Volume Groups."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>vgdisplay:</emphasis> zobrazí informácie o zviazaných zväzkoch."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1062(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> has information about Logical Volumes."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>lvdisplay:</emphasis> zobrazí informície o logických zväzkoch."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1063(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> similarly displays information about "
"Physical Volumes."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>pvdisplay:</emphasis> zobrazí podrobé informácie o fyzických "
"zväzkoch."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1068(title)
msgid "Extending Volume Groups"
msgstr "Rozširovanie skupiny zväzkov"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1070(para)
msgid ""
"Continuing with <emphasis>srv</emphasis> as an LVM volume example, this "
"section covers adding a second hard disk, creating a Physical Volume (PV), "
"adding it to the volume group (VG), extending the logical volume <filename "
"role=\"directory\">srv</filename> and finally extending the filesystem. This "
"example assumes a second hard disk has been added to the system. This hard "
"disk will be named <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> in our example. BEWARE: "
"make sure you don't already have an existing <filename>/dev/sdb</filename> "
"before issuing the commands below. You could lose some data if you issue "
"those commands on a non-empty disk. In our example we will use the entire "
"disk as a physical volume (you could choose to create partitions and use "
"them as different physical volumes)"
msgstr ""
"Teraz, keď sme úspešne použili srv ako LVM zväzok, pridáme druhý disk, "
"vytvoríme fyzický zväzok (PV), pridáne ho do skupiny zväzkov (VG), rozšírime "
"logický zväzok srv a nakoniec rozšírime súborový systém. V tomto príklade "
"teda predpokladáme, že sme do systému už pripojili druhý disk. Tento pevný "
"disk bude mať označenie /dev/sdb. UPOZORNENIE: pred tým, ako začnete skúšať "
"tieto príkazy, presvedčte sa, či už náhodou nemáte /dev/sdb priradené k "
"inému disku. Ak tieto príkazy vykonáte nad diskom, ktorý nie je prázdny, "
"môžete stratiť všetky dáta. V našom príklade použijeme celý disk ako fyzický "
"zväzok (Vy však môžete urobiť na disku najskôr oddiely a potom ich použiť "
"ako samamostatné fyzické zväzky)"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1082(para)
msgid "First, create the physical volume, in a terminal execute:"
msgstr "Najskôr vytvoríme fyzický zväzok zadaním príkazu:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1087(command)
msgid "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo pvcreate /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1093(para)
msgid "Now extend the Volume Group (VG):"
msgstr "Teraz rozšírime skupinu zväzkov:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1098(command)
msgid "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "sudo vgextend vg01 /dev/sdb"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1104(para)
msgid ""
"Use <application>vgdisplay</application> to find out the free physical "
"extents - Free PE / size (the size you can allocate). We will assume a free "
"size of 511 PE (equivalent to 2GB with a PE size of 4MB) and we will use the "
"whole free space available. Use your own PE and/or free space."
msgstr ""
"Použijeme príkaz <application>vgdisplay</application> na zistenie počtu "
"voľných tzv. physical extents (PE), ktoré predstavujú počet voľných "
"alokovateľných blokov. Dostaneme napríklad veľkosť 511 PE (čo zodpovedá 2GB, "
"kde každý PE bude mať veľkosť 4MB) a použijeme celé dostupné voľné miesto. "
"Vy môžete použiť vlastný počet PE."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1110(para)
msgid ""
"The Logical Volume (LV) can now be extended by different methods, we will "
"only see how to use the PE to extend the LV:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz sa dá logický zväzok rôznymi spôsobmi rozšíriť. My si ukážeme, ako sa "
"to dá pomocou PE:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1115(command)
msgid "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"
msgstr "sudo lvextend /dev/vg01/srv -l +511"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1118(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-l</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using PE. "
"The <emphasis>-L</emphasis> option allows the LV to be extended using Meg, "
"Gig, Tera, etc bytes."
msgstr ""
"Voľba <emphasis>-l</emphasis> umožní rozšíriť logický zväzok pomocou PE. "
"Voľba <emphasis>-L</emphasis> umožňuje logický zväzok rozšíriť pomocou "
"jednotiek Mega, Giga, Tera bajty."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1126(para)
msgid ""
"Even though you are supposed to be able to <emphasis>expand</emphasis> an "
"ext3 or ext4 filesystem without unmounting it first, it may be a good "
"pratice to unmount it anyway and check the filesystem, so that you don't "
"mess up the day you want to reduce a logical volume (in that case unmounting "
"first is compulsory)."
msgstr ""
"Aj napriek tomu, že súborové systémy ext3 a ext4 je možné "
"<emphasis>zväčšiť</emphasis> aj bez odpojenia, je dobré ich aj napriek tomu "
"odpojiť a skontrolovať súborový systém. Ak chcete logický zväzok zmenšiť, "
"musíte súborový systém najskôr odpojiť."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1132(para)
msgid ""
"The following commands are for an <emphasis>EXT3</emphasis> or "
"<emphasis>EXT4</emphasis> filesystem. If you are using another filesystem "
"there may be other utilities available."
msgstr ""
"Nasledujúce príkazy sú určené iba pre súborové systémy EXT3 alebo EXT4. Ak "
"používate iný súborový systém, môžete použiť niektoré iné dostupné nástroje."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1139(command)
msgid "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo e2fsck -f /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1142(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-f</emphasis> option of <application>e2fsck</application> "
"forces checking even if the system seems clean."
msgstr ""
"Voľba <emphasis>-f</emphasis> nástroja <application>e2fsck</application> "
"skontroluje disk aj napriek tomu, že vyzerá byť prázdny."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1149(para)
msgid "Finally, resize the filesystem:"
msgstr "Zväčšíme súborový systém:"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1154(command)
msgid "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"
msgstr "sudo resize2fs /dev/vg01/srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1160(para)
msgid "Now mount the partition and check its size."
msgstr "A nakoniec oddiel pripojíme a skontrolujeme jeho veľkosť."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1165(command)
msgid "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"
msgstr "mount /dev/vg01/srv /srv &amp;&amp; df -h /srv"

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1177(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Installation#lvm\">Ubuntu Wiki LVM "
"Articles</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1182(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM "
"HOWTO</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""
"Viac informácií sa dozviete na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1187(para)
msgid ""
"Another good article is <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> on O'Reilly's "
"linuxdevcenter.com site."
msgstr ""
"Iný dobrý článok je <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.linuxdevcenter.com/pub/a/linux/2006/04/27/managing-disk-"
"space-with-lvm.html\">Managing Disk Space with LVM</ulink> na O'Reillyho "
"stránke linuxdevcenter.com."

#: serverguide/C/installation.xml:1194(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk "
"man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:13(title)
msgid "File Servers"
msgstr "Súborové servery"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:15(para)
msgid ""
"If you have more than one computer on a single network. At some point you "
"will probably need to share files between them. In this section we cover "
"installing and configuring FTP, NFS, and CUPS."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:22(title)
msgid "FTP Server"
msgstr "FTP Server"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a TCP protocol for uploading and downloading "
"files between computers. FTP works on a client/server model. The server "
"component is called an <emphasis>FTP daemon</emphasis>. It continuously "
"listens for FTP requests from remote clients. When a request is received, it "
"manages the login and sets up the connection. For the duration of the "
"session it executes any of commands sent by the FTP client."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:33(para)
msgid "Access to an FTP server can be managed in two ways:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:37(para)
msgid "Anonymous"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:40(para)
msgid "Authenticated"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:43(para)
msgid ""
"In the Anonymous mode, remote clients can access the FTP server by using the "
"default user account called \"anonymous\" or \"ftp\" and sending an email "
"address as the password. In the Authenticated mode a user must have an "
"account and a password. User access to the FTP server directories and files "
"is dependent on the permissions defined for the account used at login. As a "
"general rule, the FTP daemon will hide the root directory of the FTP server "
"and change it to the FTP Home directory. This hides the rest of the file "
"system from remote sessions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:55(title)
msgid "vsftpd - FTP Server Installation"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"vsftpd is an FTP daemon available in Ubuntu. It is easy to install, set up, "
"and maintain. To install <application>vsftpd</application> you can run the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:65(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install vsftpd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:71(title)
msgid "Anonymous FTP Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:73(para)
msgid ""
"By default <application>vsftpd</application> is configured to only allow "
"anonymous download. During installation a <emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user is "
"created with a home directory of <filename>/home/ftp</filename>. This is the "
"default FTP directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to change this location, to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename> for "
"example, simply create a directory in another location and change the "
"<emphasis>ftp</emphasis> user's home directory:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:87(command)
msgid "sudo mkdir /srv/ftp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:88(command)
msgid "sudo usermod -d /srv/ftp ftp"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:91(para)
msgid "After making the change restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:96(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:124(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:189(command) serverguide/C/file-server.xml:237(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/vsftpd restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, copy any files and directories you would like to make available "
"through anonymous FTP to <filename>/srv/ftp</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:106(title)
msgid "User Authenticated FTP Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:108(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>vsftpd</application> to authenticate system users "
"and allow them to upload files edit <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:114(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local_enable=YES\n"
"write_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:119(para)
msgid "Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:127(para)
msgid ""
"Now when system users login to FTP they will start in their "
"<emphasis>home</emphasis> directories where they can download, upload, "
"create directories, etc."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"Similarly, by default, the anonymous users are not allowed to upload files "
"to FTP server. To change this setting, you should uncomment the following "
"line, and restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:140(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"anon_upload_enable=YES\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"Enabling anonymous FTP upload can be an extreme security risk. It is best to "
"not enable anonymous upload on servers accessed directly from the Internet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:151(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration file consists of many configuration parameters. The "
"information about each parameter is available in the configuration file. "
"Alternatively, you can refer to the man page, <command>man 5 "
"vsftpd.conf</command> for details of each parameter."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:162(title)
msgid "Securing FTP"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:164(para)
msgid ""
"There are options in <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> to help make "
"<application>vsftpd</application> more secure. For example users can be "
"limited to their home directories by uncommenting:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:170(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_local_user=YES\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:174(para)
msgid ""
"You can also limit a specific list of users to just their home directories:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:178(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"chroot_list_enable=YES\n"
"chroot_list_file=/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:183(para)
msgid ""
"After uncommenting the above options, create a "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.chroot_list</filename> containing a list of users one "
"per line. Then restart <application>vsftpd</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <filename>/etc/ftpusers</filename> file is a list of users that "
"are <emphasis>disallowed</emphasis> FTP access. The default list includes "
"root, daemon, nobody, etc. To disable FTP access for additional users simply "
"add them to the list."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"FTP can also be encrypted using <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>. Different from "
"<emphasis>SFTP</emphasis>, <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis> is FTP over Secure "
"Socket Layer (SSL). <emphasis>SFTP</emphasis> is a FTP like session over an "
"encrypted <emphasis>SSH</emphasis> connection. A major difference is that "
"users of SFTP need to have a <emphasis>shell</emphasis> account on the "
"system, instead of a <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell. Providing all users "
"with a shell may not be ideal for some environments, such as a shared web "
"host."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>, edit "
"<filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> and at the bottom add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:212(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ssl_enable=Yes\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:216(para)
msgid "Also, notice the certificate and key related options:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:220(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"rsa_cert_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem\n"
"rsa_private_key_file=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"By default these options are set the certificate and key provided by the "
"<application>ssl-cert</application> package. In a production environment "
"these should be replaced with a certificate and key generated for the "
"specific host. For more information on certificates see <xref "
"linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>vsftpd</application>, and non-anonymous users will "
"be forced to use <emphasis>FTPS</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:240(para)
msgid ""
"To allow users with a shell of <filename>/usr/sbin/nologin</filename> access "
"to FTP, but have no shell access, edit <filename>/etc/shells</filename> "
"adding the <emphasis>nologin</emphasis> shell:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:245(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# /etc/shells: valid login shells\n"
"/bin/csh\n"
"/bin/sh\n"
"/usr/bin/es\n"
"/usr/bin/ksh\n"
"/bin/ksh\n"
"/usr/bin/rc\n"
"/usr/bin/tcsh\n"
"/bin/tcsh\n"
"/usr/bin/esh\n"
"/bin/dash\n"
"/bin/bash\n"
"/bin/rbash\n"
"/usr/bin/screen\n"
"/usr/sbin/nologin\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"This is necessary because, by default <application>vsftpd</application> uses "
"PAM for authentication, and the <filename>/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</filename> "
"configuration file contains:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:268(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"auth    required        pam_shells.so\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:272(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>shells</emphasis> PAM module restricts access to shells listed "
"in the <filename>/etc/shells</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:277(para)
msgid ""
"Most popular FTP clients can be configured connect using FTPS. The "
"<application>lftp</application> command line FTP client has the ability to "
"use FTPS as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:288(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://vsftpd.beasts.org/vsftpd_conf.html\">vsftpd "
"website</ulink> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:293(para)
msgid ""
"For detailed <filename>/etc/vsftpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/vsftpd.conf.5.html\">"
"vsftpd.conf man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:299(para)
msgid ""
"The CodeGurus article <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.codeguru.com/csharp/.net/net_general/internet/article.php/c1"
"4329\"> FTPS vs. SFTP: What to Choose</ulink> has useful information "
"contrasting FTPS and SFTP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"Also, for more information see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/vsftpd\">Ubuntu Wiki vsftpd</ulink> "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:315(title)
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "Sieťový súborový systém (NFS)"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:316(para)
msgid ""
"NFS allows a system to share directories and files with others over a "
"network. By using NFS, users and programs can access files on remote systems "
"almost as if they were local files."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:322(para)
msgid "Some of the most notable benefits that NFS can provide are:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"Local workstations use less disk space because commonly used data can be "
"stored on a single machine and still remain accessible to others over the "
"network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:333(para)
msgid ""
"There is no need for users to have separate home directories on every "
"network machine. Home directories could be set up on the NFS server and made "
"available throughout the network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"Storage devices such as floppy disks, CDROM drives, and USB Thumb drives can "
"be used by other machines on the network. This may reduce the number of "
"removable media drives throughout the network."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:349(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt enter the following command to install the NFS Server:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:355(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install nfs-kernel-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:361(para)
msgid ""
"You can configure the directories to be exported by adding them to the "
"<filename>/etc/exports</filename> file. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:366(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/ubuntu  *(ro,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
"/home    *(rw,sync,no_root_squash)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"You can replace * with one of the hostname formats. Make the hostname "
"declaration as specific as possible so unwanted systems cannot access the "
"NFS mount."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:378(para)
msgid ""
"To start the NFS server, you can run the following command at a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:383(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/nfs-kernel-server start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:388(title)
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:389(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <application>mount</application> command to mount a shared NFS "
"directory from another machine, by typing a command line similar to the "
"following at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:395(command)
msgid "sudo mount example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:399(para)
msgid ""
"The mount point directory <filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> must exist. "
"There should be no files or subdirectories in the "
"<filename>/local/ubuntu</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:406(para)
msgid ""
"An alternate way to mount an NFS share from another machine is to add a line "
"to the <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file. The line must state the "
"hostname of the NFS server, the directory on the server being exported, and "
"the directory on the local machine where the NFS share is to be mounted."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:414(para)
msgid ""
"The general syntax for the line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> file is "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:420(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"example.hostname.com:/ubuntu /local/ubuntu nfs "
"rsize=8192,wsize=8192,timeo=14,intr\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:424(para)
msgid ""
"If you have trouble mounting an NFS share, make sure the <application>nfs-"
"common</application> package is installed on your client. To install "
"<application>nfs-common</application> enter the following command at the "
"terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo apt-get install nfs-common</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:437(ulink)
msgid "Linux NFS faq"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:439(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki NFS Howto"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:445(title)
msgid "CUPS - Print Server"
msgstr "CUPS - Tlačový server"

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:446(para)
msgid ""
"The primary mechanism for Ubuntu printing and print services is the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis> (CUPS). This "
"printing system is a freely available, portable printing layer which has "
"become the new standard for printing in most Linux distributions."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:453(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS manages print jobs and queues and provides network printing using the "
"standard Internet Printing Protocol (IPP), while offering support for a very "
"large range of printers, from dot-matrix to laser and many in between. CUPS "
"also supports PostScript Printer Description (PPD) and auto-detection of "
"network printers, and features a simple web-based configuration and "
"administration tool."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:463(para)
msgid ""
"To install CUPS on your Ubuntu computer, simply use "
"<application>sudo</application> with the <application>apt-get</application> "
"command and give the packages to install as the first parameter. A complete "
"CUPS install has many package dependencies, but they may all be specified on "
"the same command line. Enter the following at a terminal prompt to install "
"CUPS:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:468(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install cups"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:471(para)
msgid ""
"Upon authenticating with your user password, the packages should be "
"downloaded and installed without error. Upon the conclusion of installation, "
"the CUPS server will be started automatically."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"For troubleshooting purposes, you can access CUPS server errors via the "
"error log file at: <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>. If the "
"error log does not show enough information to troubleshoot any problems you "
"encounter, the verbosity of the CUPS log can be increased by changing the "
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LogLevel</emphasis> directive in the configuration "
"file (discussed below) to \"debug\" or even \"debug2\", which logs "
"everything, from the default of \"info\". If you make this change, remember "
"to change it back once you've solved your problem, to prevent the log file "
"from becoming overly large."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"The Common UNIX Printing System server's behavior is configured through the "
"directives contained in the file <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename>. "
"The CUPS configuration file follows the same syntax as the primary "
"configuration file for the Apache HTTP server, so users familiar with "
"editing Apache's configuration file should feel at ease when editing the "
"CUPS configuration file. Some examples of settings you may wish to change "
"initially will be presented here."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:499(para)
msgid ""
"Prior to editing the configuration file, you should make a copy of the "
"original file and protect it from writing, so you will have the original "
"settings as a reference, and to reuse as necessary."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:503(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> file and protect it from "
"writing with the following commands, issued at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:509(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/cups/cupsd.conf /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:510(command)
msgid "sudo chmod a-w /etc/cups/cupsd.conf.original"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:515(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ServerAdmin</emphasis>: To configure the email "
"address of the designated administrator of the CUPS server, simply edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> configuration file with your "
"preferred text editor, and add or modify the <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">ServerAdmin</emphasis> line accordingly. For example, if "
"you are the Administrator for the CUPS server, and your e-mail address is "
"'bjoy@somebigco.com', then you would modify the ServerAdmin line to appear "
"as such:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:526(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"ServerAdmin bjoy@somebigco.com\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:532(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listen</emphasis>: By default on Ubuntu, the CUPS "
"server installation listens only on the loopback interface at IP address "
"<emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis>. In order to instruct the CUPS server to "
"listen on an actual network adapter's IP address, you must specify either a "
"hostname, the IP address, or optionally, an IP address/port pairing via the "
"addition of a Listen directive. For example, if your CUPS server resides on "
"a local network at the IP address <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">192.168.10.250</emphasis> and you'd like to make it "
"accessible to the other systems on this subnetwork, you would edit the "
"<filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> and add a Listen directive, as "
"such:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:546(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen 127.0.0.1:631           # existing loopback Listen\n"
"Listen /var/run/cups/cups.sock # existing socket Listen\n"
"Listen 192.168.10.250:631      # Listen on the LAN interface, Port 631 "
"(IPP)\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"In the example above, you may comment out or remove the reference to the "
"Loopback address (127.0.0.1) if you do not wish <application>cupsd "
"</application> to listen on that interface, but would rather have it only "
"listen on the Ethernet interfaces of the Local Area Network (LAN). To enable "
"listening for all network interfaces for which a certain hostname is bound, "
"including the Loopback, you could create a Listen entry for the hostname "
"<emphasis>socrates</emphasis> as such:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:562(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Listen socrates:631  # Listen on all interfaces for the hostname 'socrates'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:566(para)
msgid ""
"or by omitting the Listen directive and using <emphasis>Port</emphasis> "
"instead, as in:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Port 631  # Listen on port 631 on all interfaces\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"For more examples of configuration directives in the CUPS server "
"configuration file, view the associated system manual page by entering the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:582(command)
msgid "man cupsd.conf"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:586(para)
msgid ""
"Whenever you make changes to the <filename>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</filename> "
"configuration file, you'll need to restart the CUPS server by typing the "
"following command at a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:592(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/cups restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:598(title)
msgid "Web Interface"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:600(para)
msgid ""
"CUPS can be configured and monitored using a web interface, which by default "
"is available at <ulink "
"url=\"http://localhost:631/admin\">http://localhost:631/admin</ulink>. The "
"web interface can be used to perform all printer management tasks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:604(para)
msgid ""
"In order to perform administrative tasks via the web interface, you must "
"either have the root account enabled on your server, or authenticate as a "
"user in the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group. For security "
"reasons, CUPS won't authenticate a user that doesn't have a password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"To add a user to the <emphasis role=\"italic\">lpadmin</emphasis> group, run "
"at the terminal prompt: <screen>\n"
"<command>sudo usermod -aG lpadmin username</command>\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:613(para)
msgid ""
"Further documentation is available in the <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">Documentation/Help</emphasis> tab of the web interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:621(ulink)
msgid "CUPS Website"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/file-server.xml:624(ulink)
msgid "Ubuntu Wiki CUPS page"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:13(title)
msgid "Domain Name Service (DNS)"
msgstr "Služba prekladu doménových mien (DNS)"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"Domain Name Service (DNS) is an Internet service that maps IP addresses and "
"fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to one another. In this way, DNS "
"alleviates the need to remember IP addresses. Computers that run DNS are "
"called <emphasis>name servers</emphasis>. Ubuntu ships with "
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), the most "
"common program used for maintaining a name server on Linux."
msgstr ""
"Služba prekladu doménových mien (DNS – Domain Name Service) je internetová "
"služba, ktorá ku sebe navzájom priraďuje IP adresy a úplne kvalifikované "
"doménové mená (FQDN – fully qualified domain names). V tomto smere nám DNS "
"uľahčuje to, aby sme si nemuseli pamätať číselné  IP adresy. Počítače, na "
"ktorých je spustená služba DNS sa nazývajú <emphasis>menné "
"servery</emphasis>. Systém Ubuntu je vybavený programom "
"<application>BIND</application> (Berkley Internet Naming Daemon), ktorý je "
"najčastejšie používaný na poskytovanie tejto služby v systémoch Linux."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"At a terminal prompt, enter the following command to install "
"<application>dns</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme nainštalovať <application>dns</application> zadáme do príkazového "
"riadka nasledujúci príkaz:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:28(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bind9"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install bind9"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"A very useful package for testing and troubleshooting DNS issues is the "
"dnsutils package. To install <application>dnsutils</application> enter the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"Veľmi užitočný balík na testovanie a riešenie problémov s DNS je balík "
"dnsutils. Ak chceme nainštalovať balík dnsutils zadáme toto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:35(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"
msgstr "sudo apt-get install dnsutils"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"There a many ways to configure <application>BIND9</application>. Some of the "
"most common configurations are a caching nameserver, primary master, and a "
"as a secondary master."
msgstr ""
"Je mnoho spôsobov, akými sa dá nakonfigurovať "
"<application>BIND9</application>. Najčastejšie sa jedná o konfiguráciu v "
"podobe menného servera s dočasným úložiskom mien (caching nameserver), "
"primárneho hlavného menného servera (primary master) a sekundárneho hlavného "
"menného servera (secondary master)."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:46(para)
msgid ""
"When configured as a caching nameserver BIND9 will find the answer to name "
"queries and remember the answer when the domain is queried again."
msgstr ""
"V prípade servera s dočasným úložiskom mien BIND9 nájde odpoveď na "
"požiadavku a zapamätá si ju a poskytuje ju pri ďalších požiadavkách."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:52(para)
msgid ""
"As a primary master server BIND9 reads the data for a zone from a file on "
"it's host and is authoritative for that zone."
msgstr ""
"Ako primárny hlavný menný server BIND9 číta zo súboru dáta o staniciach zóny "
"a je autoritatívnym serverom pre celú zónu."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"In a secondary master configuration BIND9 gets the zone data from another "
"nameserver authoritative for the zone."
msgstr ""
"Sekundárny hlavný menný server BIND9 získava dáta o zóne z iného "
"autoritatívneho menného servera zóny."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:65(para)
msgid ""
"The DNS configuration files are stored in the <filename>/etc/bind</filename> "
"directory. The primary configuration file is "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Konfiguračné súbory DNS sú uložené v priečinku "
"<filename>/etc/bind</filename>. Hlavný konfiguračný súbor je "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:72(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>include</emphasis> line specifies the filename which contains "
"the DNS options. The <emphasis>directory</emphasis> line in the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> file tells DNS where to "
"look for files. All files BIND uses will be relative to this directory."
msgstr ""
"Riadok <emphasis>include</emphasis> hovorí o súbore, ktorý obsahuje "
"nastavenia DNS. Riadok <emphasis>directory</emphasis> v súbore "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> hovorí o priečinku, v "
"ktorom bude DNS hľadať súbory. Všetky súbory, ktoré BIND používa, sú "
"zapísané pomocou relatívnej cesty ku tomuto priečinku."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:80(para)
msgid ""
"The file named <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> describes the root "
"nameservers in the world. The servers change over time, so the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> file must be maintained now and then. "
"This is usually done as updates to the <application>bind9</application> "
"package. The <emphasis>zone</emphasis> section defines a master server, and "
"it is stored in a file mentioned in the <emphasis>file</emphasis> option."
msgstr ""
"V súbore <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> sú zapísané hlavné koreňové "
"menné servery z celého sveta. Zoznam serverov sa mení, preto je potrebné "
"súbor <filename>/etc/bind/db.root</filename> občas aktualizovať. To sa "
"zvyčajne udeje pri aktualizácii balíka <application>bind9</application>. "
"Riadky <emphasis>zone</emphasis> definujú hlavný server, ktorého nastavenia "
"sú uložené v súbore definovanom riadkom <emphasis>file</emphasis>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure the same server to be a caching name server, "
"primary master, and secondary master. A server can be the Start of Authority "
"(SOA) for one zone, while providing secondary service for another zone. All "
"the while providing caching services for hosts on the local LAN."
msgstr ""
"Je možné konfigurovať server aj tak, aby bol súčasne menným serverom s "
"dočasným úložiskom mien, primárnym hlavným serverom a sekundárnym hlavným "
"serverom. Server môže poskytovať štartovaciu autoritu – Start of Authority "
"(SOA) pre jednu zónu a zároveň poskytovať sekundárnu službu inej zóne. "
"Súčasne môže všetkým staniciam v lokálnej sieti LAN poskytovať službu "
"dočasného úložiska mien."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:98(title)
msgid "Caching Nameserver"
msgstr "Menný server s dočasným úložiskom"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"The default configuration is setup to act as a caching server. All that is "
"required is simply adding the IP Addresses of your ISP's DNS servers. Simply "
"uncomment and edit the following in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Predvolená konfigurácia je nastavená na server s dočasným úložiskom. Všetko "
"čo potrebujeme urobiť, je pridanie IP adries DNS serverov, ktoré získame od "
"poskytovateľa internetového pripojenia. V súbore "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.options</filename> odpoznámkujeme a zmeníme "
"nasledujúce nastavenie:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:103(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"forwarders {\n"
"                1.2.3.4;\n"
"                5.6.7.8;\n"
"           };\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:110(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> and <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> with "
"the IP Adresses of actual nameservers."
msgstr ""
"Adresy <emphasis>1.2.3.4</emphasis> a <emphasis>5.6.7.8</emphasis> nahraďte "
"IP adresami menných serverov od poskytovateľa internetového spojenia."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:114(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart the DNS server, to enable the new configuration. From a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz reštartujeme DNS server, aby sa zmeny uplatnili. Do príkazového riadka "
"zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:118(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:194(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:253(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:312(command) serverguide/C/dns.xml:561(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"
msgstr "sudo /etc/init.d/bind9 restart"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:120(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/> for information on testing a caching "
"DNS server."
msgstr ""
"Informácie o tom, ako nastavenie otestujeme, sa nachádzajú v časti <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-testing-dig\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:125(title)
msgid "Primary Master"
msgstr "Primárny hlavný menný server"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:126(para)
msgid ""
"In this section <application>BIND9</application> will be configured as the "
"Primary Master for the domain <emphasis>example.com</emphasis>. Simply "
"replace <emphasis role=\"italic\">example.com</emphasis> with your FQDN "
"(Fully Qualified Domain Name)."
msgstr ""
"V tejto časti <application>BIND9</application> nastavíme ako primárny hlavný "
"server pre doménu <emphasis>nieco.sk</emphasis>. Jednoducho nahradíme "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">nieco.sk</emphasis> naším FQDN (úplným "
"kvalifikovaným menom domény)."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:132(title)
msgid "Forward Zone File"
msgstr "Priamy zónový súbor"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:133(para)
msgid ""
"To add a DNS zone to BIND9, turning BIND9 into a Primary Master server, the "
"first step is to edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme v BIND9 vytvoriť DNS zónu a premeniť ho na primárny hlavný menný "
"server, najskôr upravíme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:137(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"nieco.sk\" {\n"
"\ttype master;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"Now use an existing zone file as a template to create the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz použijeme vzorový zónový súbor ako šablónu na vytvorenie nášho súboru "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:147(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.local /etc/bind/db.nieco.sk"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"Edit the new zone file <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> change "
"<emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> to the FQDN of your server, leaving the "
"additional \".\" at the end. Change <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> to the "
"nameserver's IP Address and <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> to a valid "
"email address, but with a \".\" instead of the usual \"@\" symbol, again "
"leaving the \".\" at the end."
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme nový zónový súbor <filename>/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk</filename>, "
"zmeníme <emphasis>localhost.</emphasis> na FQDN nášho servera spolu s bodkou "
"\".\" na konci. Zmeníme <emphasis>127.0.0.1</emphasis> na IP adresu menného "
"servera a <emphasis>root.localhost</emphasis> na platnú emailovú adresu, ale "
"miesto znaku zavináč \"@\" použijeme bodku \".\" a bodku \".\" necháme aj na "
"konci adresy."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"Also, create an <emphasis>A record</emphasis> for <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ns.example.com</emphasis>. The name server in this example:"
msgstr ""
"Vytvoríme tiež <emphasis>A záznam</emphasis> pre <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">ns.nieco.sk</emphasis>.  – adresu menného servera:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:159(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.example.com.\n"
"@       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"@       IN      AAAA    ::1\n"
"ns      IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.nieco.sk. root.nieco.sk. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.nieco.sk.\n"
"@       IN      A       127.0.0.1\n"
"@       IN      AAAA    ::1\n"
"ns      IN      A       192.168.1.10\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"You must increment the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> every time you "
"make changes to the zone file. If you make multiple changes before "
"restarting BIND9, simply increment the Serial once."
msgstr ""
"Číslo označené poznámkou <emphasis>Serial</emphasis> je potrebné zvýšiť po "
"každej úprave zónového súboru. Ak urobíme viacero zmien pred tým, ako "
"reštartujeme  BIND9, stačí číslo Serial zvýšiť len raz."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:180(para)
msgid ""
"Now, you can add DNS records to the bottom of the zone file. See <xref "
"linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/> for details."
msgstr ""
"Teraz stačí pridať DNS záznamy na koniec zónového súboru. Viac informácii o "
"pridávaní záznamov sa nachádza v časti <xref linkend=\"dns-record-types\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Many admins like to use the last date edited as the serial of a zone, such "
"as <emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> which is yyyymmddss (where "
"<emphasis>ss</emphasis> is the Serial Number)"
msgstr ""
"Mnoho administrátorov používa v čísle Serial dátum zmeny súboru, napríklad "
"<emphasis>2007010100</emphasis> čo predstavuje yyyymmddss (kde "
"<emphasis>ss</emphasis je poradové číslo zmeny v danom dni)"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:189(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have made a change to the zone file "
"<application>BIND9</application> will need to be restarted for the changes "
"to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Po vykonaní zmien v zónovom súbore, je potrebné "
"<application>BIND9</application> reštartovať, aby sa zmeny prejavili:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:198(title)
msgid "Reverse Zone File"
msgstr "Reverzný zónový súbor"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:199(para)
msgid ""
"Now that the zone is setup and resolving names to IP Adresses a "
"<emphasis>Reverse zone</emphasis> is also required. A Reverse zone allows "
"DNS to resolve an address to a name."
msgstr ""
"Teraz keď sme nastavili preklad mien na IP Adresy, je potrebné zadefinovať "
"aj reverznú zónu. <emphasis>Reverzná zóna</emphasis> umožňuje systému DNS "
"prekladať adresy na mená."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:203(para)
msgid "Edit /etc/bind/named.conf.local and add the following:"
msgstr ""
"Otvoríme súbor /etc/bind/named.conf.local a pridáme nasledujúce nastavenia:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:206(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:214(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> with the first three octets of "
"whatever network you are using. Also, name the zone file "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> appropriately. It should match the "
"first octet of your network."
msgstr ""
"Čísla <emphasis>1.168.192</emphasis> prvými troma oktetmi adresy siete, "
"ktorú používate. Tiež podľa toho upravte aj meno zónového súboru "
"/etc/bind/db.192. Na konci by mal byť posledný oktet siete, ktorú používate."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:219(para)
msgid "Now create the <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> file:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz vytvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>podľa vzorového "
"súboru:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:223(command)
msgid "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr "sudo cp /etc/bind/db.127 /etc/bind/db.192"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"Next edit <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> changing the basically the "
"same options as <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz súbor <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename> otvoríme a zmeníme tie "
"isté nastavenia ako v súbore <filename>/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:229(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.example.com. root.example.com. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.\n"
"10      IN      PTR     ns.example.com.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";\n"
"; BIND reverse data file for local loopback interface\n"
";\n"
"$TTL    604800\n"
"@       IN      SOA     ns.nieco.sk. root.nieco.sk. (\n"
"                              2         ; Serial\n"
"                         604800         ; Refresh\n"
"                          86400         ; Retry\n"
"                        2419200         ; Expire\n"
"                         604800 )       ; Negative Cache TTL\n"
";\n"
"@       IN      NS      ns.\n"
"10      IN      PTR     ns.nieco.sk.\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> in the Reverse zone needs to be "
"incremented on each changes as well. For each <emphasis>A record</emphasis> "
"you configure in <filename>/etc/bind/db.example.com</filename> you need to "
"create a <emphasis>PTR record</emphasis> in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Číslo <emphasis>Serial</emphasis> v reverznej zóne je potrebné tiež zvýšiť "
"pri každej zmene. Pre každý <emphasis>A záznam</emphasis>, ktorý sme "
"vytvorili <filename>/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk</filename> je potrebné vytvoriť "
"<emphasis>PTR záznam</emphasis> v <filename>/etc/bind/db.192</filename>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"After creating the reverse zone file restart "
"<application>BIND9</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Po dokončení úpravy reverzného zónového súboru reštartujeme "
"<application>BIND9</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:258(title)
msgid "Secondary Master"
msgstr "Sekundárny hlavný menný server"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:259(para)
msgid ""
"Once a <emphasis>Primary Master</emphasis> has been configured a "
"<emphasis>Secondary Master</emphasis> is needed in order to maintain the "
"availability of the domain should the Primary become unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Ak sme už nakonfigurovali <emphasis>primárny hlavný server</emphasis>, "
"môžeme nakonfigurovať aj <emphasis>sekundárny hlavný server</emphasis>, "
"ktorý zaistí dostupnosť menného servera v prípade, že sa primárny server "
"stane nedostupným."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:263(para)
msgid ""
"First, on the Primary Master server, the zone transfer needs to be allowed. "
"Add the <emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> option to the example Forward "
"and Reverse zone definitions in "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr na primárnom serveri povolíme prenos zóny. Pridáme nastavenie "
"<emphasis>allow-transfer</emphasis> do definície priamej aj reverznej zóny v "
"súbore <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:267(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"nieco.sk\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"\tfile \"/etc/bind/db.nieco.sk\";\n"
"        allow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"
"\n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"        type master;\n"
"        notify no;\n"
"        file \"/etc/bind/db.192\";\n"
"\tallow-transfer { 192.168.1.11; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:282(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Secondary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"Adresu <emphasis>192.168.1.11</emphasis> nahraďte IP Adresou sekundárneho "
"menného servera."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:286(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on the Secondary Master, install the <application>bind9</application> "
"package the same way as on the Primary. Then edit the "
"<filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add the following "
"declarations for the Forward and Reverse zones:"
msgstr ""
"Potom na sekundárnom servery nainštalujeme balík "
"<application>bind9</application> rovnaký spôsobom ako na primárnom serveri. "
"Otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> a pridáme "
"nasledujúce deklarácie priamej a reverznej zóny:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:290(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone \"example.com\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.example.com\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};        \n"
"      \n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone \"nieco.sk\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.nieco.sk\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};        \n"
"      \n"
"zone \"1.168.192.in-addr.arpa\" {\n"
"\ttype slave;\n"
"        file \"/var/cache/bind/db.192\";\n"
"        masters { 192.168.1.10; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:304(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> with the IP Address of your "
"Primary nameserver."
msgstr ""
"Adresu <emphasis>192.168.1.10</emphasis> nahraďte IP adresou primárneho "
"menného servera."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:308(para)
msgid "Restart <application>BIND9</application> on the Secondary Master:"
msgstr ""
"Reštartujeme <application>BIND9</application> na sekundárnom serveri:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:314(para)
msgid ""
"In <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> you should see something similar to:"
msgstr ""
"V súbore <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> by sme mali vidieť niečo "
"podobné tomuto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:317(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"slave zone \"example.com\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"slave zone \"nieco.sk\" (IN) loaded (serial 6)\n"
"slave zone \"100.18.172.in-addr.arpa\" (IN) loaded (serial 3)\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:322(para)
msgid ""
"Note: A zone is only transferred if the <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> "
"on the Primary is larger than the one on the Secondary."
msgstr ""
"Poznámka: Zóna sa prenesie iba vtedy, ak číslo <emphasis>Serial</emphasis> "
"na primárnom serveri je väčšie ako na sekundárnom."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:328(para)
msgid ""
"The default directory for non-authoritative zone files is "
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. This directory is also configured in "
"<application>AppArmor</application> to allow the "
"<application>named</application> daemon to write to. For more information on "
"AppArmor see <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Predvolený priečinok pre súbory neautoritatívnej zóny je "
"<filename>/var/cache/bind/</filename>. Tento priečinok je tiež nastavený v "
"<application>AppArmor</application> tak, aby do neho démon "
"<application>named</application> mohol zapisovať. Viac informácií o AppArmor "
"sa nachádza v časti <xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers ways to help determine the cause when problems happen "
"with DNS and <application>BIND9</application>."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o spôsoboch, akými môžeme zistiť príčiny vzniknutých "
"problémov s DNS a <application>BIND9</application>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:345(title)
msgid "resolv.conf"
msgstr "resolv.conf"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:346(para)
msgid ""
"The first step in testing <application>BIND9</application> is to add the "
"nameserver's IP Address to a hosts resolver. The Primary nameserver should "
"be configured as well as another host to double check things. Simply edit "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> and add the following:"
msgstr ""
"Ak chceme začať testovať <application>BIND9</application>, je potrebné "
"pridať servery do zoznamu  menných serverov. Pre istotu primárny menný "
"server nakonfigurujeme rovnako ako ostatné stanice. Otvoríme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> a pridáme nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:351(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.10\n"
"nameserver\t192.168.1.11\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:356(para)
msgid ""
"You should also add the IP Address of the Secondary nameserver in case the "
"Primary becomes unavailable."
msgstr ""
"Môžete tiež pridať IP adresu sekundárneho servera pre prípad, že primárny "
"nebude fungovať."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:362(title)
msgid "dig"
msgstr "dig"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:363(para)
msgid ""
"If you installed the <application>dnsutils</application> package you can "
"test your setup using the DNS lookup utility <application>dig</application>:"
msgstr ""
"Ak máme nainštalovaný balík <application>dnsutils</application>, môžeme "
"otestovať nastavenie DNS pomocou nástroja <application>dig</application>:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:369(para)
msgid ""
"After installing <application>BIND9</application> use "
"<application>dig</application> against the loopback interface to make sure "
"it is listening on port 53. From a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""
"Po nainštalovaní <application>BIND9</application> použijeme "
"<application>dig</application> ako rozhranie so spätnou väzbou, aby sme sa "
"uistili, či server načúva na porte 53. V príkazovom riadku zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:374(command)
msgid "dig -x 127.0.0.1"
msgstr "dig -x 127.0.0.1"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:376(para)
msgid "You should see lines similar to the following in the command output:"
msgstr "Mali by sme uvidieť riadky podobné týmto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:379(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
";; SERVER: 192.168.1.10#53(192.168.1.10)\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"If you have configured <application>BIND9</application> as a "
"<emphasis>Caching</emphasis> nameserver \"dig\" an outside domain to check "
"the query time:"
msgstr ""
"Ak máme <application>BIND9</application> nastavený ako menný server s "
"<emphasis>dočasnou pamäťou</emphasis>, môžeme príkaz \"dig\" použiť na "
"otestovanie rýchlosti odpovede na požiadavku:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:390(command)
msgid "dig ubuntu.com"
msgstr "dig ubuntu.com"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:392(para)
msgid "Note the query time toward the end of the command output:"
msgstr "Všimneme si čas požiadavky na konci výstupu:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:395(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 49 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:398(para)
msgid "After a second dig there should be improvement:"
msgstr ""
"Po opätovnom zadaní tej istej požiadavky by sme mali dostať oveľa kratší čas:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:401(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
";; Query time: 1 msec\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:408(title)
msgid "ping"
msgstr "ping"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:410(para)
msgid ""
"Now to demonstrate how applications make use of DNS to resolve a host name "
"use the <application>ping</application> utility to send an ICMP echo "
"request. From a terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz si ukážeme, ako môžeme otestovať DNS, či správne prekladá mená staníc. "
"Použijeme na to nástroj <application>ping</application>, ktorý odošle ICMP "
"echo požiadavku. Do príkazového riadka zadáme:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:416(command)
msgid "ping example.com"
msgstr "ping nieco.sk"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:418(para)
msgid ""
"This tests if the nameserver can resolve the name "
"<emphasis>ns.example.com</emphasis> to an IP Address. The command output "
"should resemble:"
msgstr ""
"V prípade, že menný server bude vedieť preložiť adresu "
"<emphasis>ns.nieco.sk</emphasis> na IP adresu, mal by výstup vyzerať takto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:422(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"PING ns.example.com (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"PING ns.nieco.sk (192.168.1.10) 56(84) bytes of data.\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.800 ms\n"
"64 bytes from 192.168.1.10: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.813 ms\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:429(title)
msgid "named-checkzone"
msgstr "named-checkzone"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:430(para)
msgid ""
"A great way to test your zone files is by using the <application>named-"
"checkzone</application> utility installed with the "
"<application>bind9</application> package. This utility allows you to make "
"sure the configuration is correct before restarting "
"<application>BIND9</application> and making the changes live."
msgstr ""
"Výborný spôsob, akým sa dajú otestovať zónové súbory, je použitie nástroja "
"<application>named-checkzone</application>, ktorý sa nainštaloval pri "
"inštalácii balíka <application>bind9</application>. Tento nástroj umožňuje "
"zistiť, či je konfigurácia pred reštartovaním "
"<application>BIND9</application>správna a umožňuje robiť zmeny za behu."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:437(para)
msgid ""
"To test our example Forward zone file enter the following from a command "
"prompt:"
msgstr "Ak chceme otestovať náš priamy zónový súbor, zadáme toto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:441(command)
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.example.com"
msgstr "named-checkzone nieco.sk /etc/bind/db.nieco.sk"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:443(para)
msgid ""
"If everything is configured correctly you should see output similar to:"
msgstr "Ak je všetko nastavené správne, mal by výstup vyzerať takto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:446(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone nieco.sk/IN: loaded serial 6\n"
"OK\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:452(para)
msgid "Similarly, to test the Reverse zone file enter the following:"
msgstr "Podobne môžeme otestovať aj reverzný zónový súbor:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:456(command)
msgid "named-checkzone example.com /etc/bind/db.192"
msgstr "named-checkzone nieco.sk /etc/bind/db.192"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:458(para)
msgid "The output should be similar to:"
msgstr "Výstup by mal vyzerať takto:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:461(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"zone example.com/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
"OK\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"zone nieco.sk/IN: loaded serial 3\n"
"OK\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:468(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Serial Number</emphasis> of your zone file will probably be "
"different."
msgstr ""
"Čísla <emphasis>Serial</emphasis> sa budú vo Vašom prípade pravdepodobne "
"odlišovať."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:475(title)
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Záznamy"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:476(para)
msgid ""
"<application>BIND9</application> has a wide variety of logging configuration "
"options available. There are two main options. The "
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> option configures where logs go, and the "
"<emphasis>category</emphasis> option determines what information to log."
msgstr ""
"<application>BIND9</application> má veľa rôznych nastavení týkajúcich sa "
"zaznamenávania. Hlavné nastavenia sú dve. Nastavenie "
"<emphasis>channel</emphasis> (kanál) hovorí o tom, kam pôjdu záznamy a "
"nastavenie <emphasis>category</emphasis> (kategória) určuje, aké informácie "
"budú zaznamenávané."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:480(para)
msgid "If no logging option is configured the default option is:"
msgstr ""
"Ak nie sú nakonfigurované žiadne nastavenia, použije sa predvolené "
"nastavenie:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:483(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"     category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };\n"
"     category unmatched { null; };\n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:489(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers configuring <application>BIND9</application> to send "
"<emphasis>debug</emphasis> messages related to DNS queries to a separate "
"file."
msgstr ""
"Táto časť hovorí o tom, ako nakonfigurovať <application>BIND9</application> "
"tak, aby odosielal <emphasis>debug</emphasis> (ladiace) správy súvisiace s "
"DNS požiadavkami do samostatného súboru."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:494(para)
msgid ""
"First, we need to configure a channel to specify which file to send the "
"messages to. Edit <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename> and add "
"the following:"
msgstr ""
"Najskôr nastavíme kanál tak, aby systém vedel kam má správy odosielať. "
"Otvoríme súbor <filename>/etc/bind/named.conf.local</filename>  a pridáme "
"nasledujúce riadky:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:498(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\";\n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:508(para)
msgid "Next, configure a category to send all DNS queries to the query file:"
msgstr ""
"Potom nastavím kategóriu, aby systém odosielal všetky DNS požiadavky do "
"súboru query.log:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:511(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"logging {\n"
"    channel query.log {      \n"
"        file \"/var/log/query.log\"; \n"
"        severity debug 3; \n"
"    }; \n"
"    <emphasis>category queries { query.log; };</emphasis> \n"
"};\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:523(para)
msgid ""
"Note: the <emphasis>debug</emphasis> option can be set from 1 to 3. If a "
"level isn't specified level 1 is the default."
msgstr ""
"Poznámka: nastavenie <emphasis>debug</emphasis> môžete meniť v rozsahu 1 až "
"3. Ak ho nezadáte, použije sa úroveň 1."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:529(para)
msgid ""
"Since the <emphasis>named daemon</emphasis> runs as the "
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> user the <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> "
"file must be created and the ownership changed:"
msgstr ""
"Pretože démon <emphasis>named daemon</emphasis> je spustený pod používateľom "
"<emphasis>bind</emphasis> po vytvorení súboru "
"<filename>/var/log/query.log</filename>  musíme zmeniť jeho vlastníctvo:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:534(command)
msgid "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo touch /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:535(command)
msgid "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"
msgstr "sudo chown bind /var/log/query.log"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:539(para)
msgid ""
"Before <application>named</application> daemon can write to the new log file "
"the <application>AppArmor</application> profile must be updated. First, edit "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> and add:"
msgstr ""
"Pred tým, ako bude môcť démon <application>named</application> zapisovať do "
"nového log súboru, musíme aktualizovať profil "
"<application>AppArmor</application>. Najskôr otvoríme súbor "
"<filename>/etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named</filename> a pridáme:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:543(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/var/log/query.log w,\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:546(para)
msgid "Next, reload the profile:"
msgstr "Potom nanovo načítame profil:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:550(command)
msgid "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"
msgstr "cat /etc/apparmor.d/usr.sbin.named | sudo apparmor_parser -r"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:552(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>AppArmor</application> see <xref "
"linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Viac informácii o <application>AppArmor</application> sa nachádza v časti "
"<xref linkend=\"apparmor\"/>"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:557(para)
msgid ""
"Now restart <application>BIND9</application> for the changes to take effect:"
msgstr ""
"Teraz reštartujeme <application>BIND9</application> aby sa zmeny prejavili:"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"You should see the file <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> fill with "
"query information. This is a simple example of the "
"<application>BIND9</application> logging options. For coverage of advanced "
"options see <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."
msgstr ""
"Teraz by sme mali vidieť v súbore <filename>/var/log/query.log</filename> "
"informácie o požiadavkách. Toto je len veľmi jednoduchá ukážka toho, ako sa "
"konfigurujú nastavenia zaznamenávania systému "
"<application>BIND9</application>. Podrobnejšie informácie sa dozviete v "
"časti <xref linkend=\"dns-more-info\"/>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:574(title)
msgid "Common Record Types"
msgstr "Najčastejšie typy záznamov"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:575(para)
msgid "This section covers some of the most common DNS record types."
msgstr "Táto časť obsahuje niektoré z najbežnejších typov DNS záznamov."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:580(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>A</emphasis> record: This record maps an IP Address to a hostname."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>A</emphasis> záznam: Tento záznam priraďuje IP adresu k názvu "
"stanice."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:583(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"www      IN    A      192.168.1.12\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:588(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> record: Used to create an alias to an existing A "
"record. You cannot create a CNAME record pointing to another CNAME record."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>CNAME</emphasis> záznam: Používa sa na vytvorenie aliasu k "
"existujúcemu A záznamu. CNAME záznam sa ale nedá vytvoriť tak, aby odkazoval "
"na iný CNAME záznam."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:591(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"web     IN    CNAME  www\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:596(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> record: Used to define where email should be sent "
"to. Must point to an A record, not a CNAME."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>MX</emphasis> záznam: Definuje miesto, kam majú byť posielané "
"emaily. Musí odkazovať na záznam typu A, nie na CNAME."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:599(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.example.com.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"        IN    MX  1   mail.nieco.sk.\n"
"mail    IN    A       192.168.1.13\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:605(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> record: Used to define which servers serve copies of "
"a zone. It must point to an A record, not a CNAME. This is where Primary and "
"Secondary servers are defined."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>NS</emphasis> záznam: Používa sa na definovanie serverov, ktoré "
"riadia kópie zóny. Musí odkazovať na A záznam, nie na CNAME. Sú to miesta, "
"na ktorých je definovaný primárny a sekundárny server."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:609(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"        IN    NS     ns.example.com.\n"
"\tIN    NS     ns2.example.com.\n"
"ns      IN    A      192.168.1.10\n"
"ns2\tIN    A\t     192.168.1.11\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"        IN    NS     ns.nieco.sk.\n"
"\tIN    NS     ns2.nieco.sk.\n"
"ns      IN    A      192.168.1.10\n"
"ns2\tIN    A\t     192.168.1.11\n"

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:622(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
"HOWTO</ulink> explains more advanced options for configuring BIND9."
msgstr ""
"Na stránke <ulink url=\"http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.html\">DNS "
"HOWTO</ulink> sa nachádzajú podrobnejšie informácie o konfigurácii BIND9."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:627(para)
msgid ""
"For in depth coverage of <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> and "
"<application>BIND9</application> see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Podrobné informácie o <emphasis>DNS</emphasis> a "
"<application>BIND9</application> sa nachádzajú na stránke <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.bind9.net/\">Bind9.net</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
"BIND</ulink> is a popular book now in it's fifth edition."
msgstr ""
"Kniha <ulink url=\"http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/dns5/index.html\">DNS and "
"BIND</ulink> je veľmi obľúbená, teraz bolo vydané jej piate vydanie."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"A great place to ask for <application>BIND9</application> assistance, and "
"get involved with the Ubuntu Server community, is the <emphasis>#ubuntu-"
"server</emphasis> IRC channel on <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Skvelým miestom, kde môžete prediskutovať problémy s "
"<application>BIND9</application> s komunitou Ubuntu Servera, je IRC kanál "
"<emphasis>#ubuntu-server</emphasis> na  <ulink "
"url=\"http://freenode.net\">freenode</ulink>."

#: serverguide/C/dns.xml:643(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/BIND9ServerHowto\">BIND9 Server "
"HOWTO</ulink> in the Ubuntu Wiki."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:13(title)
msgid "Databases"
msgstr "Databázy"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:14(para)
msgid "Ubuntu provides two popular database servers. They are:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:22(application) serverguide/C/databases.xml:157(title)
msgid "PostgreSQL"
msgstr "PostgreSQL"

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:25(para)
msgid ""
"They are available in the main repository. This section explains how to "
"install and configure these database servers."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:32(para)
msgid ""
"MySQL is a fast, multi-threaded, multi-user, and robust SQL database server. "
"It is intended for mission-critical, heavy-load production systems as well "
"as for embedding into mass-deployed software."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:41(para)
msgid "To install MySQL, run the following command from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:46(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"During the installation process you will be prompted to enter a password for "
"the <application>MySQL</application> root user."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:53(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, the MySQL server should be started "
"automatically. You can run the following command from a terminal prompt to "
"check whether the MySQL server is running:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:61(command)
msgid "sudo netstat -tap | grep mysql"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:70(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"tcp        0      0 localhost:mysql         *:*                     LISTEN   "
"   2556/mysqld\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:74(para)
msgid ""
"If the server is not running correctly, you can type the following command "
"to start it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:79(command) serverguide/C/databases.xml:104(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/mysql restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:85(para)
msgid ""
"You can edit the <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> file to configure "
"the basic settings -- log file, port number, etc. For example, to configure "
"<application>MySQL</application> to listen for connections from network "
"hosts, change the <emphasis>bind-address</emphasis> directive to the "
"server's IP address:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:91(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"bind-address            = 192.168.0.5\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:95(para)
msgid "Replace 192.168.0.5 with the appropriate address."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:99(para)
msgid ""
"After making a change to <filename>/etc/mysql/my.cnf</filename> the "
"<application>mysql</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:107(para)
msgid ""
"If you would like to change the "
"<application>MySQL</application><emphasis>root</emphasis> password, in a "
"terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:113(command)
msgid "sudo dpkg-reconfigure mysql-server-5.1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:116(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>mysql</application> daemon will be stopped, and you will be "
"prompted to enter a new password."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:125(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.mysql.com/\">MySQL Home Page</ulink> for "
"more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:130(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>MySQL Handbook</emphasis> is also available in the "
"<application>mysql-doc-5.0</application> package. To install the package "
"enter the following in a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:135(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install mysql-doc-5.0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:137(para)
msgid ""
"The documentation is in HTML format, to view them enter "
"<command>file:///usr/share/doc/mysql-doc-5.0/refman-5.0-en.html-"
"chapter/index.html</command> in your browser's address bar."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:143(para) serverguide/C/databases.xml:290(para)
msgid ""
"For general SQL information see <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.informit.com/store/product.aspx?isbn=0768664128\">Using SQL "
"Special Edition</ulink> by Rafe Colburn."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:149(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ApacheMySQLPHP\">Apache "
"MySQL PHP Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page also has useful information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:158(para)
msgid ""
"PostgreSQL is an object-relational database system that has the features of "
"traditional commercial database systems with enhancements to be found in "
"next-generation DBMS systems."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:165(para)
msgid ""
"To install PostgreSQL, run the following command in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:172(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
"Once the installation is complete, you should configure the PostgreSQL "
"server based on your needs, although the default configuration is viable."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"By default, connection via TCP/IP is disabled. PostgreSQL supports multiple "
"client authentication methods. By default, IDENT authentication method is "
"used for <application>postgres</application> and local users. Please refer "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the "
"PostgreSQL Administrator's Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:191(para)
msgid ""
"The following discussion assumes that you wish to enable TCP/IP connections "
"and use the MD5 method for client authentication. PostgreSQL configuration "
"files are stored in the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/&lt;version&gt;/main</filename> directory. For "
"example, if you install PostgreSQL 8.4, the configuration files are stored "
"in the <filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <emphasis>ident</emphasis> authentication, add entries to the "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_ident.conf</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"To enable TCP/IP connections, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/postgresql.conf</filename>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:210(para)
msgid ""
"Locate the line <emphasis>#listen_addresses = 'localhost'</emphasis> and "
"change it to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:213(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"listen_addresses = 'localhost'\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:217(para)
msgid ""
"To allow other computers to connect to your "
"<application>PostgreSQL</application> server replace 'localhost' with the "
"<emphasis>IP Address</emphasis> of your server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:222(para)
msgid ""
"You may also edit all other parameters, if you know what you are doing! For "
"details, refer to the configuration file or to the PostgreSQL documentation."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"Now that we can connect to our <application>PostgreSQL</application> server, "
"the next step is to set a password for the <emphasis>postgres</emphasis> "
"user. Run the following command at a terminal prompt to connect to the "
"default PostgreSQL template database:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:234(command)
msgid "sudo -u postgres psql template1"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"The above command connects to PostgreSQL database "
"<emphasis>template1</emphasis> as user <emphasis>postgres</emphasis>. Once "
"you connect to the PostgreSQL server, you will be at a SQL prompt. You can "
"run the following SQL command at the <application>psql</application> prompt "
"to configure the password for the user <emphasis "
"role=\"italics\">postgres</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:244(command)
msgid "ALTER USER postgres with encrypted password 'your_password';"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:246(para)
msgid ""
"After configuring the password, edit the file "
"<filename>/etc/postgresql/8.4/main/pg_hba.conf</filename> to use "
"<emphasis>MD5</emphasis> authentication with the "
"<emphasis>postgres</emphasis> user:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:252(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"local   all         postgres                          md5\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:256(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, you should restart the <application>PostgreSQL</application> "
"service to initialize the new configuration. From a terminal prompt enter "
"the following to restart <application>PostgreSQL</application>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:262(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/postgresql-8.4 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:265(para)
msgid ""
"The above configuration is not complete by any means. Please refer <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\"> the PostgreSQL "
"Administrator's Guide</ulink> to configure more parameters."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"As mentioned above the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.4/static/admin.html\">Administrator's "
"Guide</ulink> is an excellent resource. The guide is also available in the "
"<application>postgresql-doc-8.4</application> package. Execute the following "
"in a terminal to install the package:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:282(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install postgresql-doc-8.4"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:284(para)
msgid ""
"To view the guide enter <command>file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-doc-"
"8.4/html/index.html</command> into the address bar of your browser."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/databases.xml:296(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/PostgreSQL\">PostgreSQL Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:13(title)
msgid "Clustering"
msgstr "Klastrovanie"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:16(title)
msgid "DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD"

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"Distributed Replicated Block Device (DRBD) mirrors block devices between "
"multiple hosts. The replication is transparent to other applications on the "
"host systems. Any block device hard disks, partitions, RAID devices, logical "
"volumes, etc can be mirrored."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:24(para)
msgid ""
"To get started using <application>drbd</application>, first install the "
"necessary packages. From a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:29(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install drbd8-utils"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:33(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using the <emphasis>virtual kernel</emphasis> as part of a "
"virtual machine you will need to manually compile the "
"<application>drbd</application> module. It may be easier to install the "
"<application>linux-server</application> package inside the virtual machine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:40(para)
msgid ""
"This section covers setting up a <application>drbd</application> to "
"replicate a separate <filename>/srv</filename> partition, with an "
"<application>ext3</application> filesystem between two hosts. The partition "
"size is not particularly relevant, but both partitions need to be the same "
"size."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:49(para)
msgid ""
"The two hosts in this example will be called <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>drbd02</emphasis>. They will need to have name resolution "
"configured either through DNS or the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. "
"See <xref linkend=\"dns\"/> for details."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:57(para)
msgid ""
"To configure <application>drbd</application>, on the first host edit "
"<filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:61(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"global { usage-count no; }\n"
"common { syncer { rate 100M; } }\n"
"resource r0 {\n"
"        protocol C;\n"
"        startup {\n"
"                wfc-timeout  15;\n"
"                degr-wfc-timeout 60;\n"
"        }\n"
"        net {\n"
"                cram-hmac-alg sha1;\n"
"                shared-secret \"secret\";\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd01 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.1:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"        on drbd02 {\n"
"                device /dev/drbd0;\n"
"                disk /dev/sdb1;\n"
"                address 192.168.0.2:7788;\n"
"                meta-disk internal;\n"
"        }\n"
"} \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"There are many other options in <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename>, but for "
"this example their default values are fine."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:98(para)
msgid "Now copy <filename>/etc/drbd.conf</filename> to the second host:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:103(command)
msgid "scp /etc/drbd.conf drbd02:~"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"And, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> move the file to "
"<filename>/etc</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:114(command)
msgid "sudo mv drbd.conf /etc/"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:120(para)
msgid ""
"Next, on both hosts, start the <application>drbd</application> daemon:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:125(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/drbd start"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"Now using the <application>drbdadm</application> utility initialize the meta "
"data storage. On each server execute:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:137(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm create-md r0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:143(para)
msgid ""
"On the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, or whichever host you wish to be the "
"primary, enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:148(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm -- --overwrite-data-of-peer primary all"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:154(para)
msgid ""
"After executing the above command, the data will start syncing with the "
"secondary host. To watch the progresss, on <emphasis>drbd02</emphasis> enter "
"the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:160(command)
msgid "watch -n1 cat /proc/drbd"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:163(para)
msgid "To stop watching the output press <emphasis>Ctrl+c</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:170(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, add a filesystem to <filename>/dev/drbd0</filename> and mount it:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:175(command)
msgid "sudo mkfs.ext3 /dev/drbd0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:176(command) serverguide/C/clustering.xml:224(command)
msgid "sudo mount /dev/drbd0 /srv"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"To test that the data is actually syncing between the hosts copy some files "
"on the <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>, the primary, to "
"<filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:195(para)
msgid "Next, unmount <filename>/srv</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:203(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Demote</emphasis> the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> server to the "
"<emphasis>secondary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:208(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm secondary r0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"Now on the <emphasis>secondary</emphasis> server "
"<emphasis>promote</emphasis> it to the <emphasis>primary</emphasis> role:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:216(command)
msgid "sudo drbdadm primary r0"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:219(para)
msgid "Lastly, mount the partition:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:227(para)
msgid ""
"Using <emphasis>ls</emphasis> you should see "
"<filename>/srv/default</filename> copied from the former "
"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> host <emphasis>drbd01</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:238(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on <application>DRBD</application> see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.drbd.org/\">DRBD web site</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:243(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man5/drbd.conf.5.html\">dr"
"bd.conf man page</ulink> contains details on the options not covered in this "
"guide."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:249(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/lucid/en/man8/drbdadm.8.html\">drbd"
"adm man page</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/clustering.xml:254(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/DRBD\">DRBD Ubuntu "
"Wiki</ulink> page also has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:13(title)
msgid "Chat Applications"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:19(para)
msgid ""
"In this section, we will discuss how to install and configure a IRC server, "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>. We will also discuss how to install "
"and configure Jabber, an instance messaging server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:28(title)
msgid "IRC Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:30(para)
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu repository has many Internet Relay Chat servers. This section "
"explains how to install and configure the original IRC server "
"<application>ircd-irc2</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:39(para)
msgid ""
"To install <application>ircd-irc2</application>, run the following command "
"in the command prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:45(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install ircd-irc2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:48(para)
msgid ""
"The configuration files are stored in <filename>/etc/ircd</filename> "
"directory. The documents are available in <filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-"
"irc2</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:59(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC settings can be done in the configuration file "
"<filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.conf</filename>. You can set the IRC host name in "
"this file by editing the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:64(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"M:irc.localhost::Debian ircd default configuration::000A\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:68(para)
msgid ""
"Please make sure you add DNS aliases for the IRC host name. For instance, if "
"you set irc.livecipher.com as IRC host name, please make sure "
"irc.livecipher.com is resolvable in your Domain Name Server. The IRC host "
"name should not be same as the host name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:75(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC admin details can be configured by editting the following line:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:80(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"A:Organization, IRC dept.:Daemon &lt;ircd@example.irc.org&gt;:Client "
"Server::IRCnet:\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:84(para)
msgid ""
"You should add specific lines to configure the list of IRC ports to listen "
"on, to configure Operator credentials, to configure client authentication, "
"etc. For details, please refer to the example configuration file "
"<filename>/usr/share/doc/ircd-irc2/ircd.conf.example.gz</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:92(para)
msgid ""
"The IRC banner to be displayed in the IRC client, when the user connects to "
"the server can be set in <filename>/etc/ircd/ircd.motd</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:97(para)
msgid ""
"After making necessary changes to the configuration file, you can restart "
"the IRC server using following command:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:101(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"sudo /etc/init.d/ircd-irc2 restart\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"You may also be interested to take a look at other IRC servers available in "
"Ubuntu Repository. It includes, <application>ircd-ircu</application> and "
"<application>ircd-hybrid</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:117(para)
msgid ""
"Refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.irc.org/tech_docs/ircnet/faq.html\">IRCD "
"FAQ</ulink> for more details about the IRC Server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ircd\">Ubuntu Wiki "
"IRCD</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:132(title)
msgid "Jabber Instant Messaging Server"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:134(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Jabber</emphasis> a popular instant message protocol is based on "
"XMPP, an open standard for instant messaging, and used by many popular "
"applications. This section covers setting up a <emphasis>Jabberd "
"2</emphasis> server on a local LAN. This configuration can also be adapted "
"to providing messaging services to users over the Internet."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:143(para)
msgid "To install <application>jabberd2</application>, in a terminal enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:148(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install jabberd2"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"A couple of XML configuration files will be used to configure "
"<application>jabberd2</application> for <emphasis>Berkely DB</emphasis> user "
"authentication. This is a very simple form of authentication. However, "
"<application>jabberd2</application> can be configured to use LDAP, MySQL, "
"Postgresql, etc for for user authentication."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:162(para)
msgid "First, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/sm.xml</filename> changing:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:166(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"  &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:171(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>jabber.example.com</emphasis> with the hostname, or other "
"id, of your server."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:176(para)
msgid "Now in the &lt;storage&gt; section change the &lt;driver&gt; to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:180(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"   &lt;driver&gt;db&lt;/driver&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:184(para)
msgid ""
"Next, edit <filename>/etc/jabberd2/c2s.xml</filename> in the "
"<emphasis>&lt;local&gt;</emphasis> section change:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:188(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;id&gt;jabber.example.com&lt;/id&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:192(para)
msgid ""
"And in the &lt;authreg&gt; section adjust the &lt;module&gt; section to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:196(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"    &lt;module&gt;db&lt;/module&gt;\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:200(para)
msgid ""
"Finally, restart <application>jabberd2</application> to enable the new "
"settings:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:205(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/jabberd2 restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:208(para)
msgid ""
"You should now be able to connect to the server using a Jabber client like "
"<application>Pidgin</application> for example."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:213(para)
msgid ""
"The advantage of using Berkeley DB for user data is that after being "
"configured no additional maintenance is required. If you need more control "
"over user accounts and credentials another authentication method is "
"recommended."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:225(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://codex.xiaoka.com/wiki/jabberd2:start\">Jabberd2 Web "
"Site</ulink> contains more details on configuring "
"<application>Jabberd2</application>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:231(para)
msgid ""
"For more authentication options see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://jabberd2.xiaoka.com/wiki/InstallGuide\">Jabberd2 Install "
"Guide</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/chat.xml:236(para)
msgid ""
"Also, the <ulink "
"url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SettingUpJabberServer\">Setting Up "
"Jabber Server Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page has more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:13(title)
msgid "Backups"
msgstr "Zálohovanie"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:14(para)
msgid ""
"There are many ways to backup an Ubuntu installation. The most important "
"thing about backups is to develop a <emphasis>backup plan</emphasis> "
"consisting of what to backup, where to back it up to, and how to restore it."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:18(para)
msgid ""
"The following sections discuss various ways of accomplishing these tasks."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:22(title)
msgid "Shell Scripts"
msgstr "Skripty Shellu"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:23(para)
msgid ""
"One of the simplest ways to backup a system is using a <emphasis>shell "
"script</emphasis>. For example, a script can be used to configure which "
"directories to backup, and use those directories as arguments to the "
"<application>tar</application> utility creating an archive file. The archive "
"file can then be moved or copied to another location. The archive can also "
"be created on a remote file system such as an <emphasis>NFS</emphasis> mount."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:29(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>tar</application> utility creates one archive file out of "
"many files or directories. <application>tar</application> can also filter "
"the files through compression utilities reducing the size of the archive "
"file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:35(title)
msgid "Simple Shell Script"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:36(para)
msgid ""
"The following shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create an "
"archive file on a remotely mounted NFS file system. The archive filename is "
"determined using additional command line utilities."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:40(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/sh\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:77(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$backup_files:</emphasis> a variable listing which directories you "
"would like to backup. The list should be customized to fit your needs."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:83(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$day:</emphasis> a variable holding the day of the week (Monday, "
"Tuesday, Wednesday, etc). This is used to create an archive file for each "
"day of the week, giving a backup history of seven days. There are other ways "
"to accomplish this including other ways using the "
"<application>date</application> utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:90(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$hostname:</emphasis> variable containing the "
"<emphasis>short</emphasis> hostname of the system. Using the hostname in the "
"archive filename gives you the option of placing daily archive files from "
"multiple systems in the same directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:97(para)
msgid "<emphasis>$archive_file:</emphasis> the full archive filename."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:102(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>$dest:</emphasis> destination of the archive file. The directory "
"needs to be created and in this case <emphasis>mounted</emphasis> before "
"executing the backup script. See <xref linkend=\"network-file-system\"/> for "
"details using <emphasis>NFS</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>status messages:</emphasis> optional messages printed to the "
"console using the <application>echo</application> utility."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:115(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files:</emphasis> the "
"<application>tar</application> command used to create the archive file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:121(para)
msgid "<emphasis>c:</emphasis> creates an archive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:126(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>z:</emphasis> filter the archive through the "
"<application>gzip</application> utility compressing the archive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:131(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>f:</emphasis> use archive file. Otherwise the "
"<application>tar</application> output will be sent to STDOUT."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:138(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>ls -lh $dest:</emphasis> optional statement prints a <emphasis>-"
"l</emphasis> long listing in <emphasis>-h</emphasis> human readable format "
"of the destination directory. This is useful for a quick file size check of "
"the archive file. This check should not replace testing the archive file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:145(para)
msgid ""
"This is a simple example of a backup shell script. There are large amount of "
"options that can be included in a backup script. See <xref linkend=\"backup-"
"shellscript-references\"/> for links to resources providing more in depth "
"shell scripting information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:152(title)
msgid "Executing the Script"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:154(title)
msgid "Executing from a Terminal"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:155(para)
msgid ""
"The simplest way of executing the above backup script is to copy and paste "
"the contents into a file. <filename>backup.sh</filename> for example. Then "
"from a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:160(command)
msgid "sudo bash backup.sh"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"This is a great way to test the script to make sure everything works as "
"expected."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:167(title)
msgid "Executing with cron"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:168(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>cron</application> utility can be used to automate the "
"script execution. The <application>cron</application> daemon allows the "
"execution of scripts, or commands, at a specified time and date."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:172(para)
msgid ""
"<application>cron</application> is configured through entries in a "
"<filename>crontab</filename> file. <filename>crontab</filename> files are "
"separated into fields:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:176(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>m:</emphasis> minute the command executes on between 0 and 59."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:186(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>h:</emphasis> hour the command executes on between 0 and 23."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:191(para)
msgid "<emphasis>dom:</emphasis> day of month the command executes on."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:196(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>mon:</emphasis> the month the command executes on between 1 and 12."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:201(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis>dow:</emphasis> the day of the week the command executes on "
"between 0 and 7. Sunday may be specified by using 0 or 7, both values are "
"valid."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:206(para)
msgid "<emphasis>command:</emphasis> the command to execute."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:211(para)
msgid ""
"To add or change entries in a <filename>crontab</filename> file the "
"<application>crontab -e</application> command should be used. Also, the "
"contents of a <filename>crontab</filename> file can be viewed using the "
"<application>crontab -l</application> command."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:215(para)
msgid ""
"To execute the <application>backup.sh</application> script listed above "
"using <application>cron</application>. Enter the following from a terminal "
"prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:220(command)
msgid "sudo crontab -e"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:223(para)
msgid ""
"Using <application>sudo</application> with the <application>crontab -"
"e</application> command edits the <emphasis>root</emphasis> user's crontab. "
"This is necessary if you are backing up directories only the root user has "
"access to."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:228(para)
msgid "Add the following entry to the <filename>crontab</filename> file:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:231(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# m h dom mon dow   command\n"
"0 0 * * * bash /usr/local/bin/backup.sh\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:235(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will now be executed every "
"day at 12:00 am."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:239(para)
msgid ""
"The <application>backup.sh</application> script will need to be copied to "
"the <filename>/usr/local/bin/</filename> directory in order for this entry "
"to execute properly. The script can reside anywhere on the file system "
"simply change the script path appropriately."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:244(para)
msgid ""
"For more in depth <application>crontab</application> options see <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-shellscript-references\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:250(title)
msgid "Restoring from the Archive"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:251(para)
msgid ""
"Once an archive has been created it is important to test the archive. The "
"archive can be tested by listing the files it contains, but the best test is "
"to <emphasis>restore</emphasis> a file from the archive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:257(para)
msgid "To see a listing of the archive contents. From a terminal prompt:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:261(command)
msgid "tar -tzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:265(para)
msgid "To restore a file from the archive to a different directory enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:269(command)
msgid "tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:271(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>-C</emphasis> option to <application>tar</application> "
"redirects the extracted files to the specified directory. The above example "
"will extract the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>. <application>tar</application> "
"recreates the directory structure that it contains."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:276(para)
msgid ""
"Also, notice the leading <emphasis>\"/\"</emphasis> is left off the path of "
"the file to restore."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:281(para)
msgid "To restore all files in the archive enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:285(command)
msgid "cd /"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:286(command)
msgid "sudo tar -xzvf /mnt/backup/host-Monday.tgz"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:291(para)
msgid "This will overwrite the files currently on the file system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:300(para)
msgid ""
"For more information on shell scripting see the <ulink "
"url=\"http://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/\">Advanced Bash-Scripting Guide</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:305(para)
msgid ""
"The book <ulink url=\"http://safari.samspublishing.com/0672323583\">Teach "
"Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours</ulink> is available online and a "
"great resource for shell scripting."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:311(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CronHowto\">CronHowto "
"Wiki Page</ulink> contains details on advanced "
"<application>cron</application> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:318(para)
msgid ""
"See the <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/index.html\">GNU "
"tar Manual</ulink> for more <application>tar</application> options."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:324(para)
msgid ""
"The Wikipedia <ulink "
"url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Backup_rotation_scheme\">Backup Rotation "
"Scheme</ulink> article contains information on other backup rotation schemes."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:330(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script uses <application>tar</application> to create the archive, "
"but there many other command line utilities that can be used. For example:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:336(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/\">cpio</ulink>: used to copy "
"files to and from archives."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:341(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/\">dd</ulink>: part of "
"the <application>coreutils</application> package. A low level utility that "
"can copy data from one format to another"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:347(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"http://www.rsnapshot.org/\">rsnapshot</ulink>: a file system "
"snap shot utility used to create copies of an entire file system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:358(title)
msgid "Archive Rotation"
msgstr "Rotácia archívov"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:359(para)
msgid ""
"The shell script in section <xref linkend=\"backup-shellscripts\"/> only "
"allows for seven different archives. For a server whose data doesn't change "
"often this may be enough. If the server has a large amount of data a more "
"robust rotation scheme should be used."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:365(title)
msgid "Rotating NFS Archives"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:366(para)
msgid ""
"In this section the shell script will be slightly modified to implement a "
"grandfather-father-son rotation scheme (monthly-weekly-daily):"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:372(para)
msgid ""
"The rotation will do a <emphasis>daily</emphasis> backup Sunday through "
"Friday."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:377(para)
msgid ""
"On Saturday a <emphasis>weekly</emphasis> backup is done giving you four "
"weekly backups a month."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:382(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>monthly</emphasis> backup is done on the first of the month "
"rotating two monthly backups based on if the month is odd or even."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:388(para)
msgid "Here is the new script:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:391(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to NFS mount script with\n"
"# grandfather-father-son rotation.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/mnt/backup\"\n"
"\n"
"# Setup variables for the archive filename.\n"
"day=$(date +%A)\n"
"hostname=$(hostname -s)\n"
"\n"
"# Find which week of the month 1-4 it is.\n"
"day_num=$(date +%d)\n"
"if (( $day_num &lt;= 7 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week1.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 7 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 14 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week2.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 14 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt;= 21 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week3.tgz\"\n"
"elif (( $day_num &gt; 21 &amp;&amp; $day_num &lt; 32 )); then\n"
"        week_file=\"$hostname-week4.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Find if the Month is odd or even.\n"
"month_num=$(date +%m)\n"
"month=$(expr $month_num % 2)\n"
"if [ $month -eq 0 ]; then\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month2.tgz\"\n"
"else\n"
"        month_file=\"$hostname-month1.tgz\"\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Create archive filename.\n"
"if [ $day_num == 1 ]; then\n"
"\tarchive_file=$month_file\n"
"elif [ $day != \"Saturday\" ]; then\n"
"        archive_file=\"$hostname-$day.tgz\"\n"
"else \n"
"\tarchive_file=$week_file\n"
"fi\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest/$archive_file\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest/$archive_file $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
"\n"
"# Long listing of files in $dest to check file sizes.\n"
"ls -lh $dest/\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:456(para)
msgid ""
"The script can be executed using the same methods as in <xref "
"linkend=\"backup-executing-shellscript\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:459(para)
msgid ""
"It is good practice to take backup media off site in case of a disaster. In "
"the shell script example the backup media is another server providing an NFS "
"share. In all likelihood taking the NFS server to another location would not "
"be practical. Depending upon connection speeds it may be an option to copy "
"the archive file over a WAN link to a server in another location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:465(para)
msgid ""
"Another option is to copy the archive file to an external hard drive which "
"can then be taken off site. Since the price of external hard drives continue "
"to decrease it may be cost affective to use two drives for each archive "
"level. This would allow you to have one external drive attached to the "
"backup server and one in another location."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:472(title)
msgid "Tape Drives"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:473(para)
msgid ""
"A tape drive attached to the server can be used instead of a NFS share. "
"Using a tape drive simplifies archive rotation, and taking the media off "
"site as well."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:477(para)
msgid ""
"When using a tape drive the filename portions of the script aren't needed "
"because the date is sent directly to the tape device. Some commands to "
"manipulate the tape are needed. This is accomplished using "
"<application>mt</application>, a magnetic tape control utility part of the "
"<application>cpio</application> package."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:482(para)
msgid "Here is the shell script modified to use a tape drive:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:485(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#!/bin/bash\n"
"####################################\n"
"#\n"
"# Backup to tape drive script.\n"
"#\n"
"####################################\n"
"\n"
"# What to backup. \n"
"backup_files=\"/home /var/spool/mail /etc /root /boot /opt\"\n"
"\n"
"# Where to backup to.\n"
"dest=\"/dev/st0\"\n"
"\n"
"# Print start status message.\n"
"echo \"Backing up $backup_files to $dest\"\n"
"date\n"
"echo\n"
"\n"
"# Make sure the tape is rewound.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewind\n"
"\n"
"# Backup the files using tar.\n"
"tar czf $dest $backup_files\n"
"\n"
"# Rewind and eject the tape.\n"
"mt -f $dest rewoffl\n"
"\n"
"# Print end status message.\n"
"echo\n"
"echo \"Backup finished\"\n"
"date\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:519(para)
msgid ""
"The default device name for a SCSI tape drive is "
"<filename>/dev/st0</filename>. Use the appropriate device path for your "
"system."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:524(para)
msgid ""
"Restoring from a tape drive is basically the same as restoring from a file. "
"Simply rewind the tape and use the device path instead of a file path. For "
"example to restore the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file to "
"<filename>/tmp/etc/hosts</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:529(command)
msgid "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:530(command)
msgid "tar -xzf /dev/st0 -C /tmp etc/hosts"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:535(title)
msgid "Bacula"
msgstr "Bacula"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:536(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is a backup program enabling you to "
"backup, restore, and verify data across your network. There are Bacula "
"clients for Linux, Windows, and Mac OSX. Making it a cross platform network "
"wide solution."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:542(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> is made up of several components and "
"services used to manage which files to backup and where to back them up to:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:548(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Director:</application> a service that controls all "
"backup, restore, verify, and archive operations."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:553(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Console:</application> an application allowing "
"communication with the Director. There are three versions of the Console:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:558(para)
msgid "Text based command line version."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:559(para)
msgid "Gnome based GTK+ Graphical User Interface (GUI) interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:560(para)
msgid "wxWidgets GUI interface."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:564(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula File:</application> also known as the "
"<application>Bacula Client</application> program. This application is "
"installed on machines to be backed up, and is responsible for the data "
"requested by the Director."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Storage:</application> the programs that perform the "
"storage and recovery of data to the physical media."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:575(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Catalog:</application> is responsible for maintaining "
"the file indexes and volume databases for all files backed up, enabling "
"quick location and restoration of archived files. The Catalog supports three "
"different databases MySQL, PostgreSQL, and SQLite."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:581(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula Monitor:</application> allows the monitoring of the "
"Director, File daemons, and Storage daemons. Currently the Monitor is only "
"available as a GTK+ GUI application."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:587(para)
msgid ""
"These services and applications can be run on multiple servers and clients, "
"or they can be installed on one machine if backing up a single disk or "
"volume."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:594(para)
msgid ""
"There are multiple packages containing the different "
"<application>Bacula</application> components. To install Bacula, from a "
"terminal prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:599(command)
msgid "sudo apt-get install bacula"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:601(para)
msgid ""
"By default installing the <application>bacula</application> package will use "
"a <application>MySQL</application> database for the Catalog. If you want to "
"use SQLite or PostgreSQL, for the Catalog, install <application>bacula-"
"director-sqlite3</application> or <application>bacula-director-"
"pgsql</application> respectively."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:607(para)
msgid ""
"During the install process you will be asked to supply credentials for the "
"database <emphasis>administrator</emphasis> and the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> database <emphasis>owner</emphasis>. The "
"database administrator will need to have the appropriate rights to create a "
"database, see <xref linkend=\"mysql\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:617(para)
msgid ""
"<application>Bacula</application> configuration files are formatted based on "
"<emphasis>resources</emphasis> comprising of <emphasis>directives</emphasis> "
"surrounded by <quote>{}</quote> braces. Each Bacula component has an "
"individual file in the <filename role=\"directory\">/etc/bacula</filename> "
"directory."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:622(para)
msgid ""
"The various <application>Bacula</application> components must authorize "
"themselves to each other. This is accomplished using the "
"<emphasis>password</emphasis> directive. For example, the "
"<emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource password in the "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> file must match the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> resource password in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:628(para)
msgid ""
"By default the backup job named <emphasis>Client1</emphasis> is configured "
"to archive the <application>Bacula</application> Catalog. If you plan on "
"using the server to backup more than one client you should change the name "
"of this job to something more descriptive. To change the name edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:633(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"#\n"
"# Define the main nightly save backup job\n"
"#   By default, this job will back up to disk in \n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"BackupServer\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/Client1.bsr\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"The example above changes the job name to <emphasis>BackupServer</emphasis> "
"matching the machine's host name. Replace <quote>BackupServer</quote> with "
"your appropriate hostname, or other descriptive name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Console</emphasis> can be used to query the "
"<emphasis>Director</emphasis> about jobs, but to use the Console with a "
"<emphasis>non-root</emphasis> user, the user needs to be in the "
"<emphasis>bacula</emphasis> group. To add a user to the bacula group enter "
"the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:655(command)
msgid "sudo adduser $username bacula"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:658(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <emphasis>$username</emphasis> with the actual username. Also, if "
"you are adding the current user to the group you should log out and back in "
"for the new permissions to take effect."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:665(title)
msgid "Localhost Backup"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:666(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes how to backup specified directories on a single host "
"to a local tape drive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:671(para)
msgid ""
"First, the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> device needs to be configured. Edit "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> add:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:674(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device {\n"
"  Name = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Device Type = tape\n"
"  Media Type = DDS-4\n"
"  Archive Device = /dev/st0\n"
"  Hardware end of medium = No;\n"
"  AutomaticMount = yes;               # when device opened, read it\n"
"  AlwaysOpen = Yes;\n"
"  RemovableMedia = yes;\n"
"  RandomAccess = no;\n"
"  Alert Command = \"sh -c 'tapeinfo -f %c | grep TapeAlert'\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:688(para)
msgid ""
"The example is for a <emphasis>DDS-4</emphasis> tape drive. Adjust the Media "
"Type and Archive Device to match your hardware."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:691(para)
msgid "You could also uncomment one of the other examples in the file."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:696(para)
msgid ""
"After editing <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename> the "
"<application>Storage</application> daemon will need to be restarted:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:701(command)
msgid "sudo /etc/init.d/bacula-sd restart"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:705(para)
msgid ""
"Now add a <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource in "
"<filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-dir.conf</filename> to use the new Device:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:708(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Definition of \"Tape Drive\" storage device\n"
"Storage {\n"
"  Name = TapeDrive\n"
"  # Do not use \"localhost\" here    \n"
"  Address = backupserver               # N.B. Use a fully qualified name "
"here\n"
"  SDPort = 9103\n"
"  Password = \"Cv70F6pf1t6pBopT4vQOnigDrR0v3LT3Cgkiyj\"\n"
"  Device = \"Tape Drive\"\n"
"  Media Type = tape\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:720(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Address</emphasis> directive needs to be the Fully Qualified "
"Domain Name (FQDN) of the server. Change <emphasis>backupserver</emphasis> "
"to the actual host name."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:724(para)
msgid ""
"Also, make sure the <emphasis>Password</emphasis> directive matches the "
"password string in <filename>/etc/bacula/bacula-sd.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:730(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis>, which will determine what "
"directories to backup, by adding:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:733(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBacup FileSet.\n"
"FileSet {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Include {\n"
"    Options {\n"
"      signature = MD5\n"
"      compression=GZIP\n"
"    }\n"
"    File = /etc\n"
"    File = /home\n"
"  }\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:747(para)
msgid ""
"This <emphasis>FileSet</emphasis> will backup the <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/etc</filename> and <filename "
"role=\"directory\">/home</filename> directories. The "
"<emphasis>Options</emphasis> resource directives configure the FileSet to "
"create a MD5 signature for each file backed up, and to compress the files "
"using GZIP."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:754(para)
msgid "Next, create a new <emphasis>Schedule</emphasis> for the backup job:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:757(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# LocalhostBackup Schedule -- Daily.\n"
"Schedule {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Run = Full daily at 00:01\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:764(para)
msgid ""
"The job will run every day at 00:01 or 12:01 am. There are many other "
"scheduling options available."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:769(para)
msgid "Finally create the <emphasis>Job</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:772(programlisting)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"# Localhost backup.\n"
"Job {\n"
"  Name = \"LocalhostBackup\"\n"
"  JobDefs = \"DefaultJob\"\n"
"  Enabled = yes\n"
"  Level = Full\n"
"  FileSet = \"LocalhostFiles\"\n"
"  Schedule = \"LocalhostDaily\"\n"
"  Storage = TapeDrive\n"
"  Write Bootstrap = \"/var/lib/bacula/LocalhostBackup.bsr\"\n"
"}  \n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:785(para)
msgid ""
"The job will do a <emphasis>Full</emphasis> backup every day to the tape "
"drive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:790(para)
msgid ""
"Each tape used will need to have a <emphasis>Label</emphasis>. If the "
"current tape does not have a label <application>Bacula</application> will "
"send an email letting you know. To label a tape using the "
"<application>Console</application> enter the following from a terminal:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:796(command)
msgid "bconsole"
msgstr "bconsole"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:800(para)
msgid "At the Bacula Console prompt enter:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:804(command)
msgid "label"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:808(para)
msgid ""
"You will then be prompted for the <emphasis>Storage</emphasis> resource:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:818(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:812(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Automatically selected Catalog: MyCatalog\n"
"Using Catalog \"MyCatalog\"\n"
"The defined Storage resources are:\n"
"     1: File\n"
"     2: TapeDrive\n"
"Select Storage resource (1-2):<placeholder-1/>\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:823(para)
msgid "Enter the new <emphasis>Volume</emphasis> name:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:828(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "Nedeľa"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:827(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Enter new Volume name: <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Defined Pools:\n"
"     1: Default\n"
"     2: Scratch"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:833(para)
msgid "Replace <emphasis>Sunday</emphasis> with the desired label."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:838(para)
msgid "Now, select the <emphasis>Pool</emphasis>:"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:843(userinput)
#, no-wrap
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:842(computeroutput)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"Select the Pool (1-2): <placeholder-1/>\n"
"Connecting to Storage daemon TapeDrive at backupserver:9103 ...\n"
"Sending label command for Volume \"Sunday\" Slot 0 ...\n"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:850(para)
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have now configured <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> to "
"backup the localhost to an attached tape drive."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:858(para)
msgid ""
"For more <emphasis>Bacula</emphasis> configuration options refer to the "
"<ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/en/rel-manual/index.html\">Bacula User's "
"Manual</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:864(para)
msgid ""
"The <ulink url=\"http://www.bacula.org/\">Bacula Home Page</ulink> contains "
"the latest Bacula news and developments."
msgstr ""

#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:869(para)
msgid ""
"Also, see the <ulink url=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Bacula\">Bacula "
"Ubuntu Wiki</ulink> page."
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: serverguide/C/backups.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Peter Mráz <etkinator@gmail.com>, 2008, 2009, 2010\n"
"Prispievatelia v Launchpade:\n"
"  Jozef Káčer https://launchpad.net/~quickparser\n"
"  Martin https://launchpad.net/~martin10\n"
"  Peter Chabada https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-chabada\n"
"  Peter Mráz https://launchpad.net/~etkinator-gmial\n"
"  Vladimir Polony https://launchpad.net/~podalv\n"
"\n"
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
"  Jozef Káčer https://launchpad.net/~quickparser\n"
"  Martin https://launchpad.net/~martin10\n"
"  Peter Chabada https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-chabada\n"
"  Peter Mráz https://launchpad.net/~etki\n"
"  Peter Mráz https://launchpad.net/~etkinator-gmial\n"
"  Vladimir Polony https://launchpad.net/~podalv"

#~ msgid "Apache Modules"
#~ msgstr "Apache moduly"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The Apache2 web server is available in Ubuntu Linux. To install Apache2:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Apache2 web server je dostupný v Ubuntu Linuxe. Ak chcete nainštalovať "
#~ "Apache2:"

#~ msgid "Eucalyptus"
#~ msgstr "Eucalyptus"

#~ msgid "Update MOTD"
#~ msgstr "Úprava MOTD"

#~ msgid "Screen Profiles"
#~ msgstr "Screen profily"

#~ msgid "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/en_GB/index.html"
#~ msgstr "w3m /usr/share/ubuntu-serverguide/html/en_GB/index.html"

#~ msgid "Replace <emphasis>en_GB</emphasis> with your language localization."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Časť cesty <emphasis>en_GB</emphasis> nahraďte Vašim jazykovým kódom."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more <application>dpkg</application> details see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
#~ "man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácií o <application>dpkg</application> sa dozviete na stránke "
#~ "<ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man1/dpkg.1.html\">dpkg "
#~ "man page</ulink>."

#~ msgid "Ethernet"
#~ msgstr "Ethernet"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# This file describes the network interfaces available on your system\n"
#~ "# and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# The loopback network interface\n"
#~ "auto lo\n"
#~ "iface lo inet loopback\n"
#~ "address 127.0.0.1\n"
#~ "netmask 255.0.0.0\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# This file describes the network interfaces available on your system\n"
#~ "# and how to activate them. For more information, see interfaces(5).\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# The loopback network interface\n"
#~ "auto lo\n"
#~ "iface lo inet loopback\n"
#~ "address 127.0.0.1\n"
#~ "netmask 255.0.0.0\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "In this case, you will need to specify your DNS servers manually in "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, which should look something like this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "V takomto prípade by bolo potrebné do súboru "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> ručne zadať aj DNS servery napríklad "
#~ "takto:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search mydomain.example\n"
#~ "nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "nameserver 4.2.2.2\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search mojadomena.nieco\n"
#~ "nameserver 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "nameserver 4.2.2.2\n"

#~ msgid "Managing DNS Entries"
#~ msgstr "Správa zoznamu DNS serverov"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search com\n"
#~ "nameserver 204.11.126.131\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.133\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.132\n"
#~ "nameserver 208.185.179.218\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "search com\n"
#~ "nameserver 204.11.126.131\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.133\n"
#~ "nameserver 64.125.134.132\n"
#~ "nameserver 208.185.179.218\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>search</application> key specifies the string which will be "
#~ "appended to an incomplete hostname. Here, we have configured it to "
#~ "<application>com</application>. So, when we run: <command>ping "
#~ "ubuntu</command> it would be interpreted as <command>ping "
#~ "ubuntu.com</command>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Riadok <application>search</application> definuje reťazec, ktorý sa pridá k "
#~ "neúplným host menám. My ho máme nastavený na <application>com</application>. "
#~ "Takže ak zadáme: <command>ping ubuntu</command>, bude to interpretované ako "
#~ "<command>ping ubuntu.com</command>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are man pages for <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</ul"
#~ "ink> and <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
#~ "that contain more useful information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Stránky man pre <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man7/tcp.7.html\">TCP</ul"
#~ "ink> a <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man7/ip.7.html\">IP</ulink> "
#~ "obsahujú viac užitočných informácii."

#~ msgid "Related Pages"
#~ msgstr "Podobné stránky"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information see the <ulink url=\"http://ebox-platform.com/\">eBox "
#~ "Home Page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácií sa nachádza na stránke <ulink url=\"http://ebox-"
#~ "platform.com/\">eBox Home Page</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
#~ "HOWTO</ulink> and <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/apt-"
#~ "get.8.html\">apt-get man page</ulink> contain useful information regarding "
#~ "<application>apt-get</application> usage."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Stránky <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/apt-howto/\">APT "
#~ "HOWTO</ulink> a  <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/apt-"
#~ "get.8.html\">apt-get man page</ulink> obsahujú užitočné informácie o "
#~ "používaní apt-get."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptit"
#~ "ude man page</ulink> for more <application>aptitude</application> options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Na stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/man8/aptitude.8.html\">aptit"
#~ "ude man page</ulink> sa dozviete o ďalších možnostiach "
#~ "<application>aptitude</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Most Ethernet configuration is centralized in a single file, "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. If you have no Ethernet "
#~ "devices, only the loopback interface will appear in this file, and it will "
#~ "look something like this:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Väčšina Ethernetových nastavení je umiestnených v jednom súbore "
#~ "/<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Ak nemáme žiadne Ethernetové "
#~ "zariadenie, uvidíme v tomto súbore iba rozhranie loopback (spätná väzba) a "
#~ "súbor bude vyzerať podobne ako tento:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have only one Ethernet device, eth0, and it gets its configuration "
#~ "from a DHCP server, and it should come up automatically at boot, only two "
#~ "additional lines are required:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak máme iba jedno Ethernetové zariadenie - eth0, ktorého nastavenia "
#~ "získavame zo servera DHCP, a ktoré sa automaticky zapne pri zavádzaní "
#~ "systému, v súbore pribudnú iba ďalšie dva riadky:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first line specifies that the eth0 device should come up automatically "
#~ "when you boot. The second line means that interface (<quote>iface</quote>) "
#~ "eth0 should have an IPv4 address space (replace <quote>inet</quote> with "
#~ "<quote>inet6</quote> for an IPv6 device) and that it should get its "
#~ "configuration automatically from DHCP. Assuming your network and DHCP server "
#~ "are properly configured, this machine's network should need no further "
#~ "configuration to operate properly. The DHCP server will provide the default "
#~ "gateway (implemented via the <application>route</application> command), the "
#~ "device's IP address (implemented via the <application>ifconfig</application> "
#~ "command), and DNS servers used on the network (implemented in the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> file.)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prvý riadok hovorí, že zariadenie eth0 by sa malo zapnúť automaticky pri "
#~ "zavádzaní systému. Druhý riadok znamená, že rozhranie (<quote>iface</quote>) "
#~ "zariadenia eth0 by malo mať adresu z rozsahu IPv4 (ak chceme použiť IPv6, "
#~ "nahradíme <quote>inet</quote> slovom <quote>inet6</quote>) a že by malo "
#~ "konfiguráciu získať automaticky z DHCP. Za predpokladu, že sieť a DHCP "
#~ "server sú nastavené správne, nebudeme musieť na konfigurácii tohto počítača "
#~ "už nič meniť a on bude pracovať správne. DHCP server poskytne predvolenú "
#~ "bránu (implementovanú cez príkaz <application>route</application>), IP "
#~ "adresu zariadenia (implementovanú cez príkaz "
#~ "<application>ifconfig</application>) a DNS servery používané sieťou "
#~ "(implementované v súbore <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To configure your Ethernet device with a static IP address and custom "
#~ "configuration, some more information will be required. Suppose you want to "
#~ "assign the IP address 192.168.0.2 to the device eth1, with the typical "
#~ "netmask of 255.255.255.0. Your default gateway's IP address is 192.168.0.1. "
#~ "You would enter something like this into "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak chceme pre Ethernetové zariadenie nastaviť statickú IP adresu a vlastné "
#~ "nastavenie, bude potrebné do súboru zapísať ďalšie informácie. Napríklad, ak "
#~ "by sme zariadeniu eth1 chceli priradiť IP adresu 192.168.0.2, s typickou "
#~ "sieťovou maskou 255.255.255.0 a predvolenou bránou 192.168.0.1, do súboru "
#~ "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> by sme dopísali:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "auto eth1\n"
#~ "iface eth1 inet static\n"
#~ "\taddress 192.168.0.2\n"
#~ "\tnetmask 255.255.255.0\n"
#~ "\tgateway 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "auto eth1\n"
#~ "iface eth1 inet static\n"
#~ "\taddress 192.168.0.2\n"
#~ "\tnetmask 255.255.255.0\n"
#~ "\tgateway 192.168.0.1\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <emphasis role=\"italics\">search</emphasis> directive will append "
#~ "mydomain.example to hostname queries in an attempt to resolve names to your "
#~ "network. For example, if your network's domain is mydomain.example and you "
#~ "try to ping the host <quote>mybox</quote>, the DNS query will be modified to "
#~ "<quote>mybox.mydomain.example</quote> for resolution. The <emphasis "
#~ "role=\"italics\">nameserver</emphasis> directives specify DNS servers to be "
#~ "used to resolve hostnames to IP addresses. If you use your own nameserver, "
#~ "enter it here. Otherwise, ask your Internet Service Provider for the primary "
#~ "and secondary DNS servers to use, and enter them into "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> as shown above."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Riadok <emphasis role=\"italics\">search</emphasis> doplní mojadomena.nieco "
#~ "k názvu počítača pri pokuse získať adresu počítača v našej sieti. Napríklad, "
#~ "ak je naša sieťová doména mojadomena.nieco a pokúsite sa o ping počítača "
#~ "<quote>mojepc</quote>, DNS požiadavka bude pred vykonaním zmenená na "
#~ "<quote>mojepc.mojadomena.nieco</quote>. Riadok nameserver určuje DNS "
#~ "servery, ktoré budú prekladať menné adresy hostiteľov (host names) na IP "
#~ "adresy. Ak používame vlastný DNS server, zadáme sem jeho adresu. V opačnom "
#~ "prípade nám náš poskytovateľ internetových služieb povie adresu primárneho a "
#~ "sekundárneho DNS servera, ktoré máme použiť. Zadáme ich do súboru "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> tak, ako sme to urobili vyššie."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Many more configurations are possible, including dialup PPP interfaces, IPv6 "
#~ "networking, VPN devices, etc. Refer to <application>man 5 "
#~ "interfaces</application> for more information and supported options. "
#~ "Remember that <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> is used by the "
#~ "<application>ifup</application>/<application>ifdown</application> scripts as "
#~ "a higher level configuration scheme than may be used in some other Linux "
#~ "distributions, and that the traditional, lower level utilities such as "
#~ "<application>ifconfig</application>, <application>route</application>, and "
#~ "<application>dhclient</application> are still available to you for ad hoc "
#~ "configurations."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "V tomto súbore je možné vykonať mnoho ďalších nastavení vrátane nastavení "
#~ "PPP rozhraní, IPv6 siete, VPN zariadení, atď. Viac informácií o "
#~ "podporovaných možnostiach získame zadaním príkazu <application>man 5 "
#~ "interfaces</application>. Nesmieme zabudnúť, že nastavenie zo súboru "
#~ "/etc/network/interfaces sa použije v skriptoch "
#~ "<application>ifup</application>/<application>ifdown</application> v "
#~ "konfiguračnej schéme vyššej úrovne, ktoré môžu byť použité v iných "
#~ "linuxových distribúciách, a že tradičné nástroje nižšej úrovne ako "
#~ "<application>ifconfig</application>, <application>route</application> a "
#~ "<application>dhclient</application> sú stále dostupné práve na takéto "
#~ "nastavenia."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "This section explains how to configure which nameserver to use when "
#~ "resolving IP addresses to hostnames and vice versa. It does not explain how "
#~ "to configure the system as a name server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Táto časť vysvetľuje, ako nakonfigurovať systém, aby získaval preklad IP "
#~ "adries na mená staníc a naopak. Nehovorí o tom, ako nastaviť systém, aby sa "
#~ "stal DNS serverom."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage DNS entries, you can add, edit, or remove DNS names from the "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> file. A sample file is given below:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak chceme upraviť zoznam DNS serverov, t.j. pridať, zmeniť alebo odstrániť "
#~ "adresy DNS serverov, môžeme to urobiť v súbore "
#~ "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>. Príklad takého súboru je nižšie:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The <application>nameserver</application> key specifies the nameserver IP "
#~ "address. It will be used to resolve a given IP address or hostname. This "
#~ "file can have multiple nameserver entries. The nameservers will be used by "
#~ "the network query in the same order."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Riadky <application>nameserver</application> určujú IP adresy DNS serverov. "
#~ "Tieto servery sa budú používať na získanie číselných IP adries alebo menných "
#~ "adries hostiteľov. Do tohto súboru môžeme zapísať viacero záznamov o DNS "
#~ "serveroch. Pri dotazovaní sa DNS servery použijú v rovnakom poradí, aké je "
#~ "zapísané v tomto súbore."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If the DNS server names are retrieved dynamically from DHCP or PPPoE "
#~ "(retrieved from your ISP), do not add nameserver entries in this file. It "
#~ "will be overwritten."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak sa adresy DNS serverov získavajú dynamicky z  DHCP alebo PPPoE (ktoré "
#~ "poskytne váš poskytovateľ), nepridávajte do tohto súboru záznamy o DNS "
#~ "serveroch. Nebudú použité."

#~ msgid "Managing Hosts"
#~ msgstr "Správa zoznamu hostiteľov"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To manage hosts, you can add, edit, or remove hosts from "
#~ "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file. The file contains IP addresses and "
#~ "their corresponding hostnames. When your system tries to resolve a hostname "
#~ "to an IP address or determine the hostname for an IP address, it refers to "
#~ "the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file before using the name servers. If "
#~ "the IP address is listed in the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file, the "
#~ "name servers are not used. This behavior can be modified by editing "
#~ "<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> at your peril."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak chceme spravovať zoznam hostiteľov, t.j. pridávať, upravovať alebo "
#~ "odstraňovať ku sebe prislúchajúce menné a číselné adresy počítačov, môžeme "
#~ "to urobiť v súbore <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. Súbor obsahuje IP adresy "
#~ "a k nim prislúchajúce názvy hostiteľov. Keď sa náš systém pokúša previesť "
#~ "názov hostiteľa na IP adresu alebo sa pokúša zistiť, aký názov hostiteľa "
#~ "prislúcha IP adrese, najprv sa pozrie do súboru "
#~ "<filename>/etc/hosts</filename> a až potom použije DNS servery. Ak sa IP "
#~ "adresa nachádza v zozname uloženom v súbore <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>, "
#~ "DNS server sa nepoužije. Toto správanie sa dá zmeniť v súbore "
#~ "<filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> podľa potreby."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If your network contains computers whose IP addresses are not listed in DNS, "
#~ "it is recommended that you add them to the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> "
#~ "file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak naša sieť obsahuje počítače, ktorých IP adresy nie sú v DNS, je vhodné "
#~ "ich pridať do súboru <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on DNS client configuration see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">re"
#~ "solver man page</ulink>. Also, Chapter 6 of O'Reilly's <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
#~ "Administrator's Guide</ulink> is a good source of resolver and name service "
#~ "configuration information."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácií o konfigurácii DNS clientov sa dozvieme na stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/resolver.5.html\">re"
#~ "solver man page</ulink>. Tiež 6. kapitola O'Reillyho <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://oreilly.com/catalog/linag2/book/ch06.html\">Linux Network "
#~ "Administrator's Guide</ulink> je dobrým zdrojom informácií o konfigurácii "
#~ "DNS."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <emphasis>bridging</emphasis> see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl"
#~ " man page</ulink> and the Linux Foundation's <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácii o <emphasis>premosťovaní</emphasis> sa dozvieme na stránke "
#~ "<ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/brctl.8.html\">brctl"
#~ " man page</ulink> a na stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net:Bridge\">Net:Bridge</ulink> "
#~ "spoločnosti Linux Foundation."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dchpd.conf</filename> options see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">"
#~ "dhcpd.conf man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácií o možnostiach <filename>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf</filename>  sa "
#~ "dozvieme v <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/dhcpd.conf.5.html\">"
#~ "dhcpd.conf man page</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "There a couple of different ways that Ubuntu Server Edition is supported, "
#~ "commercial support and community support. The main commercial support (and "
#~ "development funding) is available from Canonical Ltd. They supply reasonably "
#~ "priced support contracts on a per desktop or per server basis. For more "
#~ "information see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink> "
#~ "page."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Existuje niekoľko rôznych druhov podpory edície Ubuntu Server. Komerčná "
#~ "podpora a podpora komunity. Hlavná komerčná podpora (a platený vývoj) je k "
#~ "dispozícii od spoločnosti Canonical Ltd. Spoločnosť poskytuje zmluvnú "
#~ "komerčnú podporu pre každú desktop alebo na server. Viac informácií získate "
#~ "v anglickom jazyku na stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://www.canonical.com/services/support\">Canonical Services</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the server is booting press <emphasis>ESC</emphasis> to open the "
#~ "<application>Grub</application> menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Keď sa server začína zavádzať, stlačíme <emphasis>ESC</emphasis>, čím "
#~ "otvoríme ponuku zavádzacieho systému <application>Grub</application>."

#~ msgid "Press <emphasis>\"e\"</emphasis> to edit your Kernel command options."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Stlačením <emphasis>\"e\"</emphasis> zvolíme možnosť úpravy parametrov jadra "
#~ "Kernel."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Press the <emphasis>DOWN</emphasis> arrow to highlight the kernel line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Stlačíme šípku <emphasis>DOLE</emphasis>, aby sa označil riadok s Kernelom."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Press the <emphasis>\"e\"</emphasis> key again to edit the kernel line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Znova stlačíme <emphasis>\"e\"</emphasis>, aby sme mohli riadok upravovať."

#~ msgid "Press <emphasis>\"ENTER\"</emphasis>."
#~ msgstr "Stlačíme \"ENTER\"."

#~ msgid "Finally, press <emphasis>\"b\"</emphasis> to boot the system."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Nakoniec stlačíme <emphasis>\"b\"</emphasis>, aby sa systém zaviedol."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <application>fdisk</application> see the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk"
#~ " man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácii o nástroji <application>fdisk</application> sa dozviete na "
#~ "man stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/fdisk.8.html\">fdisk"
#~ " man page</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The backend <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> directory has only a minimal "
#~ "configuration and will need additional options in order to populate the "
#~ "frontend directory. The frontend will be populated with a \"classical\" "
#~ "scheme that will be compatible with address book applications and with Unix "
#~ "Posix accounts. Posix accounts will allow authentication to various "
#~ "applications, such as web applications, email Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) "
#~ "applications, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Adresár na pozadí <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> má len minimálnu "
#~ "konfiguráciu a bude potrebné nastaviť ďalšie voľby, aby bolo možné naplniť "
#~ "adresár v popredí. Adresár v popredí napliníme pomocou schémy \"classical\", "
#~ "ktorá je kompatibilná s adresármi v aplikáciách a s kontami Unix Posix. "
#~ "Kontá Posix umožňujú autentifikáciu do rôznych aplikácií, vrátane webových "
#~ "aplikácií, emailových aplikácií Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), atď."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
#~ "cn: module\n"
#~ "olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Database settings\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
#~ "olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
#~ "olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\n"
#~ "olcRootPW: secret\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
#~ "olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
#~ "olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * "
#~ "none\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" write by * read\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Načítanie dynamických modulov pozadia\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
#~ "cn: module\n"
#~ "olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Nastavenia databázy\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase=hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcDatabaseConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcHdbConfig\n"
#~ "olcDatabase: {1}hdb\n"
#~ "olcSuffix: dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
#~ "olcDbDirectory: /var/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcRootDN: cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\n"
#~ "olcRootPW: tajne\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_cachesize 0 2097152 0\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_objects 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_locks 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbConfig: set_lk_max_lockers 1500\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: objectClass eq\n"
#~ "olcLastMod: TRUE\n"
#~ "olcDbCheckpoint: 512 30\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to attrs=userPassword,shadowLastChange by "
#~ "dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" write by anonymous auth by self write by * "
#~ "none\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to dn.base=\"\" by * read\n"
#~ "olcAccess: to * by dn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" write by * read\n"
#~ "\n"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: entryUUID eq"

#~ msgid "LDAP replication"
#~ msgstr "Replikácia LDAP"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Replication is achieved using the <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis> engine. "
#~ "Syncrepl allows the directory to be synced using either a "
#~ "<emphasis>push</emphasis> or <emphasis>pull</emphasis> based system. In a "
#~ "push based configuration a <quote>primary</quote> server will push directory "
#~ "updates to <quote>secondary</quote> servers, while a pull based approach "
#~ "allows replication servers to sync on a time based interval."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Replikácia sa vykonáva pomocou <emphasis>Syncrepl</emphasis>. Syncrepl "
#~ "umožňuje synchronizáciu adresára buď pomocou systému "
#~ "<emphasis>push</emphasis> alebo systému <emphasis>pull</emphasis>. Pri "
#~ "použití systému push <quote>primárny</quote> server naraz pošle adresár "
#~ "<quote>sekundárnym</quote> serverom, zatiaľčo systém pull umožňuje "
#~ "replikáciu serverov synchronizovaním v určitých časových intervaloch."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The following is an example of a <emphasis>Multi-Master</emphasis> "
#~ "configuration. In this configuration each OpenLDAP server is configured for "
#~ "both <emphasis>push</emphasis> and <emphasis>pull</emphasis> replication."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "My použijeme tzv. <emphasis>Multi-Master</emphasis> konfiguráciu. V našom "
#~ "príklade budú OpenLDAP servery používať oba spôsoby replikácie "
#~ "<emphasis>push</emphasis> aj <emphasis>pull</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "First, configure the server to sync the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> "
#~ "database. Copy the following to a file named <filename>syncrepl_cn-"
#~ "config.ldif</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Najskôr pripravíme server na synchronizovanie databázy "
#~ "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis>. Skopírujeme nasledujúce riadky do súboru s "
#~ "názvom syncrepl_cn-config.ldif:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcModuleLoad\n"
#~ "olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "replace: olcServerID\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 1 ldap://ldap01.example.com\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 2 ldap://ldap02.example.com\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcRootPW\n"
#~ "olcRootPW: secret\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module{0},cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcModuleLoad\n"
#~ "olcModuleLoad: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "replace: olcServerID\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 1 ldap://ldap01.nieco.sk\n"
#~ "olcServerID: 2 ldap://ldap02.nieco.sk\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=tajne searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn=config\" bindmethod=simple\n"
#~ "  credentials=tajne searchbase=\"cn=config\" type=refreshAndPersist\n"
#~ "  retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcRootPW\n"
#~ "olcRootPW: tajne\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change <emphasis>secret</emphasis> to an appropriate password for the admin "
#~ "user."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Zmeňte <emphasis>tajne</emphasis> na náležité heslo pre používateľa admin."

#~ msgid "Edit the file changing:"
#~ msgstr "Otvoríme súbor a upravíme nastavenia:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap01.example.com</emphasis> and "
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap02.example.com</emphasis> to the hostnames of your LDAP "
#~ "servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap01.nieco.sk</emphasis> a "
#~ "<emphasis>ldap://ldap02.nieco.sk</emphasis>  na mená staníc našich LDAP "
#~ "serverov."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can have more than two LDAP servers, and when a change is made to one of "
#~ "them it will by synced to the rest. Be sure to increment the "
#~ "<emphasis>olcServerID</emphasis> for each server, and the "
#~ "<emphasis>rid</emphasis> for each <emphasis>olcSyncRepl</emphasis> entry."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Môžete mať viac ako dva LDAP servery. Keď urobíte zmenu na jednom z nich, "
#~ "synchronizáciou sa dostane na ostatné. Na každom ďalšom serveri však musíte "
#~ "pridať záznam s vyššou hodnotou <emphasis>olcServerID</emphasis>, a tiež "
#~ "záznam <emphasis>olcSyncRepl</emphasis> s vyššou hodnotou "
#~ "<emphasis>rid</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "And adjust <emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis> to match your admin "
#~ "password."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "a zmeníme <emphasis>credentials=tajne</emphasis> na naše administrátorské "
#~ "heslo."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Next, add the LDIF file using the <application>ldapmodify</application> "
#~ "utility:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Potom pridáme LDIF súbor pomocou nástroja "
#~ "<application>ldapmodify</application>:"

#~ msgid "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"
#~ msgstr "sudo ldapmodify -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the second LDAP server, <emphasis>ldap02.example.com</emphasis> in this "
#~ "case, add the additional schema files:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Na druhom LDAP serveri, v našom prípade na "
#~ "<emphasis>ldap02.nieco.sk</emphasis>, pridáme prídavné súbory so schémami:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, load the <emphasis>cn=module</emphasis> object. Create a "
#~ "<filename>module.ldif</filename> with the following contents:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Tiež načítame objekt <emphasis>cn=module</emphasis>. Vytvoríme súbor "
#~ "<filename>module.ldif</filename> s nasledujúcim obsahom:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Load dynamic backend modules\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
#~ "cn: module\n"
#~ "olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "# Načíta dynamické moduly pozadia\n"
#~ "dn: cn=module,cn=config\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcModuleList\n"
#~ "cn: module\n"
#~ "olcModulepath: /usr/lib/ldap\n"
#~ "olcModuleload: back_hdb\n"

#~ msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f module.ldif"
#~ msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f module.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Now copy the <filename>syncrepl_cn-config.ldif</filename> file to the next "
#~ "LDAP server and add it to the directory:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Teraz skopírujeme súbor <filename>syncrepl_cn-config.ldif</filename> na "
#~ "ďalší LDAP server a pridáme ho do adresára:"

#~ msgid "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"
#~ msgstr "sudo ldapadd -Y EXTERNAL -H ldapi:/// -f syncrepl_cn-config.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because a new module has been added, the <application>slapd</application> "
#~ "daemon, on all replicated servers, needs to be restarted:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pretože bol pridaný nový modul, je potrebné na replikačných serveroch "
#~ "reštartovať <application>slapd</application> démon:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "To Test that the <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> directory is being synced "
#~ "add another index to the frontend directory:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Keď chceme otestovať, či je adresár <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> "
#~ "zosynchronizovaný, pridám ďalší index pre adresár v popredí:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: cn eq,pres,sub"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcDbIndex\n"
#~ "olcDbIndex: cn eq,pres,sub"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Now that the configuration directory is synced between servers, the "
#~ "<emphasis>frontend</emphasis> database needs to be synced as well. Copy and "
#~ "paste the following into another LDIF file named "
#~ "<filename>syncrepl_frontend.ldif</filename>:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Teraz je nastavenie databázy rovnaké na všetkých serveroch, rovnako je však "
#~ "potrebné  synchronizovať databázu v <emphasis>popredí</emphasis>. "
#~ "Skopírujeme nasledujúce riadky do ďalšieho LDIF súboru s názvom "
#~ "<filename>syncrepl_frontend.ldif</filename>:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: modify\n"
#~ "add: olcSyncRepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.nieco.sk "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=tajne searchbase=\"dc=nieco,dc=sk\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "olcSyncRepl: rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.nieco.sk "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\" \n"
#~ " bindmethod=simple credentials=tajne searchbase=\"dc=nieco,dc=sk\" "
#~ "type=refreshOnly \n"
#~ " interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcMirrorMode\n"
#~ "olcMirrorMode: TRUE\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "dn: olcOverlay=syncprov,olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "changetype: add\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcOverlayConfig\n"
#~ "objectClass: olcSyncProvConfig\n"
#~ "olcOverlay: syncprov\n"

#~ msgid "Like the previous LDIF file, edit this one changing:"
#~ msgstr "Tak ako predchádzajúci súbor LDIF, aj tento otvoríme a zmeníme:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "<emphasis>searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis> to your directory's "
#~ "searchbase."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<emphasis>searchbase=\"dc=nieco,dc=sk\"</emphasis> na naše hodnoty "
#~ "searchbase."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you use a different admin user, change "
#~ "<emphasis>binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com\"</emphasis>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ak by sme chceli iného používateľa ako admin, zmenili by sme "
#~ "<emphasis>binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=sk\"</emphasis>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Also, replace <emphasis>credentials=secret</emphasis> with your admin "
#~ "password."
#~ msgstr "Zmeníme aj <emphasis>credentials=tajne</emphasis> na heslo správcu."

#~ msgid "Add the LDIF file:"
#~ msgstr "Pridáme LDIF súbor:"

#~ msgid "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_frontend.ldif"
#~ msgstr "ldapmodify -x -D cn=admin,cn=config -W -f syncrepl_frontend.ldif"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Because the servers' configuration is already synced there is no need to "
#~ "copy this LDIF file to the other servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vďaka tomu, že konfigurácia databáz je už synchronizovaná, nie je potrebné "
#~ "tento LDIF súbor kopírovať na ostatné servery."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The configuration and backend databases should now sycnc to the other "
#~ "servers. You can add additional servers using the "
#~ "<application>ldapmodify</application> utility as the need arises. See <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Konfigurácia a rozhrania databáz by teraz mali byť synchronizované s "
#~ "ostatnými servermi. Ďalšie servery môžeme podľa potreby pridať pomocou "
#~ "nástroja <application>ldapmodify</application>. Viac informácií o tejto "
#~ "možnosti nájdeme v časti <xref linkend=\"openldap-configuration\"/>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The first step in the process is to obtain or create a "
#~ "<emphasis>certificate</emphasis>. See <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-"
#~ "security\"/> and <xref linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/> for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Prvý krok, ktorý je potrebné vykonať, je vytvorenie "
#~ "<emphasis>certifikátu</emphasis>. Viac informácii o tejto téme nájdeme v "
#~ "časti <xref linkend=\"certificates-and-security\"/> a v časti <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"certificate-authority\"/>."

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/server.key"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: cn=config\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCACertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCACertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateFile: /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "-\n"
#~ "add: olcTLSCertificateKeyFile\n"
#~ "olcTLSCertificateKeyFile: /etc/ssl/private/server.key"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Adjust the <filename>server.crt</filename>, <filename>server.key</filename>, "
#~ "and <filename>cacert.pem</filename> names if yours are different. If you "
#~ "have a self-signed certificate, do <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> add the "
#~ "olcTLSCACertificateFile property, as it will cause GnuTLS to fail.."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Upravte názvy <filename>server.crt</filename>, "
#~ "<filename>server.key</filename> a <filename>cacert.pem</filename> na také, "
#~ "aké používate. Ak máte sebou podpísaný certifikát, "
#~ "<emphasis>NEPRIDÁVAJTE</emphasis> vlastnosť olcTLSCACertificateFile, pretože "
#~ "to spôsobí zlyhanie GnuTLS."

#~ msgid "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/server.key"
#~ msgstr "sudo chgrp ssl-cert /etc/ssl/private/server.key"

#~ msgid "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/server.key"
#~ msgstr "sudo chmod g+r /etc/ssl/private/server.key"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "After setting up replication, and following the instructions in <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>, there are a couple of consequences that should "
#~ "be kept in mind:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Po nastavení replikácie pokračujeme inštrukciami v časti <xref "
#~ "linkend=\"openldap-tls\"/>. Z oboch častí vyplývajú dôsledky, ktoré by sme "
#~ "mali mať na zreteli:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The configuration only needs to be modified on <emphasis>one</emphasis> "
#~ "server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Konfiguráciu stačí upraviť len na <emphasis>jednom</emphasis> serveri."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The path names for the <emphasis>certificate</emphasis> and "
#~ "<emphasis>key</emphasis> must be the same on all servers."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cesta k <emphasis>certifikátu</emphasis> a <emphasis>kľúču</emphasis> musí "
#~ "byť na všetkých serveroch rovnaká."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "So on each replicated server: install a certificate, edit "
#~ "<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename>, and restart "
#~ "<application>slapd</application>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Na každom replikačnom serveri teda: nainštalujeme certifikát, upravíme súbor "
#~ "<filename>/etc/default/slapd</filename> a  reštartujeme "
#~ "<application>slapd</application>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Once <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> has been setup on each server, modify the "
#~ "<emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> replication by entering the following in a "
#~ "terminal:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Keď sme <emphasis>TLS</emphasis> nastavili na každom serveri, zmeníme "
#~ "replikáciu <emphasis>cn=config</emphasis> zadaním nasledujúceho príkazu:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=001 provider=ldap://ldap01.nieco.sk "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=tajne searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=002 provider=ldap://ldap02.nieco.sk "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,cn\n"
#~ " =config\" bindmethod=simple credentials=tajne searchbase=\"cn=config\" "
#~ "type=refre\n"
#~ " shAndPersist retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\"\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Enter LDAP Password: \n"
#~ "<placeholder-1/>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "modifying entry \"olcDatabase={0}config,cn=config\"\n"

#~ msgid "Now adjust the <emphasis>backend</emphasis> database replication:"
#~ msgstr "Teraz upravíme replikáciu databázu <emphasis>pozadia</emphasis>:"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=example,dc=\n"
#~ " com\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=example,dc=com\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "dn: olcDatabase={1}hdb,cn=config\n"
#~ "replace: olcSyncrepl\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {0}rid=003 provider=ldap://ldap01.example.com "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=\n"
#~ " sk\" bindmethod=simple credentials=tajne searchbase=\"dc=nieco,dc=sk\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes\n"
#~ "olcSyncrepl: {1}rid=004 provider=ldap://ldap02.nieco.sk "
#~ "binddn=\"cn=admin,dc=nieco,dc=\n"
#~ " sk\" bindmethod=simple credentials=secret searchbase=\"dc=nieco,dc=sk\" "
#~ "type=r\n"
#~ " efreshOnly interval=00:00:00:10 retry=\"5 5 300 5\" timeout=1 starttls=yes"

#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/server.key\n"
#~ "TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "TLS_CERT /etc/ssl/certs/server.crt\n"
#~ "TLS_KEY /etc/ssl/private/server.key\n"
#~ "TLS_CACERT /etc/ssl/certs/cacert.pem\n"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "For more information on <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> see <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
#~ "admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
#~ "5.6</ulink> and the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.htm"
#~ "l\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Viac informácií o <application>kdb5_ldap_util</application> je na stránkach "
#~ "<ulink url=\"http://web.mit.edu/Kerberos/krb5-1.6/krb5-1.6.3/doc/krb5-"
#~ "admin.html#Global-Operations-on-the-Kerberos-LDAP-Database\"> Section "
#~ "5.6</ulink> a <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man8/kdb5_ldap_util.8.htm"
#~ "l\">kdb5_ldap_util man page</ulink>."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Another useful link is the <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">k"
#~ "rb5.conf man page</ulink>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ostatné užitočné zdroje nájdete na stránke <ulink "
#~ "url=\"http://manpages.ubuntu.com/manpages/jaunty/en/man5/krb5.conf.5.html\">k"
#~ "rb5.conf man page</ulink>."
